orthopedi Flashcards

1
Q
  1. Following preoperative chemotherapy, the percent of tumor necrosis has been shown to be of prognostic value for which of the following tumors ?

a. Rhabdomyosarcoma
b. Chondrosarcoma
c. Metastatic adenocarcinoma
d. Osteosarcoma
e. Giant cell tumor of bone

A

Answer: d. Osteosarcoma

Huvos grade 1,2,3,4: grading for histological response to preoperative chemotherapy

  • grade-I : little or no necrosis (involving 50 per cent of the tumor or less);
  • grade-II : necrosis of more than 50 per cent but less than 90 per cent of the tumor;
  • grade-Ill : only scattered foci of viable tumor cells (necrosis of 90 to 99 per cent of the tumor); grade-IV response, by no viable tumor (100 per cent necrosis).

The histological response to preoperative chemotherapy was determined retrospectively by the same pathologist in a blinded fashion.

Huvos grade 3,4 : kemo efektif.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
2
Q

What factor is most likely to be associated with non union of the type II odontoid fracture?

  1. Fracture displacement greater than 4 mm
  2. Advanced age of patient
  3. Posterior versus anterior displacement
  4. Blood supply to dens fragment
  5. Presence of neurologic injury
A

Answer: 4. Blood supply to dens fragment

Classification of Odontoid fracture: (Anderson and Alonzo)

  • Type I: Oblique avulsion fracture of the apex (5%)
  • Type II: Fracture at the junction of the body and the neck; high nonunion rate, which can lead to myelopathy (60%)
  • Type IIA: Highly unstable comminuted injury extending from the waist of the odontoid into the body of the axis
  • Type III: Fracture extending into the cancellous body of C2 and possibly involving the lateral facets (30%)

Treatment

  • Type I: If it is an isolated injury, stability of the fracture pattern allows for immobilization in a cervical orthosis.
  • Type II: This is controversial, because the lack of periosteum and cancellous bone and the presence in watershed area result in a high incidence of nonunion (36%). Risk factors include age >50 years, >5 mm displacement, and posterior displacement. It may require screw fixation of the odontoid or C1-C2 posterior fusion for adequate treatment. Nonoperative treatment is halo immobilization.
  • Type III: There is a high likelihood of union with halo immobilization owing to the cancellous bed of the fracture site.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
3
Q

A patient has a burst fracture at L 1 with 70% canal compromise from a single retropulsed bone fragment and complete surgical decompression and stabilization is performed. One month later the bulbocavernosus reflex is still absent, but function of the lower extremity is normal. What is the most likely diagnosis ?

  1. Residual cord or conus compression
  2. Conus medullaris injury
  3. Persistent spinal shock
  4. Spinal cord infarction
  5. Cauda equina syndrome
A

Answer: 1. Residual cord or conus compression

Bulbocavernosus Reflex:

  • The bulbocavernosus reflex refers to contraction of the anal sphincter in response to stimulation of the trigone of the bladder with either a squeeze on the glans penis, a tap on the mons pubis, or a pull on a urethral catheter.
  • The absence of this reflex indicates spinal shock.
  • The return of the bulbocavernosus reflex, generally within 24 hours of the initial injury, hallmarks the end of spinal shock.
  • The presence of a complete lesion after spinal shock has resolved portends a virtually nonexistent chance of neurologic recovery.
  • The bulbocavernosus reflex is not prognostic for lesions involving the conus medullaris or the cauda equina.

Conus Medullaris Syndrome:

  • This is seen in T12-L1 injuries and involves a loss of voluntary bowel and bladder control (S2-4 parasympathetic control) with preserved lumbar root function.
  • It may be complete or incomplete; the bulbocavernosus reflex may be permanently lost.
  • It is uncommon as a pure lesion and more common with an associated lumbar root lesion (mixed conus-cauda lesion).
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
4
Q
  1. Titanium, an extremely reactive metal, is one of the most biocompatible implant material because :

a. Nothing in the biologic environment reacts with titanium
b. Physiologic condition inhibit titanium reaction
c. Protein coat the titanium and “insulate” it from the body
d. Titanium spontaneously forms a stable oxide coating
e. Titanium alloy are less reactive than metal

A

Answer : d. Titanium spontaneously forms a stable oxide coating
Reference : Miller 5th edition . Chapter 1 Basic science: biomaterial.

Titanium is extremely biocompatible material; it rapidly forms an adherent oxide coating (self-passivation), TiO2, that covers its surface (a nonreactive ceramic coating), thus makes these material extremely biocompatible. Another advantage of titanium is its relatively low E (most closely emulates the axial and torsional stiffness of bone) and high yield strength.

Orthopaedic implants are typically made of 316L (L = low carbon) stainless steel (iron, chromium, and nickel), “supermetal” alloys (e.g., Co-Cr-molybdenum (Mo) [65% Co, 35% Cr, 5% Mo] made with a special forging process), and titanium alloy (Ti-6Al-4V). Each possesses a different stiffness (E) (Fig. 1–97). Problems associated with certain metals include wear, stress shielding (increased in metals with a higher E), and ion release (Co-Cr causes macrophage proliferation and synovial degeneration)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
5
Q
  1. Which of the following cell membrane proteins convey chemotherapeutic resistance to tumor cells:

a. CD 44 glycoprotein
b. P-glycoproteins
c. Paracrine peptides
d. Matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs)
e. Stromelysins

A

Answer: b. p-glycoprotein.
Reference : Ling V (1997). “Multidrug resistance: molecular mechanisms and clinical relevance”. Cancer Chemother. Pharmacol. 40 Suppl (7): S3–8. doi:10.1007/s002800051053. PMID 9272126.

P-glycoprotein also known as multidrug resistance protein

One of the mechanism resistance of cancer cells is through expression of the multidrug resistance gene 1 (MDR1). MDR 1 codes for a membrane phosphoglicoprotein (p-glycoprotein).

At least four basic mechanisms of drug resistance are now recognized under the category of the MDR phenotype.

  • changes in glutathione metabolism
  • alterations in topoisomerase II
  • non-P-glycoprotein (P-gp)-mediated mechanisms
  • P-gp-mediated mechanisms (1,2).
  • Recent evidence has suggested that P-gp may be of particular relevance to osteosarcoma.

P-gp is a glycoprotein encoded by the MDR-1 gene on the long arm of chromosome 7 in humans .

Lovell & Winter’s Pediatric Orthopedic. 6th ed. Ch 14. 2006. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
6
Q
  1. Which of the following antibiotic is bacteriostatic at therapeutic serum concentration ?
    a. Penicillin
    b. Cefoxitin
    c. Clindamycin
    d. Vancomysin
    e. Bacitracin
A

Answer : c. Clindamycin

Mechanism of action ß lactam antibiotic including penicillin and cephalosporin and so does vancomycin: inhibit peptidoglycan synthesis in bacterial wall result in autolysis bacteries. Thus they are bactericid.
Cefoxitin is 2nd generation of cephalosporin.
Bacitracin also has mechanism of action inhibitin synthesis of bacterial wall. Bacitracin interferes with the dephosphorylation of the C55-isoprenyl pyrophosphate, a molecule that carries the building-blocks of the peptidoglycan bacterial cell wall outside of the inner membrane
Reference Goodman and Gilman’s. The Pharmacological Basic of Therapeutic. 12th ed.

Clindamycin has a bacteriostatic effect. It is a bacterial protein synthesis inhibitor by inhibiting ribosomal translocation, in a similar way to macrolides. It does so by binding to the 50S rRNA of the large bacterial ribosome subunit.
Reference : Lincosamides, Oxazolidinones, and Streptogramins”. Merck Manual of Diagnosis and Therapy. Merck & Co.. November 2005. Retrieved 2007-12-01

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
7
Q
  1. What antibiotic works by inhibiting peptidoglycan synthesis ?

a. Penicillin
b. Gentamycin
c. Rifampicin
d. Tetracycline
e. Clindamycin

A

Answer : a. penicillin

Penicillin and cephalosporins such as cefoxitin, vancomycin, and bacitracin are all bactericidal by causing loss of bacterial cell viability, either by activating enzymes that disrupt cell membrane or by inhibiting synthesis of cell wall. Clindamycin is bacteriostatic and acts by inhibiting sintesis protein.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
8
Q
  1. Which of the following organism is (are) most likely to cause hematogenous osteomyelitis in hemodialysis patients ?

a. Escherichia coli and Klebsiella pneumonia
b. Staphylococci
c. Candida species
d. Anaerobic oral organism
e. Anaerobic enteral organism

A

Answer : b. Staphylococci

Hemodialysis patients and intravenous drug abusers—S. aureus, S. epidermidis, and Pseudomonas aeruginosa are common organisms. The treatment of choice is one of the penicillinase-resistant synthetic penicillins (PRSPs) plus ciprofloxacin; an alternative treatment is vancomycin with ciprofloxacin.
Reference : Miller’s Review of Orthopedics. 5th ed. Chapter 5 :Orthopedic infection and Microbiology. 2008. Elsevier inc.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
9
Q
  1. The pharmacologic effect of warfarin is caused by what mechanism ?

a. Inhibition of platelet aggregation
b. Inhibition of hepatic enzymes that activates vitamin K
c. Bonding to vitamin K dependent cloting factors II, VII, IX,X
d. Bonding to antithrombin III which increase its affinity for activated factor X and thrombin
e. Direct binding to vitamin K

A

Answer: b. inhibition of hepatic enzymes that activates vitamin K
Warfarin inhibits the vitamin K-dependent synthesis of biologically active forms of the calcium-dependent clotting factors II, VII, IX and X, as well as the regulatory factors protein C, protein S, and protein Z.
Jawaban buku AAOS comprehensive review ; b. warfarin inhibit hepatic enzymes that activates vitamin K, vitamin K epoxide. This inhibition leads to reduced carboxylation of vitamin K dependent protein (protrombin, and factor VII, IX, X). Warfarin does not act by binding directly to vitamin K or clotting factor.

References :
• Ansell J, Hirsh J, Poller L, Bussey H, Jacobson A, Hylek E (2004). “The pharmacology and management of the vitamin K antagonists: the Seventh ACCP Conference on Antithrombotic and Thrombolytic Therapy”. Chest 126 (3 Suppl): 204S–233S. Doi :10.1378/chest.126.3_suppl.204S. PMID 15383473.
• Freedman MD (March 1992). “Oral anticoagulants: pharmacodynamics, clinical indications and adverse effects”. J Clin Pharmacol 32 (3): 196–209. PMID 1564123

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
10
Q
  1. The risk of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) transmission via a processed musculoskeletal allograft obtained from an American Association of Tissue Bank (AATB) certified bone bank is estimated to be :
    a. 1 in 50,000
    b. 1 in 100,000
    c. 1 in 500,000
    d. 1 in 1,5 million
    e. 1 in 5 million
A

Answer: d. 1 in 1,5 million.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review: Study Questions. 2009.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
11
Q
  1. Warfarin limit the risk of deep venous thrombosis (DVT) by which of the following action ?

a. Competitive inhibition of vitamin K dependent clotting factors
b. Inhibition of the post translational modification of vitamin K dependent clotting factors
c. Reversible inhibition of platelet function
d. Potentiation of antithrombin III

A

Answer : b. Inhibition of the post translational modification of vitamin K dependent clotting factors

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
12
Q
  1. Most natural biologic material are anisotropic, meaning that their stress strain curve exhibits:

a. Different moduli for compressive and tensile stress
b. A high degree of nonlinearity
c. A high sensitivity to the size of the test specimen
d. Dependence on the rate loading
e. Dependence of the direction of load application

A

Answer ; e. Dependence of the direction of load application
Reference Miller’s Review of Orthopedic. 5th ed. Chapter 1 Basic Science. Section 8, subsection 2. 2008. Elsevier inc.

Isotropic materials—Possess the same mechanical properties in all directions (e.g., a golf ball)

Anisotropic materials—Have mechanical properties that vary with the direction of the applied load (e.g., bone is stronger axially than radially)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
13
Q
  1. Which of the following factors is most commonly associated with late aseptic loosening of cemented acetabular components ?

a. Increased frictional torque
b. Recurrent neck socket impingement
c. Fatique failure of cement
d. Poor initial component fixation
e. Polyethylene wear

A

Answer : e. Polyethylene wear

Polyethylene wear are foreign body material which elicit hystiocytic (osteoclast) response to begin an osteolytic process.

Osteolytic process—As a result of particle ingestion by the macrophages, the activated macrophage (osteoclast) liberates osteolytic factors, including tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-α, interleukin-1β, interleukin-6, prostaglandins, oxide radicals, hydrogen peroxide, and acid phosphatase. Interleukin-1β, interleukin-6, prostaglandins works paracrine stimulating end nerve fiber, causing PAIN. These factors activate the osteoclast system and together assist in the dissolution of bone. Osteoclastic resorption of bone around the prosthesis allows prosthetic micromotion to occur. This leads to further generation of wear debris. Additional lysis of bone allows for prosthetic macromotion, loosening, and pain. Symptoms pain after hemiarthroplasty even without periprosthetic radioluscent area, is a symptoms that osteolytic process has begin. Give your patient BIPHOSPHONATE to repress osteoclast activity.

Cara kerja biphosphonate :
Bisphosphonates inhibit osteoclast resorption of bone (by preventing the osteoclast from forming the ruffled border necessary for expression of acid hydrolases)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
14
Q
  1. Methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus can be effectively with an oral quinolone and which of the following antibiotics to achieve synergy?
    a. Penicillin
    b. Probenecid
    c. Rifampin
    d. Cefoxitin
    e. Amoxillin
A

Answer : c. Rifampicin
Rifampin has been shown to have synergy with quinolones in the treatment of MRSA. Together they lessen development of resistant mutant.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
15
Q
  1. A fully differentiated osteoclast has receptors for which of the following proteins ?

a. Parathyroid hormone (PTH)
b. Calcitonin
c. Cholecalciferol
d. Bone morphogenetic protein (BMP)
e. Interleukin -2 (IL-2)

A

Answer : b. Calcitonin

Calcitonin—A 32–amino acid peptide hormone produced by the clear cells in the parafollicles of the thyroid gland; has a limited role in calcium regulation (see Table 1–13). Increased extracellular calcium levels cause secretion of calcitonin, which is controlled by a β2 receptor. Calcitonin inhibits osteoclastic bone resorption (osteoclasts have calcitonin receptors; decreases osteoclast number and activity) and decreases serum calcium

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
16
Q
  1. Cephalosporin are effective antibiotic agents because of their action on what aspect of bacterial metabolism ?
    a. DNA gene
    b. Cell wall
    c. mRNA
    d. cell membrane
    e. protein
A

Answer : b. Cell wall

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
17
Q
  1. The structure of cartilage proteoglycan can be described as

a. Multiple hyaluronate molecules bound to core protein, which is subsequently bound to a glycosaminoglycan chain
b. Multiple glycosaminoglycan chains bound to hyaluronate, which is subsequently bound to core protein
c. Multiple glycosaminoglycan bound to core protein, which is subsequently bound to hyaluronate via a link protein
d. Multiple link protein bound to core protein, which is subsequently bound to glycosaminoglycan
e. Multiple hyaluronate chains bound to link protein, which is subsequently bound to glycosaminoglycan

A

Answer: c. Glycosaminoglycan molecules bound to core protein forming proteoglycan aggrecan, subsequently proteoglycan aggrecan bound to hyaluronate via a link protein, forming proteoglycan aggregate.

Reference Miller’s Review of Orthopedic. 5th ed. Chapter 1 Basic Science. 2008. Elsevier inc.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
18
Q
  1. Virtually all biological material are viscoelastic, which means their mechanical behavior is dependent on what factor ?

a. Load applied
b. Cross sectional area
c. Rate of loading
d. Mode of loading
e. Direction of loading

A

Answer : c. rate of loading

Material—Related to a substance or element. Defined by mechanical properties (force, stress, strain) and rheologic properties (elasticity [ability to regain original shape], plasticity [permanent deformation], viscosity [resistance to flow or shear stress], and strength).

a. Brittle materials (e.g., PMMA)—Exhibit a linear stress–strain curve up to the point of failure. Brittle materials undergo only fully recoverable (elastic) deformation prior to failure and have little or no capacity to undergo permanent (plastic) deformation prior to failure.
b. Ductile materials (e.g., metal)—Undergo a large amount of plastic deformation prior to failure. Ductility is a measure of postyield deformation.
c. Viscoelastic materials (e.g., bone and ligaments)—Exhibit stress–strain behavior that is time-rate dependent (varies with the material); the material’s deformation and properties depend on the load and the rate at which the load is applied. Viscoelastic materials exhibit properties of both a fluid (viscosity; resistance to flow) and a solid (elasticity). The modulus of viscoelastic material increases as the strain rate increases. Viscoelastic behavior is a function of the internal friction of the material. Viscoelastic materials also exhibit hysteresis: Loading and unloading curves differ because energy is dissipated during loading. Most biologic tissues (bone, ligament, muscle, etc.) exhibit viscoelasticity.
d. Isotropic materials—Possess the same mechanical properties in all directions (e.g., a golf ball)
e. Anisotropic materials—Have mechanical properties that vary with the direction of the applied load (e.g., bone is stronger axially than radially)
f. Homogeneous materials—Have a uniform structure or composition throughout.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
19
Q
  1. What is the dominant component of articular cartilage extracellular matrix by weight ?
    a. Wear
    b. Collagen
    c. Keratan sulfate
    d. Chondroitin sulfate
    e. Nerve and lymphatic tissue
A

Answer ; a. wear ??. Pasti maksudnya WATER !!
Reference Miller’s Review of Orthopedics. 5th ed. Chapter 1 section 2.
Articular cartilage composition
a. Water (65-80% of wet weight)—Shifts in and out of cartilage to allow deformation of cartilage surface in response to stress. Water is not distributed homogeneously (65% in deep zone, 80% at surface). Water content increases (90%) in osteoarthritis (Table 1–18). Water is also responsible for nutrition and lubrication. Increased water content leads to increased permeability, decreased strength, and decreased Young’s modulus (E).
b. Collagen (10-20% of wet weight; >50% of dry weight) (Fig 1–36)—Type II collagen accounts for approximately 95% of the total collagen content of articular cartilage and provides a cartilaginous framework and tensile strength. Type II collagen is very stable, with a half-life of approximately 25 years. Increased amounts of glycine, proline, hydroxyproline, and hydrogen bonding are responsible for its unique characteristics. Hydroxyproline is unique to collagen and can be measured in the urine to assess bone turnover. Small amounts of types V, VI, IX, X, and XI collagen are present in the matrix of articular cartilage. An overview of all collagen types is shown in Table 1–19. Collagen type VI is a minor component of normal articular cartilage, but its content increases significantly in early osteoarthritis. Collagen type X is produced only by hypertrophic chondrocytes during enchondral ossification (growth plate, fracture callus, HO formation, calcifying cartilaginous tumors) and is associated with calcification of cartilage; a genetic defect in type X collagen is responsible for Schmid’s metaphyseal chondrodysplasia (affects the hypertrophic physeal zone). Collagen type XI is an adhesive holding the collagen lattice together.
c. Proteoglycans (10-15% of wet weight)—Protein polysaccharides provide compressive strength. Proteoglycans are produced by chondrocytes, are secreted into the extracellular matrix, and are composed of subunits known as glycosaminoglycans (GAGs, disaccharide polymers). These GAGs include two subtypes of chondroitin sulfate (the most prevalent GAG in cartilage) and keratin sulfate. The concentration of chondroitin-4-sulfate decreases with age, that of chondroitin-6-sulfate remains essentially constant, and that of keratin sulfate increases with age. GAGs are bound to a protein core by sugar bonds to form a proteoglycan aggrecan molecule. Link proteins stabilize these aggrecan molecules to hyaluronic acid to form a proteoglycan aggregate. Proteoglycans have a half-life of 3 months, provide structural properties for the articular cartilage, provide elastic strength, produce cartilage’s porous structure, and trap and hold water (regulate and retain fluid in the matrix). Figure 1–37 illustrates a proteoglycan aggregate and an aggrecan molecule.
d. Chondrocytes (5% of wet weight)—Active in protein synthesis, possess a double effusion barrier; produce collagen, proteoglycans, and some enzymes for cartilage metabolism, including the metalloproteinases (breakdown cartilage matrix) and tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinases (TIMPs; inhibit the metalloproteinases); least active in the calcified zone. Deeper cartilage zones have chondrocytes with a decreased rough endoplasmic reticulum (RER) and increased intraplasmic filaments (degenerative products). Chondroblasts, derived from undifferentiated mesenchymal cells (stimulated by motion), are later trapped in lacunae to become chondrocytes.
e. Other matrix components
(1) Adhesives (noncollagenous proteins, such as fibronectin, chondronectin, and anchorin CII)—Involved in interactions between chondrocytes and fibrils. Fibronectin may be associated with osteoarthritis.
(2) Lipids—Unknown function

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
20
Q
  1. A 2 week old infant has been referred for evaluation of nonmovement of the hip. History reveals that the patient was delivered 6 weeks premature by cesarean section. Examination reveals no fever, and there is mild swelling of the thigh. Passive movement of the hip appears to elicit tenderness and very limited hip motion. A radiograph of the pelvis shows mild subluxation of the left hip. The next step in evaluation should consist of :

a. Aspiration of the left hip
b. Application of Pavlik harness
c. A gallium scan
d. An MRI scan of the spine
e. Modified Bryan traction

A

Answer : a. Aspiration of the left hip

Early diagnosis is important : Rule out these differential diagnosis:
Septic arthritis
Transient synovitis
Early coxitis TB
Hip subluxation.

If clinical findings suggest bone or joint sepsis, aspiration is mandatory (for Gram staining and culture). Radiograph may reveal subluxation (due to joint effusion, due to infection). DDH is not painful and not accompany by localized swelling. If no purulent material obtained from aspiration, an arthrogram should be obtained to rule out femoral epiphysiolysis.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
21
Q
  1. A 12 year old girl has had lower back pain for the past 6 months that interferes with her ability to participate in sports. She denies any history of radicular symptoms, sensory changes, or bowel and bladder dysfunction. Examination reveals a shuffling gait, restriction of forward bending, and tight hamstrings. Radiographs show a grade III spondylolisthesis of L5 on S1, with a slip angle 20°. Management should consist of :

a. Brace treatment
b. Laminectomy, nerve root decompression, and in situ fusion of L4 to the sacrum
c. In situ fusion of L4 to the sacrum
d. Excision of the L5 lamina
e. Physical therapy

A

Answer : c. In situ fusion of L4 to the sacrum

Indication for surgical treatment of spondilolisthesis:
• pain and/or progressive deformity
• persisten pain or neurologic deficit that not respond to nonsurgical therapy
Choice of surgical treatment :
• insitu posterolateral L5-S1 fusion is adequate for mild spondilolisthesis
• extension of fusion to L4 offers better mechanical advantage for more severe slips (Meyerding gr II)

DO NOT perform laminectomy alone in children It is contraindicated. Nerve root decompression is indicated if radiculopathy present clinically.
Ref. AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
22
Q

Marfan Syndrome is associated with defects in which of the following structural proteins ?

a. Elastin
b. Fibrillin
c. Fibronectin
d. Type II collagen
e. Type III collagen

A

Answer : b. Fibrillin
Reference Miller’s Review of Orthopedics. 5th ed. Chapter 1 section 4 subsection 3.
COMPREHENSIVE COMPILATION OF INHERITANCE PATTERN, DEFECT, AND ASSOCIATED GENE OF MUSCULOSKELETAL-RELATED DISORDERS
Disorder Inheritance Pattern Defect Associated Gene
Dysplasias
Achondroplasia Autosomal dominant Defect in the fibroblast growth factor (FGF) receptor 3 FGF receptor 3 gene
Diastrophic dysplasia Autosomal recessive Mutation of a gene coding for a sulfate transport protein Sulfate-transporter gene (chromosome 5)
Kniest’s dysplasia Autosomal dominant Defect in type II collagen COL 2A1
Laron’s dysplasia (pituitary dwarfism) Autosomal recessive Defect in the growth hormone receptor
McCune-Albright syndrome (polyostotic fibrous dysplasia, café-au-lait spots, precocious puberty) Sporadic mutation Germ line defect in the Gsα protein Mutation of Gsα subunit of the receptor/adenylyl cyclase–coupling G proteins
Metaphyseal chondrodysplasia (Jansen form) Autosomal dominant
Metaphyseal chondrodysplasia (McKusick form) Autosomal recessive
Metaphyseal chondrodysplasia (Schmid-tarda form) Autosomal dominant Defect in type X collagen COL 10A1
Multiple epiphyseal dysplasia Autosomal dominant (most commonly) Cartilage oligomeric matrix protein
Spondyloepiphyseal dysplasia Autosomal dominant (congenita form)
X-linked recessive (tarda form)
Defect in type II collagen Linked to X p22.12-p22.31 and COL 2A1
Achondrogenesis Autosomal recessive Fetal cartilage fails to mature
Apert syndrome Sporadic mutation/autosomal dominant
Chondrodysplasia punctata (Conradi–Hünerman) Autosomal dominant
Chondrodysplasia punctata (rhizomelic form) Autosomal recessive Defect in subcellular organelles (peroxisomes)
Cleidocranial dysplasia (dysostosis) Autosomal dominant Mutation of a gene coding for a protein related to osteoblast function cbfal
Dysplasia epiphysealis hemimelica (Trevor’s disease) ??
Ellis-van Creveld syndrome (chondroectodermal dysplasia) Autosomal recessive
Fibrodysplasia ossifican progressiva Sporadic mutation/autosomal dominant
Geroderma osteodysplastica (Walt Disney dwarfism) Autosomal recessive
Grebe chondrodysplasia Autosomal recessive
Hypochondroplasia Sporadic mutation/autosomal dominant
Kabuki make-up syndrome Sporadic mutation
Mesomelic dysplasia (Langer type) Autosomal recessive
Mesomelic dysplasia (Nievergelt type) Autosomal dominant
Mesomelic dysplasia (Reinhardt-Pfeiffer type) Autosomal dominant
Mesomelic dysplasia (Werner type) Autosomal dominant
Metatrophic dysplasia Autosomal recessive
Progressive diaphyseal dysplasia (Camurati-Engelmann disease) Autosomal dominant
Pseudoachondroplastic dysplasia Autosomal dominant
Pyknodysostosis Autosomal recessive
Spondylometaphyseal chondrodysplasia Autosomal dominant
Spondylothoracic dysplasia (Jarcho-Levin syndrome) Autosomal recessive
Thanatophoric dwarfism Autosomal dominant
Tooth-and-nail syndrome Autosomal dominant
Treacher Collins syndrome (mandibulofacial dysostosis) Autosomal dominant
Metabolic Bone Diseases
Hereditary vitamin D–dependent rickets Autosomal recessive See Table 1–15
Hypophosphatasia Autosomal recessive See Table 1–15
Hypophosphatemic rickets (vitamin D–resistant rickets) X-linked dominant See Table 1–15
Osteogenesis imperfecta Autosomal dominant (types I and IV) Defect in type I collagen (abnormal cross-linking) COL 1A1, COL 1A2
Autosomal recessive (types II and III)
Albright hereditary osteodystrophy (pseudohypoparathyroidism) Uncertain Parathyroid hormone has no effect at the target cells (in the kidney, bone, and intestine)
Infantile cortical hyperostosis (Caffey’s disease) ???
Ochronosis (alkaptonuria) Autosomal recessive Defect in the homogentisic acid oxidase system
Osteopetrosis Autosomal dominant (mild, tarda form)
Autosomal recessive (infantile, malignant form)
Connective Tissue Disorders
Marfan’s syndrome Autosomal dominant Fibrillin abnormalities (some patients also have type I collagen abnormalities) Fibrillin gene (chromosome 15)
Ehlers-Danlos syndrome (there are at least 13 varieties) Autosomal dominant (most common) Defects in types I and III collagen have been described for some varieties; lysyl oxidase abnormalities COL 1A2 (for Ehlers-Danlos type VII)
Homocystinuria Autosomal recessive Deficiency of the enzyme cystathionine β-synthase
Mucopolysaccharidosis
Hunter’s syndrome (“gargoylism”) X-linked recessive
Hurler’s syndrome Autosomal recessive Deficiency of the enzyme α-L-iduronidase
Maroteaux-Lamy syndrome Autosomal recessive
Morquio’s syndrome Autosomal recessive
Sanfilippo’s syndrome Autosomal recessive
Scheie’s syndrome Autosomal recessive Deficiency of the enzyme α-L-iduronidase
Muscular Dystrophies
Duchenne’s muscular dystrophy X-linked recessive Defect on the short arm of the X chromosome Dystrophin gene
Becker’s dystrophy X-linked recessive
Fascioscapulohumeral dystrophy Autosomal dominant
Limb-girdle dystrophy Autosomal recessive
Steinert’s disease (myotonic dystrophy) Autosomal dominant
Hematologic Disorders
Hemophilia (A and B) X-linked recessive Hemophilia A–factor VIII deficiency
Hemophilia B–factor IX deficiency
Sickle cell anemia Autosomal recessive Hemoglobin abnormality (hemoglobin S)
Gaucher’s disease Autosomal recessive Deficient activity of the enzyme β-glucosidase (glucocerebrosidase)
Hemochromatosis Autosomal recessive
Niemann-Pick disease Autosomal recessive Accumulation of sphingomyelin in cellular lysosomes
Smith-Lemli-Opitz syndrome Uncertain
Thalassemia Autosomal recessive Abnormal production of hemoglobin A
von Willebrand’s disease Autosomal dominant
Chromosomal Disorders with Musculoskeletal Abnormalities
Down syndrome Trisomy of chromosome 21
Angelman’s syndrome Chromosome 15 abnormality
Clinodactyly Associated with many genetic anomalies, including trisomy of chromosomes 8 and 21
Edward’s syndrome Trisomy of chromosome 18
Fragile X syndrome X-linked trait (does not follow the typical pattern of an X-linked trait) Xq27-Xq28
Klinefelter’s syndrome (XXY) Male has an extra X chromosome
Langer-Giedion syndrome Sporadic mutation Chromosome 8 abnormality
Nail-patella syndrome Autosomal dominant Chromosome 9 abnormality
Patau’s syndrome Trisomy of chromosome 13
Turner’s syndrome (XO) Female missing one of the two X chromosomes
Neurologic Disorders
Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease Autosomal dominant (most common)
Congenital insensitivity to pain Autosomal recessive
Dejerine-Sottas disease Autosomal recessive
Friedreich’s ataxia Autosomal recessive
Huntington’s disease Autosomal dominant
Menkes’ syndrome X-linked recessive Inability to absorb and use copper
Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease X-linked recessive Defect in the gene for proteolipid (a component of myelin)
Riley-Day syndrome Autosomal recessive
Spinal muscular atrophy (Werdnig-Hoffman disease and Kugelberg-Welander disease) Autosomal recessive
Sturge-Weber syndrome Sporadic mutation
Tay-Sachs disease Autosomal recessive Deficiency in the enzyme hexosaminidase A
Diseases Associated with Neoplasias
Ewing’s sarcoma 11;22 chromosomal translocation (EWS/FL11 fusion gene)
Multiple endocrine neoplasia I (MEN I) Autosomal dominant RET
MEN II Autosomal dominant
MEN III Autosomal dominant Chromosome 10 abnormality
Neurofibromatosis (von Recklinghausen’s disease) Autosomal dominant NF1, NF2
Synovial sarcoma X;18 chromosomal translocation (STT/SSX fusion gene)
Miscellaneous Disorders
Malignant hyperthermia Autosomal dominant
Osteochondromatosis Autosomal dominant
Polydactyly Autosomal dominant (a small number of cases of sporadic gene mutations have been reported)
Captodactyly Autosomal dominant
Cerebro-oculofacioskeletal syndrome Autosomal recessive
Congenital contractural arachnodactyly Fibrillin gene (chromosome 5)
Distal arthrogryposis syndrome Autosomal dominant
Dupuytren’s contracture Autosomal dominant (with partial sex limitation)
Fabry’s disease X-linked recessive Deficiency of α-galactosidase A
Fanconi’s pancytopenia Autosomal recessive
Freeman-Sheldon syndrome Autosomal dominant
(craniocarpotarsal dysplasia; whistling face syndrome) Autosomal recessive
GM1 gangliosidosis Autosomal recessive
Hereditary anonychia Autosomal dominant
Autosomal recessive
Holt-Oram syndrome Autosomal dominant
Humeroradial synostosis Autosomal dominant
Autosomal recessive
Klippel-Feil syndrome Faulty development of spinal segments along the embryonic neural tube
Klippel-Trénaunay-Weber syndrome Sporadic mutation
Krabbe’s disease Autosomal recessive Deficiency of galactocerebroside β-galactosidase
Larsen’s syndrome Autosomal dominant
Autosomal recessive
Lesch-Nyhan disease X-linked trait Absence of the enzyme hypoxanthine guanine phosphoribosyl transferase
Madelung’s deformity Autosomal dominant
Mannosidosis Autosomal recessive Deficiency of the enzyme α-monosidase
Maple syrup urine disease Autosomal recessive Defective metabolism of the amino acids leucine, isoleucine, and valine
Meckel’s syndrome (Gruber’s syndrome) Autosomal recessive
Mobius’ syndrome Autosomal dominant
Mucolipidosis (oligosaccharidosis) Autosomal recessive A family of enzyme deficiency diseases
Multiple exostoses Autosomal dominant
Multiple pterygium syndrome Autosomal recessive
Noonan’s syndrome Sporadic mutation
Oral-facial-digital (OFD) syndrome OFD I—X-linked dominant
OFD II (Mohr’s syndrome)— autosomal recessive
Osler-Weber-Rendu syndrome (hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia) Autosomal dominant
Pfeiffer’s syndrome (acrocephalosyndactyly) Sporadic mutation/autosomal dominant
Phenylketonuria Autosomal recessive Enzyme deficiency characterized by the inability to convert phenylalanine to tyrosine due to a chromosome 12 abnormality
Phytanic acid storage disease Autosomal recessive
Progeria (Hutchinson-Gilford progeria syndrome) Autosomal dominant
Proteus syndrome Autosomal dominant
Prune-belly syndrome Uncertain Localized mesodermal defect
Radioulnar synostosis Autosomal dominant
Rett’s syndrome Sporadic mutation/X-linked dominant
Roberts’ syndrome (pseudothalidomide syndrome) Sporadic mutation/autosomal recessive
Russell-Silver syndrome Sporadic mutation (possibly X-linked)
Saethre-Chotzen syndrome Autosomal dominant
Sandhoff’s disease Autosomal recessive Enzyme deficiency of hexosaminidase A and B
Schwartz-Jampel syndrome Autosomal recessive
Seckel’s syndrome (bird-headed dwarfism) Autosomal recessive
Stickler’s syndrome (hereditary progressive arthro-ophthalmopathy) Autosomal dominant Collagen abnormality
TAR syndrome (thrombocytopenia–aplasia of radius syndrome) Autosomal recessive
Tarsal coalition Autosomal dominant
Trichorhinophalangeal syndrome Autosomal dominant
Urea cycle defects Argininemia—autosomal recessive
Argininosuccinic aciduria—autosomal recessive
Carbamyl phosphate synthetase deficiency—autosomal recessive
Citrullinemia—autosomal recessive
Ornathine transcarbamylase deficiency—X-linked
A group of enzyme disorders characterized by high levels of ammonia in the blood and tissues
VATER association Sporadic mutation
Werner’s syndrome Autosomal recessive
Zygodactyly Autosomal dominant

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
23
Q
  1. A 7-year old boy with a closed supracondylar fracture of distal humerus is unable to flex the distal interphalangeal (DIP) joint of his index finger and the interphalangeal (IP) joint of his thumb. These findings are most likely due to a deficit involving fibers of which following nerves ?
    a. Ulnar
    b. Radial
    c. Musculocutaneous
    d. Anterior interosseous
    e. Posterior interosseous
A

Answer : d. Anterior interosseous

Median(C(5)6-T1): runs between 2 heads of PT[*], through ligament of Struthers[*] and lacertus fibrosus[*], under FDS[*] into carpal tunnel[*] (Martin Gruber formation: ulnar motor branches run with median nerve then branch to ulnar nerve distally). In wrist, median divides to Motor branch and palmar cutaneous (runs between FCR/PL): at risk in CTS release

Sensory: NONE (in forearm)
Motor: ANTERIOR COMPARTMENT OF FOREARM

Superficial Flexors Pronator Teres [PT]

Flexor Carpi Radialis [FCR]

Palmaris longus [PL]

Flexor digitorum superficialis[FDS][sometimes considered a “middle” flexor]

Deep Flexors Anterior Interosseous N. (AIN) AIN compressed by PT in forearm, injured in supracondylar fractures

Flexor digitorum profundus [digits 2, 3]
Flexor pollicis longus [FPL]
Pronator Quadratus [PQ]
* Potential nerve compression site

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
24
Q
  1. Examination of 7 year old boy reveals 20° of valgus following a lawn mover to lateral femoral epiphysis. Treatment consists of total distal femoral epiphysiodesis and varus osteotomy. Following surgery he has a limb length discrepancy of 3 cm and 5° genu valgum. Assumsing that he undergoes no further treatment, the patient’s predicted limb-length discrepancy at maturity would be how many centimeter ?
    a. Less than 7
    b. 7 to 10
    c. 11 to 13
    d. 14 to 17
    e. Greater than 17
A

Answer : c. 11 to 13

The distal femoral epiphysis growa approximately 1 cm per year, in boys growth ceases at approximately age 16 years old. Therefore the patient’s limb length discrepancy at maturity would be 12 cm ( 9 cm plus 3 cm discrepancy he suffered from the previous surgery)
Ref: AAOS Orthopedic Comprehensive Review. Page 82. 2009.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
25
Q
  1. A 4 year old child sustains a spiral fracture to the tibia in an unwitnessed fall. History reveals three other fractures to long bones, and the parents are vague about the etiology of each. There is no family history of bone disease. The parents ask if the child has osteogenesis imperfect (OI); however, there are no clinical or radiographic indication of this diagnosis. In addition to fracture care, management should include:
    a. Notification of child protective services and hospital admission
    b. A punch biopsy of skin for collagen analysis
    c. DNA testing for OI
    d. Calcium, phosphate, and alkaline phosphatase studies
    e. Placement of intramedullary rods to prevent further fracture
A

Answer : c. Notification of child protective services and hospital admission

OI : Mutation on genes encoding type I collagen : COL1A1 and COL1A2.
DD multiple fractures in children : OI and child abuse.
DNA testing not commercially available for OI. In this patient, physician suspect nonaccidental trauma and is legally obliged to notify child protective service. Work up for both OI and abuse can be done during hospitalization

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
26
Q
  1. A 6 year old boy with spastic diplegic cerebral palsy has a crouched gait. Examination reveals hip flexion contracture of 15º and popliteal angle of 70º. Equinus contractures measure 10º with the knee extended. Which of the following surgical procedure performed alone, will worsen the crouching ?

a. Iliopsoas release from the lesser trochanter
b. Iliopsoas release at the pelvic brim
c. Hamstring lengthening
d. Heel cord lengthening
e. Splint posterior tibial tendon transfer

A

Answer : d. Heel cord lengthening

Children with bspastic diplegic cerebral palsy often have multiple joints contractures. Because the gait abnormalities can be complex, isolated surgery is rarely indicated. To avoid compensatory at other joints, it is preferable to correct all deformities in a single operation. Isolated heel cord lengthening in the presence of thight hamstring and tight hip flexor, will lead to progressive flexion at the knees and hips, thus worsening the crouched gait

Split posterior tibial tendon is indicated for heel varus.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
27
Q
  1. Which of the following pathogens are most commonly associated with neonatal septic arthritis and osteomyelitis ?

a. Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli
b. Staphylococcus aureus and group A streptococci
c. Staphylococcus aureus and group B streptococci
d. Haemophilus influenza and Escherichia coli
e. Haemophilus influenza and group A streptococci

A

Answer c. Staphylococcus aureus and group B streptococci

Reference : Miller’s Review of Orthopedics. 5th ed. Chapter 1. Section 5.
Reference : AAOS Orthopedic Comprehensive Review. 2009.

Newborn (up to 4 months of age)—The most common organisms include Staphylococcus aureus, gram-negative bacilli, and group B streptococcus. Primary empirical therapy includes nafcillin or oxacillin plus a third-generation cephalosporin. Alternative antibiotic therapy includes vancomycin plus a third-generation cephalosporin. Newborns with hematogenous osteomyelitis may be afebrile, and the best predictors of the osteomyelitis are local signs in the extremity, including warmth. Almost 70% of newborn patients with hematogenous osteomyelitis have positive blood cultures.
Children 4 years of age or older—The most common organisms are S. aureus, group A streptococcus, and coliforms (uncommon). The empirical treatment of choice is nafcillin or oxacillin; alternative regimens include vancomycin or clindamycin. When the Gram stain shows gram-negative organisms, a third-generation cephalosporin should be added. With recent immunization programs, Haemophilus influenzae bone infections causing hematogenous osteomyelitis have been almost completely eliminated.
Adults 21 years of age or older—The most common organism is S. aureus, but a wide variety of other organisms have been isolated. Initial empirical therapy includes nafcillin, oxacillin, or cefazolin; vancomycin can be used as an alternative initial therapy.
Sickle cell anemia—Salmonella is a characteristic organism. The primary treatment is with one of the fluoroquinolones (only in adults); alternative treatment is with a third-generation cephalosporin.
Hemodialysis patients and intravenous drug abusers—S. aureus, S. epidermidis, and Pseudomonas aeruginosa are common organisms. The treatment of choice is one of the penicillinase-resistant synthetic penicillins (PRSPs) plus ciprofloxacin; an alternative treatment is vancomycin with ciprofloxacin.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
28
Q
  1. During soft tissue release for an idiopathic clubfoot, it is noted than the peroneus longus tendon has been transected in the midfoot. Failure into repair this structure may be lead to
    a. Cavus
    b. Claw toes
    c. A dorsal bunion
    d. Hindfoot valgus
    e. Forefoot pronation
A

Answer: c. A dorsal bunion

A statistically significant varus displacement of the first metatarsal was observed only after transection of the peroneus longus tendon. It was concluded that the peroneus longus tendon is a strong retaining mechanism of the first metatarsal to opposes the tibialis anterior dorsal pull on 1st ray . When tendon peroneus longus injured, flexor hallucis longus try to compensate by flex the MTP. Thus forming deformity dorsal bunion.
Dorsal bunion can be result from sequel of poliomyelitis or direct injury to tendon peroneus longus.

Ref : Bohne WH, Lee KT, Peterson MG. Action of the peroneus longus tendon on the first metatarsal against metatarsus primus varus force. Foot Ankle Int. 1997 Aug;18(8):510-2.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
29
Q
  1. The use of multiagent adjuvant chemotherapy is associated with a clear survival benefit in which of the following diseases?
    a. Renal carcinoma
    b. Osteosarcoma
    c. Differentiated chondrosarcoma
    d. Adult soft tissue sarcoma
    e. Melanoma
A

Answer: b. Osteosarcoma

Osteosarcoma is the most common bone tumor in children and adolescents. The most common sites are the distal femur and proximal tibia, and some 15–20% of patients have clinically detectable metastases at the time of diagnosis. Most studies in osteosarcoma include only patients with “classical osteosarcoma”, a good prognostic group of patients without metastases at presentation, extremity localized tumors and age < 40 years.
However, nonclassical osteosarcoma represents more than 40% of the entire high-grade osteosarcoma population, emphasizing the need for focus also on this group of patients in clinical research (Huvos 1991, Saeter and Bruland 1998).

The modern multidisciplinary approach to the osteosarcoma patients has significantly improved outcome, especially for the patients with classical disease. Before the introduction of intensive polyagent chemotherapy, 2-year overall survival around 15–20% was reported (Harvei and Solheim 1981, Friedman and Carter 1972). With todayʼs combination of chemotherapy and surgery long-term survival rates of more than 70% have been reported in several studies (Saeter et al. 1991, Bacci et al. 1993, Fuchs et al. 1998, Smeland et al. 2003).
Neoadjuvant chemotherapy with high-dose ifosfamide added to methotrexate, cisplatin, and doxorubicin for patients with localized osteosarcoma of the extremity.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
30
Q
  1. A 12 year old girl has progressive development of cavus feet. Examination reveals slightly diminished vibratory sensation on the bottom of the foot. Reflexes are 1+ at the knees and ankles. Motor examination shows that all muscles are 5/5 in the foot, except the peroneal and anterior tibial muscles are rated as 4+/5. Which of the following studies is considered most diagnostic ?

a. Nerve conduction velocity studies
b. Biopsy of the quadriceps femoris muscle
c. Biopsy of the sural nerve
d. DNA testing
e. Chromosomal analysis

A

Answer ; d. DNA testing

This patient most likely has a form of Charcot –Marie-Tooth disease, or hereditary motor-sensory-neuropathy. The most common varieties can now diagnosed with DNA testing. Mutation could be in peripheral myelin protein-22 (PMP 22)gene in HMSN type IA and in the connexin gene in the x linked HMSN.
Reference: AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
31
Q
  1. A newborn has a flail upper extremity after a difficult right occiput anterior vaginal delivery. Examination shows an obvious fracture of the right clavicle. Following stimulation, there is no movement of the arm or hand and there appears to be no sensation in the hand. Management should include :

a. A CT scan arteriogram
b. An MRI scan of the brachial plexus
c. Nerve conduction velocity studies and an electromyogram
d. Surgical exploration and repair of the brachial plexus
e. Observation for 60 days before obtaining further test

A

Answer: e. Observation for 60 days before obtaining further test
BIRTH BRACHIAL PLEXUS PALSY
Type Roots Deficit Prognosis
Erb-Duchenne palsy C5, 6 Deltoid, cuff, elbow flexors, wrist and hand dorsiflexors; “waiter’s tip” deformity. Best prognosis.
Total plexus C5, T1 Sensory and motor; flaccid arm. Worst prognosis.
Klumpke C8, T1 Wrist flexors, intrinsics; Horner’s Poor prognosis.

Brachial plexus palsy—Decreasing in severity as a result of better obstetric management, yet 2 per 1000 births still have an injury associated with stretching or contusion of the brachial plexus. Occurs most often with large babies, shoulder dystocia, forceps delivery, breech position, and prolonged labor. Three types are commonly recognized, as mentioned in table above.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
32
Q
  1. The most severe and rapidly progressive form of congenital scoliosis is :

a. Block vertebra
b. Semisegmented hemivertebra
c. Fully segemented hemivertebra
d. Unilateral unsegmented bar
e. Unilateral unsegmented bar with contralateral hemivertebra

A

Answer: e. Unilateral unsegmented bar with contralateral hemivertebra

PROGRESSION OF CONGENITAL SCOLIOSIS PATTERNS AND TREATMENT OPTIONS
Risk of Progression (Highest to Lowest) Character of Curve Progression Treatment Options
Unilateral unsegmented bar with contralateral hemivertebra Rapid and relentless Posterior spinal fusion (add anterior fusion for girls age < 10 yr, boys < 12 yr)
Unilateral unsegmented bar Rapid Same
Fully segmented hemivertebra Steady Anterior spinal fusion
Hemivertebra excision

Partially segmented hemivertebra Less rapid; curve usually < 40 degrees at maturity Observation, hemivertebra excision
Incarcerated hemivertebra May slowly progress Observation
Nonsegmented hemivertebra Little progression Observation

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
33
Q
  1. Posterior spinal fusion for scoliosis should be performed on a patient with Duchenne muscular dystrophy when
    a. The patient is still ambulatory
    b. Lordotic posture is present
    c. The forced vital capacity (FVC) is less than 30% of the predicted value
    d. Curve magnitude measures 25% or greater
    e. Orthotic management fails
A

Answer : d. Curve magnitude measures 25% or greater

Surgery is indicated in patients with Duchenne’s muscular dystrophy for curves greater than 30 degrees and usually involves fusion from T2 to the pelvis. Preoperative assessment of pulmonary function (should be over 40% predicted) and cardiac function is necessary
Reference: AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
34
Q
  1. Which of the following deformities is most likely associated with slight valgus of femur, dimpling over the tibia, mild leg length discrepancy, increased heel valgus, and tarsal coalition?
    a. Type 1 fibular hemimelia
    b. Type 2 tibial hemimelia
    c. Type 4 proximal focal femoral deficiency (PFFD)
    d. Posterior medial bowing of the tibia
    e. Congenital pseudoarthrosis of the tibia
A

Answer: a. Type 1 fibular hemimelia. (Ref: AAOS).
Seharusnya type II menurut klasifikasi Conventry Johnson (b) ?
Tibial bowing—Three types based on the apex of the curve.
1. Posteromedial-physiologic bowing—Usually of the middle and distal thirds of the tibia and may be the result of abnormal intrauterine positioning (Fig. 3–36). It is commonly associated with calcaneovalgus feet and tight anterior structures. Spontaneous correction is the rule, but follow the patient to evaluate LLD. The most common sequela of posteromedial bowing is an average LLD of 3-4 cm, which may require an age-appropriate epiphysiodesis of the long limb. Tibial osteotomies are not indicated.
2. Anteromedial tibial bowing—Typically caused by fibular hemimelia; a congenital longitudinal deficiency of the fibula is the most common long-bone deficiency. It is usually associated with anteromedial bowing, ankle instability, equinovarus foot (with or without lateral rays), tarsal coalition, and femoral shortening. Classically, skin dimpling is seen over the tibia. Significant LLD often results from this disorder. The fibular deficiency can be intercalary, which involves the whole bone (absent fibula) or terminal. Fibular hemimelia is frequently associated with femoral abnormalities such as coxa vara and PFFD. Radiographic findings include complete or partial absence of the fibula, a ball-and-socket ankle (secondary to tarsal coalitions), and deficient lateral rays in the foot. Treatment varies from a simple shoe lift or bracing to Syme’s amputation. Treatment decisions are based on the degree of foot deformity, the number of rays, and the degree of shortening of the limb. Amputation is usually done to treat limbs with severe shortening and/or a stiff, nonfunctional foot at about 10 months of age. For less severe cases, reconstructive procedures, including lengthening, may be an alternative. This procedure should include resection of the fibular anlage to avoid future foot problems.
3. Anterolateral tibial bowing—Congenital pseudarthrosis of the tibia is the most common cause of anterolateral bowing. It is often accompanied by neurofibromatosis (50%, but only 10% of patients with neurofibromatosis have this disorder). Classification (Boyd’s) is based on bowing and the presence of cystic changes, sclerosis, or dysplasia; dysplasia and cystic changes are the most common. Initial treatment includes a total-contact brace to protect the patient from fractures. Intramedullary fixation with excision of hamartomatous tissue and autogenous bone grafting are options for nonhealing fractures. A vascularized fibular graft or Ilizarov’s method should also be considered if bracing fails. Osteotomies to correct the anterolateral bowing are contraindicated. Amputation (Syme’s) and prosthetic fitting are indicated after two or three failed surgical attempts. Syme’s amputation is preferred to below-knee amputation in these patients because the soft tissue available at the heel pad is superior to that in the calf as a weight-bearing stump. The soft tissue in the calf in these patients is often scarred and atrophic.
4. Other lower limb deficiencies—Include tibial hemimelia, an AD disorder that is a congenital longitudinal deficiency of the tibia. Tibial hemimelia is the only long-bone deficiency with a known inheritance pattern (AD). It is much less common than fibular hemimelia and is often associated with other bony abnormalities (especially a lobster-claw hand). Clinically, the extremity is shortened and bowed anterolaterally with a prominent fibular head and an equinovarus foot, with the sole of the foot facing the perineum. The treatment for severe deformities with an entirely absent tibia is a knee disarticulation. Fibular transposition (Brown’s) has been unsuccessful, especially with absent quadriceps function and an absent proximal tibia. When the proximal tibia and quadriceps functions are present, the fibula can be transposed to the residual tibia and create a functional below-knee amputation.

Classification of congenital absence of fibula (Conventry Johnson 1952)
Type I Partial unilateral absence of fibula
Shortening of the extremity
Minimal or no bowing of the tibia
Little or no deformity of the foot
No other congenital anomalies

Type II Fibula completely or almost completely absent
Unilateral deformity
Anterior bowing of the tibia with skin dimple
Equinovalgus of the foot
Foot deformity may include absence of tarsal bone, rays, or tarsal coalition

Type III Bilateral type I atau II with deformities elsewhere in the body

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
35
Q
  1. Which of the following types of iliac osteotomy provides the greatest potential for increased coverage ?

a. Ganz periacetabular
b. Pamberton innominate
c. Salter innominate
d. Sutherland double innominate
e. Steels tripe innominate

A

Answer : a. Ganz periacetabular
Surgical choice based on the degree of acetabular dysplasia and the age of the children.
Procedures
(a) The Salter osteotomy—May lengthen the affected leg up to 1 cm.
(b) The Pemberton acetabuloplasty—A good choice for residual dysplasia because it reduces acetabular volume (bends on triradiate cartilage).
(c) Acetabular reorientation procedures in older patients—Include the triple innominate osteotomy (Steel or Tönnis).
(d) Dega-type osteotomies—Often favored for paralytic dislocations and in patients with posterior acetabular deficiency.
(e) The Ganz periacetabular osteotomy—Provides improved three-dimensional correction because the cuts are close to the acetabulum, allow immediate weight bearing, spare stripping of the abductor muscles, allow for a capsulotomy to inspect the joint, and are performed through a single incision. However, the triradiate cartilage must be closed.
(f) The Chiari osteotomy—A salvage procedure when a concentric reduction of the femoral head within the acetabulum cannot be achieved. This osteotomy shortens the affected leg and requires periarticular soft tissue metaplasia for success. It depends on metaplastic tissue (fibrocartilage) for a successful result.
(g) The lateral shelf acetabular augmentation procedure—Done in patients over 8 years old with inadequate lateral coverage or trochanteric advancement and increased trochanteric overgrowth (improves hip abductor biomechanics). It depends on metaplastic tissue (fibrocartilage) for a successful result.

COMMON PELVIC OSTEOTOMIES
Osteotomy Procedure Requirement
Femoral Intertrochanteric osteotomy (VDRO) Concentric reduction < 8 years of age
Salter’s Open wedge osteotomy through ileum Concentric reduction < 8 years of age
Pemberton’s Through acetabular roof to triradiate cartilage Concentric reduction < 8 years of age
Sutherland’s (double) Salter’s + pubic osteotomy Concentric reduction
Open triradiate cartilage

Steel’s (triple) Salter’s + osteotomy of both rami Concentric reduction
Open triradiate cartilage

Ganz Periacetabular osteotomy Surgeon’s experience
Closed triradiate cartilage

Chiari’s Through ilium above acetabulum (makes new roof) Salvage procedure for asymmetrical incongruity
Shelf ’s Slotted lateral acetabular augmentation Salvage procedure for asymmetrical incongruity
VDRO, varus derotation osteotomy.
Reference : Miller’s Review of Orthopaedic. 5th ed. 2008. Elsevier inc.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
36
Q
  1. A 4 year old child sustains a spiral fracture to the tibia in an unwitnessed fall. History reveals three other fractures to long bones, and the parents are vague about the etiology of each. There is no family history of bone disease. The parents ask if the child has osteogenesis imperfect (OI); however, there are no clinical or radiographic indication of this diagnosis. In addition to fracture care, management should include:

a. Notification of child protective services and hospital admission
b. A punch biopsy of skin for collagen analysis
c. DNA testing for OI
d. Calcium, phosphate, and alkaline phosphatase studies
e. Placement of intramedullary rods to prevent further fracture

A

Answer : c. Notification of child protective services and hospital admission

OI : Mutation on genes encoding type I collagen : COL1A1 and COL1A2.
DD multiple fractures in children : OI and child abuse.
DNA testing not commercially available for OI. In this patient, physician suspect nonaccidental trauma and is legally obliged to notify child protective service. Work up for both OI and abuse can be done during hospitalization.
TABLE SPECIFICITY OF RADIOLOGIC FINDINGS
High Specificity
Classic metaphyseal lesions
Rib fractures, especially posterior
Scapular fractures
Spinous process fractures
Sternal fractures

Moderate Specificity
Multiple fractures, especially bilateral
Fractures of different ages
Epiphyseal separations
Vertebral body fractures and subluxations
Digital fractures
Complex skull fractures

Common, but low specificity
Subperiosteal new bone formation
Clavicular fractures
Long bone shaft fractures
Linear skull fractures
Highest specificity applies to infants.
From Kleinman PK. Diagnostic imaging of child abuse, 2nd ed. St. Louis, MO: Mosby, 1998:9.

Osteogenesis Imperfecta

Differentiating child abuse from OI is one of the most classic differential diagnostic challenges that the orthopaedist and radiologist can face. Claiming that their child has OI can be a common defense used by an abusive family in legal defenses. The classification of Sillence is well known. OI is a rare disorder of type I collagen (incidence of approximately 1 in 25,000 live births). OI type I is mild and is typically distinguished by distinctly blue sclerae (however, some children with OI type I do not have blue sclerae). OI type II is lethal in the perinatal period. OI type III is severe and causes progressive deformity. OI type IV is typically a milder form, with normal sclerae. Of the two subtypes, type IVA has no dentinogenesis imperfecta. OI is either dominantly inherited or occurs sporadically as a consequence of a new mutation. However, mosaicism has been reported and could explain the occurrence of more than one affected child to apparently “unaffected” parents. The only types that represent a practical differential challenge of abuse are the unusual type I OI without blue sclerae and type IVA OI.

Certainly biochemical analysis of type I collagen can be instrumental in confirming cases of OI when abuse is otherwise considered to be the cause (60). If testing is indicated, a skin biopsy for cultured dermal fibroblasts can detect approximately 85% of OI cases.
If there is a reliable reporter and a history of multiple fractures with minimal trauma, OI is likely. Smith offered these guidelines (62):
• In suspicious circumstances, suspect child abuse.
• Consider collagen testing if
o bruises or burns are not seen
o the reported injury seems too minor to have caused a fracture
o fractures occur in different environments
When the diagnosis is uncertain, children are typically placed in protective custody. In such an environment, a child with OI type IVA will still fracture. The fractures will likely cease to occur in the abused child. Children with OI can also be victims of abuse (63). Collagen synthesis testing is rarely required to rule out OI, as the diagnosis would have already been strongly suspected in most cases (64).
The reliability of bone mineral density (BMD) measurements to differentiate between abuse and OI is unknown, as values for BMD are not available for either typically developing children younger than 2 years or for children with OI
Reference: Lovell & Winter’s Pediatric Orthopedic. 6th ed. Ch 34.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
37
Q
  1. Which of the following pathogens are most commonly associated with neonatal septic arthritis and osteomyelitis ?

a. Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli
b. Staphylococcus aureus and group A streptococci
c. Staphylococcus aureus and group B streptococci
d. Haemophilus influenza and Escherichia coli
e. Haemophilus influenza and group A streptococci

A

Answer c. Staphylococcus aureus and group B streptococci
Reference : Miller’s Review of Orthopedics. 5th ed. Chapter 1. Section 5.
Reference : AAOS Orthopedic Comprehensive Review. 2009.

Newborn (up to 4 months of age)—The most common organisms include Staphylococcus aureus, gram-negative bacilli, and group B streptococcus. Primary empirical therapy includes nafcillin or oxacillin plus a third-generation cephalosporin. Alternative antibiotic therapy includes vancomycin plus a third-generation cephalosporin. Newborns with hematogenous osteomyelitis may be afebrile, and the best predictors of the osteomyelitis are local signs in the extremity, including warmth. Almost 70% of newborn patients with hematogenous osteomyelitis have positive blood cultures.

Children 4 years of age or older—The most common organisms are S. aureus, group A streptococcus, and coliforms (uncommon). The empirical treatment of choice is nafcillin or oxacillin; alternative regimens include vancomycin or clindamycin. When the Gram stain shows gram-negative organisms, a third-generation cephalosporin should be added. With recent immunization programs, Haemophilus influenzae bone infections causing hematogenous osteomyelitis have been almost completely eliminated.

Adults 21 years of age or older—The most common organism is S. aureus, but a wide variety of other organisms have been isolated. Initial empirical therapy includes nafcillin, oxacillin, or cefazolin; vancomycin can be used as an alternative initial therapy.

Sickle cell anemia—Salmonella is a characteristic organism. The primary treatment is with one of the fluoroquinolones (only in adults); alternative treatment is with a third-generation cephalosporin.

Hemodialysis patients and intravenous drug abusers—S. aureus, S. epidermidis, and Pseudomonas aeruginosa are common organisms. The treatment of choice is one of the penicillinase-resistant synthetic penicillins (PRSPs) plus ciprofloxacin; an alternative treatment is vancomycin with ciprofloxacin.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
38
Q
  1. During soft tissue release for an idiopathic clubfoot, it is noted than the peroneus longus tendon has been transected in the midfoot. Failure into repair this structure may be lead to
    a. Cavus
    b. Claw toes
    c. A dorsal bunion
    d. Hindfoot valgus
    e. Forefoot pronation
A

Answer: c. A dorsal bunion
A statistically significant varus displacement of the first metatarsal was observed only after transection of the peroneus longus tendon. It was concluded that the peroneus longus tendon is a strong retaining mechanism of the first metatarsal to opposes the tibialis anterior dorsal pull on 1st ray . When tendon peroneus longus injured, flexor hallucis longus try to compensate by flex the MTP. Thus forming deformity dorsal bunion.
Dorsal bunion can be result from sequel of poliomyelitis or direct injury to tendon peroneus longus.

Ref : Bohne WH, Lee KT, Peterson MG. Action of the peroneus longus tendon on the first metatarsal against metatarsus primus varus force. Foot Ankle Int. 1997 Aug;18(8):510-2.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
39
Q
A

Answer : e. Presence of metastases
Eventhough size greater than 15 cm, extra-compartment involvement, number of mitotic figures per high power filed (grade), large size in a proximal location are given bad prognosis but presence of metastases is the worst

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
40
Q
  1. What is the most common presentation of a benign bone tumor in childhood ?
    a. Pain
    b. Deformity
    c. Pathologic fracture
    d. Presence af a mass
    e. Incidental finding
A

Answer : e. Incidental finding
Benign bone tumor can be classified as : laten, active, aggressive. Only aggressive benign bone tumors are associated with soft tissue mass, and they are far less common than indolent bone tumors, especially in children.
Ref : AAOS comprehensive review.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
41
Q
  1. Soft tissue sarcomas most commonly metastasize to the
    a. Liver
    b. Lung
    c. Bone
    d. Regional nodes
    e. Distant nodes
A

Answer: b. Lung

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
42
Q
  1. Following preoperative chemotherapy, the percent of tumor necrosis has been shown to be of prognostic value for which of the following tumors ?
    a. Rhabdomyosarcoma
    b. Chondrosarcoma
    c. Metastatic adenocarcinoma
    d. Osteosarcoma
    e. Giant cell tumor of bone
A

Answer: d. Osteosarcoma
Huvos grade 1,2,3,4: grading for histological response to preoperative chemotherapy
• grade-I : little or no necrosis (involving 50 per cent of the tumor or less);
• grade-II : necrosis of more than 50 per cent but less than 90 per cent of the tumor;
• grade-III : only scattered foci of viable tumor cells (necrosis of 90 to 99 per cent of the tumor)
• grade-IV response, by no viable tumor (100 per cent necrosis).

The histological response to preoperative chemotherapy was determined retrospectively by the same pathologist in a blinded fashion. Huvos grade 3,4 : kemo efektif.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
43
Q
  1. What is the most common clinical presentation of a patient with a malignant bone tumor ?
    a. Incidental finding
    b. Pain
    c. Pathologic fracture
    d. Deformity
    e. Presence of a mass
A

Answer: b. pain
Ref. AAOS comprehensive orthopedic review. Pg 2.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
44
Q

What is the current 5 year survival rate for patients with classic nonmetastatic, high grade osteosarcoma of the extremity ?

a. 10%
b. 20%
c. 40%
d. 70%
e. 90%

A

Answer: d. 70%
Ref. AAOS comprehensive orthopedic review. Pg 124.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
45
Q
  1. The scoring system for impending pathologic fractures devised by Mirels involves assessment of which of the following factors?
  2. Lesion location, amount of pain, lesion type (lucent/blastic), lesion size
  3. Patient’s functional status, lesion location, amount of pain, lesion size
  4. Lesion type (lucent/blastic), patient’s functional status, lesion location, amount
  5. of pain
  6. Lesion size, lesion type (lucent/blastic), lesion location, patient’s functional status
  7. 5- Amount of pain, patient’s functional status, lesion type (lucent/blastic), lesion size
A

Answer: 1. Lesion location, amount of pain, lesion type (lucent/blastic), lesion size

Tabel Mirels Scoring System
Variable 1 point 2 points 3 points
Site Upper limb Lower limb Peritrochanteric
Pain Mild Moderate Functional
Lesion Blastic Mixed Lytic
Extent < 1/3 1/3 - 2/3 > 2/3

A mean score of 7 or below, indicates a low risk of fracture; radiation therapy should be considered. A score of 8 or above suggest a substantial risk, and surgical intervention is recommended

Reference : Operative Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery. Vol 1. Pg 800. Lippicott William & Wilkins.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
46
Q
  1. What is the most common malignancy involving the hand?

1- Epithelioid sarcoma
2- Synovial sarcoma
3- Metastatic lung carcinoma
4- Chondrosarcoma
5- Squamous cell carcinoma

A

Answer 5. Squamous cell carcinoma

Squamous cell carcinoma (SCC)—The most common malignancy of the hand is squamous cell carcinoma. It is usually seen in elderly men with premalignant conditions such as actinokeratosis or chronic osteomyelitis. The primary risk factor is excessive exposure to ultraviolet radiation. SCC is also the most common subungual malignancy. It has a higher metastatic potential than basal cell carcinoma. Treatment is with wide excision or Mohs micrographic surgery. Lymph node biopsy may be necessary.

Reference : Miller’s Review of Orthopedic. 5th ed. Ch 7, Subch 15. Elsevier inc. 2008

Summary ;
The most common benign soft tissue tumor in hand and wrist is ganglion
The most common benign bone tumor in hand is enchondroma
The most common sarcomas are epithelioid and synovial. Other common sarcomas of the upper extremity include liposarcoma and malignant fibrous histiocytoma
The most common hand malignancy (metastases bone disease) is metastatic lung carcinoma, which is usually seen in the distal phalanx. The next most common primary sites of disease metastasizing to the hand are from the breast or kidney
The most common malignant primary bone tumor of hand and wrist are chondrosarcoma, osteosarcoma, and Ewing sarcoma

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
47
Q
  1. What is the most common bone tumor in the hand?

1- Periosteal chondroma
2- Subungual exostosis
3- Chondrosarcoma
4- Osteoid osteoma
5- Enchondroma

A

Answer ; 5. Enchondroma

Enchondroma—The most common benign bone tumor of the upper extremity. It typically occurs in the second to fourth decades, and most cases are asymptomatic and discovered incidentally. The tumor arises from the metaphyseal medullary canal and spreads to the diaphysis. It is usually seen in the proximal phalanx and metacarpal (Fig. 7–58). Enchondroma causes symmetrical fusiform expansion of bone, with endosteal scalloping and intramedullary calcifications. It may present as a pathologic fracture. Histologically, enchondroma of the hand is characterized by benign cartilage of high cellularity. If mitotic figures are present, low-grade chondrosarcoma should be suspected. The recommended treatment is with curettage and bone grafting. Excision, intramedullary internal fixation, and bone cementing have also been successful in a small series.
Reference : Miller’s Review of Orthopedic. 5th ed. Ch 7, Subch 15. Elsevier inc. 2008

Summary ;
The most common benign soft tissue tumor in hand and wrist is ganglion
The most common benign bone tumor in hand is enchondroma
The most common sarcomas are epithelioid and synovial. Other common sarcomas of the upper extremity include liposarcoma and malignant fibrous histiocytoma
The most common hand malignancy (metastases bone disease) is metastatic lung carcinoma, which is usually seen in the distal phalanx. The next most common primary sites of disease metastasizing to the hand are from the breast or kidney
The most common malignant primary bone tumor of hand and wrist are chondrosarcoma, osteosarcoma, and Ewing sarcoma

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
48
Q

A 15-year old boy has haemophilic arthropathy of his knee. Radiographs showed widening of the intercondylar notch of femur and squaring off of patella. The next step in his management is

A. Joint aspiration
B. Synovectomy
C. Replacement of factor VIII
D. Traction in bed to correct flexion deformity.
E. Total knee replacement.

A

Answer: c. replacement of factor VIII

Joint aspiration : not mentioned whether there is any acute joint hemorrhage

Traction in bed to correct flexion deformity : not recommended since it may worsen osteopenia
Total knee replacement: not recommended for 15 years old

Hemophilia—X-linked recessive disorder with decreased factor VIII (hemophilia A), abnormal factor VIII with platelet dysfunction (von Willebrand’s disease), or factor IX (hemophilia B-Christmas disease); associated with bleeding episodes and skeletal/joint sequelae. Can be mild (5-25% of factor present), moderate (1-5% available), or severe (< 1% of factor present).

  1. Presentation and diagnosis—Hemarthrosis presents with painful swelling and decreased range of motion (ROM) of affected joints. The knee is the most commonly affected joint. Deep intramuscular bleeding is also common and can lead to the formation of a pseudotumor (blood cyst), which can occur in soft tissue or bone. Intramuscular hematomas can lead to compression of adjacent nerves (e.g., an iliacus hematoma may cause femoral nerve paralysis and may mimic bleeding into the hip joint). Radiographic findings in hemophilia include squaring of the patellas and condyles, epiphyseal overgrowth with leg-length discrepancy, and generalized osteopenia with resulting fractures. Fractures heal in normal time with proper clotting. Cartilage atrophy due to enzymatic matrix degeneration and chondrocyte death is frequent.
  2. Treatment—Home transfusion therapy has reduced the severity of the arthropathy with the advantage of treatment when bleeding occurs. Treatment of the sequelae includes contracture release, osteotomies, open synovectomy, arthroscopic synovectomy (better motion, shorter hospitalization), radiation synovectomy (useful in patients with antibody inhibitors and poor medical management), and total joint arthroplasty. Mild to moderate hemophilia A can be treated with desmopressin. Factor VIII levels should be increased for prophylaxis in the following situations: vigorous physical therapy (20%), treatment of hematoma (30%), acute hemarthrosis or soft tissue surgery (> 50%), and skeletal surgery (approach 100% preoperatively and maintain over 50% for 10 days postoperatively).

Tourniquets, ligated vessels rather than cauterized vessels, and rigid fixation of fractures decrease postoperative bleeding. Immunoglobulin G (IgG) antibody inhibitors are present in 4-20% of hemophiliacs and are a relative contraindication to surgery. Because of the amount of blood component therapy required to treat this disorder, a large percentage of older hemophiliacs are positive for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
49
Q
  1. Eosinophillic granuloma frequently occurs as a solitary lesion in the tubular long bones. After biopsy, what is the best course of action ?
    a. Neoadjuvant chemotherapy
    b. En bloc resection
    c. Observation
    d. Amputation
    e. Chemotherapy followed by radiation therapy
A

Answer : c. observation

Most lesions of eosinophilic granuloma are simply observed, but larger, aggressive lesions may require curettage and bone grafting. Frequently, biopsy is required to rule out malignant diagnosis. The differential diagnosis of eosinophilic granuloma is osteomyelitis, Ewing sarcoma of bone, or osteogenic sarcoma. The biopsy alone can be followed by spontaneous resolution. In some patients, low dose radiation therapy is used. Chemotherapy or amputation is not indicated for these benign lesions.
Reference ; Simon M, Springfield D, et al: Common Benign Bone Tumors: Surgery for Bone and Soft Tissue Tumors. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott Raven, 1998, p200.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
50
Q
  1. Which fiber of the anterior cruciate ligament are thight in flexion ?

a. Anteromedial
b. Anterolateral
c. Posteromedial
d. Posterolateral
e. Middle

A

Answer : a. anteromedial

There are 2 bundles of anterior cruciate ligaments (ACL). The anteromedial bundle and posterolateral. The anteromedial tight in flexion, while in extension both bundle are tensioned.

Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic System Review. 2009. P 143

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
51
Q
  1. Following harvesting of patellar tendon autograft, paresthesia most commonly occurs in which of the following location ?
    a. Medial to incision
    b. Lateral to incision
    c. First web space of the foot
    d. Medial foot
    e. Dorsal foot
A

Answer : b. lateral to incision

The infrapatellar branch of the saphenous nerve often crosses over the anterior aspect of the knee and innervates the skin lateral to the anterior midline of the knee. An anterior midline incision, often result in incision of the terminal branches, resulting in lateral numbness. The superficial peroneal, deep peroneal, and saphenous nerve provide sensation to the foot are not at risk.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
52
Q
  1. According to the Third National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Study (NASCIS 3), what is the recommended protocol for a patient who sustained a spinal cord injury 7 hours ago ?
  2. Methylprednisolone 30 mg/kg initial bolus, followed by 5.4 mg/kg/h for 23 hours
  3. Methylprednisolone 30 mg/kg initial bolus, followed by 5.4 mg/kg/h for 48 hours
  4. Dexamethasone 10 mg bolus, followed by 6 mg every 6 hour for 24 hours
  5. Dexamethasone 10 mg bolus, followed by 6 mg every 6 hour for48 hours
  6. No treatment
A

Answer: 2. Methylprednisolone 30 mg/kg initial bolus, followed by 5.4 mg/kg/h for 48 hours.

Based on National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Study (NASCIS) 1 & 2:
Methylprednisolone 30 mg/kg initial bolus, followed by 5.4 mg/kg/h for 23 hours.

NASCIS 2 established the recommended doses of methylprednisolone for spinal cord injury : an initial bolus of 30 mg/kg over 1 hour, followed by an infusion of 5.4 mg/kg/hour for an additional 23 hours. If injury was more than 8 hours old, the methylprednisolone was not recommended.

Based on National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Study (NASCIS) 3;
The objectives of the third and final NASCIS were to investigate the interplay between timing of steroid administration and duration of therapy and to evaluate the efficacy of the 21-aminosteroid tirilazad mesylate, which purportedly had a better safety profile than methylprednisolone. Four-hundred ninety-nine patients were randomized into three treatment groups within 6 hours of injury: the first group received methylprednisolone according to the NASCIS II dosing for 24 hours, the second group received this dosing for 48 hours, and the third group received a methylprednisolone bolus of 5.4 mg/kg/hr followed by a maintenance infusion of tirilazad at 2.5 mg/kg IV every 6 hours for 48 hours.

With outcome measures including motor function, sensory function, and functional independence; the NASCIS III revealed that increased duration of steroid administration (48 hours) resulted in statistically significant benefit only if treatment was initiated between 3 and 8 hours of injury.

Infectious complications were more common in the 48-hour corticosteroid group but were statistically insignificant. There were no differences between the tirilazad group and the 24-hour methylprednisolone group.

So, NASCIS 3 recommended changed the dosing schedule based on the time from injury. If the time from injury to treatment was less than 3 hours, the standard protocol was followed ( 30 mg/kg bolus followed by 5.4 mg/kg/hour for 23 hours).
If the time from injury to treatment was between 3 – 8 hours, the infusion was continued at 5.4 mg/kg/hour for an additional 23 hours (48 hours total).

Reference : Rothman-Simeone’ s The Spine. 6th ed. Ch : Basic Science of Spinal cord injury. Pg 1302.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
53
Q
  1. Injury to which of the following structures has been reported following iliac crest bone graft harvest?

a. Superior gluteal artery from anterior crest harvest
b. Superior cluteal artery from anterior crest harvest
c. Inferior gluteal artery from posterior crest harvest
d. Ilioinguinal nerve from a posterior crest harvest
e. Lateral femoral cutaneous nerve from an anterior crest harvest

A

Answer : e. Lateral femoral cutaneous nerve from an anterior crest harvest

Injury to the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve (Bernhardt’s syndrome) or MERALGIA PARESTHETICA occurs after harvest of the bone from the anterior iliac crest. The lateral femoral cutaneous nerve is a terminal sensory nerve that originates from L2-L3 and innervates the skin of the thigh laterally.

  • Injury to the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve and the ilioinguinal nerve have both been described with an anterior iliac crest bone graft harvest.
  • The lateral femoral cutaneous nerve may be injured from retraction after elevating the iliacus muscle or from direct injury when the nerve actually cross over the crest.
  • Injury to ilioiguinal nerve has been reported from vigorous retraction of iliaus muscle after exposing inner table of anterior ilium.
  • A posterior crest harvest can injury the superior gluteal injury if a surgical instrument violates the sciatic notch.
  • Cluneal nerve injury may occur with posterior crest harvest, particularly if the skin incision is horizontal or extends more than 8 cm superolateral from the posterior superior iliac spine.

Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 226.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
54
Q
  1. A patient who sustained injuries in motocycle accident 30 minutes ago, has significant motor and sensory deficit corresponding to a C6 level of injury. A lateral radiograph obtained during the initial on scene evaluation reveals bilateral jumped facets as C5-C6, this appear to be an isolated injury. The patients is awake and alert. The next step in management of the dislocation should consist of :

a. Immediate posterior surgical reduction and stabilization
b. Immediate anterior discectomy and fusion
c. MRI
d. Reduction in Gardner-Wells tongs with serial traction
e. Rigid collar immobilization until spinal shock resolves

A

Answer : d. Reduction in Gardner-Wells tongs with serial traction

Surgical open reduction may increase the neurologic deficit if a disk herniation occur. Evidence from animal studies suggest, that rapid decompression of the spinal cord may improve recovery. Serially increasing traction weight to reduce dislocation has been shown to be safe when used in patient who are awake. Indication for MRI include patient who are unable to cooperate with serial examinations, the need for open reduction, and progression of deficit during awake reduction.

Reference AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 226.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
55
Q
  1. A 64 year old man who underwent an L4-L6decompression approximately 1 year ago reported relief on his claudicatory leg pain initially, but he now has increasing low back pain and recurrent neurogenic claudication despite nonsurgical management. Radiograph shows show ney asymmetric collapse and spondylolisthesis at the decompressed segment, and MRI scans show lateral recess stenosis. The next most appropriate step in management should consist of
  2. L4-5 discectomy
  3. L4-5 discectomy and lateral recess decompression
  4. Revision posterior decompression
  5. Revision posterior decompression and posterolateral fusion
  6. Anterior lumbar interbody fusion with cages
A

Answer: 4. Revision posterior decompression and posterolateral fusion

When radiographic findings reveal postlaminectomy instability, procedures that do not include some type of fusion will fail to solve the problem. In fact, wider decompression or discectomy alone will only further destabilize the segment. Because there is radiographic, evidence of recurrent lateral recess stenosis and symptomatic neurogenic claudication, a revision decompression should be included. Since acces to the canal involves a posterior approach, the stabilization should be performed through the same approach.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 227.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
56
Q
  1. The longus colli muscle are directly anterior to which of the following structures ?

a. Prevertebral fascia
b. Pretracheal fascia
c. Esophagus
d. Vertebral arteries
e. Cervical nerve root

A

Answer :d. vertebral arteries

The longus colli muscle are posterior to the prevertebral fascia, pretracheal fascia, and esophagus. They are anterior to both the vertebral arteries and cervical nerve roots, but the later are posterior to the vertebral arteries.

So the sequence structure from anterior to posterior are :
• Longus colli muscle
• Vertebral arteries
• Cervical nerve roots

Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pgg 224.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
57
Q
  1. What is the prognosis for ambulation, from best to worst, for patient with an incomplete spinal cord injury ?

a. Central cord syndrome, anterior cord syndrome, brown sequard syndrome
b. Central cord syndrome, brown sequard syndrome, anterior cord syndrome
c. Brown sequard syndrome, anterior cord syndrome, central cord syndrome
d. Brown sequard syndrome, central cord syndrome, anterior cord syndrome
e. Anterior cord syndrome, central cord syndrome, brown sequard syndrome

A

Answer : d. Brown sequard syndrome, central cord syndrome, anterior cord syndrome

Of the incomplete spinal cord injury, Brown Sequard syndrome has the best prognosis for ambulation. Central cord syndrome has a variable recovery. Anterior cord syndrome has the worst prognosis, with motor recovery rare below the level of injury.
Reference ; AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 229.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
58
Q
  1. In the upright standing position, approximately what percent of the vertical load is borne by the lumbar facet joint?

a. 0%
b. 20%
c. 40%
d. 50%
e. 80%

A

Answer: b. 20%

Direct measurement and finite element modeling results show that approximately 20% of the vertical load is borne by the posterior structures of the lumbar spine in the upright position.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic review. 2009. Pg 229.

Facet joint can carry up to 33% of dynamic axial loading. But when stand upright, 90% vertical load is borned by nucleus pulposus

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
59
Q
  1. An elderly patient falls and sustain an extension injury to the neck that result in upper extremity weakness, spared perianal sensation, and lower extremity spasticity. These findings best describe what syndrome?

a. Brown sequard
b. Cauda equina
c. Anterior cord
d. Posterior cord
e. Central cord

A

Answer: e. central cord

  • These findings indicate central cord syndrome, an injury that is more common in the older population who have some degrees of spondylosis. The physiologic insult can be a central spinal hematoma with result hematomyelia. Bowel and bladder function return, has agood prognosis, unlike the upper extremity motor loss.
  • Cauda equina syndrome generally involves injury at the lumbar level. With some degrre of lower extremity motor loss.
  • Posterior cord syndrome is characterized by preservation of motor function below the level of injury and position/vibration sensory loss.
  • Brown-Sequard syndrome, which is often produced by a penetrating injury, result in hypalgesia and ipsilateral weakness.
  • Anterior cord syndrome has a poor prognosis for functional return; lower extremity findings include loss of light touch, sharp/dull, and temperature sensation below the level of injury, as well as motor function.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
60
Q
  1. A type 2A Hangman’s fracture, which has the potential to overdistract with traction has which of the following hallmark findings ?

a. Anterior translation of greater than 3 mm
b. Severe angulation with minimal translation
c. Extension at the fracture site
d. Associated C 1 ring fracture
e. Associated C2-3 facet dislocation

A

Answer: b. Severe angulation with minimal translation

Classification (Levine and Edwards; Effendi)

  • Type I: Nondisplaced, no angulation; translation <3 mm; C2-C3 disc intact (29%); relatively stable
  • Type Ia: Atypical unstable lateral bending fractures that are obliquely displaced and usually involve only one pars interarticularis, extending anterior to the pars and into the body on the contralateral side
  • Type II: Significant angulation at C2-C3; translation >3 mm; most common injury pattern; unstable; C2-C3 disc disrupted (56%); subclassified into flexion, extension, and listhetic types
  • Type IIA: Avulsion of entire C2-C3 intervertebral disc in flexion with injury to posterior longitudinal ligament, leaving the anterior longitudinal ligament intact; results in severe angulation; no translation; unstable; probably caused by flexion-distraction injury (6%); traction contraindicated
  • Type III: Rare; results from initial anterior facet dislocation of C2 on C3 followed by extension injury fracturing the neural arch; results in severe angulation and translation with unilateral or bilateral facet dislocation of C2-C3; unstable (9%); type III injuries most commonly associated with spinal cord injury
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
61
Q
  1. A 44 year old farmer involved in a rollover accident on his tractor sustained on a L1 burst fracture with a 20% loss of anterior vertebral body height, 30% canal compromise, and 15% kyphosis. He remains neurologically intact. The preferred course of action should consist of:

a. Posterior spinal fusion with instrumentation
b. thoracolumbalsacral orthosis (TLSO) extension brace and early mobilization
c. Bed rest for 6 weeks followed by mobilization in a cast
d. Anterior L1 corpectomy and fusion with instrumentation
e. Anterior corpectomy followed by posterior fusion with instrumentation

A

Answer : b. thoracolumbosacral orthosis (TLSO) extension brace and early mobilization

Surgical decompression is unnecessary in a patient with no neurologic deficit and canal compromise of less than 50%. A compression deformity of less than 50% and kyphotic of less than 30° may be successfully treated with a TLSO extension brace. Deformity in this range will reliably heal with minimal risk for late deformity or residual pain. Although some studies suggest 6 weeks of bed rest as treatment, early mobilization and bracing is preferred.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 232.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
62
Q
  1. A 19 year old man who sustained a spinal cord injury in a motor vehicle accident 3 days ago has 5/5 full strength in the deltoid and biceps bilaterally, 4/5 strength in wrist extension bilaterally, 1/5 triceps function on the right side, and 2/5 triceps function on the left side. The patient has no detectable lower extremity motor function. Based on the American Spinal Injury Association’ classification, what is the patient’s functional level ?

a. C4
b. C5
c. C6
d. C7
e. C8

A

Answer: c. C6

By convention, when determining the motor level, the key muscle must be at least 3/5. The next most rostral level must be 4/5. Therefore, this patient’s function level is C6.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 232.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
63
Q
  1. The longus colli muscle are directly anterior to which of the following structures ?

a. Prevertebral fascia
b. Pretracheal fascia
c. Esophagus
d. Vertebral arteries
e. Cervical nerve root

A

Answer :d. vertebral arteries

The longus colli muscle are posterior to the prevertebral fascia, pretracheal fascia, and esophagus. They are anterior to both the vertebral arteries and cervical nerve roots, but the later are posterior to the vertebral arteries.

So the sequence structure from anterior to posterior are :
• Longus colli muscle
• Vertebral arteries
• Cervical nerve roots
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pgg 224.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
64
Q
  1. According to the Third National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Study (NASCIS 3), what is the recommended protocol for a patient who sustained a spinal cord injury 7 hours ago ?

a. Methylprednisolone 30 mg/kg initial bolus, followed by 5.4 mg/kg/h for 23 hours
b. Methylprednisolone 30 mg/kg initial bolus, followed by 5.4 mg/kg/h for 48 hours
c. Dexamethasone 10 mg bolus, followed by 6 mg every 6 hour for 24 hours
d. Dexamethasone 10 mg bolus, followed by 6 mg every 6 hour for48 hours
e. No treatment

A

Answer: b. Methylprednisolone 30 mg/kg initial bolus, followed by 5.4 mg/kg/h for 48 hours.

Based on National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Study (NASCIS) 1 & 2:
Methylprednisolone 30 mg/kg initial bolus, followed by 5.4 mg/kg/h for 23 hours.

NASCIS 2 established the recommended doses of methylprednisolone for spinal cord injury : an initial bolus of 30 mg/kg over 1 hour, followed by an infusion of 5.4 mg/kg/hour for an additional 23 hours. If injury was more than 8 hours old, the methylprednisolone was not recommended.

Based on National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Study (NASCIS) 3;
The objectives of the third and final NASCIS were to investigate the interplay between timing of steroid administration and duration of therapy and to evaluate the efficacy of the 21-aminosteroid tirilazad mesylate, which purportedly had a better safety profile than methylprednisolone. Four-hundred ninety-nine patients were randomized into three treatment groups within 6 hours of injury: the first group received methylprednisolone according to the NASCIS II dosing for 24 hours, the second group received this dosing for 48 hours, and the third group received a methylprednisolone bolus of 5.4 mg/kg/hr followed by a maintenance infusion of tirilazad at 2.5 mg/kg IV every 6 hours for 48 hours.

With outcome measures including motor function, sensory function, and functional independence; the NASCIS III revealed that increased duration of steroid administration (48 hours) resulted in statistically significant benefit only if treatment was initiated between 3 and 8 hours of injury.

Infectious complications were more common in the 48-hour corticosteroid group but were statistically insignificant. There were no differences between the tirilazad group and the 24-hour methylprednisolone group.

So, NASCIS 3 recommended changed the dosing schedule based on the time from injury. If the time from injury to treatment was less than 3 hours, the standard protocol was followed ( 30 mg/kg bolus followed by 5.4 mg/kg/hour for 23 hours).
If the time from injury to treatment was between 3 – 8 hours, the infusion was continued at 5.4 mg/kg/hour for an additional 23 hours (48 hours total).

Reference : Rothman-Simeone’ s The Spine. 6th ed. Ch : Basic Science of Spinal cord injury. Pg 1302.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
65
Q
  1. Which of the following is considered the most reliable early clinical finding for hemorrhagic shock ?

a. Decreased systolic blood pressure
b. Decreased diastolic blood pressure
c. Decreased hemoglobin level
d. Low urine output
e. Tachycardia

A

Answer : e. Tachycardia

Because there are no laboratory tests to diagnose shock, the initial treatment of hemorrhagic shock is recognizing the problem. In most patients with hemorrhagic shock, tachycardia is the earliest measurable sign. Cutaneous vasoconstriction is also an early clinical finding. A drop in systolic blood pressure is often a late finding in hemorrhagic shock. As much as 30% of circulatory blood volume can be lost prior to any change in the systolic blood pressure. In an early state of shock, diastolic blood pressure is increased because of arterial vasoconstriction, which lead to narrow pulse pressure. A decreased hemoglobin level is uncommon finding in early state of hemorrhagic shock. If present, it may relatively preserved in the early state of shock.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 184.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
66
Q
  1. After undergoing a closed undreamed tibial nailing, a patient is diagnosed with an isolated anterior leg compartment syndrome. However, no treatment is initiated because the patient is thought to have a nerve palsy. Which of the following findings should be present at 2 weeks when the cast is removed ?

a. Drop foot and numbness in the first web space of the foot
b. Calcaneal deformity of the ankle
c. Rigid equines deformity
d. Plantar foot numbness
e. Supple claw toes

A

Answer: a. Drop foot and numbness in the first web space of the foot

Anterior compartment of cruris contain deep peroneal nerve which innervates tibialis anterior muscle, function in dorsiflexing the ankle, while its sensoric area is over the 1 st web space of the foot.
In the acute phase, anterior leg compartment syndrome may look identical to a peroneal nerve palsy; however, with removal of the cast, the patient will most likely have a drop foot and numbness in the first web space of the foot. Calcaneal deformity of the ankle is unlikely to develop following anterior leg compartment syndrome. Deep posterior compartment syndrome most often result in a rigid equines deformity or claw toes.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 185.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
67
Q
  1. A patient with an acromioclavicular dislocation has a very prominent distal clavicle. Examination reveals that the deformity increases rather than reduces with an isometric shoulder shrug. Which of the following structures is most likely intact ?

a. Trapezoid ligament
b. Conoid ligament
c. Acromioclavicular ligament
d. Deltoid muscle origin
e. Trapezius muscle insertion

A

Answer: e. Trapezius muscle insertion

Severely displaced acrmioclavicular injuries disrupt the deltopectoral fascia and muscular origin in addition to the ligaments (acromioclavicular and coracoclavicular or trapezoid and conoid). When the deltoid is still attached to the clavicle, an isometric shoulder shrug will tend to reduce the displacement. When the deltoid is detached, but the trapezius is attached, this maneuver will increase the deformity, and surgery may indicated.
Reference ; AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 86.

Classification—Classified by extent of involvement of the ligamentous support and direction and magnitude of displacement

  • Type I—Sprain of AC joint
  • Type II—Rupture of AC ligaments and sprain of CC ligaments
  • Type III—Rupture of both AC and CC ligaments
  • Type IV—The clavicle is buttonholed through the trapezius posteriorly
  • Type V—The trapezius and deltoid are detached
  • Type VI—The clavicle is translocated beneath the coracoid
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
68
Q
  1. Posterior sternoclavicular dislocation are most commonly associated with which of the following complication ?

a. Chronic instability
b. Brachial plexus palsy
c. Pneumothorax
d. Esophageal compression
e. Tracheal compression

A

Answer: e. Tracheal compression

Many complications have been reported secondary to the retrosternal dislocation:

  • right pulmonary artery laceration
  • transected internal mammary artery and lacerated brachiophalic vein
  • pneumothorax and laceration of the superior vena cava
  • respiratory distress
  • venous congestion in the neck
  • rupture of the esophagus with abscess and osteomyelitis of the clavicle
  • pressure on the subclavian artery in an untreated patient
  • occlusion of the subclavian artery late in a patient who was not treated

Worman and Leagus, in their excellent review of the complications associated with posterior dislocations of the sternoclavicular joint, reported that 16 of 60 patients reviewed from the literature had suffered c_omplications of the trachea,_ esophagus, or great vessels
Worman LW, Leagus C. Intrathoracic injury following retrosternal dislocation of the clavicle. Trauma 1967;7:416-423.
Rereference : Rockwood & Green’s Fractures in Adult. 6th ed. Ch 36.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
69
Q
  1. During an anterior approach to the shoulder, excessive traction on the conjoined tendon is most likely to result in loss of

a. Elbow flexion
b. Shoulder flexion
c. Shoulder internal rotation
d. Shoulder abduction
e. Forearm pronation

A

Answer : a. elbow flexion

Conjoined tendon consist of biceps, coracobrachialis. The musculocutaneous nerve travels through the conjoined tendon approximately 8 cm distal to tip of acromion. The musculocutaneous nerve innervates the biceps muscle and the brachialis muscle, both of which responsible for elbow flexion. Shoulder flexion is facilitated by the anterior fibers of the deltoid muscle (axillary nerve), and the supraspinatus muscle (suprascapular nerve). The subsacpular muscle fascilitates internal rotation of the shoulder (upper and lower subscapularis nerve). Shoulder abduction is performed by the deltoid muscle (axillary nerve), and forearm pronation is fascilitated by the pronator teres (median nerve)
Reference: AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic System reviw. 2009. pg 187

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
70
Q
  1. Which of the following ligaments is most commonly involved in posterolateral rotator instability of the elbow?

a. Annular
b. Lateral ulnar collateral
c. Anterior band of medial collateral
d. Radial part of the lateral collateral
e. Posterior capsul

A

Answer: b. Lateral ulnar collateral

Recurrent posterolateral rotator instability of the elbow is difficult to diagnose. Such instability can be demonstrated only by lateral pivot shift test. The cause for this condition is laxity for the ulnar part of lateral collateral ligament, which allow transient rotator subluxation of the ulnohumeral joint and a secondary dislocation of the radiohumeral joint. The annular ligament remain intact, so the radioulnar joint does not dislocate. Treatment consist of surgical reconstruction of the lax ulnar part of the lateral collateral ligament. The anterior band is the most important p[art of the medial collateral ligament which is lax in valgus instability of the elbow.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 189.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
71
Q
  1. Which of the following factors is considered most important when assessing an ankle fracture for surgical treatment?

a. Level of fibular fracture
b. Displacement of fibular fracture
c. Size of posterior malleolus
d. Position of the talus in the mortise view
e. Rupture of the deltoid ligament

A

Answer:d. Position of the talus in the mortise view

Although all of these factors may influence the decision to perform surgery, the most important is the position of the talus in the mortise. The goal of treatment of ankle fractures is to maintain the talus centered in the mortise. If it is in this position, the other factor do not enter into the decision intervene surgically.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 192.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
72
Q
  1. After stabilizing a bimalleolar fracture with a plate and lag screws foot the fibula and two interfragmental compression screws for the medial malleolus, a syndesmosis screw is indicated of the following situation

a. In all suprasyndesmosis fibular fractures
b. In all trans syndesmosis fibular fracture
c. When there is increased medial clear space with external rotation stress
d. If the deltoid ligament is ruptured
e. If the posterior malleolus is fracture

A

Answer : c. When there is increased medial clear space with external rotation stress

It is imperative to recognize the need for a position screw (syndesmosis screw) to hold the syndesmosis in proper alignment when surgically stabilizing an ankle fracture. Although many different fracture patterns are suspicious for a disrupted syndesmosis, the only way to asses the syndesmosis is to stress it with abduction and external rotation of the talus and attempt to displace the fibula from the incisura fibularis. Under fluoroscopy, the talus will move laterally and displace the fibula, show a valgus talar tilt, or show an increase medial clear space. If any of all of these signs occur, a syndesmosis screw is inserted after making sure that fibula is reduced into the incisura fibularis. This screw may transverse 3 or 4 cortices but must not act as a lag screw. It usually is inserted with the ankle in maximal dorsiflexion.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 193.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
73
Q
  1. A 32 year old man sustain an iliac wing fracture and a contralateral femur fracture. Twelve hours later he has shortness of breath with tachypnea, hypoxia, and confusion. A chest radiograph is normal. What is the most likely diagnosis ?

a. Fat emboli syndrome
b. Adult respiratory distress syndrome
c. Pulmonary embolus
d. Tension penumothorax
e. Sepsis

A

Answer: a. Fat emboli syndrome

Sevitt mayor criteria of fat emboli syndrome:
• Hipoxia
• Loss of consciousness
• Ptechiea

Sevitt minor criteria of fat emboli syndrome:
• Tachypnea
• Anemia
• Trombositopenia
• Fat macroglobulinuria

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
74
Q
  1. The nerve that transverse the triangular internal (bounded by the teres major superiorly, the long head of triceps medially, and the humeral shaft laterally) supplies which of the following muscle ?

a. Brachioradialis
b. Flexor pollicis longus
c. Deltoid
d. Teres major
e. Pronator teres

A

Answer : a. Brachioradialis

The radial nerve and profunda brachii artery gain acces to the posterior aspect of the arm through the triangular interval. The radial nerve supplies the brachioradialis.
Reference : Netter

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
75
Q
  1. A 24 year old woman has a spleen laceration and hypotension. Radiographs reveal a pulmonary contusion and a displaced mid diaphyseal fracture of the femur. The trauma surgeon clears the patient for stabilization of the femoral fracture. What technique will offer the least potential complication?

a. External fixation
b. Plate fixation
c. Unreamed unlocked intramedullary nailing
d. Reamed statically locked intramedullary nailing
e. Reamed unlocked nailing

A

Answer: a. External fixation

A concern in the multiply injured patient who has a pulmonary contusion is the potential for further pulmonary compromise because of embolization of marrow, blood clot, or fat during manipulation of the medullary canal. Recent evidence has shown that the presence of a lung injury is the most important determining factor in future deterioration. However despite the lung injury and its potential consequences, this patient’s femur fracture needs stabilization.
Damage control in the multiply injured patient requires a technique that can performed rapidly and consistently, the treatment of choice is application of an external fixator. This allow the patient to be resuscitated and treated at a later date when definitive management of the fracture can be carried out. There is little difference between plate fixation and IM nailing with reaming in mortality or ARDS following thoracic injury.
Reference ; AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 195.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
76
Q
  1. The synonym for Paget’s disease is:

a. Osteitis fibrosa.
b. Osteitis proliferans.
c. Osteitis deformans.
d. None of the above.

A

Answer : c. Osteitis deformans

Paget’s disease—Elevated serum alkaline phosphatase and urinary hydroxyproline; virus-like inclusion bodies observed in osteoclasts. Can display both decreased and increased osteodensity (depending on the phase of the disease). Discussed in Chapter 9, Orthopaedic Pathology.

a. Active phase
(1) Lytic phase—Intense osteoclastic bone resorption
(2) Mixed phase
(3) Sclerotic phase—Osteoblastic bone formation predominates

b. Inactive phase

PA : Section from pagetic bone, showing the mosaic pattern due to overactive bone resorption and bone formation. The trabeculae are thick and patterned by cement lines. Some surfaces are excavated by osteoclastic activity whilst others are lined by rows of osteoblasts. The marrow spaces contain fibrovascular tissue.
Marble or mosaic appearance
Reference picture : Apley 9th ed. Ch 7. Pg 144

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
77
Q
  1. Multiple myeloma tumor cells resemble:
    a. Granulocytes.
    b. Plasma cells.
    c. Lymphocytes.
    d. Chondrocytes.
A

Answer :b. plasma cells

HistoPA: Eccentric round or oval cells nuclei membentuk roda pedati (tentiran dr Sjahjenny Sp.PA)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
78
Q
  1. The enzyme found in osteoclasts but not in osteoblasts is:

a. Alkaline phosphatase.
b. Acid phosphatase.
c. Elastase.
d. Cytochrome oxidase.

A

Answer : b. Acid phosphatase

Osteoclast : Multinucleated, irregularly shaped giant cells originate from hematopoietic cells in the macrophage lineage (monocyte progenitors form giant cells by fusion). Possess a ruffled (“brush”) border (plasma membrane enfoldings that increase surface area. Osteoclasts synthesize tartrate-resistant acid phosphate. Bisphosphonates inhibit osteoclast resorption of bone (by preventing the osteoclast from forming the ruffled border necessary for expression of acid hydrolases)
Reference : Miller’s Review of Orthopedic. 5th ed. Ch 1. Section 1.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
79
Q
  1. Healing of tuberculous arthritis can lead to:

a. Calcification.
b. Fibrous ankylosis.
c. Bony ankylosis.
d. None of the above.

A

Answer: b. Fibrous ankylosis.

Tanda healing TB musculoskeletal : aspek klinis
Dan radiologis.
Klinis: keluhan nyeri(-), BB naik, KU baik
Radiologis : spinal fusion
Release from treatment setelah OAT 1 tahun,klinis,
dan radiologis
INH rifampicin, PZA : 3 bulan fase intensif
INH, rifampicin : 9 bulan fase lanjutan

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
80
Q
  1. What is not True of Brodie’s abscess:

a. A form of chronic osteomyelitis
b. Intermittent pain and swelling.
c. Common to diaphysis
d. Excision is very often required.

A

Answer : c. Common to diaphysis.(common to metaphysis)

The typical radiographic lesion is a circumscribed, round or oval radiolucent ‘cavity’ 1–2 cm in diameter. Most often it is seen in the tibial or femoral metaphysis, but it may occur in the epiphysis or in one of the cuboidal bones (e.g. the calcaneum). Sometimes the ‘cavity’ is surrounded by a halo of sclerosis (the classic Brodie’s abscess); occasionally it is less well defined, extending into the diaphysis. Metaphyseal lesions cause little or no periosteal reaction; diaphyseal lesions may be associated with periosteal new bone formation and marked cortical thickening. If the cortex is eroded the lesion may be mistaken for a malignant tumour. The radioisotope scan shows markedly increased activity. Curettage is also indicated if the x-ray shows that there is no healing after conservative treatment; this is always followed by a further course of antibiotics.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
81
Q
  1. A 54 year old man undergoes uneventful anterior cervical discectomy and interbody fusion at C4 -5 for focal disc herniation and C5 radiculopathy. At the 3 week follow up examination, the patient reports a persistent cough. Pulmonary evaluation reveals a mild but persistent aspiration. Laryngoscop reveals partial paralysis of the left vocal cord, most likely caused by:

a. Entrapment of the superior laryngeal nerve during ligation of the superior thyroid artery
b. Stretch of the recurrent laryngeal as it enters the esophageal tracheal groove
c. Injury to the vocal cord during endotracheal intubation
d. Displacement of the lanrynx against the endotracheal tube by retraction
e. Retraction pressure on the laryngeal nerve in the esophageal groove

A

Answer : e. Displacement of the lanrynx against the endotracheal tube by retraction

The exact anatomic event responsible for vocal cord paralysis associated with anterior cervical surgery remains a question Apfelbaum et al, in an excellent review of 900 anterior cervical surgeries, identified 30% with vocal cord paralysis, 3 of which were permanent. They showed that retractor placed under the longus colli for anterior cervical exposures can compress the laryngeal-tracheal branches within the larynx against the tented endotracheal tube rather than the recurrent laryngeal nerve which is extrinsic to the larynx. By releasing the endotrachela cuff and allowing the tube to recenter itself after placement of retractors, they were able to decrease vocal cord injury from 6.4% to 1.7%. Jewett et al suggested that a left sided approach may result in lower incidence of injury. Endotracheal intubation is the 2nd most common cause of vocal cord injury, with an incidence approximately 2%.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic review. 2009. Pg 236.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
82
Q
  1. A type 2A Hangman’s fracture, which has the potential to overdistract with traction has which of the following hallmark findings ?

a. Anterior translation of greater than 3 mm
b. Severe angulation with minimal translation
c. Extension at the fracture site
d. Associated C 1 ring fracture
e. Associated C2-3 facet dislocation

A

Answer: b. Severe angulation with minimal translation

Classification (Levine and Edwards; Effendi):

  • Type I: Nondisplaced, no angulation; translation <3 mm; C2-C3 disc intact (29%); relatively stable
  • Type Ia: Atypical unstable lateral bending fractures that are obliquely displaced and usually involve only one pars interarticularis, extending anterior to the pars and into the body on the contralateral side
  • Type II: Significant angulation at C2-C3; translation >3 mm; most common injury pattern; unstable; C2-C3 disc disrupted (56%); subclassified into flexion, extension, and listhetic types
  • Type IIA: Avulsion of entire C2-C3 intervertebral disc in flexion with injury to posterior longitudinal ligament, leaving the anterior longitudinal ligament intact; results in severe angulation; no translation; unstable; probably caused by flexion-distraction injury (6%); traction contraindicated
  • Type III: Rare; results from initial anterior facet dislocation of C2 on C3 followed by extension injury fracturing the neural arch; results in severe angulation and translation with unilateral or bilateral facet dislocation of C2-C3; unstable (9%); type III injuries most commonly associated with spinal cord injury
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
83
Q
  1. A 44 year old farmer involved in a rollover accident on his tractor sustained on a L1 burst fracture with a 20% loss of anterior vertebral body height, 30% canal compromise, and 15% kyphosis. He remains neurologically intact. The preferred course of action should consist of:

a. Posterior spinal fusion with instrumentation
b. thoracolumbalsacral orthosis (TLSO) extension brace and early mobilization
c. Bed rest for 6 weeks followed by mobilization in a cast
d. Anterior L1 corpectomy and fusion with instrumentation
e. Anterior corpectomy followed by posterior fusion with instrumentation

A

Answer : b. thoracolumbosacral orthosis (TLSO) extension brace and early mobilization

Surgical decompression is unnecessary in a patient with no neurologic deficit and canal compromise of less than 50%. A compression deformity of less than 50% and kyphotic of less than 30° may be successfully treated with a TLSO extension brace. Deformity in this range will reliably heal with minimal risk for late deformity or residual pain. Although some studies suggest 6 weeks of bed rest as treatment, early mobilization and bracing is preferred.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 232.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
84
Q
  1. A 19 year old man who sustained a spinal cord injury in a motor vehicle accident 3 days ago has 5/5 full strength in the deltoid and biceps bilaterally, 4/5 strength in wrist extension bilaterally, 1/5 triceps function on the right side, and 2/5 triceps function on the left side. The patient has no detectable lower extremity motor function. Based on the American Spinal Injury Association’ classification, what is the patient’s functional level ?

a. C4
b. C5
c. C6
d. C7
e. C8

A

Answer: c. C6

By convention, when determining the motor level, the key muscle must be at least 3/5. The next most rostral level must be 4/5. Therefore, this patient’s function level is C6.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 232.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
85
Q
  1. What spinal nerve in the cauda equine are primarily responsible for innervations of the bladder?

a. L1,L2, and L3
b. L4 and L5
c. L5 and S1
d. S2, S3, and S4
e. Filum terminale

A

Answer : d. S2, S3, and S4

The spinal nerves primarily responsible for bladder function are the S2, S3, S4 nerve roots. With significant compression of the cauda equine by either disk herniation, tumor, or degenerative stenosis, bladder dysfunction may result.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 234.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
86
Q
  1. Which of the following is a long complication of ankle arthrodesis for post traumatic arthritis ?

a. Progressive limb length discrepancy
b. Contralateral ankle arthritis
c. Ipsilateral hindfoot and midfoot arthritis
d. Ipsilateral knee arthritis
e. Talar osteonecrosis

A

Answer : c. Ipsilateral hindfoot and midfoot arthritis

Ankle arthrodesis for posttraumatic ankle arthrosis provide reliable pain relief. However, the long term sequel of joint arthrodesis is the development of arthrosis in the surrounding joints. Over time, following ankle arthrodesis, the ipsilateral hindfoot and midfoot jints show sign of join space wear, and this may be symptomatic. With a stable ankle arthrodesis, progressive limb-length discrepancy or talar osteonecrosis is not expected. Ankle arthrodesis has not been definitely linked to ipsilateral knee arthritis or contralateral ankle arthritis.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 199.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
87
Q
  1. A 24 year old woman has a spleen laceration and hypotension. Radiographs reveal a pulmonary contusion and a displaced mid diaphyseal fracture of the femur. The trauma surgeon clears the patient for stabilization of the femoral fracture. What technique will offer the least potential complication?

a. External fixation
b. Plate fixation
c. Unreamed unlocked intramedullary nailing
d. Reamed statically locked intramedullary nailing
e. Reamed unlocked nailing

A

Answer: a. External fixation

A concern in the multiply injured patient who has a pulmonary contusion is the potential for further pulmonary compromise because of embolization of marrow, blood clot, or fat during manipulation of the medullary canal. Recent evidence has shown that the presence of a lung injury is the most important determining factor in future deterioration. However despite the lung injury and its potential consequences, this patient’s femur fracture needs stabilization.
Damage control in the multiply injured patient requires a technique that can performed rapidly and consistently, the treatment of choice is application of an external fixator. This allow the patient to be resuscitated and treated at a later date when definitive management of the fracture can be carried out. There is little difference between plate fixation and IM nailing with reaming in mortality or ARDS following thoracic injury.
Reference ; AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 195.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
88
Q
  1. A 21 year old man sustained a displaced pelvic fracture after falling 40 feet from examination reveals the presence of blood in the urethral meatus. Which of the following measures is most likely to complicate urologic management ?

a. Intravenous pyelography
b. Placement of a Foley catheter
c. Placement of suprapubic catheter
d. Rectal examination
e. Retrograde cystogram

A

Answer: b. Placement of a Foley catheter

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
89
Q
  1. A 18 year old man has a simple oblique fracture of the humeral shaft that require surgical stabilization to maintain reduction and facilitate mobilization. Which of the following methods will provide the best outcome ?

a. Unreamed intramedullary nail
b. Reamed statically locked intramedullary nail
c. External fixation
d. Plate fixation and interfragmentary compression
e. Bridge plate stabilization

A

Answer: d. Plate fixation and interfragmentary compression

The patient has a simple fracture pattern that can be reduce anatomically and stabilized with absolute stability by interfragmental compression and protection plating. This will guarantee a 95% - 98% union rate eith no radial nerve palsy. Intramedullary nailing does not equal these result in simple fracture pattern in humerus. Bridge palting is indicated for multifragmented fracture pattern when anatomic reductionand absolute stability cannot be achieved. External fixation is reserved for severe open fractures.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. 202.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
90
Q
  1. Origin of bone is from:

a. Ectoderm
b. Mesoderm
c. Endoderm
d. All of the above

A

Answer: b. Mesoderm

Fourth week of embryogenesis
During this week, the limb buds become recognizable. Somites (mesoderm) differentiate into three dermatome, mtome, and sclerotome. The dermatome becomes skin, the myotome becomes muscle, and the sclerotome becomes cartilage and bone.
Reference : Staheli. Practice of Pediatric Orthopedic. 2nd. 2006. Lippincott William & Wilkins. Ch 1

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
91
Q
  1. Acute osteomyelitis usually begins at :

a. Epiphysis
b. Metaphysis
c. Diaphysis
d. Any of above

A

Answer: b. Metaphysis

Reference: Apley 9th ed
Predilection for this site has traditionally been attributed to the peculiar arrangement of the blood vessels in that area (Trueta, 1959):

  • the non-anastomosing terminal branches of the nutrient artery
  • twist back in hairpin loops before entering the large network of sinusoidal veins
  • the relative vascular stasis
  • consequent lowered oxygen tension
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
92
Q
  1. What is not true of acute pyogenic osteomyelitis

a. Trauma is a predisposing factor
b. Common infecting agent is Staphylococcus aureus
c. Infection is usually blood borne
d. All are true

A

Answer: c. Infection is usually blood borne

In adults, haematogenous infection accounts for only about 20% of cases of osteomyelitis, mostly affecting the vertebrae. Staphylococcus aureus is the commonest organism but Pseudomonas aeruginosa often appears in patients using intravenous drugs.
Reference : Apley’s System of Orthopedic and Fractures. 9th ed, Ch 2: Pg 31.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
93
Q
  1. What is not true of Brodi’s abscess

a. Form of chronic osteomyelitis
b. Intermittent pain and swelling
c. Common to diaphysis
d. Excision is very often required

A

Answer: d. Common to diaphysis

Brodie’s abscess, characteristic in subacute hematogenous osteomyelitis. The typical radiographic lesion is a circumscribed, round or oval radiolucent ‘cavity’ 1–2 cm in diameter. Most often it is seen in the tibial or femoral metaphysis, but it may occur in the epiphysis or in one of the cuboidal bones (e.g. the calcaneum). Sometimes the ‘cavity’ is surrounded by a halo of sclerosis (the classic Brodie’s abscess); occasionally it is less well defined, extending into the diaphysis.
Reference : Apley’s System of Orthopedic and Fractures. 9th ed, Ch 2: Pg 31.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
94
Q
  1. The earliest sign of TB hip in X-ray is:

a. Narrow joint space.
b. Irregular moth eaten femoral head.
c. Periarticular osteoporosis.(Apley Ch2)
d. Dislocation.

A

Answer : c. Periarticular osteoporosis

Tuberculosis – clinical and x-ray features (a) Generalized wasting used to be a common feature of all forms of tuberculosis. Nowadays, skeletal tuberculosis occurs in deceptively healthy-looking individuals. An early feature is peri-articular osteoporosis due to synovitis – the left knee in (b). This often resolves with treatment, but if cartilage and bone are destroyed (c), healing occurs by fibrosis and the joint retains a ‘jog’ of painful movement. Reference : Apley 9th ed. Ch 2.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
95
Q
  1. Which of the following is the most appropriate treatment for an acute comminuted radial head fracture, is associated with an Essex Lopresty injury (radioulnar dissociation)
  2. Radial head preservation
  3. Radial head excision
  4. Suave-Kapandji procedure
  5. Darrach procedure
  6. Radioulnar synostosis
A

Answer: 1. Radial head preservation

An Essex lopresti injury consist of a fracture of the radial head, disruption of the radioulnar interosseous membrane, and dislocation of the distal radioulnar joint. The diagnosis is frequently made late, ie after excision of comminuted radial head fracture, after pain develops at the distal radioulnar joint, and radiographs show progressive positive ulnar variance and/or dislocation due to proximal migration of radial shaft. Patient who have undergone reduction and internal fixation of the radial head or replacement have done better than those who had excision. Concurrent treatment should include reduction of the distal radioulnar joint and temporary stabilization.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 179.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
96
Q
  1. A posterior approach to the knee with an incision of the superficial fascia medial to the small saphenous vein avoids injury to what structure that line just lateral and adjacent to the small saphenous vein ?

a. Popliteal vein
b. Popliteal artery
c. Tibial nerve
d. Common peroneal nerve
e. Medial sural cutaneous nerve

A

Answer : e. Medial sural cutaneous nerve

Posterior approach by Burks and Schaffer
Burks and Schaffer

  • With the patient prone, make a gently curved incision, with a horizontal limb near the flexion crease of the knee and a vertical limb overlying the medial aspect of the gastrocnemius muscle.
  • Carry the dissection to the deep fascial layer and incise it vertically over the medial head of the gastrocnemius.
  • Protect the medial sural cutaneous nerve (posterior cutaneous nerve of the calf), which usually perforates the deep fascia distal to the horizontal limb of the incision.
  • Identify the medial border of the medial gastrocnemius and bluntly develop the interval between it and the semimembranosus tendon, exposing the posterior joint capsule. The middle geniculate artery may be encountered near the midposterior capsule and can be ligated if necessary. By lateral retraction on the medial head of the gastrocnemius, no tension is directly applied to the motor branch to the medial head of the gastrocnemius, the only motor branch from the tibial nerve in the popliteal fossa that traverses medially. The thick muscle belly protects the neurovascular structures as the capsule is exposed. Dissection on this protected medial side of the popliteal fossa is therefore relatively safe.
  • Expose the posterior aspect of the proximal tibia and posterior margins of the femoral condyle.
  • If further lateral exposure is necessary, release a portion of the tendinous origin of the medial head of the gastrocnemius from the distal femur and joint capsule. Slight knee flexion will aid exposure, and complete sectioning of the medial head of the gastrocnemius rarely is needed.
  • Make a vertical incision through the posterior capsule to expose the contents of the posterior intercondylar notch and the tibial attachment of the posterior cruciate ligament.
  • Proceed as described by Berg
  • Suture the capsular incision, allow the gastrocnemius to settle into position, approximate the subcutaneous layers, and close the skin in a routine fashion.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
97
Q
  1. Patient with hip disease may report knee pain, which is primarily caused by irritation of which of the following branches of the obturator nerve ?

a. Cutaneous continuation of the brach on the gracilis muscle
b. Continuation of the branch to the adductor magnus
c. Accessory obturator nerve branch
d. Branch within the sartorius muscle
e. Branch within the linea aspera

A

Answer: b. Continuation of the branch to the adductor magnus

The branch of the obturator nerve to the knee is the continuation of the motor branch to the adductor magnus.

Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 144

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
98
Q
  1. Following harvesting of patellar tendon autograft, paresthesia most commonly occurs in which of the following location ?

a. Medial to incision
b. Lateral to incision
c. First web space of the foot
d. Medial foot
e. Dorsal foot

A

Answer : b. lateral to incision

The infrapatellar branch of the saphenous nerve often crosses over the anterior aspect of the knee and innervates the skin lateral to the anterior midline of the knee. An anterior midline incision, often result in incision of the terminal branches, resulting in lateral numbness. The superficial peroneal, deep peroneal, and saphenous nerve provide sensation to the foot are not at risk.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 144.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
99
Q
  1. Which fiber of the anterior cruciate ligament are thight in flexion ?

a. Anteromedial
b. Anterolateral
c. Posteromedial
d. Posterolateral
e. Middle

A

Answer : a. anteromedial

There are 2 bundles of anterior cruciate ligaments (ACL). The anteromedial bundle and posterolateral. The anteromedial tight in flexion, while in extension both bundle are tensioned.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic System Review. 2009. P 143

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
100
Q
  1. Which of the following tendons are topically harvested when performing anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction with double loop hamstring autograft?

a. Semitendinosus and semimembranosus
b. Sartorius and semitendinosus
c. Gracilis and semimembranosus
d. Gracilis and semitendinosus
e. Biceps and semimembranosus

A

Answer : d. Gracilis and semitendinosus

Because of the availability of long tendons and the minimal donor morbidity associated with the gracilis and semitendinosus tendons, they are currently considered the structures of choice for hamstring tendon autograft ACL reconstruction by most authors. The gracilis and semitendinosus are beneath and behind the sartorius (not a hamstring) at the tibial insertion of pes anserinus.
They have long tendon and relatively small muscle bellies of vestigial muscles (in contrasts to the biceps and semimembranosus). With approximately 20 cm of tendon typically available, this allows the double loop technique to provide graft of sufficient strength.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 145.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
101
Q
  1. What tendon has an intra articular (intrasynovial) location in the knee joint ?

a. Patellar
b. Popliteal
c. Semitendinosus
d. Semimembranosus
e. Biceps femoris

A

Answer : b. Popliteal

The popliteal tendon arises from the posterior aspect of the tibia and courses through the knee joint through the popliteus hiatus of the lateral meniscus before attaching on the lateral femur, anterior to the lateral collateral ligament. It is the only tendon in knee joint that can be viewed directly on arthroscopy.
Reference: AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 146.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
102
Q
  1. What is the most anatomic location for placement of the femoral tunnel anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction ?

a. As far superior in the notch as possible
b. As far posterior as possible on the lateral femoral condyle
c. As far posterior as possible on the medial femoral condyle
d. Directly across from the posterior cruciate femoral insertion
e. At resident’s ridge

A

Answer: b. As far posterior as possible on the lateral femoral condyle

It is critical for graft isometry and knee stability that the femoral tunnel be placed as far as posterior as possible on the lateral femoral condyle. Superiorly, the graft should be at the 1 o’clock position at the left knee. Resident’s ridge is a false posterior shelf that often seems like the extreme posterior cortex. Abnormal tunnel placement result in variety of complication, including an unstable knee, early graft failure, and joint stiffness.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 146.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
103
Q
  1. What neurovascular structure is most at risk when performing an inside out repair of the posterior horn of the medial meniscus ?

a. Popliteal artery
b. Peroneal nerve
c. Saphenous nerve
d. Tibial nerve
e. Sciatic nerve

A

Answer: c. Saphenous nerve

The saphenous nerve is located on the postero medial aspect of the knee, and must be protected when performing an inside out repair of the medial meniscus. The peroneal nerve is most at risk with lateral meniscus repairs. The other structures are usually are not at rick during meniscal repairs.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 147.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
104
Q
  1. A patient with no history of patellar instability sustains a traumatic lateral patellar dislocation. What structure most likely has been torn ?

a. Vastus medialis obliquus
b. Medial patellofemoral ligament
c. Medial patellotibial ligament
d. Medial retinaculum
e. Quadriceps tendon

A

Answer: b. Medial patellofemoral ligament

Any of the above structures may be involve in a lateral patellar dislocation. However, biomechanic studies have found that the medial patellofemoral ligament is the major soft tissue static restraint of lateral patellar displacement, providing at leqast 50% of this function
Reference: AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 148.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
105
Q
  1. A 17 year old high scholl long distance runner is seeking advice before running a amarathon for the first time. What advice should be given regarding his fluid, carbohydrate, and electrolyte intake around the time of the race

a. Restrict fluid intake 2 hours before the start of the race to avoid abdominal cramping
b. Drink low osmolality (less than 10% solutions before, during, and after race)
c. Drink fruit juice, such as orange juice, instead of water to replenish essential carbohydrates
d. Drink high osmolality (greater than 10%) solutions before and during the race and low osmolality solutions after the race
e. Avoid the use of glucose polymers because they slow down gastric emptying and may lead to abdominal cramping

A

Answer: b. Drink low osmolality (less than 10% solutions before, during, and after race)

The goal of fluid replacement should be replace the sweat that has been lost. Sweat is mostly water, with a small concentration of salts and other electrolytes. Absorption is enhanced by solution of low osmolality. Scientific research has also shown that adding carbohydrates to the drink improves athletic performances. Carbohydrates such as glucose and maltodextrins (glucose polymers) stimulate fluid absorption by the intestines. Fructose slow intestinal absorption of fluids. Drinks that are high in fructose, such as orange juice, can lead to gastrointestinal distress and osmotic diarrhea.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 149.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
106
Q
  1. What artery is the primary blood supply to the humeral head ?

a. Thoracoacromial
b. Posterior humeral circumflex
c. Anterior humeral circumflex
d. Suprascapular
e. Suprahumeral

A

Answer : c. Anterior humeral circumflex

  • The major blood supply is from the anterior and posterior humeral circumflex arteries.
  • The arcuate artery is a continuation of the ascending branch of the anterior humeral circumflex. It enters the bicipital groove and supplies most of the humeral head. Small contributions to the humeral head blood supply arise from the posterior humeral circumflex, reaching the humeral head via tendo-osseous anastomoses through the rotator cuff. Fractures of the anatomic neck are uncommon, but they have a poor prognosis because of the precarious vascular supply to the humeral head.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
107
Q
  1. A 25 year old man has a midshaft femoral fracture with 25% comminution and is undergoing closed intramedullary nailing. Proximal locking is performed uneventfully; however, during distal locking screw insertion, only one of the screws is noted to have bone purchase. Which of the following proceure is the best solution to this problem?

a. Leave only one distal screw; this will provide adequate fixation
b. Exchange the nail for one either longer or shorter, and relock at a new level
c. Insert a screw through the hole either anterior or posterior to the intramedullary nail locking hole
d. Insert a small diameter threaded pin at a different angle through the locking hole

A

Answer: a. Leave only one distal screw; this will provide adequate fixation

For the majority of femoral diaphyseal fractures above the distal third, one distal locking screw is sufficient. Fractures located in the distal third, will often require the additional of a second locking screw.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 174.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
108
Q
  1. Which of the following organism is most commonly isolated in acute necrotizing fasciitis?

a. Group A streptoccus
b. Group D streptococcus
c. Pseudomonas aeruginosa
d. Staphylococcus aureus
e. Clostridium difficile

A

Answer: a. Group A streptoccus

Many cases of acute necrotizing fasciitis involve a synergy of several organisms. The most commonly isolated organism, singly or in combination, is group A streptococcus.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthoepdic review. 2009. Pg 175.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
109
Q
  1. What is the main disadvantage of using antibiotic impregnated polymethylmethacrylate beads to threat infected or contaminated wounds ?

a. Local toxicity
b. Systemic toxicity
c. Inadequate antibiotic solution
d. Foreign body reaction
e. Allergic reaction

A

Answer: d. Foreign body reaction.

Reference :Miller’s Review of Orthopedics. 5th ed. 2008. Elsevier inc.
Antibiotic beads or spacers—PMMA impregnated with antibiotics (usually an aminoglycoside); useful when treating infected TJA or osteomyelitis with bony defects. Antibiotic powder is mixed with cement powder; the antibiotic used is guided by the microorganism, and dosage depends on the selected antibiotic and type of PMMA. Antibiotics that have been used with PMMA for infection are tobramycin, gentamicin, cefazolin and other cephalosporins, oxacillin, cloxacillin, methicillin, lincomycin, clindamycin, colistin, fucidin, neomycin, kanamycin, and ampicillin. Chloramphenicol and tetracycline appear to be inactivated during polymerization. Antibiotics elute from PMMA beads, with an exponential decline over a 2-week period, and cease to be present locally in significant levels by 6-8 weeks. Much higher local tissue concentrations of antibiotic can be achieved than those obtained by systemic administration but do not seem to cause problems in the doses typically used. (Extremely high local concentrations of antibiotics can decrease cellular replication or even result in cell death.) Increased surface area of PMMA (e.g., with oval beads) enhances antibiotic elution. Beads are inserted only after thorough débridement.Because PMMA may cause a foreign body reaction, the beads should always be removed. Antibiotic powder in doses of 2 g/40 g of powdered PMMA (simplex P) does not appreciably affect the compressive strength of PMMA. Much higher concentrations (4-5 g antibiotic powder/40 g PMMA) significantly reduce the compressive strength (important in cemented joint arthroplasties). Antibiotic-impregnated cement spacers help prevent soft tissue contracture after removing an infected TKA.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
110
Q
  1. Which of the following preoperative findings correlates best with results after operative fixation of the calcaneus ?

a. Displacement of the sustentaculum tali
b. Displacement of the lateral wall
c. Number of major fragments of the posterior facet
d. Diminution of Bohler’s angle
e. Amount of heel varus

A

Answer: c. Number of major fragments of the posterior facet

Satisfactory result correlate with fewer fragments of posterior facet. Two part fractures has a good outcome, whereas four-part fractures tend to do poorly. Varus and lateral wall displacement that occur postoperatively predict a poor result, but the presence of these findings preoperatively is common and indicate a need for surgery.
Reference: AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 177.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
111
Q
  1. Ivory osteomata occur most often in the:

a. Skull
b. Spine
c. Humerus
d. Femur
e. Tibia

A

Answer: a. skull

Introduction and Definition:

Osteoma is a benign bony outgrowth of membranous bones. They are found mostly on skull and facial bones.
Incidence and Demographics:
Large osteomas may develop on the clavicle, pelvis, and tubular bones (parosteal osteomas). Soft tissue osteomas may occur in the head, eye,and tongue,or in the extremities. The highest incidence is in the sixth decade. Some authors report that osteomas occur more often in women than men (3:1). Multiple osteomas are associated with Gardner’s syndrome. The etiology of osteomas is unclear. They may be related to osteoblastomas or may simply be a developmental anomaly. The fact they are often found in the auditory canals of swimmers and divers who frequent cold water suggests that in some cases they are some type of inflammatory reaction.

Symptoms and Presentation:
Osteomas are slow growing lesions that are normally completely asymptomatic. They only present if their location within the head and neck region is causing problems with breathing, vision, or hearing.

X-Ray Appearance and Advanced Imaging Findings:
The radiological appearance of osteomas depends on their location. Central osteomas are well delineated sclerotic lesions with smooth borders, without surface irregularities or satellite lesions. Dr. Enneking describes the lesion as having the appearance of “one-half of a billiard ball” attached to the underlying bone. The adjacent cortex is not involved or weakened. Peripheral osteomas are radiopaque lesions with expansive borders that may be sessile or pedunculated. Osteomas need to be differentiated from enostosis which also appear as densely sclerotic well-defined lesions on x-ray. Bone scan will show increased uptake during the active phase of growth, which will diminish to background levels as the lesion becomes progressively less active.

Histopathology findings:
There are two types of osteomas microscopically. Compact or “ivory” osteomas are made of mature lamellar bone. They have no Haversian canals and no fibrous component. Trabecular osteomas are composed of cancellous trabecular bone with marrow surrounded by a cortical bone margin. Trabecular osteomas can be found centrally (endosteal) or peripherally (subperiosteal).

Treatment options for this tumor:
Treatment of osteomas is only necessary if they are symptomatic. Large osteomas should be evaluated to rule out other diagnoses.

Suggested Reading and Reference:
Bulloughs, Peter, Orthopaedic Pathologv (third edition), Times Mirror International Publishers Limited, London, 1997. Huvos, Andrew, Bone Tumors: Diagnosis, Treatment and Prognosis, W.B.Saunders, Co., 1991. Some text adapted from Dr. Enneking’s site.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
112
Q
  1. Which one of the following statements is untrue concerning chondrosarcoma:

a. Occurs most often between the ages 20 and 60 yrs
b. Is always a primary malignant tumor of bone
c. Most commonly affects scapula, pelvis, ribs & sternum
d. Causes bone expansion and destruction with irregular opacities in the X-ray
e. Is radioresistant

A

Answer: b. Is always a primary malignant tumor of bone

CHONDROSARCOMA
• Primary malignant tumour whose cells produce cartilage matrix
• May arise de novo or secondarily to existing benign cartilaginous tumour (majority)

Incidence
• 17% of primary malignant bone tumours
• Peak incidence 30-60 yrs
• M:F 2:1
• Sites
• Pelvis 30%
• Femur 20%
• Femoral head 10%
• Ribs 10%

Clinical
• Most common malignant tumour of hands & face in middle aged patients
• Usually occurs in metaphysis or diaphysis
• Presents with constant ache or increased size of pre-existing lump
• Metastatic deposits infrequent & usually go to lung

X-rays
• Variable appearance with 60-70% have calcification & 50% have subperiosteal new bone
• May be a large cystic lesion with cortical destruction & central calcification, endosteal scalloping & cortical expansion. Popcorn lesions (rings, arcs, stipples)

Chondrosarcoma can also be classified as
Intramedullary, which generally arise from enchondroma
• Patients with Ollier’s disease (multiple enchondromatosis) or Maffucci’s syndrome (multiple enchondromas & hemangiomas) are at much higher risk of chondrosarcoma than normal population
Surface, which arise from osteochondroma
• Malignant change in osteochondroma: increased size, fuzzy outline, cartilage cap >1 cm thick, base >6 cm diameter

Pathology
Cellular pleomorphism & increased cellularity with focally calcified matrix X-ray & CT of a chondrosarcoma involving the right hemipelvis & sacrum.

Treatment

  • These tumours tend to metastasise late therefore attempt wide local excision initially
  • However, relatively resistant to chemotherapy & radiotherapy
  • Chemotherapy for occasional grade 3 dedifferentiated tumors
  • Radiotherapy useful for Rx of surgically inaccessible sites

Prognosis
Dependant on grade

  • >90% grade 1 or 2
  • Low grade - 65-85% 5-yr survival
  • High grade - 15-25% 5-yr survival
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
113
Q
  1. The following statements about bone sarcoma are true except that it:
    a. Arises from osteoblasts of the periosteum or bone cortex

b. Forms a fusiform mass ensheathing the bone
c. Often invades the epiphyseal cartilage and neighbouring joint
d. Produces characteristic new bone formation in the X-ray
e. Disseminates rapidly by the blood stream

A

Answer: a. Arises from osteoblasts of the periosteum or bone cortex

Sarcomas—These are malignant neoplasms of connective tissue (mesenchymal) origin. Sarcomas generally exhibit rapid growth in a centripetal fashion and invade adjacent normal tissues. Each year in the United States there are about 2800 new bone sarcomas. High-grade, malignant bone tumors tend to destroy the overlying cortex and spread into the soft tissues. Low-grade tumors are generally contained within the cortex or the surrounding periosteal rim. Bone sarcomas metastasize primarily via the hematogenous route, with the lungs being the most common site.
Refrerence : Miller’e Review of Orthopedics. 5th ed. 2008 Ch 9.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
114
Q
  1. Which of the following is most common in the small bones of the hands and feet:

a. Osteochondroma
b. Enchondroma
c. Osteoid osteoma
d. Osteochondritis juvinelis
e. Tuberculous osteitis

A

Answer: b. Enchondroma

Enchondroma—The most common benign bone tumor of the upper extremity. It typically occurs in the second to fourth decades, and most cases are asymptomatic and discovered incidentally. The tumor arises from the metaphyseal medullary canal and spreads to the diaphysis. It is usually seen in the proximal phalanx and metacarpal. Enchondroma causes symmetrical fusiform expansion of bone, with endosteal scalloping and intramedullary calcifications. It may present as a pathologic fracture. Histologically, enchondroma of the hand is characterized by benign cartilage of high cellularity. If mitotic figures are present, low-grade chondrosarcoma should be suspected. The recommended treatment is with curettage and bone grafting. Excision, intramedullary internal fixation, and bone cementing have also been successful in a small series.
Reference : Miller’s Review of Orthopedic. 5th ed. 2008. Ch 7.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
115
Q

First treatment priority in patient with multiple injuries is:

a. Airway maintenance
b. Bleeding control
c. Circulatory volume restoration
d. Splinting of fractures
e. Reduction of dislocation.

A

Answer: a. Airway maintenance

A.B.C. (Airway, bleeding and circulation) are the priorities in management of seriously injured patient in that order

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
116
Q

A patient who has sustained open wound on leg is bleeding profusely. Before patient arrives in hospital the safest method to stop bleeding is:

a. Elevation of leg
b. Local pressure on wound and elevation of leg
c. Ligation of bleeding vessel
d. Use of tourniquet
e. Pressure over femoral artery in groin.

A

Answer: b. Local pressure on wound and elevation of leg

Local pressure on wound and elevation of leg is the safest and most effective method to stop bleeding. Tourniquet can be dangerous if not properly used. Elevation alone and local pressure on femoral artery is ineffective.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
117
Q

Commonest cause of deformity in a long bone is:

a. Osteoporosis
b. Rickets
c. Paget’s disease
d. Malunited fracture
e. Fibrous dysplasia.

A

Answer: d. Malunited fracture

Malunited fractures are the commonest cause of deformity in long bones since the incidence of fracture is much higher than congenital, developmental, metabolic, infective and neoplastic conditions.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
118
Q

What is the second most important aspect in the treatment of fractures of long bones:

a. Adequate nutrition of patient
b. Accurate anatomical reduction
c. Immobilization
d. Restoration of bone alignment
e. Antibiotics.

A

Answer: c. Immobilization

First and foremost requisite to ensure healing of long bone fractures to restore function is the reduction of bone fragments into good alignment so that malunion does not occur. Accurate anatomical reduction is not necessary. Second important aspect is immobilization of the fracture.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
119
Q

Which of the following is an absolute contraindicatiou of open reduction:

a. Active infection
b. Small sized fragment
c. Very soft bone
d. General medical complications
e. Severe scarring of adjacent soft tissues.

A

Answer: a. Active infection

Active infection is a contraindication for open reduction as this may lead to further complications and even more difficulty in salvage. In other conditions mentioned open reduction can produce problem and should not be lightly undertaken.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
120
Q

Commonest cause of failure of internal fixation is:

a. Infection
b. Corrosion
c. Metal reaction
d. Immune deficient patient
e. Stress fracture of implant.

A

Answer: a. Infection

Most common and serious disadvantage of open reduction and internal fixation is infection which will ultimately lead to implant becoming loose and non union. Immune deficient patient does not behave differently as regards fracture healing. Corrosion, metal reaction and stress fracture of implant are rare.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
121
Q

Which of the following fracture does not usually need open reduction and internal fixation:

a. Mid shaft fracture of femur
b. Pathological fractures
c. Trochanteric fracture in elderly
d. Displaced intra articular fractures
e. Displaced fracture of both bones of forearm in adults.

A

Answer: a. Mid shaft fracture of femur

Out of the fractures mentioned, femoral shaft fracture is least likely to need operative treatment. In this fracture operation is done to get patient out of traction early. All other fractures mentioned will almost always need open reduction and internal fixation

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
122
Q

8 Which of the following is the best way to preserve amputated part for replantation:

a. Immersion in cold saline
b. Immersion in cold ringer lactate
c. Immersion in cold antibiotic solution
d. Dry cooling with ice
e. Deep freezing.

A

Answer: d. Dry cooling with ice

Dry cooling with ice is the best way to preserve amputated part as this causes least alteration of tissue structures

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
123
Q

Death 3 days after pelvic fracture is most likely to he due to:

a. Haemorrhage
b. Pulmonary embolism
c. Fat embolism
d. Respiratory distress
e. Infection.

A

Answer: c. Fat embolism

Within first few hours after severe injuries death may occur due to hypovolaemia from haemorrhage and within 3 days from fat embolism. Pulmonary embolism usually occurs at about 3 weeks from injury. Respiratory distress is a part of fat embolism syndrome.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
124
Q

Myositis ossificans is most commonly seen at:

a. Hip
b. Knee
c. Shoulder
d. Elbow
e. Ankle

A

Answer: d. elbow

Myositis ossificans can occur at any place following injury, vigorous massage or operative intervention, but is most common around the elbow joint

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
125
Q

Hyperbaric Oxygen is not used for which of following conditions in usual clinical practice:

a. Gas gangrene
b. Carbon monoxide poisoning
c. Arterial gas embolism
d. Decompression sickness
e. Chronic osteomyelitis

A

Answer: e. Chronic osteomyelitis

Hyperbaric Oxygen is not generally used in chronic osteomyelitis, although in experimental situations it has been shown to be effective by enhancing action of phagocytes, potentiating immune response and promoting both bone and soft tissue healing. HBO therapy allows patients to breathe 100% oxygen in a chamber under conditions of increased barometric pressure. It was first used in the late 1800s to treat caisson workers injured with decompression sickness (the “bends”) during construction of the Hudson River tunnel in NewYork. Subsequently the military used it to treat the bends and air gas emboli. Beginning in the 1960s, animal experimentation and clinical case reports indicated applications for HBO therapy in the management of both severe anemia and gas gangrene. Most clinical hyperbaric medicine is practiced at 2 to 3 ATA—that is, 1 or 2 atmospheres greater than ambient pressure. Each atmosphere is considered to be 760mmHg; thus, a patient receiving 100% oxygen at 3 ATA is exposed to a pO2 of 2,280mmHg (ie, 3 × 760mmHg).

Indication :
 Air or gas embolism
 Carbon monoxide poisoning
 Clostridial myositis and myonecrosis (gas gangrene)
 Crush injury, compartment syndrome, or acute traumatic peripheral ischemia
 Decompression sickness
 Enhancement of healing in select problem wounds
 Exceptional blood loss anemia
 Intracranial abscess
 Necrotizing soft-tissue infections
 Osteomyelitis (refractory)
 Delayed radiation injury (soft-tissue and bony necrosis)
 Skin flaps and grafts (compromised)
 Thermal burns

Reference : Greensmith JE. Perspectives in Modern Orthopedic: Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy in Extremity Trauma. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 2004;12:376-384

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
126
Q

Which of the following fracture is slowest to heal and often develops non union:

a. Intracapsular femoral neck fracture
b. Scaphoid
c. Lower third of tibia
d. Proximal humerus
e. Distal femur.

A

Answer: a. Intracapsular femoral neck fracture

Intracapsular femoral neck fractures are slowest to heal and develop non union in higher percentage of cases compared to scaphoid and distal tibial fractures, both of which also tend to heal slowly due to deficient blood supply of one fragment. Proximal humerus and distal femoral fractures do not usually go to delayed union.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
127
Q

Which of the following is commonest cause of deformity in long bones:

a. Bone dysplasias
b. Metabolic disorders
c. Bone tumours
d. Infections
e. Malunited fracture.

A

Answer: e. malunited fracture

While all the conditions produce deformity of bone malunited fracture is statistically most important cause of bony deformity.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
128
Q

15 Which of the following is most common cause of Volkmann’s ischaemic contracture:

a. Fracture of humeral shaft
b. Dislocation of elbow
c. Supracondylar fracture of humerus
d. Brachial artery injury
e. Tight bandage and plaster

A

Answer: e. Tight bandage and plaster

Commonest cause of Volkmann’s contracture is injudiciously applied tight plaster and bandages following injury, which result in compromise of circulation. This is followed in frequency by supracondylar fracture of humerus, dislocation of elbow and brachial artery injury. Fracture of humeral shaft does not usually produce this complication

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
129
Q

16 Development of gas gangrene can be prevented by:

a. Prophylactic immunization
b. Administration of intravenous antibiotics
c. Proper debridement of wound
d. Administration of hyperbaric oxygen
e. Amputation.

A

Answer: c. Proper debridement of wound

The only prophylaxis against development of gas gangrene is early and thorough debridment of open wounds, and wound should be left open. A wound left open after adequate debridment rarely develops gas gangrene. Immunization is of no value and all other methods of treatment are used when gas gangrene is developing or has developed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
130
Q

17 Commonest cause of failure of internal fixation of fracture is:

a. Infection
b. Fatigue fracture of implant
c. Corrosion in implant
d. Loosening of implant
e. Metal reaction.

A

Answer: a. infection

Infection following an open operation is the commonest cause of failure following internal fixation. All other factors can also lead to complications but. statistically they are not as important

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
131
Q

Most serious disadvantage of open reduction of fracture is:

a. Delayed union
b. Non union
c. Infection
d. Joint stiffness
e. Cosmetic deformity.

A

Answer: c. Infection

Introduction of infection in a closed fracture is most serious disadvantage of open reduction. Badly placed incisions produce cosmetic deformity. Excessive and injudicious stripping of soft tissues during operation can impair vascularity of bone and lead to delayed or non union. Scarring of muscles can lead to joint stiffness

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
132
Q

19 Which is commonest occasion in orthopaedic practice for use of bone grafts:

a. Fresh fractures
b. Non union
c. For arthrodesis
d. To bridge bone gap
e. To fill cavities after curettage of tumours.

A

Answer: b. Non union

Statistically non union is the commonest indication for use of bone grafts.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
133
Q

20 Chemically Plaster of Paris is:

a. Calcium carbonate
b. Calcium phosphate
c. Calcium sulphate
d. Anhydrous calcium sulphate
e. Hemihydrated calcium sulphate.

A

Answer: e. Hemihydrated calcium sulphate.

Powder of plaster of Paris chemically is hemihydrated calcium sulphate : CaSO4. ½ H2O

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
134
Q

21 Most often open reduction of fracture is required in:

a. Closed fracture with nerve injury
b. Compound fracture
c. Fracture in children
d. Unsatisfactory closed reduction
e. Non union.

A

Answer: d. Unsatisfactory closed reduction

Unsatisfactory closed reduction is the commonest reason for performing open reduction. Next commonest reason for this is non union. Fractures in children rarely require open reduction. Compound fractures and fractures associated with nerve injury are also uncommon reasons

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
135
Q

22 In internal fixation of fracture, compression plating gives following advantages:

a. Easier reduction as the exposure is longer
b. It is simpler to use
c. Provides more rigid fixation
d. Induces osteogensis
e. Increases vascular proliferation.

A

Answer: c. Provides more rigid fixation

Only advantage of a compression plate fixation is more rigid fixation of fracture. Compression plating is neither simpler nor easier. Plate fixation has no influence on vascular proliferation or rate of osteogensis

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
136
Q

23 What is fracture disease:

a. Non union
b. Infection
c. Joint stiffness
d. Vascular damage
e. Neurological damage.

A

Answer: c. Joint stiffness

Joint stiffness and contractures along with poor muscle tone leading to functional impairment even after the fracture has united is termed fracture disease. This can be avoided by continuing physiotherapy while fracture is uniting.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
137
Q

Concerning intra articular fractures at knee which of the following statement is true:

a. Early knee mobilization is inadvisable
b. Intercondylar fracture of femur quite often leads to avascular necrosis
c. Non union of tibial condyle fracture is common
d. Extraarticular adhesions play no role in producing joint stiffness
e. Displaced intra articular fractures usually need open reduction

A

Answer: e. Displaced intra articular fractures usually need open reduction

Joint congruity should be restored by accurate reduction of displaced intraarticular fractures, and early movements thereafter is the best course to regain joint mobility. Tibial and femoral condyle fractures occur in area of abundant cancellous bone where non union is extremely rare, and so is the incidence of avascular necrosis.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
138
Q

25 Which of the following is not an absolute indication of open reduction:

a. Non union
b. Displaced intra articular fractures
c. Fractures irreducible by manipulation
d. Fractures associated with vascular injury
e. Early mobilization.

A

Answer: e. Early mobilization

Absolute indication :

  • Non union
  • Displaced intraarticular fractures
  • Fractures inreducible by manipulation
  • Fractures associated with vascular injury

Relative indication :

  • Early mobilization
  • Improve nursing care in multiple injury patient
  • Tto reduce morbidity from prolonged immobilization
  • Delayed union
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
139
Q

26 A bone graft from same species and of identical histocompatibility of antigens is called

a. Homograft
b. Heterograft
c. Allograft
d. Isograft
e. Autograft

A

Answer: d. Isograft

When donor and receipient are same individual, graft is called autograft. When donor and receipient are of same species but not having compatible antigens, graft is called homograft. In same species between donor and receipient but not have identical histocompatibility of antigens, graft is called allograft. In same species when donor and receipient have histocompatibility of antigens graft is called isograft.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
140
Q

27 What is the commonest cause of non union:

a. Pathological fracture
b. Inadequate immobilization
c. Soft tissue interposition
d. Infection
e. Distraction at fracture site.

A

Answer: b. Inadequate immobilization

Commonest cause of non union is inadequate, immobilization as repeated movements retard or even stop the process of fracture healing. All other factors mentioned also lead to non union but statistically their incidence is not so much.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
141
Q

28 A prototype of external fixator was first devised by:

a. Charnley
b. Anderson
c. Hoffman
d. Muller
e. Malgaigne

A

Answer: e. Malgaigne

In 1853 Malgaigne devised a claw like device to compress fragments of fractured patella. Charnley and Anderson used the fixator for limited indications and laid down scientific principles. Hoffman and Muller are credited with making it versatile and popularizing this method

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
142
Q

29 In few days old fracture which of the following does not occur:

a. Capillary proliferation
b. Proliferation of osteogenic cells over endosteum and bone ends
c. Local pH is acid
d. Local pH is alkaline
e. There is very little rise in level of alkaline phosphatase at fracture site.

A

Answer: d. Local pH is alkaline

Upto a week after fracture local pH remains acidic and only after this period pH becomes alkaline and level of alkaline phosphatase markedly rises. All other statements are true.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
143
Q

30 Modified Phemister bone grafting technique is:

a. Extraperiosteal placement of bone grafts
b. Subperiosteal placement of bone grafts
c. Intramedullary placement of bone grafts
d. Placing the grafts under osteo periosteal flap
e. Patelling and placement of cancellous bone grafts under osteo¬periosteal flap.

A

Answer: e. Patelling and placement of cancellous bone grafts under osteo¬periosteal flap.

Modified Phemister bone grafting includes both patelling of bone ends and placement of cancellous grafts under osteoperiosteal flap. Periosteum is not elevated separtely and neither is the central area of non union disturbed. Original Phemister technique was to place the grafts under periosteal flap only

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
144
Q

31 Last stage in fracture healing is

a. Organisation of blood clot
b. Vascular proliferation
c. Osteoblastic proliferation
d. Provisional calcification
e. Remodelling of Haversian system.

A

Answer: e. Remodelling of Haversian system

Remodelling of Haversian system is the last stage in fracture healing and it orientates bone formation along lines of normal stress. The process takes many months for completion.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
145
Q

32 Fracture disease can he prevented by:

a. Plaster immobilization of fracture
b. Cast brace treatment of fracture
c. Internal fixation of fracture
d. External fixation of fracture
e. Physiotherapy

A

Answer: e. Physiotherapy

Fracture disease in some measure always occurs and none of the methods of treatment of fracture can prevent it. It can only be minimised by regular physiotherapy to reduce oedema, improve muscle tone and maintain functional movements in joints which have not been immobilized.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
146
Q

33 In a healing fracture amount of cartilage formation is increased by:

a. Rigid immobilization
b. Movement at fracture site
c. Necrosis of bone ends
d. Compression plating
e. Infection.

A

Answer: b. Movement at fracture site

More the movement at fracture site, more will be cartilage formation and non union can occur. Compression plating helps in conversion of cartilage into bone and thereby fracture healing can occur in a delayed or non union. Infection retards all the stages of fracture repair.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
147
Q

34 Cast syndrome is commonest after:

a. Scoliosis surgery
b. Hip surgery
c. Spinal jacket application
d. Hip spica application
e. Halo traction

A

Answer: a. scoliosis surgery

More than 50% cases of cast syndrome occur in scoliosis and spinal deformity correction, and majority of others occur in patients being treated for trauma to spine and hip. It is also seen after application of body jacket, shoulder and hip spica, the common denominator being extensive coverage of abdomen and chest.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
148
Q

35 In cases of leg fractures, above knee plaster is applied, with knee slightly flexed for which of the following reason:

a. To avoid stretching posterior capsule of knee joint
b. To keep the cruciate ligaments relaxed
c. To allow easier ambulation
d. To prevent rotational movements being transmitted to the fracture site
e. Plaster application is easier with knee slightly flexed.

A

Answer: d. To prevent rotational movements being transmitted to the fracture site

In Complete extension knee locks and femur and tibia rotate as one, transmitting rotational stress to fracture site which will delay union. Therefore, knee is kept slightly flexed so that femoral rotation at hip can occur without movement being transmitted to proximal fragment of leg fracture.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
149
Q

36 Which deformity in malunited fracture is most likely to correct with remodelling:

a. Angular deformity in the middle of diaphysis in the plane of motion of nearby joint
b. Angular deformity in plane of motion of nearby joint when deformity is in metaphyseal area
c. Rotational malalignment
d. Angular deformity near end of bone when angulation is in a plane 900 to the plane of motion of nearby joint.
e. Shortening of bone length.

A

Answer: b. Angular deformity in plane of motion of nearby joint when deformity is in metaphyseal area

Angular deformity in the plane of motion of nearby joint has maximum potential for remodelling. Remodelling is still better if deformity is near the end of bone. The process is rapid in growing children and slows down as the adulthood is reached. Rotational malalignment never corrects. Shortening of bone length, will to some extent correct in a growing child since the fracture induces little overgrowth in a long bone.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
150
Q

37 In interfragmentary fixation screw works by producing:

a. Compression
b. Distraction
c. Antiglide mechanism
d. Increased shear
e. None of above.

A

Answer: a. Compression

Screw works by converting torsional stress (used during its insertion) into compressive force and this keeps fracture surfaces in close apposition. This is the basic mechanism on which screw works

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
151
Q

39 What is most important aspect of the treatment of crush syndrome involving an extremity:

a. Amputation
b. Fluid and electrolyte balance
c. Dialysis
d. Antibiotics
e. Hyberbaric oxygen

A

Answer: b. amputation

Amputation proximal to the level of injury is the most important aspect of treatment. At the same time maintenance of fluid balance is also important. Dialysis may be required. Antibiotics really are of prophylactic value. Hyperbaric oxygen has no role.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
152
Q

40 Claw hand deformity of hand in Volkmann’s ischaemic contracture is due to involvement of.

a. Skin
b. Fascia
c. Nerves
d. Muscles
e. Tendons

A

Answer: d. Muscles

Volkmann’s ischaemia affects muscles and it is their fibrosis area contracture which produces the deformity of fingers.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
153
Q

41 Which of the following is the earliest laboratory finding in a case of fat embolism:

a. Increased serum cholestrol
b. Increased serum lipase
c. Increased serum fatty acids
d. Lipouria
e. Increased alkaline phosphatase.

A

Answer: d. Lipouria

Presence of fat droplet in urine is the earliest laboratory finding in fat embolism. But it must be remembered that the diagnosis is mainly clinical and one should not wait for any investigations before instituting treatment

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
154
Q

42 Basic treatment of most non unions is:

a. Compression plating
b. Continuation of external splintage
c. Electrical stimulation
d. Bone grafting
e. Phemister grafting.

A

Answer: d. Bone grafting

In an established non union freshening of bone ends and bone grafting is the usual treatment. Electrical stimulation and compression plating is indicated in certain limited cases only. Phernister grafting is one method of bone grafting in cases where bone fragments are in good alignment

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
155
Q

43 External fixator is not indicated in:

a. Comminuted fracture
b. Fracture associated with severe soft tissue damage
c. Infected fractures
d. Simple closed fracture of humeral shaft
e. Fracture associated with bums.

A

Answer: d. Simple closed fracture of humeral shaft

Use of external fixator is contraindicated in an uncomplicated fracture. It is an indispensable method of treatment of fracture in association with infection, burn and severe soft tissue damage requiring repeated dressing and skin grafting. External fixator is also used extensively for purpose of limb lengthening.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
156
Q

44 What is pathogenesis of cast syndrome:

a. Recumbancy
b. Psychological
c. Constriction of stomach
d. Intestinal obstruction
e. Obstruction of duodenum

A

Answer: e. Obstruction of duodenum

Cast syndrome, clinically known as superior mesenteric artery syndrome (SMAS), is gastric dilatation with partial or complete obstruction of the duodenum. Although rare, it is most frequently seen in orthopaedic patients who have had spinal surgery or who are in hip spica or body casts. Obstruction occurs when there is compression of the duodenum between the superior mesenteric artery anteriorly and the aorta and spinal column posteriorly. Obstruction can occur within days of surgery or casting or may not develop for several weeks. Treatment for SMAS varies from conservative nonoperative to operative procedures. Complications can be severe if symptoms are not quickly recognized and treatment instituted in a timely manner
Reference : Sprague J. Cast Syndrome: Superior Mesenteric Artery Syndrome. Orthop Nurs. 1998 Jul-Aug;17(4):12-5; quiz 16-7.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
157
Q

45 Which of the following is not seen in a case of fat embolism:

a. Fat globules in urine
b. Left heart strain on ECG
c. Snow storm appearance on chest X Ray
d. Normal carbon dioxide tension in arterial blood
e. Low oxygen tension in arterial blood.

A

Answer: b. Left heart strain on ECG

ECG will show right heart strain and not the left heart strain.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
158
Q

46 What can happen if drill hole has been made too small while inserting Sherman bone screw:

a. Non rigid fixation
b. Very rigid fixation
c. Fragmentation of bone while inserting the screw
d. Screw will pull out easily later on
e. Screw can never be removed.

A

Answer: c. Fragmentation of bone while inserting the screw

If drill hole is too small either it will be impossible to insert the screw or bone can fragment while it is being inserted. If the drill hole is too large screw threads will have insecure purchase in bone

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
159
Q

47 Closed reduction with percutaneous K wire fixation is best suitable for:

a. Bennett fracture
b. Lateral malleolus fracture
c. Media] malleolus fracture
d. Lateral tibial condyle fracture
e. Clavicle fracture

A

Answer: a. Bennet fracture

Closed reduction followed by percutaneous K wire fixation is useful in unstable fractures like Bennett’s, comminuted Colles and unstable supracondylar humeral fracture in child. All these are situations where internal fixation is required for a relatively short time

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
160
Q

48 Who first defined and applied tension band principle in fixation of fractures and non unions:

a. Pauwels
b. Muller
c. Allgower
d. Watson Jones
e. Girdlestone

A

Answer: a. Pauwels

This engineering principle of converting tensile force into compressive force in an eccentrically loaded bone was first defined and used by Pauwels. It has been popularized by the work of A.0. group notably Muller and Allgower

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
161
Q

49 Dual plate applied for fixation of diaphyseal fracture will have strongest fixation when:

a. Both plates are superimposed on each other and applied on one side only.
b. Each plate is applied on opposite side on bone
c. Plates are applied at 900 to each other
d. Plates are applied at 300 to each other
e. Combination of two plates is always weaker than a single plate.

A

Answer: c. Plates are applied at 90 degrees to each other

When plates are applied at 901 to each other fixation is strongest. It is less rigid when plates are on opposite sides of bone. Double plating is more rigid than single plate but to apply two plates soft tissue and periosteal stripping has to be much more extensive

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
162
Q

51 Which of the following is not the treatment of cast syndrome:

a. Nasogastric suction
b. Intravenous fluid
c. Removal of plaster
d. Laparotomy
e. Antiemetic drugs

A

Answer: e. Antiemetic drugs

Antiemetic drugs have no role. Most of the time conservative treatment by nasogastric suction and IN. drip succeeds after plaster has been removed. In rare cases not responding to conservative measures surgery is required to relieve or by pass the obstraction in duodenum.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
163
Q

52 Which of the following is not seen in fat embolism:

a. Altered mental state
b. Petechial haemorrhages
c. Bradycardia
d. Hypotension
e. Tachypnea.

A

Answer: c. Bradycardia

Tachycardia occurs in fat embolism along with other clinical features mentioned.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
164
Q

53 Which of the following is commonest material used to make orthopaedic implant:

a. Titanium
b. Stainless steel
c. Polyethylene (UHMWPE)
d. Methyl methacrylate
e. Carbon.

A

Answer: b. stainless steel

Most implants are made of stainless steel as it is comparatively cheap and can be easily cast into desired shape. Titanium is expensive and difficult to fashion into desired shape. Carbon and polyethylene implants are used only for some specific uses and methylmethacrylate is not made up into an implant as such.
Orthopaedic implants are typically made of 316L (L = low carbon) stainless steel (iron, chromium, and nickel), “supermetal” alloys (e.g., Co-Cr-molybdenum (Mo) [65% Co, 35% Cr, 5% Mo] made with a special forging process), and titanium alloy (Ti-6Al-4V)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
165
Q

54 Bone graft works by providing following mechanism: Which of these is most important.

a. Bone induction factor
b. Osteogenic cells
c. Living osteoblasts
d. Mineral scaffold for vascular proliferation
e. Bridging the bone gap.

A

Answer: d. Mineral scaffold for vascular proliferation

Provision of mineral scaffold into which newly forming vascular channels can grow is the most useful function of bone graft and that is why bank bone, heterogenous bone and homografts succeed. Bone inducing factor, osteogenic cells and living osteoblasts are supplied only by fresh autogenous grafts.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
166
Q

56 What is chief disadvantage of pulsed electromagnetic induction of bone union:

a. Difficult coil placement
b. Danger of infection
c. Can not be used in the presence of infection
d. Equipment is not portable
e. High cost.

A

Answer: d. Equipment is not portable

Main disadvantage is that equipment is not portable. This method can be used even in the presence of active infection since it is totally non invasive

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
167
Q

57 What has been the maximum reported overall success rate when non union is treated by electrical stimulation:

a. 5%
b. 25%
c. 50%
d. 80%
e. 100%.

A

Answer: d. 80%

Maximum overall success rate in treatment of non union with electrical stimulation has been 80 85%

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
168
Q

58 The use of axial compression in promoting union of cancellous bone fractures was originally described by:

a. Key
b. Charnley
c. Eggers
d. Danis
e. Muller.

A

Answer: a. Key

This was originally described by Key and later popularized and put to practical use by Charnley. Eggers, Danis and Muller have late also worked on this principle to devise internal fixation appliances

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
169
Q

59 Commonest cause of refracture after removal of external fixator is:

a. Pin tract infection
b. Fracture through pin tract
c. Absence of periosteal callus
d. Destressing producing cancellization of cortex
e. Avascular necrosis of bone fragments.

A

Answer: d. Destressing producing cancellization of cortex

Removal of stress from bone by a rigid fixator produce osteoporosis and this is commonest cause of refracture. This car be prevented by staged removal of pin and fixator or giving additional external support after removal of fixator. Pin tract infection and fracture through pin tract will create a new additiona fracture and not refracture.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
170
Q

61 Which is commonest complication when femoral shaft fracture is treated in cast brace:

a. Varus angulation of fracture
b. Valgus angulation of fracture
c. Shortening
d. Delayed union
e. Neuro vascular impairment.

A

Answer: a. Varus angulation of fracture

Varus angulation is the commonest complication, even when a preliminary period of traction has been used. When brace has been put on without a sufficiently long period in traction rotational deformity and shortening can also occur.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
171
Q

60 Idea of dynamic compression plate was first used by:

a. Muller
b. Danis
c. Hicks
d. Egger
e. Sherman

A

Answer: b. Danis

Danis of Belgium was first to make use of a plate that actively compressed the fracture. In this a bolt was used to apply pressure against the end screw in plate. Modern dynamic compression plate utilizing the principle of gliding of screw head was made by Muller and co workers in A.0. group.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
172
Q

61 Which is commonest complication when femoral shaft fracture is treated in cast brace:

a. Varus angulation of fracture
b. Valgus angulation of fracture
c. Shortening
d. Delayed union
e. Neuro vascular impairment.

A

Answer: a. Varus angulation of fracture

Varus angulation is the commonest complication, even when a preliminary period of traction has been used. When brace has been put on without a sufficiently long period in traction rotational deformity and shortening can also occur.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
173
Q

62 Universal A.0. air drill used in orthopaedics normally consumes air at the rate of.

a. 50 litres per minute
b. 100 litres per minute
c. 200 litres per minute
d. 300 litres per minute
e. 400 litres per minute.

A

Answer: d. 300 litres per minute

For every minute of running time the universal A.O. air drill requires about 300 litres of air at pressure of 6 bar (90 psi). Oscilating bone saw uses same amount of air and pressure.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
174
Q

<!–[if gte mso 9]><xml> <o:OfficeDocumentSettings> <o:RelyOnVML/> <o:AllowPNG/> </o:OfficeDocumentSettings> </xml><![endif]–><!–[if gte mso 9]><xml> <w:WordDocument> <w:View>Normal</w:View> <w:Zoom>0</w:Zoom> <w:TrackMoves/> <w:TrackFormatting/> <w:PunctuationKerning/> <w:ValidateAgainstSchemas/> <w:SaveIfXMLInvalid>false</w:SaveIfXMLInvalid> <w:IgnoreMixedContent>false</w:IgnoreMixedContent> <w:AlwaysShowPlaceholderText>false</w:AlwaysShowPlaceholderText> <w:DoNotPromoteQF/> <w:LidThemeOther>EN-US</w:LidThemeOther> <w:LidThemeAsian>X-NONE</w:LidThemeAsian> <w:LidThemeComplexScript>X-NONE</w:LidThemeComplexScript> <w:Compatibility> <w:BreakWrappedTables/> <w:SnapToGridInCell/> <w:WrapTextWithPunct/> <w:UseAsianBreakRules/> <w:DontGrowAutofit/> <w:SplitPgBreakAndParaMark/> <w:DontVertAlignCellWithSp/> <w:DontBreakConstrainedForcedTables/> <w:DontVertAlignInTxbx/> <w:Word11KerningPairs/> <w:CachedColBalance/> </w:Compatibility> <m:mathPr> <m:mathFont m:val=”Cambria Math”/> <m:brkBin m:val=”before”/> <m:brkBinSub m:val=”–”/> <m:smallFrac m:val=”off”/> <m:dispDef/> <m:lMargin m:val=”0”/> <m:rMargin m:val=”0”/> <m:defJc m:val=”centerGroup”/> <m:wrapIndent m:val=”1440”/> <m:intLim m:val=”subSup”/> <m:naryLim m:val=”undOvr”/> </m:mathPr></w:WordDocument> </xml><![endif]–><!–[if gte mso 9]><xml> <w:LatentStyles DefLockedState=”false” DefUnhideWhenUsed=”true” DefSemiHidden=”true” DefQFormat=”false” DefPriority=”99” LatentStyleCount=”267”> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”0” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Normal”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 7”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 8”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 9”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 7”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 8”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 9”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”35” QFormat=”true” Name=”caption”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”10” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Title”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”1” Name=”Default Paragraph Font”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”11” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Subtitle”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”22” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Strong”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”20” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Emphasis”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”59” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Table Grid”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Placeholder Text”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”1” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”No Spacing”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”60” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Shading”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”61” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light List”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”62” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Grid”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”63” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”64” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”65” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”66” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”67” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”68” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”69” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”70” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Dark List”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”71” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Shading”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”72” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful List”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”73” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Grid”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”60” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Shading Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”61” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light List Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”62” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Grid Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”63” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 1 Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”64” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 2 Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”65” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 1 Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Revision”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”34” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”List Paragraph”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”29” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Quote”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”30” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Intense Quote”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”66” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 2 Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”67” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 1 Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”68” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 2 Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”69” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 3 Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”70” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Dark List Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”71” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Shading Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”72” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful List Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”73” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Grid Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”60” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Shading Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”61” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light List Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”62” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Grid Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”63” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 1 Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”64” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 2 Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”65” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 1 Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”66” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 2 Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”67” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 1 Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”68” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 2 Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”69” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 3 Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”70” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Dark List Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”71” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Shading Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”72” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful List Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”73” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Grid Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”60” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Shading Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”61” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light List Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”62” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Grid Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”63” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 1 Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”64” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 2 Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”65” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 1 Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”66” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 2 Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”67” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 1 Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”68” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 2 Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”69” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 3 Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”70” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Dark List Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”71” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Shading Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”72” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful List Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”73” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Grid Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”60” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Shading Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”61” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light List Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”62” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Grid Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”63” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 1 Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”64” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 2 Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”65” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 1 Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”66” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 2 Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”67” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 1 Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”68” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 2 Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”69” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 3 Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”70” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Dark List Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”71” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Shading Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”72” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful List Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”73” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Grid Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”60” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Shading Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”61” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light List Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”62” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Grid Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”63” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 1 Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”64” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 2 Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”65” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 1 Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”66” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 2 Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”67” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 1 Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”68” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 2 Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”69” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 3 Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”70” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Dark List Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”71” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Shading Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”72” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful List Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”73” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Grid Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”60” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Shading Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”61” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light List Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”62” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Grid Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”63” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 1 Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”64” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 2 Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”65” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 1 Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”66” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 2 Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”67” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 1 Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”68” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 2 Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”69” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 3 Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”70” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Dark List Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”71” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Shading Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”72” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful List Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”73” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Grid Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”19” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Subtle Emphasis”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”21” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Intense Emphasis”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”31” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Subtle Reference”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”32” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Intense Reference”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”33” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Book Title”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”37” Name=”Bibliography”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” QFormat=”true” Name=”TOC Heading”/> </w:LatentStyles> </xml><![endif]–><!–[if gte mso 10]> <style> /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:”Table Normal”; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-priority:99; mso-style-qformat:yes; mso-style-parent:””; mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; mso-para-margin-top:0in; mso-para-margin-right:0in; mso-para-margin-bottom:10.0pt; mso-para-margin-left:0in; line-height:115%; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:11.0pt; font-family:”Calibri”,”sans-serif”; mso-ascii-font-family:Calibri; mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-hansi-font-family:Calibri; mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family:”Times New Roman”; mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;} </style> <![endif]–>

63 Cobalt‑Chromium alloy used to make orthopaedic implants has iron content of.

a. Less than 5%
b. 5‑10%
c. 11‑20%
d. 21‑30%
e. 31‑40%.

A

Answer: a. Less than 5%

Maximum permissible iron content of cobalt chromium alloys is 3%. In most commercial preparations it is kept as low as 0.75%.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
175
Q

64 In an oblique fracture, screw fixation is most effective when screw is placed with:

a. Axis of screw at 900 to long axis of bone
b. Axis of screw at 900 to fracture surface
c. Axis of screw at equal angle to long axis of bone and fracture plane
d. Screw placed in any axis
e. Axis of screw at 450 to the fracture plane.

A

Answer: b. Axis of screw at 900 to fracture surface

As far as possible screw should be inserted at right angles to fracture line, but sometimes the direction may be dictated by local circumstances at fracture site. It is also preferable to use at least two screws with their long axes at an angle to one another.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
176
Q
  1. A patient with no history of patellar instability sustains a traumatic lateral patellar dislocation. What structure most likely has been torn ?

a. Vastus medialis obliquus
b. Medial patellofemoral ligament
c. Medial patellotibial ligament
d. Medial retinaculum
e. Quadriceps tendon

A

Answer: b. Medial patellofemoral ligament

Any of the above structures may be involve in a lateral patellar dislocation. However, biomechanic studies have found that the medial patellofemoral ligament is the major soft tissue static restraint of lateral patellar displacement, providing at least 50% of this function
Reference: AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 148.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
177
Q
  1. What neurovascular structure is most at risk when performing an inside out repair of the posterior horn of the medial meniscus ?

a. Popliteal artery
b. Peroneal nerve
c. Saphenous nerve
d. Tibial nerve
e. Sciatic nerve

A

Answer: c. Saphenous nerve

The saphenous nerve is located on the postero medial aspect of the knee, and must be protected when performing an inside out repair of the medial meniscus. The peroneal nerve is most at risk with lateral meniscus repairs. The other structures are usually are not at rick during meniscal repairs.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 147.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
178
Q
  1. What is the most anatomic location for placement of the femoral tunnel anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction ?
    a. As far superior in the notch as possible
    b. As far posterior as possible on the lateral femoral condyle
    c. As far posterior as possible on the medial femoral condyle
    d. Directly across from the posterior cruciate femoral insertion
    e. At resident’s ridge
A

Answer: b. As far posterior as possible on the lateral femoral condyle

It is critical for graft isometry and knee stability that the femoral tunnel be placed as far as posterior as possible on the lateral femoral condyle. Superiorly, the graft should be at the 1 o’clock position at the left knee. Resident’s ridge is a false posterior shelf that often seems like the extreme posterior cortex. Abnormal tunnel placement result in variety of complication, including an unstable knee, early graft failure, and joint stiffness.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 146.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
179
Q
  1. What tendon has an intra articular (intrasynovial) location in the knee joint ?

a. Patellar
b. Popliteal
c. Semitendinosus
d. Semimembranosus
e. Biceps femoris

A

Answer : b. Popliteal

The popliteal tendon arises from the posterior aspect of the tibia and courses through the knee joint through the popliteus hiatus of the lateral meniscus before attaching on the lateral femur, anterior to the lateral collateral ligament. It is the only tendon in knee joint that can be viewed directly on arthroscopy.
Reference: AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 146.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
180
Q
  1. Which of the following tendons are topically harvested when performing anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction with double loop hamstring autograft?

a. Semitendinosus and semimembranosus
b. Sartorius and semitendinosus
c. Gracilis and semimembranosus
d. Gracilis and semitendinosus
e. Biceps and semimembranosus

A

Answer : d. Gracilis and semitendinosus

Because of the availability of long tendons and the minimal donor morbidity associated with the gracilis and semitendinosus tendons, they are currently considered the structures of choice for hamstring tendon autograft ACL reconstruction by most authors. The gracilis and semitendinosus are beneath and behind the sartorius (not a hamstring) at the tibial insertion of pes anserinus.
They have long tendon and relatively small muscle bellies of vestigial muscles (in contrasts to the biceps and semimembranosus). With approximately 20 cm of tendon typically available, this allows the double loop technique to provide graft of sufficient strength.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 145.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
181
Q
  1. A 17 year old high scholl long distance runner is seeking advice before running a amarathon for the first time. What advice should be given regarding his fluid, carbohydrate, and electrolyte intake around the time of the race?
    a. Restrict fluid intake 2 hours before the start of the race to avoid abdominal cramping
    b. Drink low osmolality (less than 10% solutions before, during, and after race)
    c. Drink fruit juice, such as orange juice, instead of water to replenish essential carbohydrates
    d. Drink high osmolality (greater than 10%) solutions before and during the race and low osmolality solutions after the race
    e. Avoid the use of glucose polymers because they slow down gastric emptying and may lead to abdominal cramping
A

Answer: b. Drink low osmolality (less than 10% solutions before, during, and after race)

The goal of fluid replacement should be replace the sweat that has been lost. Sweat is mostly water, with a small concentration of salts and other electrolytes. Absorption is enhanced by solution of low osmolality. Scientific research has also shown that adding carbohydrates to the drink improves athletic performances. Carbohydrates such as glucose and maltodextrins (glucose polymers) stimulate fluid absorption by the intestines. Fructose slow intestinal absorption of fluids. Drinks that are high in fructose, such as orange juice, can lead to gastrointestinal distress and osmotic diarrhea.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 149.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
182
Q
  1. What artery is the primary blood supply to the humeral head ?

a. Thoracoacromial
b. Posterior humeral circumflex
c. Anterior humeral circumflex
d. Suprascapular
e. Suprahumeral

A

Answer : c. Anterior humeral circumflex

o The major blood supply is from the anterior and posterior humeral circumflex arteries.

o The arcuate artery is a continuation of the ascending branch of the anterior humeral circumflex. It enters the bicipital groove and supplies most of the humeral head. Small contributions to the humeral head blood supply arise from the posterior humeral circumflex, reaching the humeral head via tendo-osseous anastomoses through the rotator cuff. Fractures of the anatomic neck are uncommon, but they have a poor prognosis because of the precarious vascular supply to the humeral head.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
183
Q
  1. Which of the following preoperative findings correlates best with results after operative fixation of the calcaneus ?

a. Displacement of the sustentaculum tali
b. Displacement of the lateral wall
c. Number of major fragments of the posterior facet
d. Diminution of Bohler’s angle
e. Amount of heel varus

A

Answer: c. Number of major fragments of the posterior facet

Satisfactory result correlate with fewer fragments of posterior facet. Two part fractures has a good outcome, whereas four-part fractures tend to do poorly. Varus and lateral wall displacement that occur postoperatively predict a poor result, but the presence of these findings preoperatively is common and indicate a need for surgery.
Reference: AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 177.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
184
Q
  1. A 30 year old man underwent an intramedullary nailing for a close midthird tibial fracture 2 months age. He has had pain and erythema in the area of the fracture for the past 3 days, and radiograps show a midthird tibia fracture with an interlocking nail in place. Which of the following tests would be most appropriate to obtain a diagnosis ?

a. Erythrocyte sedimentation rate
b. MRI scan
c. CT scan
d. Aspiration of the fracture site
e. Indium labeled white blood cell scan

A

Answer : d. Aspiration of the fracture site

Aspiration of the fracture site and testing the aspiration fluid by Gram stain, culture, and sensitivities is the best way to confirm the diagnosis. The other test are either nondiagnostic or do not make a specific diagnosis.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 177.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
185
Q
  1. A 25 year old man has a midshaft femoral fracture with 25% comminution and is undergoing closed intramedullary nailing. Proximal locking is performed uneventfully; however, during distal locking screw insertion, only one of the screws is noted to have bone purchase. Which of the following proceure is the best solution to this problem?
    a. Leave only one distal screw; this will provide adequate fixation
    b. Exchange the nail for one either longer or shorter, and relock at a new level
    c. Insert a screw through the hole either anterior or posterior to the intramedullary nail locking hole
    d. Insert a small diameter threaded pin at a different angle through the locking hole
A

Answer: a. Leave only one distal screw; this will provide adequate fixation

For the majority of femoral diaphyseal fractures above the distal third, one distal locking screw is sufficient. Fractures located in the distal third, will often require the additional of a second locking screw.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 174.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
186
Q
  1. Which of the following organism is most commonly isolated in acute necrotizing fasciitis?

a. Group A streptoccus
b. Group D streptococcus
c. Pseudomonas aeruginosa
d. Staphylococcus aureus
e. Clostridium difficile

A

Answer: a. Group A streptoccus

Many cases of acute necrotizing fasciitis involve a synergy of several organisms. The most commonly isolated organism, singly or in combination, is group A streptococcus.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthoepdic review. 2009. Pg 175.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
187
Q
  1. What is the main disadvantage of using antibiotic impregnated polymethylmethacrylate beads to threat infected or contaminated wounds ?

a. Local toxicity
b. Systemic toxicity
c. Inadequate antibiotic solution
d. Foreign body reaction
e. Allergic reaction

A

Answer: d. Foreign body reaction.

Reference :Miller’s Review of Orthopedics. 5th ed. 2008. Elsevier inc.
Antibiotic beads or spacers—PMMA impregnated with antibiotics (usually an aminoglycoside); useful when treating infected TJA or osteomyelitis with bony defects. Antibiotic powder is mixed with cement powder; the antibiotic used is guided by the microorganism, and dosage depends on the selected antibiotic and type of PMMA. Antibiotics that have been used with PMMA for infection are tobramycin, gentamicin, cefazolin and other cephalosporins, oxacillin, cloxacillin, methicillin, lincomycin, clindamycin, colistin, fucidin, neomycin, kanamycin, and ampicillin. Chloramphenicol and tetracycline appear to be inactivated during polymerization. Antibiotics elute from PMMA beads, with an exponential decline over a 2-week period, and cease to be present locally in significant levels by 6-8 weeks. Much higher local tissue concentrations of antibiotic can be achieved than those obtained by systemic administration but do not seem to cause problems in the doses typically used. (Extremely high local concentrations of antibiotics can decrease cellular replication or even result in cell death.) Increased surface area of PMMA (e.g., with oval beads) enhances antibiotic elution. Beads are inserted only after thorough débridement.Because PMMA may cause a foreign body reaction, the beads should always be removed. Antibiotic powder in doses of 2 g/40 g of powdered PMMA (simplex P) does not appreciably affect the compressive strength of PMMA. Much higher concentrations (4-5 g antibiotic powder/40 g PMMA) significantly reduce the compressive strength (important in cemented joint arthroplasties). Antibiotic-impregnated cement spacers help prevent soft tissue contracture after removing an infected TKA.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
188
Q
  1. A 23 year old man is experiencing impotence and penile numbness following intramedullary nailing for a femoral shaft fracture. Which of the following condition is a likely cause of these symptoms ?

a. Unrecognized urologic trauma
b. Injury to S2- S3
c. Injury to the penis from the traction
d. Pudendal nerve palsy
e. Post traumatic stress

A

Answer: d. Pudendal nerve palsy

The magnitude of pudendal nerve palsy correlated with intraoperative traction. One prospective study of 106 patients, revealed 10 patients (9%) has pudendal nervel palsy from static intramedullary nailing which using average magnitude of force (kg/hour) : 73.3 kg/hour compared to the control group which using total traction force 34.9 kg/hour.
Reference: RJ Brumback, TS Ellison, H Molligan, DJ Molligan, S Mahaffey and C Schmidhauser. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1992;74:1450-1455.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
189
Q
  1. An iliosacral screw that exits just anterior to the S1 body is most likely to injure which of the following structures ?

a. L4 nerve root
b. L5 nerve root
c. S1 nerve root
d. S2 nerve root
e. External iliac artery

A

Answer ; b. L5 nerve root

For sacral fractures and sacroiliac joint disruptions, Matta and Saucedo, Routt, Meier, and Kregor, and others have described image intensifier–directed screw fixation from the ilium posteriorly into the sacral body. This technique risks damage to the L5 nerve root and iliac vessels anterior to the body of the sacrum and to the sacral nerve roots within its bony confines, and it requires excellent radiographic technique and a thorough understanding of the three-dimensional anatomy of the pelvis.

Reference : Campbell’s Operative Orthopedics. 11th ed. Ch 53.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
190
Q
  1. Which of the following is a long complication of ankle arthrodesis for post traumatic arthritis ?

a. Progressive limb length discrepancy
b. Contralateral ankle arthritis
c. Ipsilateral hindfoot and midfoot arthritis
d. Ipsilateral knee arthritis
e. Talar osteonecrosis

A

Answer : c. Ipsilateral hindfoot and midfoot arthritis

Ankle arthrodesis for posttraumatic ankle arthrosis provide reliable pain relief. However, the long term sequel of joint arthrodesis is the development of arthrosis in the surrounding joints. Over time, following ankle arthrodesis, the ipsilateral hindfoot and midfoot jints show sign of join space wear, and this may be symptomatic. With a stable ankle arthrodesis, progressive limb-length discrepancy or talar osteonecrosis is not expected. Ankle arthrodesis has not been definitely linked to ipsilateral knee arthritis or contralateral ankle arthritis.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 199.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
191
Q
  1. A 18 year old man has a simple oblique fracture of the humeral shaft that require surgical stabilization to maintain reduction and facilitate mobilization. Which of the following methods will provide the best outcome ?

a. Unreamed intramedullary nail
b. Reamed statically locked intramedullary nail
c. External fixation
d. Plate fixation and interfragmentary compression
e. Bridge plate stabilization

A

Answer: d. Plate fixation and interfragmentary compression

The patient has a simple fracture pattern that can be reduce anatomically and stabilized with absolute stability by interfragmental compression and protection plating. This will guarantee a 95% - 98% union rate eith no radial nerve palsy. Intramedullary nailing does not equal these result in simple fracture pattern in humerus. Bridge palting is indicated for multifragmented fracture pattern when anatomic reduction and absolute stability cannot be achieved. External fixation is reserved for severe open fractures.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. 202.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
192
Q
  1. Injury to which of the following structures has been reported following iliac graft harvest ?

a. Superior gluteal artery from anterior crest harvest
b. Superior gluteal artery from anterior crest harvest
c. Inferior gluteal artery from posterior crest harvest
d. Ilioinguinal nerve from a posterior crest harvest
e. Lateral femoral cutaneous nerve from an anterior crest harvest

A

Answer: e. Lateral femoral cutaneous nerve from an anterior crest harvest

Injury to the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve (Bernhardt’s syndrome) or MERALGIA PARESTHETICA occurs after harvest of the bone from the anterior iliac crest. The lateral femoral cutaneous nerve is a terminal sensory nerve that originates from L2-L3 and innervates the skin of the thigh laterally.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
193
Q
  1. A 13 year old hockey player reports a 1 week history of left medial clavicle pain and dysphagia. A chest radiograph obtained at the emergency department on the day of injury was negative. Examination reveals swelling and tenderness along the medial edge of the left clavicle. The upper extremity neurologic examination is normal. What is the next most appropriate test to best define the patient’s injury ?

a. CT of the sternoclavicular joint
b. Barium swallowing study
c. Electromyography of the upper extremity
d. MRI of the glenohumeral joint
e. Bone scan

A

Answer: a. CT of the sternoclavicular joint
It might be a posterior dislocation of sternoclavicular joint

Computed Tomography Scans

Without question, the computed tomography (CT) scan is the best technique to study problems of the sternoclavicular joint. It clearly distinguishes injuries of the joint from fractures of the medial clavicle and defines minor subluxations of the joint. One must remember to request CT scans of both sternoclavicular joints and the medial half of both clavicles so the injured side can be compared with the normal side
Reference : Rockwood & Green’s Fractures in Adult. 6th ed. Ch 36.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
194
Q
  1. According to the Third National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Study (NASCIS 3), what is the recommended protocol for a patient who sustained a spinal cord injury 7 hours ago ?
    a. Methylprednisolone 30 mg/kg initial bolus, followed by 5.4 mg/kg/h for 23 hours
    b. Methylprednisolone 30 mg/kg initial bolus, followed by 5.4 mg/kg/h for 48 hours
    c. Dexamethasone 10 mg bolus, followed by 6 mg every 6 hour for 24 hours
    d. Dexamethasone 10 mg bolus, followed by 6 mg every 6 hour for48 hours
    e. No treatment
A

Answer: b. Methylprednisolone 30 mg/kg initial bolus, followed by 5.4 mg/kg/h for 48 hours.

Based on National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Study (NASCIS) 1 & 2:
Methylprednisolone 30 mg/kg initial bolus, followed by 5.4 mg/kg/h for 23 hours.

NASCIS 2 established the recommended doses of methylprednisolone for spinal cord injury : an initial bolus of 30 mg/kg over 1 hour, followed by an infusion of 5.4 mg/kg/hour for an additional 23 hours. If injury was more than 8 hours old, the methylprednisolone was not recommended.

Based on National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Study (NASCIS) 3;
The objectives of the third and final NASCIS were to investigate the interplay between timing of steroid administration and duration of therapy and to evaluate the efficacy of the 21-aminosteroid tirilazad mesylate, which purportedly had a better safety profile than methylprednisolone. Four-hundred ninety-nine patients were randomized into three treatment groups within 6 hours of injury: the first group received methylprednisolone according to the NASCIS II dosing for 24 hours, the second group received this dosing for 48 hours, and the third group received a methylprednisolone bolus of 5.4 mg/kg/hr followed by a maintenance infusion of tirilazad at 2.5 mg/kg IV every 6 hours for 48 hours.

With outcome measures including motor function, sensory function, and functional independence; the NASCIS III revealed that increased duration of steroid administration (48 hours) resulted in statistically significant benefit only if treatment was initiated between 3 and 8 hours of injury.

Infectious complications were more common in the 48-hour corticosteroid group but were statistically insignificant. There were no differences between the tirilazad group and the 24-hour methylprednisolone group.

So, NASCIS 3 recommended changed the dosing schedule based on the time from injury. If the time from injury to treatment was less than 3 hours, the standard protocol was followed ( 30 mg/kg bolus followed by 5.4 mg/kg/hour for 23 hours).
If the time from injury to treatment was between 3 – 8 hours, the infusion was continued at 5.4 mg/kg/hour for an additional 23 hours (48 hours total).

Reference : Rothman-Simeone’ s The Spine. 6th ed. Ch : Basic Science of Spinal cord injury. Pg 1302.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
195
Q
  1. Injury to which of the following structures has been reported following iliac crest bone graft harvest?

a. Superior gluteal artery from anterior crest harvest
b. Superior cluteal artery from anterior crest harvest
c. Inferior gluteal artery from posterior crest harvest
d. Ilioinguinal nerve from a posterior crest harvest
e. Lateral femoral cutaneous nerve from an anterior crest harvest

A

Answer : e. Lateral femoral cutaneous nerve from an anterior crest harvest

Injury to the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve (Bernhardt’s syndrome) or MERALGIA PARESTHETICA occurs after harvest of the bone from the anterior iliac crest. The lateral femoral cutaneous nerve is a terminal sensory nerve that originates from L2-L3 and innervates the skin of the thigh laterally.

  • Injury to the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve and the ilioinguinal nerve have both been described with an anterior iliac crest bone graft harvest.
  • The lateral femoral cutaneous nerve may be injured from retraction after elevating the iliacus muscle or from direct injury when the nerve actually cross over the crest.
  • Injury to ilioiguinal nerve has been reported from vigorous retraction of iliacus muscle after exposing inner table of anterior ilium.
  • A posterior crest harvest can injury the superior gluteal injury if a surgical instrument violates the sciatic notch.
  • Cluneal nerve injury may occur with posterior crest harvest, particularly if the skin incision is horizontal or extends more than 8 cm superolateral from the posterior superior iliac spine.

Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 226.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
196
Q
  1. A 54 year old man undergoes uneventful anterior cervical discectomy and interbody fusion at C4 -5 for focal disc herniation and C5 radiculopathy. At the 3 week follow up examination, the patient reports a persistent cough. Pulmonary evaluation reveals a mild but persistent aspiration. Laryngoscop reveals partial paralysis of the left vocal cord, most likely caused by:

a. Entrapment of the superior laryngeal nerve during ligation of the superior thyroid artery
b. Stretch of the recurrent laryngeal as it enters the esophageal tracheal groove
c. Injury to the vocal cord during endotracheal intubation
d. Displacement of the lanrynx against the endotracheal tube by retraction
e. Retraction pressure on the laryngeal nerve in the esophageal groove

A

Answer : e. Displacement of the lanrynx against the endotracheal tube by retraction

The exact anatomic event responsible for vocal cord paralysis associated with anterior cervical surgery remains a question Apfelbaum et al, in an excellent review of 900 anterior cervical surgeries, identified 30% with vocal cord paralysis, 3 of which were permanent. They showed that retractor placed under the longus colli for anterior cervical exposures can compress the laryngeal-tracheal branches within the larynx against the tented endotracheal tube rather than the recurrent laryngeal nerve which is extrinsic to the larynx. By releasing the endotrachela cuff and allowing the tube to recenter itself after placement of retractors, they were able to decrease vocal cord injury from 6.4% to 1.7%. Jewett et al suggested that a left sided approach may result in lower incidence of injury. Endotracheal intubation is the 2nd most common cause of vocal cord injury, with an incidence approximately 2%.
Reference : AAOS Comprehensive Orthopedic Review. 2009. Pg 236.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
197
Q

Describe PA below

A

Matrix osteoid Ganas bentuk lace like

  • Tdp sel2 osteoblast ganas terjebak di dlm matrix osteoid
  • Osteoblast ganas dlm renda2 osteoid matrix
  • Nuclear pleumorfism
  • Hypercromasi
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
198
Q

Describe histoPA below

A

Osteochondroma :

Cartilage cap: jaringan tulang rawan diatas jar tulang keras.

Chondrosit berploriferasi selnya besar, tapi orientasi tumbuhnya keatas.

• Overlies cancellous bone of the stalk

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
199
Q

describe histoPA below

A

Proliferasi anaplastia:
hiperseluler, nuclear pleumorfism,big nucleus,
BINUCLEATION

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
200
Q

Describe histoPA below

A

GCT : Beberapa multinuclear giant cells:
• Jumlah inti >20
• Inti tipikal bulat sampai oval dan sama dengan stroma diluar

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
201
Q

Describe histoPA below

A

Sel2 GCT less nuclei:

  • Among fibrous stroma and oval nuclei surround
  • Lipid laden histiocytes background: area putih dipinggir ada nuclei yg gelap dan ceper
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
202
Q

Describe histoPA below

A
  • Neurofibroma:
  • Elongated spindle
  • Bentuknya ada yang wavy (keriting)
  • Terdapat pada bahan collagen
  • Absen of mitotic figur
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
203
Q

Describe histoPA below

A

Fibrosarcoma:

  • hiperseluler
  • Herring bone appearance
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
204
Q

Describe histoPA below

A

Chondrosarcoma:

  • lobulated tumor mass
  • hypercellular chondrocyte with plum and enlarge nuclei
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
205
Q

Describe histoPA below

A

GCT with secondary ABC

ABC component : blood filled/ containing cyst or space with fiborus wall without endothelial lining

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
206
Q

Describe histoPA below

A
  • Multinucleated giant cell (> 50 nuclei)
  • the nuclei of the giant cells are similar to those in the mononucleus stromal cells
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
207
Q

Describe histoPA below

A

Ewing sarcoma

Small round cell tumor with fibrous septa and necrotic cells (ghost cells)

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
208
Q

A female 31 years old presented with chief complain of pain, getting worse at the hip region since 2 years ago. History of trauma (+). Fever (-). Loss of body weight (-).

Laboratory Findings :
Hb: 12.8 g.dl Leucocytes : 7,700/ml Thrombocytes : 483,000 /ml
ESR : 50 (N:0-20) LDH : 328 (N : 240-480)
SAP : 68 (N: 42 – 98 )

Describe what you see from plain X-ray, please!

Describe what you find from Histopathological examination!

What is your complete diagnosis?

How do you manage this patient?

A

X ray :

Periarticular osteoporosis

Irregularity of joint surface

narrowing joint space

femoral neck fracture subcapital

Histopathologic finding :

Granuloma with epitheloid (macrophage) cells. Langhans giant cells, and necrotic caseosa

Complete diagnosis

Osteomyelitis tuberculosis of proximal femur with pathological fracture of the neck of the femur

Management

Anti-TB drug therapy
Debridement

Temporary hip arthrodesis, then hip arthroplasty after 2 years release from Tb treatment

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
209
Q
  1. During soft tissue release for an idiopathic clubfoot, it is noted than the peroneus longus tendon has been transected in the midfoot. Failure into repair this structure may be lead to:

a. Cavus
b. Claw toes
c. A dorsal bunion
d. Hindfoot valgus
e. Forefoot pronation

A

Answer: c. A dorsal bunion
A statistically significant varus displacement of the first metatarsal was observed only after transection of the peroneus longus tendon. It was concluded that the peroneus longus tendon is a strong retaining mechanism of the first metatarsal to opposes the tibialis anterior dorsal pull on 1st ray . When tendon peroneus longus injured, flexor hallucis longus try to compensate by flex the MTP. Thus forming deformity dorsal bunion.
Dorsal bunion can be result from sequel of poliomyelitis or direct injury to tendon peroneus longus.

Ref : Bohne WH, Lee KT, Peterson MG. Action of the peroneus longus tendon on the first metatarsal against metatarsus primus varus force. Foot Ankle Int. 1997 Aug;18(8):510-2.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
210
Q
  1. The earliest sign of TB hip in X-ray is:
    a. Narrow joint space.
    b. Irregular moth eaten femoral head.
    c. Periarticular osteoporosis.(Apley Ch2)
    d. Dislocation.
A

Answer : c. Periarticular osteoporosis

Tuberculosis – clinical and x-ray features (a) Generalized wasting used to be a common feature of all forms of tuberculosis. Nowadays, skeletal tuberculosis occurs in deceptively healthy-looking individuals. An early feature is peri-articular osteoporosis due to synovitis – the left knee in (b). This often resolves with treatment, but if cartilage and bone are destroyed (c), healing occurs by fibrosis and the joint retains a ‘jog’ of painful movement. Reference : Apley 9th ed. Ch 2.

Plain Ro spine:
• Adjacent end plate irregularity
• Subchondral bony erosion
• Narrowing of joint space
• Anterior vertebral body collapse
• Abses paravertebra

The triad of Phemister refers to three features seen classically with joint involvement from tuberculosis
They comprise of
• juxtarticular osteopaenia / osteoporosis
• peripheral osseous erosions
• gradual narrowing of joint space

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
211
Q
  1. The synonym for Paget’s disease is:
    a. Osteitis fibrosa.
    b. Osteitis proliferans.
    c. Osteitis deformans.
    d. None of the above.
A

Answer : c. Osteitis deformans
Paget’s disease—Elevated serum alkaline phosphatase and urinary hydroxyproline; virus-like inclusion bodies observed in osteoclasts. Can display both decreased and increased osteodensity (depending on the phase of the disease). Discussed in Chapter 9, Orthopaedic Pathology.
a. Active phase
(1) Lytic phase—Intense osteoclastic bone resorption
(2) Mixed phase
(3) Sclerotic phase—Osteoblastic bone formation predominates

b. Inactive phase

Section from pagetic bone, showing the mosaic pattern due to overactive bone resorption and bone formation. The trabeculae are thick and patterned by cement lines. Some surfaces are excavated by osteoclastic activity whilst others are lined by rows of osteoblasts. The marrow spaces contain fibrovascular tissue.
Marble or mosaic appearance
Reference picture : Apley 9th ed. Ch 7. Pg 144

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
212
Q
  1. Multiple myeloma tumor cells resemble:
    a. Granulocytes.
    b. Plasma cells.
    c. Lymphocytes.
    d. Chondrocytes.
A

Answer :b. plasma cells.

Eccentric round or oval cells nuclei membentuk roda pedati

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
213
Q
  1. An adamantinoma historically contains:
    a. Squamous cell rests.
    b. Pallisading cells.
    c. Cells resembling basilar cells.
    d. All of the above.
A

Answer: d. all of the above

Adamantinoma—This rare tumor of long bones contains epithelium-like islands of cells. The tibia is the most common site, although other long bones are infrequently involved (fibula, femur, ulna, radius). Most patients are young adults and present with pain over months to years. The typical radiographic appearance is that of multiple sharply circumscribed, lucent defects of different sizes, with sclerotic bone interspersed between the zones and extending above and below the lucent zones. Typically, one of the lesions in the midshaft is the largest and is associated with cortical bone destruction. Histologically, the cells have an epithelial quality and are arranged in a palisading or glandular pattern; the epithelial cells occur in a fibrous stroma. The treatment of this low-grade, malignant lesion is by wide-margin surgical resection. The lesion may metastasize either early or after multiple failed attempts at local control.
Reference ; Miller’s Review of Orthopedic. 5th ed. 2008. Ch 9.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
214
Q
  1. Perthes’ disease is common to age group of:
    a. 1-5.
    b. 6-10.
    c. 11-15.
    d. 16-20.
A

b. 6 - 10 yo

Legg-Calve-Perthes Disease
(L.C.P.D)

I P. Sukarna

Isi
LEGG-CALVE-PERTHES DISEASE
• Definisi
• Pendahuluan
• Sejarah
• Vaskularisassi caput femoris
• Patogenesis
• Insidensi
• Etiologi
• Klasifikasi kronologi radiologi (Waldenström)
• Gambaran klinis
• Gambaran radiologis
• Klasifikasi radiologi LCPD menurut : Catteral, Thomson, Salter, Herring
o scintigraphy : Conway-Dias
• Hubungan caput-acetabulum
• Perjalanan LCPD (natural history)
• Penilaian LCPD pada akhir pertumbuhan : Mose, Stulberg
• Prognose
• Penanganan LCPD
o Observasi, simptomatik,
o Containtment : non surgical, surgical
• Tindakan operasi setelah terjadi deformasi
• Kepustakaan

Legg-Calve-Perthes Disease
(L.C.P.D)

I P. Sukarna

Definisi : Legg-Calve-Perthes disease adalah suatu penyakit nekrosis avaskular
juvenile yang idiopatik daripada caput femoris.
Kadang disebut Perthes disease, Waldenström disease, coxa plana.

PENDAHULUAN
Legg-Calve-Perthes disease (LCPD) masih merupakan suatu enigma, masih kontroversi bagi pediatric orthopaedist dalam hal etiologi, progonosis dan terapi

Legg-Calve-Perthes disease tergolong suatu chondromatosis :

a. dasarnya nekrosis avaskuler,
b. gangguan osifikasi endokondral sekunder
c. bisa mempengaruhi epiphyseal growth plate
d. kelainan (deformitas) daripada epiphysis bisa merubah permukaan sendi yang kelak mengakibatkan osteoarthrosis

Adapun 2 kelompok osteochondromatosis antara lain :
1. Yang mengenai pusat osifikasi primer (primary center of ossification)
tarsal naviculare : Köhler disease
carpal naviculare : Kienbock’s disease
corpus vertebrae : Calve’s disease
2. Yang mengenai pusat osifikasi sekunder (secondary center of ossification)
epiphysis caput femoris : LCP disease
caput humeri : Panner’s disease
caput metatarsal II : Freiberg’s disease
tuberositas tibia : Osgood –Schlatter’s disease
apophysis calacaneus “ Sever’s disease

SEJARAH :

1909 : Waldenström mengatakan bahwa bentuk kelainan avascular necrosis pada caput
femoris ini adalah karena proses tuberculosis
1910 : Publikasi yang secara terpisah oleh Arthur Legg dari Boston, Calve dari Perancis
dan Perthes dari Jerman mengatakan bahwa kelainan radiologis yang dikatakan oleh Waldenström itu bukan tuberkulose tetapi karena avascular necrosis
1921 : Phemister menguraikan kelainan patologi daripada LCP-disease
1948 : Salter dan Thomson melakukan percobaan-percobaan pada binatang sehingga
terjadi LCP
1997 : Tsao et al memprediksi prognosis daripada LCP-D dengan cara scintigrafi tulang
berseri : awal terbentuknya kolom lateral

Ada beberapa penyakit hampir sama dengan LCP, sebagai differential diagnosis :

  1. Irritable hip (keluhan serupa) : karena transient synovitis, trauma, gejala awal daripada tb-hip, low grade infection.
  2. Gambaran radiologis LCP (avascular necrosis) Penyakit Gaucher, penyakit Morquio, cretinism, Sickle cell, Caison disease, multiple epiphyseal dysplasia (MED), spinal epiphyseal dysplasia (SEP)
  3. Meyer’s disease (dysplasia caput femoral)

VASKULARISASI daripada CAPUT FEMORIS
Sampai dengan umur 4 bulan, caput femoris disuplai oleh :
• metaphyseal vessels yang menembus growth plate
• lateral epiphyseal vessels melalui retinacula
• sedikit pembuluh darah dari ligamen teres.

Setelah umur 4 tahun pembuluh darah metaphysis menghilang. Pada umur 7 tahun pembuluh darah ligament teres tumbuh.

Menurut Lin dan Ho (1991), pada umur (4-7) tahun a.v. retinacularis cabang dari a.v. epiphysealis lateralis mudah mengalami “stretching” dan tekanan dari efusi cairan. Tamporade kapsular ini bisa disebabkan oleh trauma, synovitis yang non spesifik sehingga menimbulkan ischemia daripada epiphysis caput femoris (ECP)

• Arteria femoralis berjalan diantara muskulus iliopsoas dan pectineus memberi dua cabang :

  1. medial circumflex artery
  2. lateral circumflex artery

• Medial circumflex artery ke medial capsule (extra capsuler) memberikan cabang-cabang yang menembus kapsul membentuk arteri-arteri retinacularis yang menuju ke epiphysis :

  1. Inferior medial ascending retinacular artery
  2. small retinacular artery
  3. superior ascending retinacular artery

• Lateral circumflex artery kelateral capsule memberikan beberapa cabang yang menembus kapsul menjadi arterior retinacular artery.
Medial dan lateral circumflex arteri bertemu satu dengan lainnya membentuk extracapsular ring.

Menurut Chung, superior ascending retinacular arteri adalah merupakan pembuluh darah utama mensuplai caput femoris. Pada laki-laki anastomosis vaskuler dan anterior circumflex sering tumbuh tidak sempurna.

Trueta & Chung : anak-anak umur 3 tahun kapsul bagian posterior trochanter tidak elastis merupakan daerah rawan cedera.
Aliran darah ke caput femoris disuplai oleh jaringan anastomosis anterior dan posterior. Jaringan anterior (panah kuning) bisa tidak lengkap terutama pada laki-laki (Chung, 1976)

PATOGENESIS
Menurut Thomson dan Salter,
ischaemia oleh penyebab yang tak diketahui mempengaruhi :

A. epiphysis caput femoris
B. growth plate
C. metaphysis (intracapsuler)

A1. Ischaemia epiphysis caput femoris (episode I)
Osifikasi endokondral didalam preosseous epiphyseal cartilage dan growth plate berhenti sementara, sedangkan articular cartilage yang memperoleh nutrisi dari cairan sinovial terus tumbuh (tidak terganggu). Pada x-ray akan tampak melebarnya celah sendi dibagian medial dan ossific-nucleus lebih kecil.

Gambaran radiologis yang pertama adalah perubahan densitas daripada epiphysis, dan marrow space daripada epiphysis mengalami nekrosis.

Revaskularisasi terjadi dari jaringan yang masih intak dari caput femoris yang avaskuler, mulai dari tepi pembuluh kapiler baru rekanalisasi pada kanal-kanal vaskuler yang lama. Osifikasi endochondral dalam epiphysis mulai dari perifer menuju kesentral.
Dengan pertumbuhan kapiler dan diikuti dengan osteoclast dan osteoblast mengisi permukaan subchondral cortical bone yang avascular dan central trabecular cancellous bone.
Terjadilah deposisi woven bone yang baru diikuti oleh resorpsi tulang yang mati bersamaan.
Suatu “critical point” terjadi saat terjadinya resorpsi dimana daerah subchondral menjadi lemah secara biomekanik dan mudah terjadi fraktur patologis. Sampai sebelum terjadinya fraktur, klinis penderita tidak ada keluhan. Bila potential form LCPD ini berlanjut, terjadilah “true form” LCPD karena terjadi subchondral fracture.

a) Potential form LCPD
Pada potential LCPD oleh karena gaya-gaya stress dan merobek (shear) pada revascularized epiphysis tidak melebihi kekuatan daerah subchondral yang melemah, tidak akan terjadi fraktur subchondral. Pertumbuhan dan perkembangan epiphysis berjalan normal karena proses reossification tidak mengalami gangguan. Jadi tak terjadi resorpsi epiphysis, tidak terjadi subluksasi dan caput femur tetap bulat. Anak tidak mempunyai keluhan, ROM baik. Daerah subchondral kembali stabil dan mempunyai kekuatan normal dan pada x-ray tampak “head-within-head” appearance. Gambaran ini menunjukkan adanya “growth arrest line” yang membatasi ossic nucleus pada saat permulaan infarction. Gambaran ini tampak secara kebetulan.
b) True form LCPD
Pada true form, terjadi fraktur subchondral patologis. Klinis diawali dengan rasa nyeri dan gambaran LCPD pada radiologi.
Perubahan epiphysis caput femoris.
Terjadi fraktur patologis pada tempat yang menerima stress yang terberat saat weight bearing yaitu bagian antero lateral daripada epiphysis. Garis patah ini tidak bertambah luas, mungkin setelah terasa nyeri, penderita mengurangi beban dengan mengurangi aktivitas.

A.2. Ischameia caput femoris (episode II)
Ischaemia terjadi setelah terjadi revaskularisasi tulang cancellous dibawah subchondral fracture, yaitu trabecular collapse dan oklusi pembuluh darah kapiler yang baru tumbuh. Berbeda dengan episode pertama penyebab ischaemia tak diketahui dengan pasti, episode ke dua ini karena mekanis yang bisa mengenai sebagian atau seluruh epiphysis, tergantung dari luasnya subchondral fracture.
Struktur stabilitas caput femoral epiphysis terganggu.
Pembuluh darah kapiler yang sedang tumbuh terganggu oleh karena obliterasi saluran-saluran pembuluh darah, oleh fraktur cortical dan trabecular dan marrow debris.
Kesembuhan avascular epiphysis ini akhirnya berlangsung secara “creeping substitution” yaitu dengan pelan-pelan terjadi revaskularisasi dan resorpsi daripada jaringan fibro osseous.
Pada saat proses “creeping substitution”, caput femoris bisa berbentuk bulat atau datar tergantung besarnya gaya yang duterima, kecepatan pertumbuhan didalam caput femur dimana daerah yang tidak terjadi resorpsi tumbuh lebih cepat dibanding pada daerah yang mengalami resorpsi, sifat remodeling ini disebut “ biologic plasticity” yang berakhir sampai mulai terjadinya reosifikasi subchondral.
Kombinasi faktor-faktor pressure dan pertumbuhan yang tidak simetris in penyebab dari terjadinya extrusion dan subluksasi.
Perubahan yang terjadi pada growth plate dan metaphysis diterangkan pada gambaran radiologi diluar caput femoris.

B. Ischaemia growth plate
Ischaemic episode yang juga terjadi dalam growth plate dimana blood supply berasal dari sisi epiphysis. Terjadi gangguan osifikasi yang normal. Terjadi distorsi kolom-kolom kondrosit.
Terjadi pengapuran yang berlebihan didalam tulang concellous primer kolom kartilago meluas tanpa terjadi kalsifikasi sampai metafisis (berbentuk seperti kista).
Terjadi gangguan pertumbuhan collum femur tampak pendek.

C. Metaphysis
Menurut Inoue cs, ada 4 macam kelainan :
• kelainan adanya jaringan adipose (lemak)
• terjadi fibrocartilage
• osifikasi yang tidak teratur
• terjadi ekstrusi dari growth plate (GP)
Growth plate dan metafisis menjadi pendek dan collum pendek (coxa vara), caput femur lebih besar (coxa magna).
Greater trochanter tidak terpengaruh, pertumbuhan normal, relatif membesar.
Kelainan pada sendi panggul ini memberikan test Trendelenburg yang positif. Perichondral ring tidak terganggu menyebabkan collum melebar.

INSIDENSI
Insidensi 1 : 1.500
Umur (3-13) tahun, rata-rata umur (5-9) tahun
Sex : laki>perempuan
10% bilateral

Insidence of Legg-Calve-Perthes Disease
Author Geographic location Overall Male Female
Malloy and Mc Mahon Masschusets, USA 1: 1.200 1: 740 1: 3.700
Helbo Denmark 1: 2.300
Cray et al British Columbia 1: 1.400 1: 820 1: 4.500
Harper et al South Wales, Wales 1: 4.750 1: 3.000 1: 11.800
Catterall Scotland 1: 5.590 1: 4.060 1: 14.830
Banker et al England 1: 12.500 1: 8.064 1: 30.300
ETIOLOGI
Belum diketahui penyebab yang pasti.
Faktor-faktor predisposisi diperkirakan factor genetic, tumbuh kembang dan lingkungan.
Semua teori dan hipotesis diarahkan kepada penyebab terjadinya avascular necrosis. Blood supply kecaput femoris terputus, terjadi bone infarction terutama subchondral cortical bone sedangkan articular cartilage tidak terganggu karena nutrisinya berasal dari cairan sendi.
1. Teori vaskuler
Venous congestion, arterial occlusion, embolism, meningkatnya tekanan intraartikuler
2. Teori viskositas oleh Bleck
3. Growth arrest theory
Delayed bone age : tebalnya pre ossification cartilage daripada caput femur yang mengakibatkan kurangnya proteksi pembuluh darah yang menembus cartilage guna osifikasi epiphysis. Penekanan daripada cartilage menyebabkan berkurangnya pengaliran darah sehingga terjadi ischaemia dan akhirnya terjadi infark.
4. Glueck et al (1996) : gangguan koagulasi (venous thrombolytic mechanism)
Dari 44 kasus dengan LCPD : 75% dengan gangguan koagulasi yaitu thrombophylia dari hypofibrinolysis.
Thrombophylia : cenderung terjadi peningkatan thrombosis.
Hypofibrinolysis : berkurangnya kesanggupan lysis daripada thrombi.
Gangguan koagulasi menurut Glueck ini menimbulkan oklusi venus thrombosis dalam caput femur mengakibatkan hipertensi vena intrameduler, terjadilah anoxia, ischaemia, akhirnya osteonecrosis.
Thrombophylia disebabkan oleh inactivated activation daripada protein C, protein C deficiency dan protein S deficiency. Mekanisme kelainan pembekuan ini belum diketahui. Kejadian yang serupa collaps dan fragmentasi caput femoris pada sickle cell disease, leukemia, lymphoma dan idiopathic thrombocytopenia.
Protein C, protein S dan antithrombin III adalah merupakan anticoagulans fisiologis.

  1. Faktor rokok
    Penelitian Glueck et al (1998) mengenai korelasi 2nd hand smoking (passive smoker) terhadap LCPD.
    Dari 39 anak-anak dengan LCPD :
    • 15 (38%) bukan passive smoker
    • 24 (62%) merupakan passive smoker
    o 17 (71%) in uterus passive smoker
    o 7 (29%) household passive smokers
    Merokok sigaret mengganggu aktivitas fibrinolysis
    • low tissue plasminogen activator activity
    • high tissue plasminogen antigen
    • Meningkatnya plasminogen activator inhibitor activity.
    Terjadilah fibrinolysis yang mengakibatkan venous thrombosis, venous hypertension, intramedullary hypertension dengan akibat osteonecrosis.
    Menurut Mata et al (2000) LCPD terjadi 5x lebih tinggi pada second hand passive smoker.
  2. Mutasi faktor V Leiden dan anticardiolipin antibodies diduga penyebab daripada LCPD

KLASIFIKASI KRONOLOGIS RADIOLOGI (Waldenstöm)
1. Stage early avascular
• Epiphysis caput femur (ECF) sedikit mengecil, densitas bertambah
• Cartilage space melebar (joint space melebar)
• Bila ragu-ragu, gambaran ini lebih jelas dengan bone-scan
2. Stage revaskularisasi
6 bulan setelah penyumbatan vaskuler caput femur menjadi lebih padat (denser), endochondral ossification cepat terjadinya dan pada saat ini bisa terjadi fraktur subchondral (True LCP disease) dimana klinis anak menunjukkan jalan pincang, dan nyeri sendi panggul. Pada saat ini biasanya anak diperiksakan ke dokter.
Ukuran besarnya fraktur subchondral menentukan nilai prognosis LCPD terjadi bila terjadi fraktur subchondral (Waldenstöm’s sign)
3. Stage of collaps dan fragmentasi ( 2 bulan sampai 2 tahun, rata-rata 8 bulan)
Trabeculae dibawah fraktur subchondral mengalami collaps, gambaran radiologis caput menjadi gepeng (“flattening”). Keadaan ini menyebabkan obstruksi daripada pembuluh-pembuluh darah kapiler yang baru tumbuh (second ischaemic episode) dengan akibat nekrosis tulang. Kemudian diikuti dengan revaskularisasi dan osifikasi dengan cara “creeping substitution”.
Pada x-ray : awalnya bisa tampak “flattening” dan kemudian diikuti oleh fragmentasi daripada caput femoris (resorpsi dan formasi)
Pada stadium ini caput femoris sangat mudah mengalami deformasi maka terapi yang terbaik saat ini adalah koaptasi-biologic plasticity.
Containment treatment : ice cream cone theory (Wenger)
4. Stage of repair
Epiphysis telah mengalami pengerasan.
Pada perjalanan penyakit LCPD, caput femoris bisa berbentuk bundar, oval, bentuk sadel, coxa brevis, coxa magna, osteochondrosis.

  1. Stage gangguan pertumbuhan
    Akibat ischaemia daripada growth plate maka gangguan pertumbuhan memanjang terganggu collum femoris pendek (coxa brevis).
    Perichondral ring tidak terganggu, collum menjadi melebar (coxa magna).
    Trochanter mayor tidak mengalami gangguan, maka terjadi functional coxa vara.

Secara singkat kronologis gambaran radiologis pada LCPD :
• Fuzziness : growth plate kabur, pelebaran joint space, epiphysis mengecil dan densitas bertambah.
• Fracture subchondral (jarang terlihat)
• Flattening
• Fragmentation
• Final fusion

GAMBARAN KLINIS
Terjadi pada umur (3-13) tahun, rata-rata (4-8) tahun laki-laki lebih banyak dibandingkan perempuan (4-5) x.
Kebanyakan unilateral; bila terjadi bilateral, sendi yang lainnya baru terjadi sekitar setahun kemudian.
Bila keluhan teradi pada umur lebih dari 13 tahun, ini tidak terolong LCPD, tapi adolescent avascular necrosis dengan prognosis yang jelek.

Anamnese
Keluhan biasanya rasa nyeri yang ringan, intermitten pada sendi panggul, depan lutut (“referred pain”) atau pincang atau kedua-duanya
Rasa nyeri bisa akut atau insidious jarang diawali dengan trauma. Trauma yang ringan bisa memberikan rasa nyeri karena terjadi fraktur patologis subkondral.
Gambaran klasik adalah “painless limp” maka dari itu sering menegakkan diagnose terlambat.

Pemeriksaan fisik
 antalgic gait
 atrophy otot (quadriceps)
 spasme otot-otot
 gerakan terbatas (ROM) terutama endorotasi dan abduksi
 test Trendelenburg positif
 leg length inequality karena terjadi collaps
 short stature karena anak dengan LCPD punya delayed bone age
 roll test (lihat gambar)

Differential Diagnosis
 Paediatric limping
 Inflamasi : transient synovitis, rheumatoid arthritis
 Trauma sendi panggul :
o femoral neck fracture
o hip dislocation
o slipped epiphysis
 Metabolic : hypothyroidie, myxedema coma (cretinism, Goucher disease, Morquio disease)
 Infeksi : awal tb-hip; low grade infection (banal)
 Toxic synovitis
 Kelainan hematologis
o sickle cell
o hemophylia
o lupus erythematosis
 Multiple epiphyseal dysplasia (MED)
 Spinal epiphyseal dysplasia (SED)
 Meyer’s disease
 Tumor : lymphoma

LABORATORIUM
 normal

RADIOLOGI
Pemeriksaan radiologi polos (plain) adalah sangat berguna
1. Frog lateral view : AP view pada posisi hip flexion 450, abduksi dan eksorotasi. Pada fase awal yaitu saat densitas caput femoris bertambah, pada 30% penderita LCPD memperlihatkan subchondral fracture (linear fracture). Fraktur subchondral ini disebut Waldenström sign.
2. AP position : kelainan yang diperoleh tergantung dari stadium daripada LCPD, mulai dari tampak seperti normal pelebaran celah sendi, meningkatnya densitas caput femoris dan lusensi metafisis sampai fragmentasi caput femoris, partial atau complete collaps daripada caput sampai healing proses. Stadium ini diutarakan oleh Waldenström (lihat gambar)
Dengan gambaran radiologi ini bisa ditentukan :
1. chronologic stage (Waldenström)
2. bisa menentukan klasifikasi — menentukan berat ringannya LCPD menurut Catterall, Thomson-Salter atau Herring (lateral pillar)
3. adanya subluxation, “head at risk”
4. epiphyseal extrusion index (Salter atau Klisic)
Beberapa penelitian LCPD difokuskan pada pemeriksaan MRI untuk diagnose dini dan menentukan prognosis.
Staheli membagi perjalanan penyakit LCPD (kronologis) menjadi 4 stage
• Stage 1 : synovitis
• Stage 2 : necrosis atau collaps
• Stage 3 : fragmentasi
• Stage 4 : reconstitution
4 stages (tingkatan) daripada LCPD, kronologis menurut Staheli :
Stage 1 : synovitis
 stadium ini hanya sebentar (mingguan) karena efek daripada ischaemia
 terjadi synovitis yang memberi keluhan : kaku dan nyeri
 gambaran :
o radiologis : celah sendi melebar
o bone scan : reduced up take
o MRI : reduced signal
Stage 2 : necrosis atau collaps
 bagian caput yang nekrosis mengalami collaps
 gambaran radiologis : epiphysis mengecil, densitas bertambah
 belangsung (6-12) bulan
Stage 3 : fragmentasi
 merupakan fase kesembuhan (healing stage)
 tulang yang nekrosis diresorpsi, tampak sebagai “patchy deossification” (radiologis)
 deformation caput femoris sering terjadi pada stadium ini
 berlangsung (1-2) tahun
Stage 4 : reconstitution
 fase dimana pembentukan tulang baru
 sering terjadi overgrowth : coxa magna, coxa brevi, coxa plana

Gambaran radiologis diluar caput femoris pada LCPD :
 Pada metafisis tampak lucencis pada awalnya menunjukkan kista metaphysis yang sebenarnya. Mungkin pula suatu kista dari physis (growth plate).
 Sagging rope sign pada metaphysis adalah garis tebal yang melengkung yang berasal dari proyeksi posterior rim (pillar) daripada caput.
 Premature physeal arrest bisa terjadi walaupun gangguan pertumbuhan ini bukan karena bridging daripada plate.
 Trochanteric overgrowth, caput dan collum, mengalami arah yang baru (redirection).
“Bicompartmentalization” daripada acetabulum menunjukkan sering mengalami “transient adaptive change” yang terjadi pada acetabulum yang mengakomodasi bentuk caput yang mengalami deformasi.

Gambaran final radiologis daripada LCPD
 Bisa normal, caput yang bulat dan collum memanjang dengan sedikit flattening daripada caput dengan acetabulum yang congruent sampai caput sangat datar (coxa plana). Bisa dengan gangguan pertumbuhan dan premature arrest daripada physis dengan relative over growth daripada trochanter mayor. Spectrum deformitas ini diklasifikasi menurut Stulberg.

Keadaan lain yang memberikan gambaran x-ray serupa LCPD :
 Epiphyseal dysplasia : SED, MED [dwarfism] hemoglobinapathies, endocrine disorders (hypothyroidism) dan lain-lain

KLASIFIKASI LCPD pada GAMBARAN X-RAY
1. Catterall
2. Thomson-Salter
3. Herring (lateral pillar)
Dengan scintigraphy
4. Conway-Dias

Klasifikasi menurut Catteral (1971)
Catteral membagi Perthes disease menjadi 4 group : sesuai dengan luasnya kerusakan caput femur (extent of involvement)
Group I dan II mempunyai prognose baik (90%) tak perlu intervensi
Group III dan IV mempunyai prognose jelek (90%) perlu suatu tindakan.
Klasifikasi ini berdasarkan foto frog-lateral dan AP, yaitu pada fase fragmentasi (saat terjadinya lucencies yang sebelumnya dense head)
Kerugian cara klasifikasi Catterall yaitu pembagian grup ini bisa berubah selama proses penyakit berjalan.

Catterall Group I
 terkena hanya bagian anterior epiphysis (hanya tampak pada foto frog-lateral). Caput mengalami collapse <25%
Catteral Group II
 fragmentasi segmen sentral dan collapse. Sedangkan lateral rim (pilar) masih intak sehingga memproteksi daerah sentral yang terkena. Caput mengalami collapse <50%
Catterall Group III
 lateral head juga terkena atau fragmented, hanya bagian medial yang masih bebas (baik). Hilangnya lateral support memperburuk prognosis. Caput collaps <75%
Catterall Group IV
 seluruh caput terkena (100%)

Cristienson et al (1986) kurang setuju dengan klasifikasi Catterall karena terjadi kesalahan yang signifikan inter dan intraobserver, dan tidak bisa dipakai untuk LCPD stadium awal.
Catterall menambahkan “risk factor” atau “head at risk collaps”
1. Gage sign : V shaped lucency pada lateral epiphysis.
2. Lateral calcification : pada lateral epiphysis, menunjukkan lateral support hilang
3. Lateral subluxation daripada caput, menunjukkan lateral support hilang
4. Horizontal growth plate, menunjukkan fenomena growth arrest dan deformitas
5. Metaphyseal cyst

Klasifikasi menurut Salter dan Thomson (1984)
Salter dan Thomson menyederhanakan klasifikasi Catterall menjadi 2 group klasifikasi : sesuai dengan besarnya fraktur subchondral.
1. Salter dan Thomson Group A : kurang dari 50% caput terkena (Catterall Group I dan II)
2. Salter dan Thomson Group B : lebih dari 50% caput terkena (Catterall Group II dan IV)
Sama halnya dengan Catterall, klasifikasi ini berdasarkan perbedaan integritas pilar bagian lateral.

Klasifikasi menurut Herring (Lateral Pillar) 1992
 Klasifikasi ini berdasarkan atas tingginya pilar lateral daripada epiphysis dibandingkan yang normal pada AP-x-ray sendi panggul pada stadium awal fragmentasi. Apabila lateral rim (pilar) daripada caput masih intak, ini merupakan weight bearing portion dan akan memproteksi central portion dari kejadian collaps. Apabila lateral pillar terganggu integritasnya, kemudian seluruh caput (head) akan terjadi collaps (flatten)
 Interobserver reliability lebih besar
 Better predictor of long term outcome

Herring Lateral Pillar classification terdiri dari 3 group :
1. Lateral pillar Group A
Normal, tidak ada collaps dari pillar 1/3 lateral head. Fragmentasi terjadi pada segmen sentral daripada head
2. Lateral pillar Group B
Lateral pillar collaps <50% mungkin ada sedikit extrusion dari pada head
3. Lateral pillar Group C
Lateral pillar collaps >50%. Pillar lateral lebih rendah dari awal segmen sentral

Conway – Dias Classification (1997)
Klasifikasi ini dibuat menentukan prognose dengan cara bone scintigraphy
A pathway terdiri dari 4 stages
B pathway terdiri dari 4 stages

HUBUNGAN CAPUT dan ACETABULUM
Caput tergantung dari acetabulum yang bisa mencetak bentuk seperti es cream dibentuk sebagai wadahnya (scoop).
 Hasil yang jelek LCPD karena bagian yang lunak daripada head keluar dari acetabulum
 Salter dan Klisic membuat index acetabulum – head (epiphysis) :
• kurang dari 10% : tidak ada extrusion
• (10-20%) : sedikit extrusion
• >20% : severe extrusion
 Pada gambar Klisic dan Salter membuat (menguraikan) epiphyseal extrusion
 Menurut Klisic : bila extrusion >20% perlu dilakukan terapi “coaptation”.

PERJALANAN LCPD (NATURAL HISTORY)
1. Caput femoris spheris (bentuk normal)
2. Caput femoris spheris : coxa magna, coxa brevis, steep acetabulum
3. Caput femoris tidak spheris :
• cylinder
• bentuk sadel

PENILAIAN FINAL OUTCOME LCPD pada AKHIR PERTUMBUHAN
1. Cara Mose
2. Cara Stulberg
a. Klasifikasi Mose dengan mempergunakan Mose template : x-ray pada posisi AP dan lateral
a. head contour dalam batas 1 mm lingkaran baik
b. head contour dalam batas 2 mm lingkaran sedang
c. head contour dalam batas > 2 mm lingkaran jelek
b. Klasifikasi Stulberg
• Stulberg I : head normal spheris, congruens dengan acetabulum
• Stulberg II : head spheris,congruens, coxa magna, coxa brevis, steep acetabulum
• Stulberg III : head oval tetapi tidak flat (mendatar), congruens dalam steep acetabulum (aspherical congruency)
• Stulberg IV : head flat yang signifikan, congruens deformed acetabulum (aspherical congruency)
• Stulberg V : head flat tidak terakomodasi dalam acetabulum (aspherical incongruens) : prognose jelek

PROGNOSE
Menurut Thomson dan Salter
Ada 2 aspek utama mengenai prognosis LCPD
1. Prognose jangka pendek, deformitas caput femoris sampai fase kesembuhan.
2. Prognose jangka panjang, deformitas akhir setelah dewasa karena osteoarthritis sekunder
3. Ada tambahan. Baca revisi di kertas kecil.
Prognose jangka pendek : deformitas caput femoris
Ada 5 faktor yang signifikan :
a. Faktor sex : wanita mempunyai prognose lebih jelek dibanding pria, tak jelas penyebabnya. Kerusakan caput femoral epiphysis (CFE) pada wanita lebih luas.
b. Faktor umur : bila gejala klinis mulai pada umur (2-6) tahun, prognose baik, sedangkan bila mulai pada umur > 6 tahun prognose kurang baik, sebab kerusakan CFE lebih luas.
c. Faktor luasnya kerusakan CFE sesuai dengan klasifikasi
d. Faktor gerakan (ROM) sendi panggul. Berkurangnya range of motion (ROM) yang persisten karena spasme otot-otot ekstrusi kelateral atau subluksasi caput femur atau kombinasi.
e. Faktor premature physeal closure
Kerusakan yang luas daripada CFE (Catterall IV, Salter Thomson B atau Herring group C, physis ikut mengalami kerusakan, terjadi penutupan yang prematur daripada physis dengan akibat :
 pertumbuhan yang tidak simetris, remodelling yang tidak adekwat sehingga terjadi deformitas caput femur.
 trochanter mayor overgrowth/coxa vara fungsional
 terjadi leg discrepancy
Faktor “head at risk” yang diungkapkan oleh Catterall bukan merupakan faktor prognostik yang signifikan. Hanya lateral extrusion merupakan prognostic yang signifikan (Stulberg dan Salter).

PENANGANAN LCPD
Tujuan dari pada terapi :
Mempertahankan ROM sendi panggul dan containment merupakan dasar terapi LCPD
1. menghilangkan rasa nyeri (hip irritability)
2. memperbaiki dan mempertahankan ruang gerak sendi
3. menghidari terjadinya head extrusion, subluksasi.
4. memperoleh caput femur yang spheris pada saat sembuh.
Sebelum melakukan terapi harus diperhatikan :
• stage dari LCPD
• beratnya
• status psychologis
Dasar-dasar penanganan LCPD
1. obervasi
2. simtomatik
3. definitive early treatment untuk menghindari terjadinya deformation dengan cara containment non surgery atau surgery
4. surgery pada LCPD yang telah mengalami deformation.
Terapi secara umum :
1. umur < 6 tahun prognose umumnya baik. Observasi dan simtomatik bila ada rasa nyeri dan stiffness : bedrest, traksi kulit, NSAID
2. a. Umur antara (6-8) tahun dengan bone age < 6 tahun
Herring A dan B (lateral pillar masih intak), terapi,
prognose sama dengan diatas (1)
b. Umur antara (6-8) tahun dengan bone age > 6 tahun
Herring B : containment treatment : non surgical atau surgical
3. Umur (6-8) tahun : Herring C : Surgical containment.
umur > 9 tahun : Herring B dan C surgical containment, prognose jelek.

Containment treatment
Containment treatment adalah menempatkan caput femoris dalam acetabulum untuk mempertahankan sphericitas caput dalam posisi abduksi.
Wenger mengatakan secara biomekanik, containtment treatment LCPD seperti “ Ice cream cone theory”
Salter mengatakan pada LCPD terjadi “biologic plasticity” maka containment caput femoris didalam acetabulum agar terjadi spherical remodeling saat reossifikasi dan pada fase-fase berikutnya. Tetapi pada kasus LCPD dengan total head involvement (Herring C) dimana lateral pillar mengalami collaps, efek containment kurang memuaskan.
Containment hamper efektif pada keadaan caput masih dalam “plastic phase” yaitu pada fragmentation stage
Ada 2 macam terapi containment :
1. Non surgical
2. Surgical
1. Non surgical containment
 dengan abduction cast : Petrie cast, kalau perlu tenotomi adductor.
 dengan abduction biasa : macam-macam design (special frames atau brace), selain harga mahal, compliance tidak konsisten. Lama pemakaian brace (12-16) bulan.
2. Surgical containment
Tindakan operasi biasanya dilakukan pada LCPD dengan Catterall grup 3 atau 4 atau pada anak LCPD yang tidak memuaskan pemakaian brace.
a. subtrochanter varus osteotomy : neck-shaft angle tidak boleh <1150
b. Salter innominate osteotomy
Ada beberapa keuntungan dengan surgical containment
 lebih cepat mobilisasi penderita
 containment yang permanen
 permanen improvement, remodeling sampai sembuh.

Dibeberapa negara, ada usaha mengurangi pressure acetabulum-head dan meletakkan agak abduksi dengan cara distraction (orthrodiastasis)
o Hip distraction dan hinge system dengan external fixation (arthrodiastasis) untuk menghindari collapse, menghindari extrusion epiphysis; indikasi pada LCPD grup C, umur lebih dari 9 tahun
Dror Paley, dpaley@lengthening.us
o Trans-Neck – Head Tunnelling (TNHT)
Dr. Nuno Lopes dengan 5 mm hole with a drill (trephine) new vacularization melalui lubang ke epiphysis; baca lebih lanjut : http://clientes.netvisao.pt/nfrancac/

TINDAKAN OPERASI setelah terjadi DEFORMASI
1) Soft tissue release : tenotomi aduktor, iliopsoas, imobilisasi dengan Petrie cast (3-4) bulan. Bila ada extrusion caput, epiphysis dalam osifikasi
2) Cheilectomy : eksisi partial caput femoris
o Caput tidak bisa masuk kedalam acetabulum, setelah dilakukan soft tissue release seperti diatas (1), perlu dilakukan eksisi cartilage bersama tulang bagian yang ekstrusi. Prosedur ini boleh dilakukan bila physis telah menutup, imobilisasi dengan plaster posisi abduksi selama (3-4) bulan.
3) Proximal femoral valgus osteotomy
o Caput femoris sudah sembuh tetapi mengalami deformasi, tidak bisa abduksi. Pada x-ray AP : sendi panggul congruen pada posisi ekstensi dan aduksi. Operasi memperbaiki biomekanik.
4) Greater trochanter advancement
o Premature closure growth plate, collum femoris memendek (coxa brevis), sedangkan trochanter mayor tumbuh memanjang yang progresif. Dilakukan osteotomi trochanter mayor dimobilisasi ke distal dan lateral akan mengurangi rasa nyeri otot, mengurangi atau menghilangkan gait Trendelenburg. Juga bisa mengurangi pressure intraartikuler dan mengurangi resiko denegerative osteoarthrosis.

Legg-Calve-Perthes Disease Classification System

Classification System Group or Class
Herring Salter Catterall Phase/Stage Treatment Options
A 1 I Avascular/synovitis Range-of motion exercises
Casting (Patrie)
II Fragmentation/resorption Abduction orthosis
Crutches
B

2 III Reossification/regeneration Varus osteotomy
Salter osteotomy
C IV Remodelling/residual Distraction arthroplasty
Contralateral epiphysiodesis
Valgus osteotomy/Cheilectomy
Shelf procedure
OKU : Pediatrics 3

KEPUSTAKAAN

  1. Balasa VV, Gruppo RA, Glueck CJ, et al : Legg-Calve-Perthes disease and thrombophilia. J. Bone Joint Surg Am 86A (12) : 2642-2647, 2004
  2. Canale St, Beaty JH : Operative Pediatric Orthopaedics Mosby Year Book, St Louis 1991
  3. Catterall,A : The Natural history of Perthes disease. J.Bone Joint Surg. Br. 53 (37-53), 1971
  4. De Luca PA : Legg-Calve-Perthes Disease in Orthopaedic Knowledge Update-Pediatrics 2. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, Rosemount, Illinois pp (153-160), 2002
  5. Glueck CJ, Crawford A, Roy D, Freiberg R, Glueck H, Stroop D : Association of Antithrombic Factor deficiencies and hypofibrinolysin with Legg-Perthes-Disease, J.Bone Joint Surg.Am. 70 : (3-13), 1996
  6. Glueck CJ, Freiberg R, Tracy T, Stroop D, Wang P. Thrombophylia and hypofibrinolysis. Pathophysiology of osteonecrosis. Clin. Orth. Rel. Res. 334 : (43-56), 1997
  7. Glueck CJ, Glueck H, Greenfield D, Freiberg R, Hamer T, Stroop D, Troly T : Protein C and S deficiency, thrombophylia and hypofibrinolysis. Pathophysiologic causes of Legg-Perthes-Disease. Paediat.Res 35 : (383-388), 1994
  8. Glueck CJ, Freiberg R, Crawford A, Roy D, Tracy T, Sieve D and Wang. Second Hand Smoke, hypofibrinolysis and childhood osteonecrosis of the hip. Legg-Perthes-Disease (abstract). J. Invest.Med 44 : 37A, 1996
  9. Grueb Lee DM. Disorders of the hip. JB. Lipincott Co.Philadelphia, 1983
  10. Herring JA, Neustadt JB, Wiilliam JJ, Early JS, Browne PH. The Lateral Pillar Classification of Legg-Calve-Perthes-Disease. J.Ped.Orth. 12 : (143-150), 1992
  11. Katz JF, Siffert PS. Management of Hip Disorders in Children JB. Lipincott Co.Philadelphia, 1983
  12. Klisic : Personal Communication
  13. Mata SG,Aicua EA, Ovejero AH, Grande MM. Legg-Calve-Perthes disease and Passive smoking. J. Paed. Orthop 10 : (326-330). 2000
  14. Maxwell SL, Lappin KJ, Kealey WD, Mc Dowell BC, Cosgrove AP : Arthrodiastasis in Perthes disease. J Bone Joint Surg. Br 86 (2) : 244-250, 2004
  15. Salter RB, Thomson GH : Legg-Calve-Perthes disease. The Prognostic Significance of Subchondral Fracture and a two group Classification of the Femoral Head Involvement. J.Bone Joint Surg.Am. 66 : (479-489), 1984
  16. Smith GS, Pierz KA, Zahradnic JL, Legg-Calve-Perthes disease in Orthopaeic Knowledge Update. Pediatrics 3, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons. p. 165-178, 2006
  17. Staheli LT. Fundamentals of Pediatric Orthopaedics. Raven Press, New York, 1992
  18. Stulberg SD, Cooperman DR, Wallenstein R. The Natural History of Legg-Calve-Perthes Disease. J. Bone Joint Surg. Am. 63 : (1095-1108), 1981
  19. Tachjian MO. Pediatric Orthopaedic. 2nd Ed W.B. Saunders Co. Philadelphia, 1990
  20. Thomson GH, Salter RB. Legg-Calve-Perthes Disease. Clinical Symposia-Ciba Vol. 38 No.1, 1986
  21. Thomson GH, Salter RB. Legg-Calve-Perthes Disease. Current Concepts and Controversies. Orth. Clin. N. Am. 18 : (617-635), 1987
  22. Tsao AK, Dias LS, Sonway JJ, Shake P : The Prognostic Value and Significance of Serial Bone Scintigraphy in Legg-Calve-Perthes disease. J. Pediatr. Orthop. 17 : (320-239), 1997
  23. Wall EJ. Legg-Calve-Perthes Disease. Current opinition in Orthopaedics 11: (137-140), 2000
  24. Wenger DR, Rang M : The Art and Practice of Children’s Orthopaedic Raven Press, New York, 1993
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
215
Q
  1. The average duration of Perthes’ disease is:
    a. 1-2 years.
    b. 3- 4 years.
    c. 1 month - 6 months.
    d. 6 months - 1 year.
A

b. 3 -4 years

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
216
Q
  1. Which one of the followings is the most important component of a stainless steel 316 L as the material of orthopaedic implants to prevent corrosion in the human body
  2. Ni
  3. MO
  4. Cr
  5. C
  6. P
A

. answer : 3. Cr

Stainless steel (316L) is the most susceptible metal to both crevice corrosion and galvanic corrosion

Corrosion can be decreased by using similar metals (e.g., with plates and screws of similar metals), with proper design of implants, and with passivation by an adherent oxide layer (a thin layer that effectively separates the metal from the solution [e.g., stainless steel coated with chromium oxide]).

Reference : Miller’s Orthopedic Review. 5th ed. Ch 1

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
217
Q
  1. Repair of the peripheral one third of the meniscus is sometimes possible because it has which of the following characteristic?

a. increasing blood supply √
b. appropriate viscoelasticity
c. high glycoprotein concentration
d. high type II collagen concentration
e. large size

A

Answer : a increasing blood supply

Meniscus

  1. Anatomy (knee meniscus)—Triangular semilunar structure. Peripheral border is attached to the joint capsule. The medial meniscus is semicircular; the lateral meniscus is circular.
    1. Histology—The meniscus is composed of fibroelastic cartilage (Fig. 1–45), with an interlacing network of collagen fibers (90% type I), proteoglycans, glycoproteins, and cellular elements (Box 1–2).
    2. Innervation and blood supply (knee meniscus)—The peripheral two thirds is innervated by types I and II nerve endings (concentrated in the anterior and posterior horns; few fibers are found in the meniscal body); the greatest concentration of mechanoreceptors is in the posterior horns. Blood supply is from the geniculate arteries. Vessels branch circumferentially to form a plexus supplying the peripheral 25% of the meniscus; the remaining meniscus receives nutrition via diffusion. Peripheral meniscal tears in the vascularized region (“red zone”) can heal via fibrovascular scar formation, making surgical repair necessary; more central tears in the avascular region (“white zone”) cannot. The cell responsible for meniscal healing is the fibrochondrocyte. Peripheral acute meniscal tears with a rim width <4 mm have the best healing characteristics.
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
218
Q
  1. What is the correct order (ranking lowest to highest) for the tensile modulus of elasticity of the following materials?

a. trabecular bone, polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA), cortical bone, titanium alloy, stainless steel √
b. trabecular bone, cortical bone, PMMA, titanium alloy, stainless steel
c. trabecular bone, PMMA, cortical bone, stainless steel, titanium alloy
d. trabecular bone, cortical bone, PMMA, stainless steel, titanium alloy
e. PMMA, trabecular bone, cortical bone, titanium alloy, stainless steel

A

Answer : a. trabecular bone, polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA), cortical bone, titanium alloy, stainless steel √

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
219
Q
  1. What portion of the knee meniscus has the greatest concentration of mechanoreceptors?
    a. peripheral one third
    b. central one third
    c. inner two third
    d. anterior horn
    e. posterior horn
A

Answer : e. posterior horn

Innervation and blood supply (knee meniscus)—The peripheral two thirds is innervated by types I and II nerve endings (concentrated in the anterior and posterior horns; few fibers are found in the meniscal body); the greatest concentration of mechanoreceptors is in the posterior horns

Reference : Miller’s Orthopedic Review. 5th ed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
220
Q
  1. What is the most common reason for reoperation in total knee arthroplasty

a. polyethylene insert failure
b. malalignment of the knee
c. ligamentous instability
d. perioperative infection √
e. patellar related complication

A

Answer : d. perioperative infection

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
221
Q
  1. What force is the most responsible for the initiation of loosening of a cemented femoral stem
    a. frictional torque from the femoral-acetabular articulation
    b. rotational torque in retroversion
    c. repetitive axial loading in gait √
    d. high impact loading
    e. lateral loading
A

c. repetitive axial loading in gait

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
222
Q
  1. Which of the following factor is most common associated with mechanical failure of a cemented total hip arthroplasty
    a. increased stem offset
    b. varus position of the stem √
    c. osteoporotic bone
    d. patient weight of greater than 154 lb
    e. gender
A

Answer : b. varus position of the stem

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
223
Q
  1. In revision total hip arthroplasty, an acetabular reconstruction cage is best indicated for which of the following patterns of bone loss
    a. enlarged acetabular rim
    b. cavitary central defect √
    c. superior migration of 2 cm
    d. deficient anterior wall
    e. pelvic discontinuity
A

Answer: b. cavitary central defect

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
224
Q
  1. The major blood supply to the cruciate ligaments arises from which of the following structure
    a. superior genicular artery
    b. middle genicular artery √
    c. inferior genicular artery
    d. infrapatellar fat pad
    e. intramedullary vessels
A

Answer: b. middle genicular artery

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
225
Q
  1. In the ACL deficient knee, which of the following variable has the highest correlation with the development of arthritis
    a. duration of time since the injury
    b. patient age
    c. additional ligament injury
    d. degree of laxity
    e. meniscal integrity
A

Answer : e. meniscal integrity

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
226
Q
  1. ACL injury reconstruction in athlete
    a. does not reduce meniscal injury
    b. with hamstring tendon gives poor result
    c. does not allow for reinnervation with mechanoreceptors √
    d. affect recovery of function if it is delayed till full extension is achieved
    e. allows early return to athletics by 6 wks without risk of failure
A

Answer : c. does not allow for reinnervation with mechanoreceptors √

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
227
Q
  1. Unicompartment knee joint replacement

a. is indicated in pt with medial compartment osteoarthritis
b. is contraindicated in rheumatoid arthritis
c. is contraindicated when there is a flexion contracture of 30 degrees √
d. requires a polyethylene tibial tray of less than 5 mm thickness
e. with ligament imbalance cause failure

A

Answer: c. is contraindicated when there is a flexion contracture of 30 degrees

(1) Chronic inflammatory arthritis such as rheumatoid arthritis and gout. Chondrocalcinosis due to calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease and evident radiologically or at arthroscopy is also a contraindication because of the aggressive inflammatory synovitis involving the whole joint.
(2) The anterior cruciate ligament should be intact.
(3) If there is lateral subluxation of the tibia on the weight-bearing X-ray with or without an obvious ‘lateral thrust’ on walking, unicompartmental knee replacement is unwise.
(4) The deformity of the knee should only be mild and therefore a flexion contracture of greater than 15 degrees, a varus deformity greater than 10 degrees or a valgus deformity greater than 20 degrees is a contraindication.
(5) The pathological changes in the opposite compartment or in the patello-femoral joint should only be mild. If there is significant loss of articular cartilage down to subchondral bone in the opposite compartment or in the patello-femoral joint unicompartmental replacement should not be undertaken.

Reference : Rush J. Unicompartmental knee joint replacement. Current Orthopaedics (2001) 15, 143-147

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
228
Q
  1. The ACL ligament

a. passes from the medial femoral condyle to the tibia in front of the tibial spine
b. prevents posterior translation of tibia on the hyper extended knee
c. healing depends on intact synovial lining √
d. Lachman test for ACL integrity is done with the knee in extension
e. In chronically ACL deficient knee there is no risk of medial meniscus tears

A

Answer : c. healing depends on intact synovial lining √

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
229
Q
  1. Successful arthrodesis using external fixation following debridement of an infected total knee replacement is most dependent on what factor

a. type on infecting organism
b. degree of bone loss √
c. external fixator frame configuration
d. an immunocompromised patient
e. underlying diagnosis of rheumatoid arthritis

A

Answer: b. degree of bone loss

Knee arthrodesis

Position— For primary arthrodesis, the desired position is 5-8 degrees of valgus, 0-10 degrees of external rotation (to match the other foot), and 0-15 degrees of flexion.

3.     Technique—Intramedullary nailing is the preferred technique for arthrodesis when extensive bone loss (seen after failed total knee or tumor resection) does not allow compression to be exerted across broad areas of cancellous bone. Union rates in this scenario are much higher (up to 100%) with medullary rod fixation than with external fixation (38%). Bone graft can be used to augment arthrodesis when bone loss is encountered

Reference ; Miller’s Orthopaedic review. 5th ed.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
230
Q
  1. In lateral exposure of the hip joint
    a. the lateral cutaneus nerve of thigh is at risk from injury
    b. gluteal muscles are stripped from the ilium
    c. medial circumflex artery is ligated
    d. vastus lateralis is split
    e. the interval between gluteus medius & tensor fascia lata is used to enter the hip
A

Answer: e. the interval between gluteus medius & tensor fascia lata is used to enter the hip

Hardinge

  • Place the patient supine with the greater trochanter at the edge of the table and the muscles of the buttocks freed from the edge.
    * Make a posteriorly directed lazy-J incision centered over the greater trochanter (Fig. 1-69 A).
    * Divide the fascia lata in line with the skin incision and centered over the greater trochanter.
    * Retract the tensor fasciae latae anteriorly and the gluteus maximus posteriorly, exposing the origin of the vastus lateralis and the insertion of the gluteus medius
    * Incise the tendon of the gluteus medius obliquely across the greater trochanter, leaving the posterior half still attached to the trochanter. Carry the incision proximally in line with the fibers of the gluteus medius at the junction of the middle and posterior thirds of the muscle. Distally, carry the incision anteriorly in line with the fibers of the vastus lateralis down to bone along the anterolateral surface of the femur
  • Elevate the tendinous insertions of the anterior portions of the gluteus minimus and vastus lateralis muscles. Abduction of the thigh exposes the anterior capsule of the hip joint .
    * Incise the capsule as desired.
    * During closure, repair the tendon of the gluteus medius with nonabsorbable braided sutures

Reference : Campbell’s Operative Orthopaedic. 11th ed.. Ch 1.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
231
Q
  1. During an anterolateral (Watson-Jones) approach to the hip, bleeding when the reflected head of the rectus femoris is detached from the joint capsule most likely indicates injury to which of the following arteri?

a. profunda femoris
b. medial femoral circumflex
c. ascending branch of the lateral femoral circumflex √
d. transverse branch of the lateral femoral circumflex
e. common femoral

A

Answer : c. ascending branch of the lateral femoral circumflex

Watson-Jones

* Begin an incision 2.5 cm distal and lateral to the anterior superior iliac spine and curve it distally and posteriorly over the lateral aspect of the greater trochanter and lateral surface of the femoral shaft to 5 cm distal to the base of the trochanter (Fig. 1-66).
* Locate the interval between the gluteus medius and tensor fasciae latae. The delineation of this interval often is difficult. Brackett pointed out that it can be done more easily by beginning the separation midway between the anterior superior spine and the greater trochanter, before the tensor fasciae latae blends with its fascial insertion. The coarse grain and the direction of the fibers of the gluteus medius help to distinguish them from the finer structure of the tensor fasciae latae muscle.
* Carry the dissection proximally to expose the inferior branch of the superior gluteal nerve, which innervates the tensor fasciae latae muscle.
* Incise the capsule of the joint longitudinally along the anterosuperior surface of the femoral neck. In the distal part of the incision, the origin of the vastus lateralis may be reflected distally or split longitudinally to expose the base of the trochanter and proximal part of the femoral shaft.
* If a wider field is desired, detach the anterior fibers of the gluteus medius tendon from the trochanter or reflect the anterosuperior part of the greater trochanter proximally with an osteotome, together with the insertion of the gluteus medius muscle. This preserves the insertion of the gluteus medius in such a way that it can be easily reattached later

Reference : Campbell’s Operative Orthopaedics. 11th ed. Ch 1

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
232
Q
  1. In a posterolateral approach to the femur for fixation of an intertrochanteric fracture, bleeding in encountered as the vastus lateralis muscle is dissected from the linea aspera. The bleeding vessels are most likely branches of which of the following arteries:
    a. medial femoral circumflex
    b. transverse branch of the lateral femoral circumflex
    c. deep femoral √
    d. superficial femur
    e. descending branch of the lateral femoral circumflex
A

Answer : c. deep femoral

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
233
Q
  1. In the anterior approach to the proximal third of the radius, the deep muscle incised to gain access to the bone is innervated by which nerve:
    a. radial
    b. median
    c. posterior interosseus √
    d. ulnar
    e. musculocutaneous
A

Answer : c. posterior interosseous nerve

Henry approach

With the forearm supinated, begin a serpentine longitudinal incision at a point just lateral and proximal to the biceps tendon, and extend it distally in the forearm along the medial border of the brachioradialis and, if necessary, as far as the radial styloid

* Expose the biceps tendon by incising the deep fascia on its lateral side; divide the deep fascia of the forearm in line with the skin incision, taking care to protect the radial vessels
* Isolate and ligate the recurrent radial artery and vein immediately; otherwise, the cut ends may retract, resulting in a hematoma that may cause ischemic (Volkmann) contracture of the forearm flexor muscles. Flex the elbow to a right angle to allow more complete retraction of the brachioradialis and the radial carpal extensor muscles to expose the supinator.
* Incise the bicipital bursa, which lies in the angle between the lateral margin of the biceps tendon and the radius, and from this point distally, **strip the supinator subperiosteally from the radius and reflect it laterally; it carries with it and protects the deep branch of the radial nerve** 
* Pronate the forearm and expose the radius by subperiosteal dissection

reference : Campbell’s Operative Orthopaedics. 11th ed. Ch 1

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
234
Q
  1. In posterior approaches to the shoulder, the radial nerve is relatively well-protected from injury by the
    a. teres major √
    b. teres minor
    c. latissimus dorsi
    d. trapezius
    e. subscapularis
A

Answer : a. teres major

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
235
Q
  1. In the posterior surgical approach to the humeral shaft, which of the following portions of the triceps muscle would be split
    a. long head
    b. medial head √
    c. lateral head
    d. long & medial heads
    e. medial & lateral heads
A

Answer: b. medial head

Posterior approach of humerus

There is no true internervous plane; dissection involves separating the heads of the triceps brachii muscle, all of which are supplied by the radial nerve. Because the nerve branches enter the muscle heads relatively near their origin and run down the arm in the muscle’s substance, splitting the muscle longitudinally does not denervate any part of it. In addition, the medial head (which is the deepest head) has a dual nerve supply consisting of the radial and ulnar nerves; splitting the medial head longitudinally does not denervate either half

reference : Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics: The Anatomic Approach. Hoppenfeld. 3rd ed. 2003

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
236
Q
  1. In anterior surgical approach to the shoulder
    a. the exploration is between the deltoid & pectoralis major muscles √
    b. cephalic vein is retracted medially
    c. musculocutaneous nerve is protected by avoiding dissection lateral to pectoralis minor
    d. the subscapularis tendon is found posterior to the shoulder capsule
    e. the axillary nerve is just inferior to shoulder capsule
A

Answer : a. the exploration is between the deltoid & pectoralis major muscles

Henry approach
Begin the incision over the anterior aspect of the acromioclavicular joint, passing it medially along the anterior margin of the lateral one third of the clavicle and distally along the anterior margin of the deltoid muscle to a point two thirds the distance between its origin and insertion (Fig. 1-88).
• Expose the anterior margin of the deltoid. The cephalic vein and the deltoid branches of the thoracoacromial artery lie in the interval between the deltoid and pectoralis major muscles (the deltopectoral groove), and although the cephalic vein may be retracted medially along with a few fibers of the deltoid muscle, it may be damaged during the operation. Ligating this vein proximally and distally as soon as it is reached may be indicated.
• Define the origin of the deltoid muscle on the clavicle; detach it by dividing it near the bone or at the bone together with the adjacent periosteum or by removing part of the bone intact with it. We prefer the first method, leaving enough soft tissue attached to the clavicle to allow suturing the deltoid to its origin later.
• Laterally reflect the anterior part of the deltoid muscle to expose the structures around the coracoid process and the anterior part of the joint capsule.
• To expose the deep aspects of the shoulder joint more easily, including the anterior margin of the glenoid, osteotomize the tip of the coracoid process. First, incise the periosteum of the superior aspect of the coracoid; next, cut through the bone and reflect medially and distally the tip of the bone along with the attached origins of the coracobrachialis, the pectoralis minor, and the short head of the biceps.
• For wider exposure, divide the subscapularis at its musculotendinous junction about 2.5 cm medial to its insertion into the lesser humeral tuberosity; separate the tendon medially from the underlying capsule and expose the glenoid labrum.
• When closing the wound, some surgeons replace the tip of the coracoid; if this is done with a screw, it is helpful to drill a hole in the process before osteotomy. We prefer to excise the tip subperiosteally and to suture the origins of the coracobrachialis, the pectoralis minor, and the short head of the biceps to the coracoid.
• Suture the deltoid in place, and close the wound in the usual way.
• If an extensile exposure is unnecessary, the skin incisions and deeper dissection may be limited to the deltopectoral portion of the approach. The anterior deltoid muscle need not be detached from the clavicle. Approach the joint anteriorly without an osteotomy of the coracoid process by retracting the short head of the biceps muscle in a medial direction. Take care to avoid a traction injury to the musculocutaneous nerve lying beneath the short head of the biceps in the distal part of this wound.
• Instead of this curved anteromedial approach, Henry later used an incision that arches like a shoulder strap over the shoulder from anterior to posterior (Fig. 1-89). The anterior part of this incision is similar to the deltopectoral part of his original approach, but at its superior end it proceeds directly over the superior aspect of the shoulder and distally toward the spine of the scapula. Mobilize a lateral flap by dissecting between the subcutaneous tissues and the deep fascia, and expose the lateral and posterior margins of the acromion and adjacent spine of the scapula. Detach as much of the deltoid as needed to reach the deeper structures sought

Reference : Campbell’s Operative Orthopaedics. 11th ed. Ch 1.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
237
Q
  1. When posterolateral bone grafting is performed for non-union of the tibia, the structure at most risk for injury is the
    a. posterior tibial nerve
    b. sural nerve
    c. superficial peroneal nerve
    d. lesser saphenous vein
    e. peroneal artery √
A

Answer: e. peroneal artery

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
238
Q

A. What the diagnosis
B. What the classification of this condition according Wassel’s classification
C. Please mention 1 syndrome that associate with this condition
D. How you treat this condition

A

A. Bifide thumb manus

B. Wassel classification IV

Wassel’s classification

Tipe I: Bifurkasi pada level falang distal

Tipe II: Bifurkasi pada level interphalang joint. Dapat dilihat bahwa falang proksimal tidak selalu simetris

Tipe III: Bifurkasi pada level falang proksimal. Pada level ini falang proksimal seperti terbelah, dan pada umumnya satu jari tidak fungsional

Tipe IV: Bifurkasi pada level joint. Pada level bifurkasi ini tampak bahwa penderita mempunyai jari tambahan yang sudah utuh.

Tipe V: Bifurkasi pada level metacarpal. Dapat dilihat os metacarpal yang terbelah

Tipe VI: Bifurkasi pada level carpometacarpal joint

Tipe VII: Triphalangeal thumb pada level metacarpophalangeal joint (varian tipe IV)

C. C. Acrocephalopolydactyly/Bloom/Holt-Oram/Fancony syndrome

D. Ablation of duplicated radial accessory by modified Bilhaut-Cloquet procedure

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
239
Q

What is the diagnosis of this painful lesion in a 35-year-old female?
A. What is the pathognomonic feature of this lesion?
B. List the complications
C. Discuss the treatment

A

A. Giant cell tumor of the upper tibia (osteoblastoma). A secondary malignant deposit is the main differential diagnosis

B. An expansive lytic lesion at the end of a long bone extending to the joint surface is characteristic of giant cell tumours. Frequently there are trabeculae and a ‘soap-bubble” appearance. About one-third of such tumours are benign, one-third are usually invasive and one-third metastatic. Patients are usually age 20-40 years and female, and present with pain (sometimes a pathological fracture), swelling or inflammation of the adjacent joint

C. Recurrence (50%) after curretages alone, metastases and malignant transformation (10%)

D. Small lesions require curretage, cryotherapy and bone grafting. Large lesions such as this may require complete excision and bone or prosthetic replacement or, alternatively, radiotherapy and/or amputation if surgical reconstruction is impossible

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
240
Q
  1. Which of the palpable anterior structure in the midline aids in identification of the C6 level during an anterior approach to the cervical spine ?
    a. Lower border of the mandible
    b. Hyoid bone
    c. Thyroid cartilage
    d. Cricoid cartilage
    e. Carotid cartilage
A

Answer:d. Cricoid cartilage

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
241
Q
  1. An incidental dural tear was primarily repaired with a watertight closure during an otherwise uncomplicated laminectomy. After surgery, the patient should be informed that
    a. The chance of resolution of the preoperative symptoms will be decreased
    b. There is a greater risk of a wound infection
    c. The clinical outcome will be unaffected
    d. Strict bed rest for 2 weeks is recommended
    e. A compression dressing must be maintained for 7 days
A

Answer : c. The clinical outcome wii be unaffected

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
242
Q
  1. A 55 year-old man is referred for orthopaedic consultation of a meniscal tear that is evident on MRI. What radiographic view is most likely to reveal concomitant arthritic changes ?

a. Merchant
b. 45 degrees posteroanterior flexion weight-bearing
c. 45 degrees posteroanterior flexion non-weight-bearing
d. Anteroposterior weight-bearing
e. Anteroposterior non-weight-bearing

A

Answer : 45 degrees posteroanterior flexion weight-bearing

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
243
Q
  1. A sedentary 65 year old woman has pain and swelling localized to the first metatarsophalangeal joint for the past 12 months. She underwent a Silastic implant arthroplasty for hallux rigidus 12 years ago. Examination reveals that the first metatarsophalangeal joint is swollen and warm and has less than 20° of total motion. The lesions. Most of her arythema resolves with elevation. She is afebrile, and her C-reactive protein level and erythrocyte sedimentation rate are within normal limits. What is the most appropriate surgical treatment for this patient ?

a. Implant removal and joint debridement
b. Dorsiflexion phalangeal osteotomy
c. First metatarsal shortening osteotomy
d. First metatarsophalangeal joint fusion with bone block autograft
e. Revision Silastic arthroplasty

A

Answer : a. Implant removal and joint debridement

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
244
Q
  1. Which of the following findings is considered a contraindications to a mobile – bearing unicompartmental knee arthroplasty ?
    a. A range of flexion of 110°
    b. A flexion of deformity of 10°
    c. A correctable varus deformity of 5°
    d. Absence of the anterior cruciate ligament
    e. Osteophytes in the patellofemoral compartment
A

Answer: d. Absence of the anterior cruciate ligament

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
245
Q
  1. What complication is frequently associated with a Weil Lesser metatarsal osteotomy (distal, oblique) in treating a lesser toe deformity ?
    a. Excessive shortening
    b. Dorsal displacement of the metatarsal head
    c. Osteonecrosis of the metatarsal head
    d. Nonunion
    e. Extended or “ floating toe”
A

Answer : e. Extended or “ floating toe”

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
246
Q

Which of the following is the most significant rehabilitation limitation after total shoulder arthroplasty ?

a. Deltoid insertion release required for exposure
b. Detachment of the subscapularis
c. Capsular repair
d. Porous ingrowth material on the surface of the device
e. Pectoralis major reattachment

A

Answer : b. Detachment of the subscapularis

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
247
Q
  1. Compared to the use of a monoblock metal-backed tibial component in knee arthroplasty, use of a mosular tibial component results in :
    a. Increased articular surface wear
    b. Increased backside wear
    c. Increased stress shielding of the tibia
    d. Decreased articular surface wear
    e. Decreased backside wear
A

Answer : b. Increased backside wear

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
248
Q
  1. Which of the following condition is a relative contraindication to resurfacing hip
    a. Coxa vara
    b. Coxa valga
    c. Rheumatoid arthritis
    d. Subchondral acetabular cysts
    e. Female gender
A

Answer: a. Coxa vara

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
249
Q
  1. A 50 year-old has type II diabetes mellitus with neuropathy and palpable foot pulses. Examination reveals a 3- x 3- cm heel ulcer with osteomyelitis isolated to the calcaneal tuberosity. Treatment should consist of
    a. Syme amputation
    b. Below knee amputation
    c. Above knee amputation
    d. Partial calcanectomy
    e. Coverage of the ulcer with a free flap
A

Answer : d. Partial calcanectomy

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
250
Q
  1. A displaced midshaft clavicle fracture heals with 2 cm of shortening. What is the patient’s most likely clinical complaint ?
    a. Decreased shoulder muscle strength and endurance
    b. Decreased shoulder external rotation
    c. Decreased shoulder abduction
    d. Shoulder instability
    e. Paresthesia and weakness in the arm below the shoulder
A

Answer: a. Decreased shoulder muscle strength and endurance

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
251
Q
  1. Locked plate/screw constructs compared to non – locked plate / screw constructs results in :
    a. Greater plate-bone friction for stability
    b. Less angulation in comminuted metaphyseal fractures
    c. Sequential rather than simultaneous screw failure
    d. Better compression of the fracture
    e. Easier reduction of the bone to the contoured plate.
A

Answer: b. Less angulation in comminuted metaphyseal fractures

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
252
Q
  1. Which of the following studies is commonly used to radiographically classify / grade slipped capital femoral epiphysis ? :
    a. CT of the hip
    b. AP pelvis radiograph
    c. Lateral hip radiograph
    d. MRI of the hip
    e. Hip sonography
A

Answer: c. . Lateral hip radiograph

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
253
Q
  1. What is the most common complication after a transtibial amputation in children ?
    a. Bone overgrowth
    b. Phantom pain
    c. Shortness of the residual limb
    d. Varus knee deformity
    e. Wound healing problems
A

Answer: a. bone overgrowth

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
254
Q
  1. Which of the following terms best describes a child with spastic cerebral palsy involving both the upper and lower extremities with greater involvement present in the lower extremities ?
    a. Total body
    b. Quadriplegia
    c. Diplegia
    d. Paraplegia
    e. Hemiplegia
A

Answer : c. diplegia

The term spastic diplegia is now universally preferred over paraplegia. Osler called it “bilateral spastic hemiplegia”. Spastic diplegia referred to one who has obvious spasticity in the lower limb, and none in the upper limbs except for fine motor coordination defect. Most were born preterm with a birth weight less than 2500 gr, and their prognosis for life function is generally good.

Paraplegia
Bleck referred to paraplegia as one who has spasticity in the lower limb with absolutely no involvement of upper limbs, and no associated defects.
Reference : Bleck EL. Orthopaedic Management in Cerebral Palsy. 2 nd ed. Pg 5.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
255
Q
  1. A 32- tear old-boy has been treated in the past with the Ponseti method for an isolated right clubfoot. He currently supinates and inverts his foot while walking. Examinations reveals full subtalar joint motion and dorsiflexion to 30°. Treatment should consist of :

a. Tibialis anterior tendon transfer to the lateral cuneiform
b. Split anterior tibialis tendon transfer
c. Split posterior tibialis tendon transfer
d. Tibialis anterior lengthening and cuboid closing wedge osteotomy
e. Posteromedial release

A

Answer : a. Tibialis anterior tendon transfer to the lateral cuneiform

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
256
Q
  1. A 2-year old boy will not bear weight after tripping over a curb. He is afebrile. Laboratory studies show a WBC count of 6,000/mm3 (normal 3.500 to 10.500/ mm3 ) and an erythrocyte sedimentation rate of 10mm/h (normal up to 20 mm/h). Examination reveals reproducible tenderness over the midshaft of the right tibia. AP and lateral radiographs of the right femur and tibia are negative. What is the next most appropriate step in management ?

a. MRI of the femur
b. Ca++, alkaline phosphatase, and vitamin D levels
c. CT to rule out occult fracture
d. Long Leg Cast
e. Skeletal survey

A

Answer : d. Long Leg Cast

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
257
Q
  1. A 2 year old boy has not been using his left arm since his mother pulled it while crossing the street. Examination reveals that the child doesn’t spontaneously move the left arm. The left elbow is held in flextion and pronation. The child is apprehensive with attempts to further flex or rotate the forearm. Radiographs of the elbow show no fracture. What is the next most appropriate step in management ?

a. MRI of the elbow
b. Initiation of formal child abuse work-up
c. Open reduction and / or ligament reconstruction
d. Long arm cast for three weeks
e. Reduction maneuver of the elbow with forced supination and hyper flexion

A

Answer : e. Reduction maneuver of the elbow with forced supination and hyper flexion

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
258
Q
  1. In abused children, what is the most common fracture
    a. Clavicle
    b. Distal radius
    c. Hip
    d. Humerus
    e. Pelvis
A

Answer : d. humerus

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
259
Q
  1. Which of the following bone tumors contains epithelial cells in addition to mesenchymal cells ?

a. Osteosarcoma
b. Adamantinoma
c. Conventional chondrosarcoma
d. Osteoma
e. Giant cell tumor

A

Answer: b. Adamantinoma

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
260
Q
  1. Increased telomerase activity in chondrosarcoma, as determined by immunohistochemistry, has been shown to directly correlate with :

a. Decreased tumor grade
b. The rate of recurrence
c. Technetium activity on a bone scan
d. Gadolinium uptake on MRI
e. Tumor senescence

A

Answer: b. The rate of recurrence

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
261
Q
  1. Synovial sarcoma is closely associated with a translocation involving what genes ?
    a. BCR-ABL
    b. EWS-FLI1
    c. PDGF-COL1A1
    d. SYT-SSX
    e. PAX3-FKHR
A

Answer : d. SYT-SSX

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
262
Q
  1. The dorsal branch radial artery passes through what two structures to continue as the deep palmar arch ?

a. Abductor digiti minimi and flexor digiti minimi brevis
b. Two heads of the forst dorsal interosseous muscle
c. Extensor pollicis longus and extensor carpi radialis longus
d. Adductor pollicis and opponens pollicis
e. Adductor pollicis and first lumbrical

A

Answer : b. Two heads of the forst dorsal interosseous muscle

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
263
Q
  1. During repair of an avulsed flexor digitorum profundus tendon to the ring finger, excessive advancement must be avoided to prevent of the occurrence of :

a. Lumbrical plus syndrome
b. Lumbrical minus syndrome
c. Quadrigia syndrome
d. Boutonniere deformity
e. Swan neck deformity

A

Answer : c. Quadrigia syndrome

quadrigia effect

  • results from advancement of FDP beyond 1 cm (shortened tendon)
  • flexion deformity inhibits full flexion of adjacent finger
How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
264
Q
  1. A 42 year old woman has had weakness in her right hand for the past 3 weeks. There is no history of trauma and she denies tingling in her fingers. Examinations reveal no weakness of thumb opposition, normal two point discrimination in all fingers, absent thumb interphalangeal joint flexion of the index finger. The initial treatment should include

a. Cervical fusion
b. observation
c. Carpel tunnel release
d. Ulnar nerve transposition
e. First rib resection

A

Answer ; b. observation

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
265
Q
  1. A 42 year-old man who underwent repair of a lacerated posterior interosseous nerve 9 months ago has no return of finger or thumb metacarpophalangeal (MCP) joint extension. Tendon transfers are performed . The initial postoperative therapy protocol should consist of:
  • a. Immediate active and passive motion exercises of the fingers and thumb
  • b. 4 weeks of splinting with the MCP joints in slight flexion and the interphalangeal joints free
  • c. 4 weeks of splinting with the MCP joints in 900 of flexion and the interphalangeal joints free
  • d. Dynamic extension splinting and active finger flexion
  • e. Dynamic flexion splinting and active finger flexion
A

Answer: b. 4 weeks of splinting with the MCP joints in slight flexion and the interphalangeal joints free

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
266
Q
  1. Successful surgical management of symptomatic carpometacarpal arthritis of the thumb should always include

a. Excision of the trapezium
b. Interposition arthroplasty of the carpometacarpal joint
c. Suspensionplasty of the first metacarpal
d. Resection of the base of the first metacarpal
e. Stabilization of the metacarpophalangeal joint

A

Answer : a. Excision of the trapezium

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
267
Q
  1. A 65 year old man has low back pain and leg pain with standing. Walking endurance is limited to two blocks due to leg cramping. He has a wide – based, unsteady gait and hyperreflexia. Lumbar radiographs reveal a degenerative spondylolisthesis at L4-5 and an MRI scan shows moderate spinal stenosis at this level. The next step in his care should include :

a. Lumbar epidural steroid injections
b. Lumbar decompression with fussion
c. A lumbar epidurogram
d. Interspinous distraction
e. Cervical MRI

A

Answer: e. Cervical MRI

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
268
Q
  1. An increased rate of atlantoaxial instability is associated with what diagnosis ?

a. Multiple epiphyseal dysplasia
b. Morquio’s syndrome
c. Streeter’s dysplasia
d. Archondroplasia
e. Cleidocrainal dysplasia

A

Answer : b. Morquio’s syndrome

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
269
Q

Which of the following examination findings suggests intrinsic tightness?

1 The patient is unable to fully extend the metacarpophalangeal (MCP), proximal
interphalangeal (PIP), and distal interphalangeal (DIP) joints of the fingers.

2 The PIP joints flex fully with the MCP joints flexed but not when the MCP joints
are extended.

3 The patient is unable to fully flex the MCP, PIP, and DIP joints into a fist.

4 The PIP joints flex fully with the MCP joints extended but not when the MCP joints
are flexed.

5 Active motion of the PIP joints is limited, but passive motion of the PIP joints is full.

A

Answer : 2. The PIP joints flex fully with the MCP joints flexed but not when the MCP joints
are extended.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
270
Q

A 25 year old professional boxer reports pain and persistent swelling over the metacarpophalangeal (MCP) joint of his middle finger. Radiographs, including Brewerton views, are normal. Nonsurgical management, consisting of a 3-month course of activity modification, extension splinting, and anti-inflammatory drugs, has failed to provide relief. Management should now consist of:

  1. reassurance and continued nonsurgical care
  2. debridement of the MCP joint
  3. cortisone injection into the flexor sheath
  4. curettage and bone grafting of the third metacarpal head
  5. repair of the extensor hood
A

Answer : 5. repair of the extensor hood

Reference :

Hame SL, Melone CP Jr: Boxer’s knuckle: Traumatic disruption of the extensor hood.Hand Clin 2000; 16: 375-380.

Araki S, Ohtani T, Tanaka T: Acute dislocation of the extensor digitorum communis
tendon at the metacarpophalangeal joint. JBJS Am 1987; 69: 616-619.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
271
Q

A 40-year-old woman has a chronic boutonniere deformity of the proximal interphalangeal (PIP) joint of her middle finger with a preserved joint space. She lacks 45 degrees of active extension but has full passive extension of the PIP joint. Treatment
should consist of:

1- central slip tenotomy
2- volar plate release
3- lateral band relocation
4- arthrodesis of the PIP joint
5- arthroplasty of the PIP joint

A

Answer : 3- lateral band relocation

Reference: Light TR (ed): Hand Surgery Update 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1999, p 313-323.

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
272
Q
  1. A 12 year old competitive gymnast has had a 2 week history of acute low back pain. Examination reveals significant hamstring tightness (popliteal angles 80 degrees), pain exacerbated by hyperextention of the lumbar spine, symmetric reflexes, and intact motor and sensory examination. AP and lateral radiographs of the lumbar spine are negative. What additional diagnostic test will best confirm the diagnosis?
    a. Standing AP and lateral radiographs of the thoracic spine

b. Oblique radiographs of the lumbosacral spine
c. Indium-labeled bone scan

d. Bone scan with SPECT images of the lumbar spine
e. CT with fine cuts from L1 to L3

A

Answer: d. Bone scan with SPECT images of the lumbar spine

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
273
Q
  1. When performing a single – bundle posterior cruciate ligament reconstruction, the graft should be tensioned when the knee is in what position :

a. Full extension
b. Full flexion
c. 30 ° of flexion
d. 45° of flexion
e. 90°of flexion

A

Answer ; c. 30 ° of flexion

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
274
Q
  1. Physical therapy in patients with isolated posterior cruciate ligaments tears should most focus on strengthening what muscle group ?

a. Knee extensors
b. Knee flexors
c. Hip flexors
d. Hip abductors
e. Hip extensors

A

Answer : a. Knee extensors

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
275
Q
  1. The rehabilitation technique, closed kinetic chain, refers to :

a. Follow – through back to the starting position
b. Muscle contraction during muscle lengthening
c. Stretch augmentation of muscle contraction
d. Isolated strengthening of a specific muscle group
e. Axial loading to stimulate muscle co-contraction to increase joint stability

A

Answer : e. Axial loading to stimulate muscle co-contraction to increase joint stability

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
276
Q
  1. What area of articular cartilage is most likely injured with a patellar dislocation ?

a. Medial trochlea
b. Odd facet of the patella
c. Medial facet of the patella
d. Lateral facet of the patella
e. Keel of the patella

A

Answer : c. Medial facet of the patella

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
277
Q
  1. Which of the following pathophysiologic mechanisms is responsible for renal osteodystrophy ?

a. insufficient synthesis of 25(OH) vitamin D
b. Phospate retention secondary to uremia
c. Hypercalcemia
d. Metabolic alkalosis
e. Decreased parathyroid hormone in serum

A

Answer : b. Phospate retention secondary to uremia

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
278
Q
  1. Which of the following pathophysiologic mechanisms is responsible for renal osteodystrophy ?

a. insufficient synthesis of 25(OH) vitamin D
b. Phospate retention secondary to uremia
c. Hypercalcemia
d. Metabolic alkalosis
e. Decreased parathyroid hormone in serum

A

Answer: b. Phospate retention secondary to uremia

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
279
Q
  1. Point mutations that occur during embryogenesis in the Gs-α transcript of GNAS resulting in mutations in osteogenic cells that result in an inhibition of diferentation, are associated with which of the following conditions ?

a. Familial polyposis with desmoids
b. Enchondromatosis
c. Langerhan’s cell histiocytosis
d. Polyostotic fibrous dysplasia
e. Multiple hereditary exostosis

A

Answer: d. Polyostotic fibrous dysplasia

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
280
Q
  1. During the normal gait cycle at the push-off phase of stance, the hindfoot :

a. Inverts and transverse tarsal joints lock
b. Inverts and transverse tarsal joints unlock
c. everts and transverse tarsal joints unlock
d. everts and transverse tarsal joints lock
e. Remains neutral and the transverse tarsal joints lock

A

Answer :a. Inverts and transverse tarsal joints lock

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
281
Q
  1. During a posterior exposure of the hip, partial section of more than 2 cm of the gluteus maximus tendon attachment on the femur is associated with risk to what arterial structure ?

a. Deep femoral
b. Superficial femoral
c. First perforating
d. Obturator
e. Inferior gluteal

A

Answer: c. First perforating

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
282
Q
  1. In performing an anterior approach to the sacroiliac joint for plating, what structure must be elevated off of the ala of the sacrum ?

a. Sciatic nerve
b. L5 nerve root
c. S1 nerve root
d. Femoral artery
e. Internal iliac artery

A

Answer : b. L5 nerve root

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
283
Q
  1. The inferior gluteal nerve derives its name by exiting inferior to what structure :

a. Gluteus maximus tendon
b. Piriformis
c. Obturator internus
d. Sacral spinous ligament
e. Sacral tuberous ligament

A

Answer ; b. piriformis

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
284
Q
  1. For patients with metastatic carcinoma to bone, which of the following primary cancers is associated with the shortest life expectancy following pathologic fracture?

a. Thyroid
b. Breast
c. Prostate
d. Lung
e. Renal

A

Answer : d. Lung

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
285
Q
  1. Primary neurologic medial scapular winging is associated with weakness of what muscle group?

a. Rhomboids
b. Trapezius
c. Latissimus dosi
d. Serratus anterior
e. Subscapularis

A

Answer : d. Serratus anterior

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
286
Q
  1. A 42-year old man has a chronic anterior cruciate ligament-deficient knee. What variable has the greatest correlation with the feature development of arthritis

a. Patient age
b. Medial collateral ligament injury
c. Meniscal integrity
d. Quadriceps atrophy of more than 25% compared with the opposite extremity

e. Isokinetic muscle deficit of more than 15% compared with the opposite extremity

A

Answer : c. Meniscal integrity

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
287
Q
  1. What is the mechanism of antimicrobial action of aminoglycoside antibiotics ?

a. Alteration of bacterial cell membrane permeability
b. Inhibition of bacterial cell wall synthesis
c. Inhibition of bacterial metabolism
d. Inhibition of bacterial protein synthesis
e. Interference with bacterial nucleic acid synthesis or activity

A

Answer :d. Inhibition of bacterial protein synthesis

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
288
Q

<!–[if gte mso 9]><xml> <o:OfficeDocumentSettings> <o:RelyOnVML/> <o:AllowPNG/> </o:OfficeDocumentSettings> </xml><![endif]–><!–[if gte mso 9]><xml> <w:WordDocument> <w:View>Normal</w:View> <w:Zoom>0</w:Zoom> <w:TrackMoves/> <w:TrackFormatting/> <w:PunctuationKerning/> <w:ValidateAgainstSchemas/> <w:SaveIfXMLInvalid>false</w:SaveIfXMLInvalid> <w:IgnoreMixedContent>false</w:IgnoreMixedContent> <w:AlwaysShowPlaceholderText>false</w:AlwaysShowPlaceholderText> <w:DoNotPromoteQF/> <w:LidThemeOther>EN-US</w:LidThemeOther> <w:LidThemeAsian>X-NONE</w:LidThemeAsian> <w:LidThemeComplexScript>X-NONE</w:LidThemeComplexScript> <w:Compatibility> <w:BreakWrappedTables/> <w:SnapToGridInCell/> <w:WrapTextWithPunct/> <w:UseAsianBreakRules/> <w:DontGrowAutofit/> <w:SplitPgBreakAndParaMark/> <w:DontVertAlignCellWithSp/> <w:DontBreakConstrainedForcedTables/> <w:DontVertAlignInTxbx/> <w:Word11KerningPairs/> <w:CachedColBalance/> </w:Compatibility> <m:mathPr> <m:mathFont m:val=”Cambria Math”/> <m:brkBin m:val=”before”/> <m:brkBinSub m:val=”–”/> <m:smallFrac m:val=”off”/> <m:dispDef/> <m:lMargin m:val=”0”/> <m:rMargin m:val=”0”/> <m:defJc m:val=”centerGroup”/> <m:wrapIndent m:val=”1440”/> <m:intLim m:val=”subSup”/> <m:naryLim m:val=”undOvr”/> </m:mathPr></w:WordDocument> </xml><![endif]–><!–[if gte mso 9]><xml> <w:LatentStyles DefLockedState=”false” DefUnhideWhenUsed=”true” DefSemiHidden=”true” DefQFormat=”false” DefPriority=”99” LatentStyleCount=”267”> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”0” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Normal”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 7”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 8”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”9” QFormat=”true” Name=”heading 9”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 7”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 8”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” Name=”toc 9”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”35” QFormat=”true” Name=”caption”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”10” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Title”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”1” Name=”Default Paragraph Font”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”11” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Subtitle”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”22” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Strong”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”20” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Emphasis”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”59” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Table Grid”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Placeholder Text”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”1” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”No Spacing”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”60” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Shading”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”61” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light List”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”62” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Grid”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”63” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”64” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”65” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”66” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”67” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”68” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”69” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”70” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Dark List”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”71” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Shading”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”72” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful List”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”73” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Grid”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”60” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Shading Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”61” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light List Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”62” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Grid Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”63” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 1 Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”64” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 2 Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”65” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 1 Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Revision”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”34” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”List Paragraph”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”29” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Quote”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”30” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Intense Quote”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”66” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 2 Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”67” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 1 Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”68” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 2 Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”69” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 3 Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”70” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Dark List Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”71” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Shading Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”72” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful List Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”73” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Grid Accent 1”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”60” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Shading Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”61” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light List Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”62” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Grid Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”63” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 1 Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”64” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 2 Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”65” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 1 Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”66” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 2 Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”67” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 1 Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”68” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 2 Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”69” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 3 Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”70” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Dark List Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”71” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Shading Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”72” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful List Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”73” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Grid Accent 2”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”60” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Shading Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”61” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light List Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”62” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Grid Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”63” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 1 Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”64” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 2 Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”65” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 1 Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”66” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 2 Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”67” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 1 Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”68” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 2 Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”69” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 3 Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”70” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Dark List Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”71” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Shading Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”72” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful List Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”73” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Grid Accent 3”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”60” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Shading Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”61” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light List Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”62” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Grid Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”63” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 1 Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”64” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 2 Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”65” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 1 Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”66” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 2 Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”67” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 1 Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”68” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 2 Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”69” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 3 Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”70” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Dark List Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”71” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Shading Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”72” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful List Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”73” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Grid Accent 4”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”60” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Shading Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”61” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light List Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”62” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Grid Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”63” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 1 Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”64” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 2 Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”65” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 1 Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”66” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 2 Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”67” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 1 Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”68” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 2 Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”69” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 3 Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”70” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Dark List Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”71” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Shading Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”72” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful List Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”73” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Grid Accent 5”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”60” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Shading Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”61” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light List Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”62” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Light Grid Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”63” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 1 Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”64” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Shading 2 Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”65” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 1 Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”66” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium List 2 Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”67” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 1 Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”68” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 2 Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”69” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Medium Grid 3 Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”70” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Dark List Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”71” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Shading Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”72” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful List Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”73” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” Name=”Colorful Grid Accent 6”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”19” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Subtle Emphasis”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”21” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Intense Emphasis”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”31” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Subtle Reference”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”32” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Intense Reference”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”33” SemiHidden=”false” UnhideWhenUsed=”false” QFormat=”true” Name=”Book Title”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”37” Name=”Bibliography”/> <w:LsdException Locked=”false” Priority=”39” QFormat=”true” Name=”TOC Heading”/> </w:LatentStyles> </xml><![endif]–><!–[if gte mso 10]> <style> /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:”Table Normal”; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-priority:99; mso-style-qformat:yes; mso-style-parent:””; mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; mso-para-margin-top:0in; mso-para-margin-right:0in; mso-para-margin-bottom:10.0pt; mso-para-margin-left:0in; line-height:115%; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:11.0pt; font-family:”Calibri”,”sans-serif”; mso-ascii-font-family:Calibri; mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-hansi-font-family:Calibri; mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family:”Times New Roman”; mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;} </style> <![endif]–>

  1. What type of bone healing occurs with a humeral shaft fracture that is treated with functional bracing?

a. Haversian remodeling
b. Osteonal remodeling
c. Primary bone healing
d. Direct ossification
e. Endochondral ossification

A

Answer: e. Endochondral ossification

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
289
Q
  1. Which of the following factors improves the performance of cemented femoral stems in total hip arthroplasty

a. Stiffer materials
b. Precoated stems with polymethylmethacrylate
c. Calcar collar contact
d. Sharper corners
e. Decreased thickness of the cement mantle

A

Answer : a. Stiffer materials

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
290
Q
  1. A 50 yo man has osteoarthritis of the knee, which is functionally limiting & is now unresponsive to non surgical treatment. Favorable result arthroscopic debridement can be expected based on what factor

a. duration of symptoms for 5 years or more
b. varus malalignment
c. advanced radiographic degenerative changes
d. localized medial joint line pain with degenerative meniscal tear √
e. history of chronic synovitis

A

Answer d. localized medial joint line pain with degenerative meniscal tear √

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
291
Q
  1. A 59 yo man is in the recovery room after undergoing TKA for predominantly lateral compartment arthritis with genu valgum. Examination reveals decreased sensation on the first web space & he is unable to dorsiflexed or evert the foot. What is the best course of action?

a. return to the operating room for exploration of the wound
b. remove the dressing & flex the knee √
c. consult to a neurologist
d. obtain an electromyelogram
e. elevated the limb & apply ice

A

Answer : b. remove the dressing & flex the knee √

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
292
Q
  1. The mechanism of osteolysis around total joint component is caused by

a. macrophage activation secondary to particulate debris √
b. stress shielding secondary to stiff component
c. direct osteoclast activation secondary to particulate debris
d. T cell mediated inflammatory response to metal ions
e. Polymorphonuclear leukocyte activation secondary to the complement cascade

A

Answer : a. macrophage activation secondary to particulate debris √

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
293
Q
  1. The use of mini incision total hip arthroplasty versus conventional total hip arthroplasty can be expected to result in

a. reduced operating room time
b. equivalent hip function 1 year after surgery √
c. an increased length of hospital stay
d. reduced rate of post operative complication
e. increased surgical blood loss

A

Answer : b. equivalent hip function 1 year after surgery √

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
294
Q
  1. External rotation of the femoral component in TKA has which of the following effect

a. medialization of the trochanter groove
b. less frequent need for lateral release √
c. higher patellofemoral contact pressure
d. increased lateral instability in flexion
e. decreased flexion

A

Answer : b. less frequent need for lateral release √

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
295
Q
  1. What pattern of arthritis develops following nonsurgical treatment of an isolated posterior cruciate ligament injury

a. patellofemoral
b. patellofemoral & medial √
c. patellofemoral & lateral
d. medial
e. lateral

A

Answer : b. patellofemoral & medial √

How well did you know this?
1
Not at all
2
3
4
5
Perfectly
296
Q
  1. Initial graft tension exhibits what change after ACL reconstruction ?

a. decrease shortly after the graft is repaired √
b. increase shortly after the graft is repaired
c. remains unchanged
d. decreased 6 wks after surgery
e. increase 6 wks after surgery

A

Answer :a. decrease shortly after the graft is repaired √

297
Q
  1. In laboratory studies testing the strength of ACL grafts, what graft construct has the highest tensile strength

a. 10 mm bone-patella-bone allograft
b. 10 mm bone-patella-bone autograft
c. 10 mm Achilles tendo graft
d. doubled semitendinosus allograft
e. quadripled semitendinosus autograft √

A

e. quadripled semitendinosus autograft √

298
Q
  1. Which of the following implant designs most closely approximates natural kinematics in knee arthroplasty
    a. posterior cruciate retaining design
    b. posterior cruciate substituting design
    c. posterior cruciate sacrificing design
    d. mobile bearing design
    e. unicompartmental arthroplasty √
A

e. unicompartmental arthroplasty √

299
Q
  1. Origin of bone is from:
    a. Ectoderm
    b. Mesoderm
    c. Endoderm
    d. All of the above
A

Answer: b. Mesoderm

Fourth week of embryogenesis
During this week, the limb buds become recognizable. Somites (mesoderm) differentiate into three dermatome, miotome, and sclerotome. The dermatome becomes skin, the myotome becomes muscle, and the sclerotome becomes cartilage and bone.

Reference : Staheli. Practice of Pediatric Orthopedic. 2nd. 2006. Lippincott William & Wilkins. Ch 1

300
Q
  1. Acute osteomyelitis is commonly caused by:
    a. Staphylococcus aureus
    b. Staphylococcus pyogenes
    c. Hemophillus influenza
    d. Salmonella
A

Answer; a. Staphylococcus aureus

301
Q
  1. Acute osteomyelitis usually begins at :
    a. Epiphysis
    b. Metaphysis
    c. Diaphysis
    d. Any of above
A

Answer: b. Metaphysis

Reference: Apley 9th ed

Predilection for this site has traditionally been attributed to the peculiar arrangement of the blood vessels in that area (Trueta, 1959):
• the non-anastomosing terminal branches of the nutrient artery
• twist back in hairpin loops before entering the large network of sinusoidal veins
• the relative vascular stasis
• consequent lowered oxygen tension

302
Q
  1. What is not true of acute pyogenic osteomyelitis
    a. Trauma is a predisposing factor
    b. Common infecting agent is Staphylococcus aureus
    c. Infection is usually blood borne
    d. All are true
A

Answer: c. Infection is usually blood borne

In adults, haematogenous infection accounts for only about 20% of cases of osteomyelitis, mostly affecting the vertebrae. Staphylococcus aureus is the commonest organism but Pseudomonas aeruginosa often appears in patients using intravenous drugs.

Reference : Apley’s System of Orthopedic and Fractures. 9th ed, Ch 2: Pg 31.

303
Q
  1. What is not true of Brodi’s abscess
    a. Form of chronic osteomyelitis
    b. Intermittent pain and swelling
    c. Common to diaphysis
    d. Excision is very often required
A

Answer: d. Common to diaphysis

Brodie’s abscess, characteristic in subacute hematogenous osteomyelitis. The typical radiographic lesion is a circumscribed, round or oval radiolucent ‘cavity’ 1–2 cm in diameter. Most often it is seen in the tibial or femoral metaphysis, but it may occur in the epiphysis or in one of the cuboidal bones (e.g. the calcaneum). Sometimes the ‘cavity’ is surrounded by a halo of sclerosis (the classic Brodie’s abscess); occasionally it is less well defined, extending into the diaphysis.
Reference : Apley’s System of Orthopedic and Fractures. 9th ed, Ch 2: Pg 31.

304
Q
  1. Pott’s paraplegia is due to :

a. hematomyelia following trauma
b. damage to the cord by a piece of bone when vertebrae
c. collapse in tuberculosis of the spine
d. tuberculous pus and angulation in tuberculosis of the spine
e. damage to die corda equina after a fall
f. fracture dislocation of cervical vertebrae

A

Answer : d. tuberculous pus and angulation in tuberculosis of the spine

Griffiths, Seddon & Roaf classified tuberculous paraplegia in two grades:

• Grade A with early onset, within 2 years after onset of symptoms of tuberculosis

• Grade B with late onset, i.e. after more than 2 years.
o Grade B paraplegia might be due to recrudescence of disease, mechanical pressure as a result of severe kyphosis, inadequate blood supply to the spinal cord as a result of slow exsanguination resulting in a fibrous cord, and patchy meningitis.
o Grade B, in general, has a poor prognosis which must be explained to the patient.

Grade A paraplegias (Pott’s paraplegia) have also been described as:
• Grade I : The patient is not aware of the prob- lem. On clinical examination, there are signs of compression, usually exhibited by long tract in- volvement signs or segmental paresis. The patient is able to walk.
• Grade II: There is evident spasticity but the pa- tient is able to walk, often with “jumpiness” in the gait. Long tract involvement signs are signifi- cantly present.
• Grade III : The patient is bed-ridden and has spastic paraplegia in extension with demonstrable neurological deficits, both sensory and motor.
• Grade IV : Paraplegia occurs with flexor spasm. There is bladder and bowel involvement and total sensory and motor loss. The prognosis is poor.

305
Q
  1. Still’s disease is :

a. spastic diplegia
b. rheumatoid arthritis in childhood
c. rheumatoid arthritis in the elderly
d. post-traumatic bone formation in the lateral ligament of the knee
e. synonymous with Reiter’s disease

A

Answer : b. rheumatoid arthritis in childhood

Still disease

Causes

Fewer than 1 out of 100,000 people develop adult Still’s disease each year. It affects women more often than men.

Still’s disease that occurs in children is called systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis.

The cause of adult Still’s disease is unknown. No risk factors for the disease have been identified.
Back to TopSymptoms

Almost all patients will have fever, joint pain, sore throat, and a rash.

Joint pain, warmth, and swelling are common. Usually, several joints are involved at the same time. Often, patients have morning stiffness of joints that lasts for several hours.
 The fever usually comes on quickly once per day, most commonly in the afternoon or evening.
 The skin rash is typically salmon-pink colored and comes and goes with the fever.

Additional symptoms include:

Abdominal pain and swelling
 Pain with a deep breath (pleurisy)
 Sore throat
 Swollen lymph nodes (glands)
 Weight loss

Occasionally, the spleen or liver may become swollen. Lung and heart inflammation may occur.
Back to TopExams and Tests

Adult Still’s disease can only be diagnosed after other diseases are ruled out. You may need many medical tests before a final diagnosis is made.

A physical exam may reveal a fever, rash, and arthritis. The health care provider will use a stethoscope to listen for changes in the sound of your heart or lungs.

The following blood tests can be helpful in diagnosing adult Still’s disease:

Complete blood count (CBC) may show a high number of white blood cells and reduced number of red blood cells.
 C-reactive protein (CRP), a measure of inflammation, will be higher than normal.
 ESR (sedimentation rate), a measure of inflammation, will be higher than normal.
 Ferritin level will be very high.
 Fibrinogen level will be high.
 Liver function tests will show high levels of AST and ALT.
 Rheumatoid factor and ANA test will be negative.

Other tests may be needed to check for inflammation of the joints, chest, liver, and spleen:

Abdominal ultrasound
 CT scan of the abdomen
 X-rays of the joints, chest, or stomach area (abdomen)

Back to TopTreatment

The goal of treatment for adult Still’s disease is to control the symptoms of arthritis. Aspirin and other nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), such as ibuprofen, are usually the first treatment used.

Prednisone may be used for more severe cases.

If the disease persists for a long time (becomes chronic), medicines that suppress the immune system might be needed. Such medicines include:

Anakinra (interleukin-1 receptor agonist)
 Methotrexate
 Tumor necrosis factor (TNF) antagonists such as Enbrel (etanercept)

Back to TopOutlook (Prognosis)

Studies show that in about 20% of patients, all symptoms go away in a year and never come back. In about 30% of patients, all symptoms go away but then come back several times over the next few years.

Symptoms continue for a long time (chronic) in about half of patients with adult Still’s disease.
Back to TopPossible Complications

Arthritis in several joints
 Liver disease
 Pericarditis
 Pleural effusion
 Spleen enlargement

Back to TopWhen to Contact a Medical Professional

Call your health care provider if you have symptoms of adult Still’s disease.

If you have already been diagnosed with the condition, you should call your health care provider if you have a cough or difficulty breathing.
Back to TopReferences

Harris ED, Budd RC, Genovese MC, Firestein GS, Sargent JS, Sledge CB. Kelley’s Textbook of Rheumatology . 7th ed. St. Louis, Mo: WB Saunders; 2005:1047-1048.

Pay S, Turkcapar N, Kalyoncu M, et al. A multicenter study of patients with adult-onset Still’s disease compared with systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis. Clin Rheumatol . 2006;25:639-644.

Efthimiou P, Paik PK, Bielory L. Diagnosis and management of adult onset Still’s disease. Ann Rheum Dis . 2006;65(5):564-572.

Kadar J, Petrovicz E. Adult-onset Still’s disease. Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol . 2004;18(5):663-676.

306
Q
  1. The correct treatment of traumatic myositis ossificans is by:
    a. Prolonged immobilization
    b. Active exercises
    c. Passive stretching and massage
    d. Both A and B
    e. Both B and C
A

Answer : b. Active exercise

The etiology of traumatic heterotopic ossification remains uncertain. During the past 50 years, a number of theories have been developed. Migrated bone marrow cells have been suggested as a potential cause of osteogenesis in connective tissue. Alternatively, muscle lesions or interstitial hemorrhagic foci have been suggested as a potential cause of muscle degeneration, perivascular connective tissue proliferation, and subsequent bone metaplasia. A further theory has considered that periosteal damage could induce a differentiation of periarticular osteogenic cells. However, various models exist, and it is thought that 3 conditions must be met for heterotopic ossification to develop:
• Osteogenic precursor cells must be present.
• An inductive stimulus should exist.
• The local tissue environment should be favorable. The osteogenic precursor cells are thought to be pluripotential mesenchymal cells that are stimulated to differentiate into osteoblasts.
Because the etiology is not entirely understood, it is not surprising that the pathophysiology is also not completely understood. Once the osteogenic cells are stimulated, they begin to form osteoid, which in turn develops into mature heterotopic ossification. The underlying process is thought to be an inflammatory process in response to local tissue trauma. Bone morphogenic protein is believed to be important in regulating the development of heterotopic ossification. The heterotopic bone is known to be metabolically very active and contains more osteoblasts than ordinary bone. In addition, the tissue does not follow anatomic tissue planes and is generally more diffuse in nature than normal bone. The presence of the heterotopic ossification surrounding the bones and joints may affect the function of the normal soft tissues around them

307
Q

Which of the following methods or parameters would best determine the percentage of aneuploid cells in a malignant tumor?

  1. Immunohistochemistry
  2. Histiologic mapping
  3. Degree of necrosis
  4. Presence of dedifferentiation
  5. Flow cytometry
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5

DISCUSSION: Flow cytometry is a method by which the amount of DNA in cells is quantified. Thousands of cell nuclei, normal and neoplastic, are passed through a machine that uses a fluorescent dye as a marker of the DNA content. The pattern generated can be characterized as either normal or abnormal based on the cell ploidy. By convention, the amount of DNA in an ovum or sperm is haploid, and normal cells are diploid (euploid) in the G0 phase of the cell cycle, twice the amount of DNA (tetraploid) is seen during cell division. Normal flow cytometry patterns demonstrate a large diploid spike with a much smaller tetraploid spike representing those few cells undergoing division. Abnormal amounts of DNA (aneuploid) show patterns outside of these two spikes. Immunohistochemical analysis can assist in histiologic classification of tumors but does not measure aneuploidy. The degree of necrosis and presence of dedifferentiation may signify a high-grade lesion, but does not relate to the aneuploid nature of malignant cells.

REFERENCES

Simon SR (ed): Orthopaedic Basic Science. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1994, pp 219-276.

Mankin HJ, Conner JF, Schiller AL, et al: Grading of bone tumors by analysis of nuclear DNA content using flow cytometry. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1985;67:404-413.

308
Q

A brittle material such as a ceramic femoral head prosthesis undergoes what type(s) of deformation when loaded to failure?

  1. Elastic and plastic
  2. Elastic
  3. Plastic
  4. Viscoelastic
  5. Viscoelastic and plastic
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2

DISCUSSION: Brittle materials undergo only fully recoverable (elastic) deformation prior to fracture. Brittle materials have little or no capacity to undergo permanent (plastic) deformation prior to fracture. The properties of brittle materials are neither temperature nor rate dependent (viscoelastic).

REFERENCES

Burstein AH, Wright TM: Fundamentals of Orthopaedic Biomechanics. Baltimore, MD, Williams & Wilkins, 1994, pp 95-129.

Simon SR (ed): Orthopaedic Basic Science. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1994, pp 449-452.

309
Q

Bone destruction as a result of multiple myeloma is primarily caused by which of the following cell types?

  1. Myeloma cells
  2. Macrophages
  3. Osteoclasts
  4. Plasma cells
  5. Pericytes
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3

DISCUSSION: Myeloma is commonly associated with bone destruction. Osteoclasts appear to be the major cell type involved in bone osteolysis. Osteoclasts have been reported to cluster on bone-resorbing surfaces adjacent to collections of myeloma cells. In addition, cultures of human myeloma cells in vitro produce several osteoclast activating factors, including lymphotoxin, interleukin-l, and interleukin-6. Myeloma cells have not been reported to directly destroy bone. Osteoblast function is inhibited by the presence of myeloma cells. Pericytes derive from the vascular endothelium and are hypothesized to function as osteoblast progenitor cells.

REFERENCES

Mundy GR, Yoneda T: Facilitation and suppression of bone metastasis. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1995;312:34-44.

Mundy GR: Mechanisms of osteolytic bone destruction. Bone 1991;12(suppl 1): S1-6.

310
Q

Which of the following antibiotics is bacteriostatic at therapeutic serum concentrations?

  1. Penicillin
  2. Cefoxitin
  3. Clindamycin
  4. Vancomycin
  5. Bacitracin
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3

DISCUSSION: Penicillin and cephalosporins such as cefoxitin, vancomycin, and bacitracin are all bactericidal by causing loss of bacterial cell wall viability, either by activating enzymes that disrupt cell walls or by inhibiting synthesis of cell walls. Clindamycin is bacteriostatic and acts by inhibiting protein synthesis.

REFERENCES

Sande MA, Kapusnik-Uner JE, Mandell GL: Antimicrobial agents, in Gilman AG (ed): Goodman and Gilman’s The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, ed 8. New York, NY, McGraw, 1990, p 1019.

Pruitt BA, McManus WF, McManus AT, et al: Infections: Bacteriology, antibiotics and chemotherapy, in Jupiter JB (ed): Flynn’s Hand Surgery, ed 4. Baltimore, MD, Williams & Wilkins, 1991, p 713.

311
Q

The administration of ciprofloxacin is contraindicated in which of the following patient populations?

  1. Diabetics
  2. Alcoholics
  3. Intravenous drug abusers
  4. Patients with renal failure
  5. Children
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5

DISCUSSION: Quinolone antibiotics such as ciprofloxacin have produced arthropathy in immature mammals and, although these lesions have not been reported in humans, these drugs are not recommended for use in children. The two major drug interactions to be aware of with ciprofloxacin are the significant decrease in absorption of the drug when taken orally with magnesium or aluminum-containing antacids, and the increase in serum concentration when theophylline is administered with ciprofloxacin.

REFERENCES

Frymoyer JW (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 4: Home Study Syllabus. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1993, p 157.

Sande MA, Kapusnik-Uner JE, Mandell GL: Antimicrobial agents, in Gilman AG (ed): Goodman and Gilman’s The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, ed 8. New York, NY, McGraw, 1990, p 1059.

312
Q

What antibiotic works by inhibiting peptidoglycan synthesis?

  1. Penicillin
  2. Gentamicin
  3. Rifampin
  4. Tetracycline
  5. Clindamycin
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1

DISCUSSION: The beta-lactam antibiotics such as penicillin are thought to work by inhibiting peptidoglycan synthesis by binding to the bacterial cell membrane surface penicillin-binding proteins. Rifampin inhibits bacterial RNA synthesis. Gentamicin, clindamycin, and tetracycline act via different mechanisms to interfere with bacterial RNA function.

REFERENCES

Simon SR (ed): Orthopaedic Basic Science. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1994, p 505.

Saude MA, Kapusnik-Uner JE, Mandell GL: Antimicrobial agents, in Gilman AG (ed): Goodman and Gilman’s The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, ed 8. New York, NY, McGraw, 1990, p 1019.

313
Q

Which of the following organisms is (are) most likely to cause hematogenous osteomyelitis in hemodialysis patients?

  1. Escherichia coli and Klebsiella pneumoniae
  2. Staphylococci
  3. Candida species
  4. Anaerobic oral organisms
  5. Anaerobic enteric organisms
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2

DISCUSSION: Hemodialysis patients are at increased risk for hematogenous osteomyelitis because indwelling intravenous catheters used over the long term serve as a source of infection. Staphylococcus aureus and S epidermidis are the organisms most commonly isolated. The ribs and thoracic vertebrae are the most frequently affected bones.

REFERENCE

Gupta M, Frenkel LD: Acute osteomyelitis, in Jauregui LE (ed): Diagnosis and Management of Bone Infections. New York, NY, Marcel Dekker, 1995, p 15.

314
Q

The risk of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) transmission via a processed musculoskeletal allograft obtained from an American Association of Tissue Banks (AATB) certified bone bank is estimated to be

  1. 1 in 50,000.
  2. 1 in 100,000.
  3. 1 in 500,000.
  4. 1 in 1.5 million.
  5. 1 in 5 million.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4

DISCUSSION: In a recent review, the risk of HIV transmission in patients receiving processed musculoskeletal allografts from reputable bone banks was estimated to be 1 in 1.5 million. The following precautions are important: Bone banks certified by the AATB screen all donors by taking a social and medical history and performing serology for hepatitis B surface antigen, hepatitis B core antibody, hepatitis C antibody, syphilis, human T cell leukemia virus antibody, HIV-I and -II antibody and HIV-I antigen (P24). Some banks examine donor tissues for HIV using polymerase chain reaction technology. Using this technology, one infected cell can be reliably detected in a population of 106 uninfected cells. Additionally, the interval between inoculation of a person with the virus and detection of the virus is shorter than with antibody tests. When the tissue or bone is processed (debrided, washed, soaked in ethanol or antibiotics), the risk is further reduced. To date there has been no documented case of disease transmission by processed musculoskeletal allografts.

REFERENCE

Tomford WW: Transmission of disease through transplantation of musculoskeletal allografts. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1995;77:1742-1754.

315
Q

Which of the following variables most influences the volumetric wear of polyethylene occurring on secondary surfaces (backside wear) in modular total hip and total knee components?

  1. Total contact area
  2. Roughness of the metal surface
  3. Composition of the metal surface
  4. Magnitude of the load
  5. Relative motion
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5

DISCUSSION: Wear is the removal of material that occurs as the result of relative motion between two opposed surfaces. All of these factors can influence the volume of backside polyethylene wear; however, the most important factor is relative motion. Surfaces in contact without relative motion do not wear.

REFERENCE

McKellop HA, Campbell P, Park SH, et al: The origin of submicron polyethylene wear debris in total hip arthroplasty. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1995;311:3-20.

316
Q

Which of the following functions primarily as an osteoconductive as opposed to an osteoinductive material?

  1. Autogenous cortical bone
  2. Demineralized bone matrix
  3. Freeze-dried cortical allogeneic bone
  4. Autogenous cancellous bone
  5. Bone morphogenetic protein
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3

DISCUSSION: Freeze-dried cortical allografts are almost exclusively osteoconductive. All of the above materials have been used to augment bone repair. Osteoconduction is a property of bone graft materials, which provide a three-dimensional trellis for the ingrowth of host capillaries and osteoprogenitor cells. Osteoinduction involves the recruitment and differentiation of undifferentiated mesenchymal stem cells from the surrounding host tissues to osteoblasts. Osteoinductive substances can promote bone formation in ectopic sites. Autogenous bone grafts are osteogenic, which means they possess the intrinsic potential to form new bone. They also are osteoconductive. Allografts are not considered osteoinductive because this property is lost through processing to eliminate immunologic barriers. Bone morphogenetic proteins are purely osteoinductive.

REFERENCES

Burchardt H: The biology of bone graft repair. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1983;174:28-42.

Goldberg VM, Stevenson S: The biology of bone grafts. Semin Arthroplasty 1993;4:58-63.

Damien CJ, Parsons JR: Bone graft and bone graft substitutes: A review of current technology and applications. J Appl Biomater 1991;2:187-208.

317
Q

What antibiotic works by inhibiting DNA gyrase?

  1. Penicillin
  2. Gentamicin
  3. Vancomycin
  4. Ciprofloxacin
  5. Clindamycin
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4

DISCUSSION: The quinolone antibiotics such as ciprofloxacin function by inhibiting DNA gyrase. Gentamicin and clindamycin act via different mechanisms to interfere with bacterial RNA function. Penicillin binds to bacterial surface membrane proteins. inhibiting peptidoglycan synthesis. Vancomycin interferes with the insertion of glycan subunits into the cell wall.

REFERENCES

Simon SR (ed): Orthopaedic Basic Science. Rosemont, lL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1994, p 505.

Frymoyer JW (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 4: Home Study Syllabus. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1993, p 157.

318
Q

In some cases of osteopetrosis, bone resorption and remodeling are impaired because of a defect in carbonic anhydrase. The function of this enzyme in bone is to

  1. promote maturation of mononuclear phagocytes into osteoclasts.
  2. degrade osteoid.
  3. generate hydrogen ions at the ruffled border.
  4. promote coupling between osteoblasts and osteoclasts.
  5. initiate stress-related remodeling.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3

DISCUSSION: Osteoclasts are attached to underlying bone via integrin receptors in the clear zone. This effectively seals the space below the osteoclasts. Hydrogen ions produced by carbonic anhydrase are pumped into the space across the ruffled border of the osteoclasts. In the ruffled border space, the underlying hydroxyapatite is solubilized in the low pH and calcium ions are released. Patients who are deficient in carbonic anhydrase cannot resorb bone by this mechanism.

REFERENCES

Simon SR (ed): Orthopaedic Basic Science. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1994, pp 185-217.

Poss R (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 3: Home Study Syllabus. Park Ridge, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1990, pp 29-45.

319
Q

The structure of cartilage proteoglycans can be described as

  1. multiple hyaluronate molecules bound to core protein, which is subsequently bound to a glycosaminoglycan chain.
  2. multiple glycosaminoglycan chains bound to hyaluronate, which is subsequently bound to core protein.
  3. multiple glycosaminoglycans bound to core protein, which is subsequently bound to hyaluronate via a link protein.
  4. multiple link proteins bound to core protein, which is subsequently bound to glycosaminoglycan.
  5. multiple hyaluronate chains bound to link protein, which is subsequently bound to glycosaminoglycan.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3

DISCUSSION: Cartilage proteoglycans are large negatively charged molecules with a molecular weight of several million and a spatial configuration reminiscent of a test tube brush. The core of the brush is the hyaluronate (a complex sugar), to which are attached many proteoglycan core proteins through an interaction with link protein. On each core protein are many glycosaminoglycan chains.

REFERENCES

Bullough PO, Vigorita VJ: Atlas of Orthopaedic Pathology. Baltimore, MD, University Press, 1984, p 34.

Simon SR (ed): Orthopaedic Basic Science. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1994, pp 9-11.

320
Q

A newly discovered gene (retinoblastoma gene) is expressed in normal cells. Loss of this gene results in a malignant phenotype. What type of gene is being described?

  1. Dominant oncogene
  2. Recessive oncogene
  3. Proto-oncogene
  4. Suppressor gene
  5. Transgene
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4

DISCUSSION: The retinoblastoma (RB) gene encodes for a protein that regulates a specific oncogene that, if absent, results in oncogene expression. The RB gene is termed a tumor suppressor gene. Onco-genes, when expressed, result in a malignant phenotype. A proto-oncogene is a normal gene. A transgene is not normally found in an organism, but it can be artificially placed into the single-celled embryo and therefore will be present in all cells of that organism.

REFERENCES

Simon SR (ed): Orthopaedic Basic Science. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1994, pp 219-276.

Lewin B: Genes, ed 3. New York, NY, John Wiley & Sons, 1987, pp 698-715.

321
Q

What component of frozen allograft bone has the least amount of immunogenicity?

  1. Bone marrow cells
  2. Proteoglycans
  3. Hydroxyapatite
  4. Cytokines
  5. Cell surface proteins
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3

DISCUSSION: Large frozen allografts are composite materials and contain a variety of potential antigens. Allografts are primarily subjected to cellular mechanisms, as opposed to humoral rejection mechanisms. Class I and class II cellular antigens, which are encoded by the major histocompatibility complex (MHC) contained within the allograft, are the major alloantigens that are recognized by host T-lymphocytes. Cellular populations that contribute to this antigen pool include marrow adipose tissue, microvascular endothelium, and retinacular activating cells, with those of granulocytic origin being the most inflammatory. The extracellular matrix in the graft elicits a measurable antigenic response, but this response is greatly diminished when compared with the cellular components. Type I collagen, which represents nearly 90% of the organic matrix of bone, has been shown to stimulate both humoral and cell-mediated responses in vivo. The noncollagenous portion of organic bone matrix, consisting of large proteoglycan molecules as well as osteocalcin, osteopontin, and other glycoproteins, has been reported to stimulate immune responsiveness. Hydroxyapatite, the mineral component of bone, has not been shown to elicit an immune response. The failure of allograft incorporation is associated with the degree of allograft cellularity, as well as the MHC incompatibility between allografts and host tissues.

REFERENCES

Horowitz MC, Friedlaender GE: Induction of specific T-cell responsiveness to allogeneic bone. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1991;73:1157-1168.

Muscolo DL, Caletti E, Schajowicz F, Araujo ES, Makino A: Tissue-typing in human massive allografts of frozen bone. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1987;69:583-595.

Trentham DE, Townes AS, Kang AH, David JR: Humoral and cellular sensitivity to collagen and type II collagen induced arthritis in rats. J Clin Invest 1978;61:89-96.

322
Q

What portion of the knee meniscus has the greatest concentration of mechanoreceptors?

  1. Peripheral one third
  2. Central one third
  3. Inner two thirds
  4. Anterior horn
  5. Posterior horn
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5

DISCUSSION: The neural elements are found in greatest concentration in the horns of the meniscus, and particularly in the posterior horns. The presence of these mechanoreceptors may play a role in sensory feedback of the knee.

REFERENCES

Buckwalter JA, Einhorn TA, Simon SR (eds): Orthopaedic Basic Science: Biology and Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal System, ed 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2000, pp 532-545.

O’Connor BL: The mechanoreceptor innervation of the posterior attachments of the lateral meniscus of the dog knee joint. J Anat 1984;138:15-26.

323
Q

A-21: Figure 1 shows the radiograph of a 6-year-old girl who has a right thoracic scoliosis that measures 60°. Examination shows multiple cafe-au-lait spots, and family history reveals that the child’s mother has the same disorder. The gene responsible for this disorder codes for

  1. dystrophin.
  2. frataxin.
  3. neurofibromin.
  4. peripheral myelin protein.
  5. sulfate transport protein.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3

DISCUSSION: The patient has the dystrophic type of scoliosis seen in patients with neurofibromatosis type I (NF-1). The NF-1 gene is located on chromosome 17 and codes for neurofibromin, believed to be a tumor-suppresser gene. Abnormalities in the dystrophin gene are seen in Duchenne muscular dystrophy and Becker muscular dystrophy. A mutation in the frataxin gene is responsible for Friedreich ataxia. The most common type of hereditary motor and sensory neuropathy (Charcot-Marie-Tooth), HMSN type IA is caused by a complete duplication of the peripheral myelin protein gene. A defect in the cellular sulfate transport protein results in undersulfation of proteoglycans seen in diastrophic dysplasia.

REFERENCE

Beaty JH: Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 6. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1999, pp 225-234.

324
Q

In children, scurvy has the greatest effect on bone formation in the

  1. physis.
  2. diaphysis.
  3. epiphysis.
  4. metaphysis.
  5. articular surface.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4

DISCUSSION: Deficiency of vitamin C produces a decrease in chondroitin sulfate synthesis, and a deficiency in collagen cross-linking is seen in the metaphysis. The microscopic appearance of the cartilaginous portion of the growth plate is normal but the metaphysis is quite abnormal. It appears that the deficiency in the metaphysis is related to the large amount of type I collagen normally found in this region. Radiographic findings may include the accumulation of calcified cartilage at the metaphysis-growth plate junction that results in a white line on the radiograph (white line of Fraenkel). The trabeculae are sparse and there is a generalized osteoporosis. The metaphyseal bone is weakened with microfractures and marginal spurs (Pelkin sign). Displacement of the growth plate may occur. The epiphyseal nucleus is also markedly radiolucent, but the calcified cartilage is unaffected, producing an appearance of ringed epiphyses (Wimberger sign).

REFERENCES

Simon SR (ed): Orthopaedic Basic Science. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1994, pp 185-217.

Ramar S, Sivaramakrishnan V, Manoharan K: Scurvy: A forgotten disease. Arch Phys Med Rehabil 1993;74:92-95.

325
Q

Warfarin limits the risk of deep venous thrombosis (DVT) by which of the following actions?

  1. Competitive inhibition of vitamin K-dependent clotting factors
  2. Inhibition of the posttranslational modification of vitamin K-dependent clotting factors
  3. Reversible inhibition of platelet function
  4. Irreversible inhibition of platelet function
  5. Potentiation of antithrombin III
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2

DISCUSSION: Warfarin is an oral anticoagulant that inhibits the posttranslational carboxylation of clotting factors II, VII, IX, and X (the so-called “vitamin K-dependent clotting factors”) in the liver. When these factors are not carboxylated, they cannot bind calcium or function in the clotting cascade. Therefore, warfarin does not competitively inhibit the factors, but rather reduces their active concentration. Aspirin and its analogues inhibit platelet function. The potentiation of antithrombin III is the mechanism by which heparin functions as an anticoagulant.

REFERENCE

Gilman AG, et al: The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics. New York, NY, MacMillan Publishing.

326
Q

What is the most common bacterium found in an infection caused by a human bite?

  1. Eikenella
  2. Pasturella multocida
  3. Borrelia burgdorferi
  4. Salmonella typhosa
  5. Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1

DISCUSSION: The human bite is the most common source for Eikenella, and a cat bite is a source of Pasturella multocida. Lyme disease is caused by a tick bite (either Ixodes dammini or Io pacificus) that carries the bacteria Borrelia burgdorferi. Staphylococcus and Streptococcus remain the most common bacteria that cause orthopaedic infections and must always be assumed present until cultures or response (or lack of response) prove otherwise.

REFERENCES

Beaty JH (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 6. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1999, pp 191-203.

Kasser JR (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 5. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1996, pp 149-161, 295-309.

Buckwalter JA, Einhorn TA, Simon SR (eds): Orthopaedic Basic Science: Biology and Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal System, ed 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2000, pp 240-259.

327
Q

The rate of chondrocyte maturation in the growth plate is directly regulated by an interaction between systemic hormones and

  1. electric fields.
  2. local growth factors.
  3. oxygen tension.
  4. mechanical forces.
  5. calcium concentrations.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2

DISCUSSION: Local growth factors directly regulate the rate of chondrocyte maturation in the growth plate. A signaling loop involving parathyroid-related peptide (PTHrP), which is a potent inhibitor of chondrocyte maturation, and indian hedgehog has been well described. Indian hedgehog is produced by growth plate chondrocytes and regulates the expression of PTHrP. Systemic factors, such as vitamin D and growth hormone, also have important effects on chondrocyte differentiation, but indirectly regulate this process. While electric fields may influence fracture healing, a role in physeal chondrocyte maturation has not been identified. Mechanical forces are important for normal growth, but the nature of their effects is not known. Calcification of the cartilaginous matrix is essential for primary bone formation, but external calcium concentrations do not affect differentiation. In the past, a low oxygen tension was considered responsible for chondrocyte hypertrophy and differentiation, but that is now known to be incorrect.

REFERENCES

Grimsrud CD, Romano PR, D’Souza M, et al: BMP-6 is an autocrine stimulator of chondrocyte differentiation. J Bone Miner Res 1999;14:475-482.

Erickson DM, Harris SE, Dean DD, et al: Recombinant bone morphogenetic protein (BMP)-2 regulates costochondral growth plate chondrocytes and induces expression of BMP-2 and BMP-4 in a cell maturation-dependent manner. J Orthop Res 1997;15:371-380.

328
Q

A genetic defect in type X collagen is most likely to result in which of the following conditions?

  1. Multiple early fractures
  2. Osteoporosis
  3. Chondrodysplasia
  4. Joint laxity
  5. Inflammatory arthritis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Chondrodysplasia

DISCUSSION: Type X collagen is a short-chain, nonfibrillar collagen that is produced only by hypertrophic chondrocytes during the process of endochondral ossification. This collagen is found in the matrix in association with hypertrophic chondrocytes in all areas of endochondral bone formation, including growth plate, fracture callus, and heterotopic bone formation. Although a specific role for type X collagen has not been identified in endochondral bone formation, a genetic defect in this collagen is associated with Schmid metaphyseal chondrodysplasia, which is characterized by short limbs and bowing of the legs that is aggravated by walking. Similar to defects in type I collagen, which give rise to osteogenesis imperfecta, multiple separate mutations have been identified in patients with Schmid metaphyseal chondrodysplasia. More than 10 separate mutations have been identified thus far and all involve the noncollagenous globular region of the type X collagen molecule. Multiple early fractures are associated with osteogenesis imperfecta, a genetic defect in type I collagen. Joint laxity is associated with diseases such as Ehlers-Danlos syndrome, which results from a genetic defect in lysyl oxidase, an enzyme involved in collagen cross-linking and which also leads to hyperdistensible skin. Inflammatory arthritis is not associated with collagen disorders. Osteoporosis results from a decrease in bone density, and whereas most cases are idiopathic, some individuals with osteoporosis have been identified as having mild and previously unrecognized disorders of type I collagen consistent with osteogenesis imperfecta.

REFERENCE

Warman ML, Abbott M, Apte SS, et al: A type X collagen mutation causes Schmid metaphyseal chondrodysplasia. Nat Genet 1993;5:79-82.

329
Q

Most natural biologic materials are anisotropic, meaning that their stress-strain curve exhibits

  1. different moduli for compressive and tensile tests.
  2. a high degree of nonlinearity.
  3. a high sensitivity to the size of the test specimen.
  4. dependence on the rate of loading.
  5. dependence on the direction of load application.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5.dependence on the direction of load application.

DISCUSSION: Isotropic materials have the same elastic properties in three orthogonal directions; anisotropy means that the properties are different when loading in at least one direction. A ligament that is very stiff in the direction of the collagen fibers, but much more compliant in the two transverse directions, is a simple example. Knowing and reporting the direction of load on a test sample is extremely important in measuring the properties of anisotropic materials. The tensile and compressive properties of ligaments are also very different, but this is not anisotropy; isotropic materials can also behave in this manner (eg, cement). Stress-strain curves that vary with the test rate are a hallmark of viscoelastic materials; those sensitive to sample size indicate heterogeneity. Nonlinearity can result from many compositional and structural features.

REFERENCES

Ratner B, Hoffman AS, Schoen FJ, et al: Biomaterials Science. San Diego, CA, Academic Press, 1996, pp 16-17.

Buckwalter JA, Einhorn TA, Simon SR (eds): Orthopaedic Basic Science: Biology and Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal System, ed 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2000, pp 182-215.

330
Q

Which of the following processes will most greatly increase the wear damage to an ultrahigh molecular weight polyethylene articulating surface?

  1. Ethanol sterilization
  2. Third body inclusion
  3. Cold flow deformation
  4. Gamma radiation sterilization
  5. Ion implantation on the mating metallic surface
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Third body inclusion

DISCUSSION: While recent data suggest that both storage and sterilization techniques affect the wear properties of ultrahigh molecular weight polyethylene, the most dramatic increase in wear is associated with third body inclusion on the articular surface.

REFERENCES

Simon SR (ed): Orthopaedic Basic Science. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1994, pp 449-486.

McKellop HA, Campbell P, Park SH, et al: The origin of submicron polyethylene wear debris in total hip arthroplasty. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1995;311:3-20.

331
Q

What is the function of a transcription factor?

  1. Bind to DNA and influence gene expression
  2. Bind to cell membrane receptors and induce phosphorylation
  3. Package DNA
  4. Unwind DNA
  5. Dehydrate cellular proteins
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Bind to DNA and influence gene expression

DISCUSSION: Transcription factors bind to DNA and initiate gene transcription. A variety of transcription factors have been identified and some have a specific role in bone and cartilage physiology. Many transcription factors are present in the cell in an inactive form, but are activated by a series of phosphorylation reactions that follow the binding of a growth factor or other ligand to a specific cellular receptor. Cancers are frequently associated with the abnormal activation of transcription factors. Histones are molecules that bind and package DNA, but are not involved in transcription. Helicases unwind DNA and are involved in DNA synthesis, while metalloproteinases are enzymes that are involved in tissue catabolism and are involved in the pathogenesis of arthritis.

REFERENCES

Schmitt JM, Hwang K, Winn SR, Hollinger JO: Bone morphogenetic proteins: An update on basic biology an clinical relevance. J Orthop Res 1999;17:269-278.

Reddi AH: Initiation of fracture repair by bone morphogenetic proteins. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1998;355:S66-S72.

Buckwalter JA, Einhorn TA, Simon SR (eds): Orthopaedic Basic Science: Biology and Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal System, ed 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2000, pp 20-76.

332
Q

What is the most common bacterium found in an infection caused by a tick bite?

  1. Eikenella
  2. Vibrio vulnificus
  3. Borrelia burgdorferi
  4. Clostridium perfringens
  5. Methicillin-resistant Streptococcus
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Borrelia burgdorferi

DISCUSSION: Lyme disease is caused by a tick bite (either Ixodes dammini or Io pacificus) that carries the bacterium Borrelia burgdorferi. The human bite is the most common source for Eikenella, and a cat bite is a source of Pasturella multocida. Brackish water can cause a devastating infection of Vibrio vulnificus. Staphylococcus and Streptococcus remain the most common bacteria that cause orthopaedic infections and must always be assumed present until cultures or response (or lack of response) prove otherwise.

REFERENCES

Beaty JH (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 6. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1999, pp 191-203.

Kasser JR (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 5. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1996, pp 149-161, 295-309.

Buckwalter JA, Einhorn TA, Simon SR (eds): Orthopaedic Basic Science: Biology and Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal System, ed 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2000, pp 240-259.

333
Q

A fully differentiated osteoclast has receptors for which of the following proteins?

  1. Parathyroid hormone (PTH)
  2. Calcitonin
  3. Cholecalciferol
  4. Bone morphogenetic protein (BMP)
  5. Interleukin-2 (IL-2)
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Calcitonin

DISCUSSION: Osteoclasts resorb bone in response to specific systemic and intracellular signals. Regulation of osteoclastic bone resorption depends on the way its physiologic function is regulated through receptor mediated pathways. Calcitonin is a peptide hormone that directly binds to a cell surface receptor on osteoclasts to inhibit osteoclast function. Although PTH is frequently regarded as an agent that stimulates bone resorption, osteoclasts do not possess receptors for this hormone; instead, they are signaled to resorb bone by osteoblasts, the cells that possess receptors to PTH. IL-2 is an immunomodulatory cytokine that does not directly influence osteoclast function. BMP is the name for a family of osteoinductive proteins, many of which have receptors in osteoblast progenitor cells, but not in fully differentiated osteoclasts. Although osteoclast precursors do directly respond to 1,25 dihydroxycholecalciferol, they do not have a receptor for cholecalciferol itself (vitamin D).

REFERENCES

Suda T, Udagawa N, Takahashi N: Cells of bone: Osteoclast generation, in Bilezikian JP, Raisz LG, Rodan GA (eds): Principles of Bone Biology. San Diego, CA, Academic Press, 1996, pp 87-102.

Mundy GR: Bone resorbing cells, in Primer on the Metabolic Bone Diseases and Disorders of Mineral Metabolism, ed 3. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincot-Raven, 1996, pp 16-24.

334
Q

Cephalosporins are effective antibiotic agents because of their action on what aspect of bacterial metabolism?

  1. DNA gyrase
  2. Cell wall
  3. mRNA
  4. Cell membrane
  5. Protein
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Cell wall

DISCUSSION: The mechanism of action has been defined for seven antibiotic classes. The cephalosporin action is to inhibit cell wall synthesis. Quinolones inhibit DNA gyrase. Beta-lactam antibiotics bind to the surface of the cell membrane. Aminoglycosides inhibit protein synthesis by binding to ribosomal RNA. Rifampin inhibits RNA synthesis in bacteria.

REFERENCE

Simon SR (ed): Orthopaedic Basic Science. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1994, pp 489-517.

335
Q

Repair of the peripheral one third of the meniscus is sometimes possible because it has which of the following characteristics?

  1. Increased blood supply
  2. Appropriate viscoelasticity
  3. High glycoprotein concentration
  4. High type II collagen concentration
  5. Large size
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Increased blood supply

DISCUSSION: The outer one third of the meniscus is well vascularized, and this characteristic allows for an excellent healing potential.

REFERENCES

Buckwalter JA, Einhorn TA, Simon SR (eds): Orthopaedic Basic Science: Biology and Biomechanics of the Musculoskeletal System, ed 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, pp 2000, 532-545.

Arnozczky SP: Gross and vascular anatomy of the meniscus and its role in meniscal healing, regeneration and remodeling, in Mow VC, Arnozczky SP, Jackson DW (eds): Knee Meniscus Basic and Clinical Foundations. New York, NY, Raven Press, 1992, pp 1-14.

336
Q

During the first 2 years of life, which of the following actions is most responsible for increasing structural stability of the physis?

  1. The change from a flat to an undulating physis
  2. The growth of the zone of Ranvier
  3. Increased strength of the points of insertion of muscles onto bone
  4. Increased penetration of proprioceptive nerve endings about the physis
  5. Increased capillary penetration about the physis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. The growth of the zone of Ranvier

DISCUSSION: The zone of Ranvier provides the earliest increase in strength of the physis. During the first year of life, the zone spreads over the adjacent metaphysis to form a fibrous circumferential ring bridging from the epiphysis to the diaphysis. This ring increases the mechanical strength of the physis. The zone also helps the physis grow latitudinally. In turn, the increased width of the physis helps the physis further resist mechanical forces. The change in shape of the physis to its progressively more undulating form is also a factor in increasing physeal strength, but this occurs over a longer period of time, as the child’s activity level increases. The undulations of the physis seen in some growth plates also add to stability but to a lesser extent. The other changes contribute little toward increasing physeal strength.

REFERENCES

Burkus JK, Ogden JA: Development of the distal femoral epiphysis: A microscopic morphological investigation of the zone of Ranvier. J Pediatr Orthop 1984;4:661-668.

Shapiro F, Holtrop ME, Glimcher MJ: Organization and cellular biology of the perichondrial ossification groove of Ranvier: A morphological study in rabbits. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1977;59:703-723.

337
Q

Virtually all biological materials are viscoelastic, which means that their mechanical behavior is dependent on what factor?

  1. Load applied
  2. Cross-sectional area
  3. Rate of loading
  4. Mode of loading
  5. Direction of loading
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Rate of loading

DISCUSSION: Viscoelastic materials exhibit both viscous and elastic behavior. Elastic materials have the same stress-strain relationship regardless of the rate at which the load is applied. Viscoelastic behavior is dependent upon the strain rate; the modulus increases as the strain rate increases. The faster a load is applied to such materials the more elastic they behave. Many materials, both elastic and viscoelastic (including bone), have different properties in tension and compression. Ligaments are an excellent example, stiff in tension but not in compression. Materials that have different mechanical properties in different directions are called anisotropic.

REFERENCES

Black J: Orthopaedic Biomaterials in Research and Practice. New York, NY, Churchill Livingstone, 1988, pp 57-81.

Simon SR (ed): Orthopaedic Basic Science. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1994, p 456.

338
Q

When a long bone is subjected to a bending moment, the greatest tensile stresses are located

  1. within the cortex.
  2. at the neutral axis.
  3. at a periosteal surface.
  4. at an endosteal surface.
  5. along the bending axis.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. . at a periosteal surface.

DISCUSSION: The greatest tensile stresses are on the convex outer surface of the bone. In bending, the neutral axis is where the transition occurs from tension to compressive stress, and stresses are at a minimum. In a symmetrical structure, the neutral axis and the benign axis align, but in an asymmetric structure such as a long bone, the axes do not align.

REFERENCES

Timoshenko S, Young DH: Elements of Strength of Materials, ed 5. New York, NY, Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1968, pp 70-74.

Burstein AH, Wright TM: Fundamentals of Orthopaedic Biomechanics. Baltimore, MD, Williams and Wilkins, 1994.

339
Q

Figure below shows the radiograph of a 7-year-old patient who has a rightTrendelenburg limp and limited range of hip motion but no pain. His work-up should include

  1. a skeletal survey.
  2. genetic evaluation.
  3. cardiac evaluation.
  4. coagulation studies.
  5. an MRI scan of the hips.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. a skeletal survey.

DISCUSSION: The radiograph shows bilateral flattening of the femoral heads with mottling and “fragmentation” suggestive of Legg-Calve-Perthes disease. However, when these changes occur bilaterally and are symmetric, multiple epiphyseal dysplasia or spondyloepiphyseal dysplasia should be suspected. Skeletal survey will show irregularity of the secondary ossification centers. With these conditions, there is no true osteonecrosis and no evidence that orthotic or surgical “containment” will alter the outcome of progressive degenerative arthritis. Cardiac anomalies and coagulopathies are not associated with the epiphyseal dysplasias.

REFERENCES

Crossan JF, Wynne-Davies R, Fulford GE: Bilateral failure of the capital femoral epiphysis: Bilateral Perthes disease, multiple epiphyseal dysplasia, pseudoachondroplasia, and spondyloepiphyseal dysplasia congenita and tarda. J Pediatr Orthop 1983;3:297-301.

Sponseller PD: The skeletal dysplasias, in Morrissy RT, Weinstein SL (eds): Lovell and Winter’s Pediatric Orthopaedics, ed 5. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2001, pp 269-270.

340
Q

A 2-week-old infant has been referred for evaluation of nonmovement of the left hip. History reveals that the patient was delivered 6 weeks premature by cesarean section. Examination reveals no fever, and there is mild swelling of the thigh. Passive movement of the hip appears to elicit tenderness and very limited hip motion. A radiograph of the pelvis shows mild subluxation of the left hip. The next step in evaluation should consist of

  1. aspiration of the left hip.
  2. application of a Pavlik harness.
  3. a gallium scan.
  4. an MRI scan of the spine.
  5. modified Bryant traction.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. aspiration of the left hip.

DISCUSSION: The diagnosis of bone and joint sepsis in a newborn is difficult because of the relative lack of obvious signs and symptoms. Fever is usually absent. A study of 34 newborns with osteomyelitis identified prematurity and delivery by cesarean section as predisposing factors. In that study, the most common clinical findings were pseudoparalysis, local swelling, and pain on passive movement. Because early diagnosis is so important, any infant who exhibits these findings should be suspected as having bone or joint sepsis. Once the area of involvement is identified, aspiration is mandatory. In newborns who have an infection about the hip, radiographs may reveal subluxation. In this patient, septic arthritis must be ruled out by aspiration of the hip. Developmental dysplasia of the hip is not painful and is not accompanied by localized swelling. If no purulent material is obtained at the time of hip aspiration, an arthrogram should be obtained to rule out epiphysiolysis of the proximal femur. Because the area of involvement has been identified by clinical examination, a gallium scan or MRI scan of the spine is not indicated.

REFERENCES

Knudsen CJ, Hoffman EB: Neonatal osteomyelitis. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1990; 72:846-851.

Morrissy RT: Bone and joint sepsis, in Morrissy RT, Weinstein SL (eds): Lovell and Winter’s Pediatric Orthopaedics, ed 4. Philadelphia, Pa, Lippincott-Raven, 1996, pp 579-624.

341
Q

A 9-year-old boy who is small for his age has a painful limp and limited hip motion. Radiographs of the pelvis are shown in Figures 2. In addition to managing the problem with the hip, what laboratory studies should be obtained?

  1. Serum protein electrophoresis
  2. Serum glucose and hemoglobin A1C
  3. WBC and differential blood cell count
  4. Thyroxin and thyroid-stimulating hormone
  5. Transferrin and total iron-binding capacity
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Thyroxin and thyroid-stimulating hormone

DISCUSSION: The child has bilateral slipped capital femoral epiphyses (SCFE). SCFE usually develops in early adolescence, but can occur in younger children with endocrine disorders such as panhypopituitarism and hypothyroidism. Any child younger than age 10 years or older than age 16 years who has SCFE should be carefully evaluated for an underlying endocrine problem. Unrecognized endocrine disorders can increase the risks of anesthesia.

REFERENCES

Loder RT, Wittenberg B, DeSilva G: Slipped capital femoral epiphysis associated with endocrine disorders. J Pediatr Orthop 1995;15:349-356.

Wells D, King JD, Roe TF, et al: Review of slipped capital femoral epiphysis associated with endocrine disease. J Pediatr Orthop 1993;13:610-614.

342
Q

Figure below shows the current radiographs of a 13-year-old boy who was treated for an elbow fracture 1 year ago. He is neurovascularly intact. What is the most important component of treatment if reconstruction is being considered?

  1. Construction of the annular ligament
  2. Restoration of the radioulnar articulation
  3. Restoration and maintenance of ulnar length and alignment
  4. Adequate immobilization postoperatively in 120° of flexion
  5. Placement of a Kirschner wire from the radial head to the capitellum
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Restoration and maintenance of ulnar length and alignment

DISCUSSION: Restoration of ulnar length and alignment is usually sufficient to allow complete reduction of the radial head. Reconstruction of the annular ligament may be unnecessary, and while immobilization in 100° to 110° of flexion is helpful in maintaining reduction, 120° is excessive and risks vascular compromise. Pins across the radiocapitellar joint frequently break and should be avoided. Pinning from the proximal radius to the ulna is safer and can stabilize the radiocapitellar joint just as well.

REFERENCES

Beaty JH, Kasser JR: Fractures about the elbow. Instr Course Lect 1995;44:199-215.

Mehta SD: Flexion osteotomy of ulna for untreated Monteggia fracture in children. Indian J Surg 1985;47:15-19.

343
Q

A 12-year-old girl has had lower back pain for the past 6 months that interferes with her ability to participate in sports. She denies any history of radicular symptoms, sensory changes, or bowel or bladder dysfunction. Examination reveals a shuffling gait, restriction of forward bending, and tight hamstrings. Radiographs show a grade III spondylolisthesis of L5 on S1, with a slip angle of 20°. Management should consist of

  1. brace treatment.
  2. laminectomy, nerve root decompression, and in situ fusion of L4 to the sacrum.
  3. in situ fusion of L4 to the sacrum.
  4. excision of the L5 lamina.
  5. physical therapy.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. in situ fusion of L4 to the sacrum.

DISCUSSION: Indications for surgical treatment of spondylolisthesis include pain and/or progression of deformity. Specifically, surgery is necessary when there is persistent pain or a neurologic deficit that fails to respond to nonsurgical therapy, there is significant slip progression, or the slip is greater than 50%. For patients with mild spondylolisthesis, in situ posterolateral L5-S1 fusion is adequate. In patients with more severe slips (greater than 50%), extension of the fusion to L4 offers better mechanical advantage. Postoperative immobilization may be achieved with instrumentation, casting, or both. In patients with a slip angle of greater than 45°, reduction of the lumbosacral kyphosis with instrumentation or casting is desirable to prevent slip progression. Laminectomy alone is contraindicated in a child. Nerve root decompression is indicated if radiculopathy is present clinically.

REFERENCES

Seitsalo S, Osterman K, Hyvarinen H, Tallroth K, Schlenzka D, Poussa M: Progression of spondylolisthesis in children and adolescents: A long-term follow-up of 272 patients. Spine 1991;16:417-421.

Newton PO, Johnston CE II: Analysis and treatment of poor outcomes following in situ arthrodesis in adolescent spondylolisthesis. J Pediatr Orthop 1997;17:754-761.

344
Q

Marfan syndrome is most likely associated with defects in which of the following structural proteins?

  1. Elastin
  2. Fibrillin
  3. Fibronectin
  4. Type II collagen
  5. Type III collagen
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Fibrillin

DISCUSSION: Most patients with Marfan syndrome have abnormalities in fibrillin, a structural protein found in ligaments. Marfan syndrome has been linked to a fibrillin gene on chromosome 15, as has ectopia lentis. Congenital contractural arachnodactyly has been linked to a fibrillin gene on chromosome 5. A few patients with a marfanoid habitus have an anomaly of type I collagen, the major collagen component of bone and ligaments. Type II collagen is the main collagen found in articular cartilage. A type II collagen anomaly is associated with spondyloepiphyseal dysplasia and Kneist syndrome. A type III collagen anomaly has been seen in one form of Ehlers-Danlos syndrome. Fibronectin and elastin anomalies have not yet been shown to be associated with specific diseases.

REFERENCES

Tsipouras P, Del Mastro R, Sarfarazi M, et al: Genetic linkage of the Marfan syndrome, ectopia lentis, and congenital contractural arachnodactyly to the fibrillin genes on chromosomes 15 and 5: The International Marfan Syndrome Collaborative Study. N Engl J Med 1992;326:905-909.

Zaleske DJ: Metabolic and endocrine abnormalities, in Morrissy RT, Weinstein SL (eds): Lovell and Winter’s Pediatric Orthopaedics, ed 4. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott-Raven, 1996, vol 1, pp 137-201.

345
Q

The inheritance of the deformity shown in Figure below is most commonly

  1. autosomal recessive.
  2. autosomal dominant.
  3. X-linked dominant.
  4. mitochondrial.
  5. sporadic.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. autosomal dominant.

DISCUSSION: Cleft hand and cleft foot malformations are commonly inherited as autosomal-dominant traits and are associated with a number of syndromes. An autosomal-recessive and an X-linked inheritance pattern have also been described, but these are much less common and are usually atypical. In the common autosomal-dominant condition, nearly one third of the known carriers of the gene show no hand or foot abnormalities. This is known as reduced penetrance. The disorder may be variably expressed; affected family members often exhibit a range from mild abnormalities in one limb only to severe anomalies in four limbs. Variable expressivity and reduced penetrance can cause difficulty in counseling families regarding future offspring in an affected family. Many patients have a cleft hand that may be caused by the split-hand, split-foot gene (SHFM1) localized on chromosome 7q21.

REFERENCE

Kay SPJ: Cleft hand, in Green DP (ed): Green’s Operative Hand Surgery. Philadelphia, PA, Churchill Livingstone, 1999, pp 402-414.

346
Q

A 7-year-old boy with a closed supracondylar fracture of the distal humerus is unable to flex the distal interphalangeal (DIP) joint of his index finger and the interphalangeal (IP) joint of his thumb. These findings are most likely due to a deficit involving fibers of which of the following nerves?

  1. Ulnar
  2. Radial
  3. Musculocutaneous
  4. Anterior interosseous
  5. Posterior interosseous
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Anterior interosseous

DISCUSSION: Inability to flex the DIP joint of the index finger and IP joint of the thumb indicates a motor deficit to the anterior interosseous nerve. The posterior interosseous, radial, ulnar, and musculocutaneous nerves do not innervate the profundus to the index finger nor the flexor pollicis longus.

REFERENCES

Kasser JR (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 5. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1996, pp 259-267.

Cramer KE, Green NE, Devito DP: Incidence of anterior interosseous nerve palsy in supracondylar humerus fractures in children. J Pediatr Orthop 1993;13:502-505.

347
Q

A 14-year-old girl with polyarticular juvenile rheumatoid arthritis (JRA) has severe neck pain and reports the onset of urinary incontinence. A lateral radiograph and lateral tomogram of the cervical spine are shown in Figures 5A and 5B. An MRI scan of the upper cervical spine is shown in Figure 5C. Management should consist of

  1. a rigid cervical orthosis.
  2. a soft cervical collar.
  3. posterior C1-2 fusion with halo immobilization.
  4. administration of methotrexate.
  5. activity restrictions.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. posterior C1-2 fusion with halo immobilization.

DISCUSSION: The plain radiograph and tomogram show an abnormality of the upper cervical spine, with erosion of the dens. The MRI scan shows evidence of cord impingement. The cervical spine is frequently involved in polyarticular JRA. Stiffness and autofusion are commonly seen, but C1-2 instability can also occur secondary to synovitis and bony erosion. Basilar invagination is rare in JRA. There is no consensus regarding fusion in the asymptomatic patient. In patients with symptoms and neurologic signs, posterior C1-2 fusion is indicated.

REFERENCES

Fried JA, Athreya B, Gregg JR, Das M, Doughty R: The cervical spine in juvenile rheumatoid arthritis. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1983;179:102-106.

Hensinger RN, DeVito PD, Ragsdale CG: Changes in the cervical spine in juvenile rheumatoid arthritis. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1986;68:189-198.

348
Q

Figure 6 shows the radiograph of a 13-year-old boy who has low back pain and tight hamstrings. There are no sensory or motor deficits. What is the recommended treatment for this condition?

  1. Gill procedure
  2. Thoracolumbosacral orthosis
  3. Direct repair of the pars defect
  4. Posterolateral fusion from L4 to the sacrum
  5. Combined anteroposterior fusion from L5 to the sacrum
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Posterolateral fusion from L4 to the sacrum

DISCUSSION: The standard treatment of spondylolisthesis in skeletally immature patients with greater than 50% slippage is a posterolateral fusion from L4 to the sacrum. An orthosis will not prevent progression of the slip. Isolated decompression (Gill procedure) is contraindicated in adolescents as it increases the likelihood of progressive slippage. Direct repair of pars defects is appropriate for L3 or L4 spondylolysis without spondylolisthesis. Anterior procedures are not generally indicated in adolescents with grade III spondylolistheses.

REFERENCES

Bradford DS, Iza J: Repair of the defect in spondylolysis or minimal degrees of spondylolisthesis by segmental wire fixation and bone grafting. Spine 1985;10:673-679.

Harris IE, Weinstein SL: Long-term follow-up of patients with grade-III and IV spondylolisthesis: Treatment with and without posterior fusion. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1987;69:960-969.

Pizzutillo PD, Mirenda W, MacEwen GD: Posterolateral fusion for spondylolisthesis in adolescence. J Pediatr Orthop 1986;6:311-316.

349
Q

A 12-year-old girl has progressive development of cavus feet. Examination reveals slightly diminished vibratory sensation on the bottom of the foot. Reflexes are 1+ at the knees and ankles. Motor examination shows that all muscles are 5/5 in the foot, except the peroneal and anterior tibial muscles are rated as 4+/5. Which of the following studies is considered most diagnostic?

  1. Nerve conduction velocity studies
  2. Biopsy of the quadriceps femoris muscle
  3. Biopsy of the sural nerve
  4. DNA testing
  5. Chromosomal analysis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. DNA testing

DISCUSSION: The patient most likely has a form of Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, or hereditary motor sensory neuropathy (HMSN). The most common varieties can now be diagnosed by DNA testing. Mutations have been detected in the peripheral myelin protein-22 (PMP-22) gene in HMSN type IA and in the connexin gene in the X-linked HMSN. Specific DNA diagnosis is useful in genetic counseling. Routine chromosomal testing most likely would not detect these mutations. Nerve conduction velocity study results are normal in some types of HMSN, and delayed nerve conduction, when found, indicates a peripheral neuropathy but does not specify the type or inheritance pattern. Biopsy of the sural nerve or of the quadriceps can be informative in some patients, but is not as specific as DNA testing. These procedures are most often reserved for patients with negative DNA test results.

REFERENCES

Chance PF: Molecular genetics of hereditary neuropathies. J Child Neurol 1999;14:43-52.

Bell C, Haites N: Genetic aspects of Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease. Arch Dis Child 1998;78:296-300.

350
Q

Figure 7 shows the lateral cervical radiograph of a 2-year-old girl who was an unrestrained passenger in a motor vehicle accident. She is able to move her neck freely without pain, and her neurologic examination is normal. Management should include

  1. observation.
  2. anterior decompression.
  3. upper cervical arthrodesis.
  4. application of a soft collar.
  5. immobilization in a halo vest.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. observation.

DISCUSSION: In children, injuries to the upper cervical spine are more common than injuries to the lower cervical spine. Radiographic findings that would indicate significant trauma in adults, such as anterior soft-tissue widening, may be normal variants in the cervical spine of a child. This child has pseudosubluxation of C2 on C3. Pseudosubluxation occurs because children have less slope to their articular facet joints and increased ligamentous laxity. It is possible to differentiate pseudosubluxation from more serious spinal problems by drawing a line along the front of the posterior elements of C1, C2, and C3, as described by Swischuk. Pseudosubluxation of C2 on C3 is a normal finding, so treatment is not indicated.

REFERENCES

Ehara S, el-Khoury GY, Sato Y: Cervical spine injury in children: Radiologic manifestations. Am J Roentgenol 1988;151:1175-1178.

Swischuk LE: Anterior displacement of C2 in children: Physiologic or pathologic. Radiology 1977;122:759-763.

Discussion:
- pediatric pseudosubluxation refers to normal mobility of C-2 on C-3 in flexion which may be so pronounced as to be mistaken
for pathologic motion; (is normal in children < 8 years old);
- prevalence:
- pseudosubluxation may be seen in 40% of children at C2-C3 level and in 14% of children at the C3-C4 level
- etiology:
- pediatric C-spine (up to 8 yrs of age) has greatly increased physiologic mobility as compared to the adult;
- occurs because of increased ligamentous laxity, more horizontal nature of facet joint (30 deg vs. 60-70 deg in adult);
- in children, fulcurm of motion that is relatively greatest at C2-C3 level (compared w/ C5-C6 in the adult);
- 70% of C-spine frx in infants and children occur from C1 to C3;
- hence increase frequency of atlantoaxial rotatory subluxation as compared to the adult;
- in normal circumstances, this anterior displacement only occurs in flexion, and should not occur in extension;

  • Radiographs:
  • look for anterior displacement of C2 on C3 of up to 4 mm or 40% displacement;
  • often the pediatric cross table lateral will be taken with the child’s neck slightly flexed, (because the child’s relatively larger head size lies
    flexed on the trauma board), which accentuates the deformity;
  • absence of significant soft tissue swelling;
  • Distinguish between Normal and Abnormal Radiographs:
  • lack of anterior swelling cont alignment of posterior interspinous distances & posterior cervical line (Schwisk) on radiographs
  • note that a crying child may have increase soft tissue density;
  • extension:
  • in normal circumstances, this anterior displacement only occurs in flexion, and should not occur in extension;
  • reduction of subluxation with neck extension help to differentiate this from more serious disorders;
  • Swischuk’ Line:
  • line is drawn from the anterior aspect of C1-C3 spinous processes;
  • this line should be within 2 mm of the anterior C2 spinous process;
  • spinal-laminar line:
  • normally should remain intact;
  • straight-line relationship of spinal-laminar line of C-1, C-2, & C-3 in flexion is helpful in differentiating physiologic from pathologic
    anterior displacement of C-2 and C-3.
  • flexion:
  • in flexion, posterior arch of C-2 will lie on or behind straight line connecting posterior arches of C-1 & C-3 in nl immature spine;
  • Exam:
  • rapid resolution of pain, relatively minor trauma
351
Q

An 11-year-old boy has had a fever and pain and swelling over the lateral aspect of his right ankle for the past 3 days. Examination reveals warmth, swelling, and tenderness over the lateral malleolus, and he has a temperature of 103.2° F (39.5° C). Laboratory studies show a WBC count of 13,200/mm3 with 61% neutrophils, an erythocyte sedimentation rate of 112 mm/h, and a C-reactive protein of 15.7. Aspiration yields 1 mL of purulent fluid. Management should now consist of

  1. oral antibiotics and a follow-up office appointment the next day.
  2. incision and drainage of the distal fibular metaphysis.
  3. indium-labeled WBC scan.
  4. antituberculous medication for 6 months.
  5. three-phase technetium Tc 99m bone scan.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. incision and drainage of the distal fibular metaphysis.

DISCUSSION: The initial signs and symptoms of acute hematogenous osteomyelitis vary widely but usually include fever, bone pain, and impaired use of the involved extremity. In lower extremity infections, the child may limp or refuse to walk. Examination often reveals bone tenderness. In more advanced cases, erythema, warmth, and swelling may be present. The WBC and neutrophil counts are not always elevated, but the erythocyte sedimentation rate will be abnormal in more than 90% of patients. When the infection is diagnosed early, before a subperiosteal abscess has formed, antibiotics alone may be adequate to treat the infection. This patient has a more advanced infection, however, with the MRI scan revealing a subperiosteal abscess that was confirmed by aspiration. When an abscess is present, surgical drainage is generally indicated to remove devitalized tissue and to enhance the efficacy of the antibiotics. Further studies, such as bone or indium scans, are not necessary and will delay definitive treatment.

REFERENCES

Scott RJ, Christofersen MR, Robertson WW Jr, et al: Acute osteomyelitis in children: A review of 116 cases. J Pediatr Orthop 1990;10:649-652.

Vaughan PA, Newman NM, Rosman MA: Acute hematogenous osteomyelitis. J Pediatr Orthop 1987;7:652-655.

352
Q

A newborn has a flail right upper extremity after a difficult right occiput anterior vaginal delivery. Examination shows an obvious fracture of the right clavicle. Following stimulation, there is no movement of the arm or hand and there appears to be no sensation in the hand. Management should include

  1. a CT scan arteriogram.
  2. an MRI scan of the brachial plexus.
  3. nerve conduction velocity studies and an electromyogram.
  4. surgical exploration and repair of the brachial plexus.
  5. observation for 60 days before obtaining further tests.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. observation for 60 days before obtaining further tests.

DISCUSSION: The patient’s signs and symptoms suggest the clinical appearance of a brachial plexus palsy. Fractures of the clavicle can mimic this disorder, and sensory testing in infants can be difficult. Recovery of function in patients with obstetric palsy is common, even if the initial loss of function appears to be severe. Observation for 60 to 90 days frequently reveals substantial functional improvement, obviating the need for surgery or further diagnostic testing. Surgical repair of the lesion is advocated by some authors for severe loss of function that is still present after age 3 months. Early diagnostic studies have not been helpful in planning treatment, although an MRI scan obtained at a later time can assist with surgical planning. There is no indication for an arteriogram.

REFERENCES

Sedel L: The results of surgical repair of brachial plexus injuries. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1982;64:54-66.

Jahnke AH Jr, Bovill DF, McCarroll HR Jr, et al: Persistent brachial plexus birth palsies. J Pediatr Orthop 1991;11:533-537.

353
Q

Figures 9A and 9B show the radiographs of an 11-year-old boy who felt a pop and immediate pain in his right knee as he was driving off his right leg to jam a basketball. Examination reveals that the knee is flexed, and the patient is unable to actively extend it or bear weight on that side. There is also a large effusion. Management should include

  1. ice and elevation, followed by graduated range-of-motion exercises.
  2. a long leg cast.
  3. excision of the fragment.
  4. open reduction and internal fixation.
  5. observation until maturity, followed by anterior cruciate ligament repair.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4.open reduction and internal fixation.

DISCUSSION: Fractures through the cartilage on the inferior pole of the patella, the so-called sleeve fracture, are often difficult to diagnose because of the paucity of ossified bone visible on the radiographs. If the fracture is missed and the fragments are widely displaced, the patella may heal in an elongated configuration that may result in compromise of the extensor mechanism function. The treatment of choice is open reduction and internal fixation using a tension band wire technique to achieve close approximation of the fragments and restore full active knee extension.

REFERENCES

Heckman JD, Alkire CC: Distal patellar pole fractures: A proposed common mechanism of injury. Am J Sports Med 1984;12:424-428.

Tolo VT: Fractures and dislocations around the knee, in Green NE, Swiontkowski MF (eds): Skeletal Trauma in Children. Philadelphia, Pa, WB Saunders, 1994, vol 3, pp 380-382.

354
Q

Posterior spinal fusion for scoliosis should be performed on a patient with Duchenne muscular dystrophy when

  1. the patient is still ambulatory.
  2. lordotic posture is present.
  3. the forced vital capacity (FVC) is less than 30% of the predicted value.
  4. curve magnitude measures 25° or greater.
  5. orthotic management fails
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. curve magnitude measures 25° or greater.

DISCUSSION: Progressive scoliosis develops in most patients with Duchenne muscular dystrophy. The onset of spinal deformity typically follows the cessation of walking, and curves can be expected to progress about 10° per year. Posterior spinal fusion with instrumentation should be performed as soon as a curve of 25° or greater is documented and before deterioration of pulmonary function (a FVC of less than 30%) precludes surgery. Patients with kyphotic posture tend to progress more rapidly than those with lordotic posture. Brace treatment is contraindicated because it is not definitive and it may mask curve progression while pulmonary function is concomitantly worsening.

REFERENCES

Beaty JH (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 6. Rosemont, Ill, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1999, pp 635-651.

Mubarak SJ, Morin WD, Leach J: Spinal fusion in Duchenne muscular dystrophy: Fixation and fusion to the sacropelvis? J Pediatr Orthop 1993;13:752-757.

355
Q

Which of the following deformities is most likely associated with slight valgus of the femur, dimpling over the tibia, mild leg-length deficiency, increased heel valgus, and tarsal coalition?

  1. Type 1 fibular hemimelia
  2. Type 2 tibial hemimelia
  3. Type 4 proximal femoral focal deficiency (PFFD)
  4. Posterior medial bowing of the tibia
  5. Congenital pseudarthrosis of the tibia
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Type 1 fibular hemimelia

DISCUSSION: Fibular hemimelia can exist in three forms; type 1 represents the milder form with a hypoplastic fibular present. An associated abnormality commonly found with fibular hypoplasia is anteromedial bowing of the tibia, with a skin dimple overlying the deformity. Abnormalities of the ankle joint (such as a ball-and-socket ankle and a valgus position of the hindfoot) are common, and tarsal coalition frequently exists. The patient almost always has some mild shortening of the femur, valgus of the distal femur, and anteroposterior knee instability. While tarsal coalition is present in some forms of PFFD, a type 4 deformity is associated with severe shortening, as is type 2 tibial hemimelia. Posterior medial bowing is associated with mild leg-length deficiency, although it is not associated with tarsal coalition. Congenital pseudarthrosis of the tibia is often seen in association with neurofibromatosis and frequently has a fracture that fails to heal.

REFERENCES

Day HJB: The ISO/ISPO classification of congenital limb deficiency, in Bowker JHG, Michael JW (eds): Atlas of Limb Prosthetics: Surgical, Prosthetic, and Rehabilitation Principles, ed 2. St Louis, MO, Mosby-Year Book, 1992, pp 743-748.

Achterman C, Kalamchi A: Congenital deficiency of the fibula. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1979;61:133-137.

Grogan DP, Holt GR, Ogden JA: Talocalcaneal coalition in patients who have fibular hemimelia or proximal femoral focal deficiency: A comparison of the radiographic and pathological findings. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1994;76:1363-1370.

356
Q

A 4-year-old boy is seen in the emergency department with a 2-day history of left groin pain and a limp. His parents deny any history of injury. Examination of the hip shows a 5° hip flexion position, 20° of abduction, internal rotation to 15°, and external rotation to 30°. His temperature is 100.9°F (38.3°C). Blood studies show a normal WBC count, and the erythrocyte sedimentation rate is 18 mm/h. The C-reactive protein is pending. A radiograph is shown in Figure 10. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Perthes disease
  2. Transient synovitis
  3. Slipped capital femoral epiphysis (SCFE)
  4. Septic arthritis
  5. Juvenile arthritis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Transient synovitis

DISCUSSION: Transient synovitis is the most common cause of hip pain in children. Males are affected more often than females, and this a typical age for this problem. Normal radiographs rule out SCFE and Perthes disease. The normal WBC count, temperature, ability to walk, and normal ESR make septic arthritis unlikely. Both juvenile arthritis and transient synovitis are diagnoses of exclusion and the subsequent clinical course would differentiate. Transient synovitis usually lasts less than 4 or 5 days. With juvenile arthritis, the ESR usually is elevated.

REFERENCES

Kocher MS, Mandiga R, Zurakowski D, Barnewolt C, Kasser J: Validation of a clinical prediction rule for the differentiation between septic arthritis and transient synovitis of the hip in children. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2004;86:1629-1635.

Kocher MS, Zurakowski D, Kasser J: Differentiating between septic arthritis and transient synovitis of the hip in children: An evidence-based clinical prediction algorithm. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1999;81:1662-1670.

357
Q

A 7-year-old patient has had a painless limp for several months. Examination reveals pain and spasm with internal rotation, and abduction is limited to 10° on the involved side. Management consists of 1 week of bed rest and traction, followed by an arthrogram. A maximum abduction/internal rotation view is shown in Figure 11A, and abduction and adduction views are shown in Figures 11B and 11C. The studies are most consistent with

  1. Catterall II involvement.
  2. tubercular synovitis.
  3. Herring type A involvement.
  4. hinge abduction.
  5. osteochondritis dissecans
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. hinge abduction.

DISCUSSION: The radiographs show classic hinge abduction. The diagnostic feature is the failure of the lateral epiphysis to slide under the acetabular edge with abduction, and the abduction view shows medial dye pooling because of distraction of the hip joint. Persistent hinge abduction has been shown to prevent femoral head remodeling by the acetabulum. Radiographic changes are characteristic of severe involvement with Legg-Calve-Perthes disease. The Catterall classification cannot be well applied without a lateral radiograph, but this degree of involvement would likely be considered a grade III or IV. Because the lateral pillar is involved, this condition would be classified as type C using the Herring lateral pillar classification scheme.

REFERENCE

Reinker KA: Early diagnosis and treatment of hinge abduction in Legg-Perthes disease. J Pediatr Orthop 1996;16:3-9.

358
Q

Figure 12 shows the radiograph of a 3-year-old child with progressive bowlegs. Laboratory studies show a calcium level of 9.5 mg/dL (normal 9.0 to 11.0 mg/dL), a phosphorus level of 4.2 mg/dL (normal 3 to 5.7 mg/dL), and an alkaline phosphatase level of 305 IU/L (normal 104 to 345 IU/L). What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Blount disease
  2. Hypophosphatemic rickets
  3. Nutritional rickets
  4. Schmid metaphyseal dysostosis
  5. Jansen metaphyseal dysostosis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Schmid metaphyseal dysostosis

DISCUSSION: The patient has bowlegs associated with very wide physes, particularly noted at the hips. The widening of the growth plates is a classic sign of rickets; however, the normal levels of calcium, phosphorus, and alkaline phosphatase rule out both nutritional and hypophosphatemic rickets. Patients with nutritional rickets or hypophosphatemic rickets have hypophosphatemia and increased alkaline phosphatase levels. Jansen metaphyseal dysostosis has very severe radiographic findings that are not found in this patient; however, these radiographic findings are classic for Schmid metaphyseal dysostosis. This disorder is caused by a mutation in the gene for type X collagen, which is found only in the growth plates of growing children.

REFERENCES

Lachman RS, Rimoin DL, Spranger J: Metaphyseal chondrodysplasia, Schmid type: Clinical and radiographic delineation with a review of the literature. Pediatr Radiol 1988;18:93-102.

Warman ML, Abbot M, Apte SS, et al: A type X collagen mutation causes Schmid metaphyseal chondrodysplasia. Nat Genet 1993;5:79-82.

359
Q

Which of the following clinical scenarios represents an appropriate indication for convex hemiepiphysiodesis/hemiarthrodesis in the treatment of a child with a congenital spinal deformity?

  1. A 3-year-old child with a hemivertebra opposite a contralateral bar and thoracic scoliosis that measures 53°
  2. A 4-year-old child with a fully segmented L1 hemivertebra and scoliosis that measures 80°
  3. A 4-year-old child with a fully segmented T10 hemivertebra and scoliosis that measures 50°
  4. A 4-year-old child with a posterolateral hemivertebra at the thoracolumbar junction and a kyphoscoliotic deformity that measures 45°
  5. A 10-year-old child with a hemivertebra and scoliosis that measures 50°
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3

DISCUSSION: Convex hemiarthrodesis and hemiepiphysiodesis are procedures designed to gradually reduce curve magnitude in congenital scoliosis because of hemivertebrae. They are used to surgically create an anterior and posterior bar to arrest growth on the convexity of the existing deformity. Success of the technique is predicated on continued growth on the concave side of the deformity. Prerequisites for this procedure include curves of limited length (less than or equal to five vertebrae), curves of reasonable magnitude (less than 70°), absence of kyphosis, concave growth potential, and appropriate age (younger than age 5 years).

REFERENCE

Winter RB, Lonstein JE, Denis F, Sta-Ana de la Rosa H: Convex growth arrest for progressive congenital scoliosis due to hemivertebrae. J Pediatr Orthop 1988;8:633-638.

360
Q

Which of the following types of iliac osteotomy provides the greatest potential for increased coverage?

  1. Ganz periacetabular
  2. Pemberton innominate
  3. Salter innominate
  4. Sutherland double innominate
  5. Steele triple innominate
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Ganz periacetabular

DISCUSSION: The degree of acetabular dysplasia and the age of the child are important considerations when choosing what type of osteotomy to perform. The ability to obtain concentric reduction is a prerequisite of all osteotomies that redirect the acetabulum. Procedures that cut all three pelvic bones allow more displacement and, therefore, correction of acetabular dysplasia. The closer the osteotomy is to the acetabulum, the greater the coverage of the femoral head. Compared with the other acetabular osteotomies, the Ganz periacetabular osteotomy provides the greatest potential for correcting acetabular deficiency because there are no bone or ligamentous restraints to limit correction, but it has the disadvantage of being a technically demanding procedure. The amount of coverage provided by the Salter osteotomy is limited.

REFERENCES

Millis MB, Poss R, Murphy SB: Osteotomies of the hip in the prevention and treatment of osteoarthritis. Instr Course Lect 1992;41:145-154.

Weinstein SL: Developmental hip dysplasia and dislocation, in Morrissy RT, Weinstein SL (eds): Lovell and Winter’s Pediatric Orthopaedics, ed 4. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott-Raven, 1996, pp 903-950.

361
Q

Figure 13 shows the radiograph of an 18-year-old patient who has severe knee pain. Treatment consisting of osteotomy should be performed

  1. above the tibial tubercle.
  2. at or just below the tibial tubercle.
  3. in the tibial diaphysis.
  4. on both the femur and tibia.
  5. on the femur alone
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. at or just below the tibial tubercle.

DISCUSSION: Very large corrections of tibial deformity can be achieved at or just below the tibial tubercle. This level of osteotomy maintains the relationship between the tubercle and the rest of the joint, does not alter patellofemoral mechanics, and avoids complicating possible future conversion to total knee arthroplasty. High tibial osteotomy is contraindicated for large corrections because of excessive elevation of the tibial tubercle and overhang of the lateral plateau. Correction in the tibial diaphysis creates a zigzag pattern in the tibia by correcting below the deformity and risks nonunion in cortical bone. There is no evidence that the femur is deformed; therefore, femoral osteotomy is not indicated.

REFERENCE

Murphy SB: Tibial osteotomy for genu varum: Indications, preoperative planning, and technique. Orthop Clin North Am 1994;25:477-482.

362
Q

Examination of a 6-year-old boy who sustained a displaced Salter-Harris type II fracture of the distal radius reveals 35° of volar angulation. A satisfactory reduction is obtained with the aid of a hematoma block. At the 10-day follow-up examination, radiographs show loss of reduction and 35° of volar angulation. Management should now consist of

  1. acceptance of the malalignment and continued cast immobilization.
  2. repeat closed reduction with the aid of IV morphine and midazolam.
  3. repeat closed reduction with the aid of IV ketamine.
  4. repeat closed reduction with the patient under general anesthesia.
  5. gentle open reduction with smooth cross-pin fixation.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. acceptance of the malalignment and continued cast immobilization.

DISCUSSION: In a 6-year-old child with a physeal fracture, the healing response 10 days after injury is so advanced that manipulation would have to be very forceful to be successful. A forceful manipulation in a patient this age increases the risk of early growth arrest and a significant disability because 80% of the growth of the radius comes from the distal physis. Because of the large contribution of growth from the distal radial physis and the angulation being in the plane of wrist motion, the potential for remodeling of this fracture is great. It is highly probable that this fracture will completely remodel in 1 to 2 years of growth. In this patient, even a “gentle” open reduction would probably require enough force that the physis would be damaged.

REFERENCES

Dimeglio A: Growth in pediatric orthopaedics, in Morrissy RT, Weinstein SL (eds): Lovell and Winter’s Pediatric Orthopaedics, ed 5. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, 2001, pp 33-62.

Waters PM: Forearm and wrist fractures, in Richards BS (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Pediatrics. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1996, pp 251-258.

363
Q

Figure 14 shows the radiograph of a 13-year-old girl who has scoliosis. She has long, slender fingers, and when she grasps her left wrist with her right hand, the index finger and thumb overlap by 3 cm. She wears glasses for myopia. A preoperative work-up should include

  1. an echocardiogram.
  2. neurofibromin testing.
  3. a serum fibrillin level.
  4. an MRI scan of the spine.
  5. a urine mucopolysaccharide screen.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. an echocardiogram.

DISCUSSION: The patient has Marfan syndrome. In these patients, aortic dilation can be life-threatening and aortic rupture has been reported as a complication of spinal surgery. An ultrasound measurement of the diameter of the aorta should be done preoperatively and on a yearly basis thereafter, and treatment with beta blockers and avoidance of stressful activities should be prescribed prophylactically if dilation is present. An MRI scan of the spine is not indicated in the work-up of this disease. Urine mucopolysaccharide screening is used to rule out mucopolysaccharidoses, but this patient has no sign of these diseases. While fibrillin levels are abnormal in patients with Marfan syndrome, this is a structural protein and abnormality cannot be determined by serum measurement. Abnormalities of neurofibromin are associated with neurofibromatosis, not Marfan syndrome.

REFERENCES

Birch JG, Herring JA: Spinal deformity in Marfan syndrome. J Pediatr Orthop 1987;7:546-552.

Shores J, Berger KR, Murphy EA, et al: Progression of aortic dilation and the benefit of long-term beta-adrenergic blockade in Marfan’s syndrome. N Engl J Med 1994;330:1335-1341.

Tsipouras P, Del Mastro R, Sarfarazi M, et al: Genetic linkage of the Marfan syndrome, ectopia lentis, and congenital contractural arachnodactyly to the fibrillin genes on chromosomes 15 and 5: The International Marfan Syndrome Collaborative Study. New Engl J Med 1992;326:905-909.

364
Q

Figure 15 shows the radiograph of an 11-year-old boy with Duchenne muscular dystrophy who has been nonambulatory for the past 2 years. Management of the spinal deformity should consist of

  1. wheelchair modifications and custom-molded inserts.
  2. posterior fusion with instrumentation.
  3. anterior and posterior fusion.
  4. observation and reexamination in 6 months.
  5. thoracolumbosacral orthosis bracing
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. posterior fusion with instrumentation.

DISCUSSION: The presence of any curve greater than 20° in a nonambulatory patient with Duchenne muscular dystrophy is an indication for posterior fusion with instrumentation. Because of progressive cardiomyopathy and pulmonary deficiency, waiting until the curve is larger can increase the risk of pulmonary or cardiac complications during or following surgery. There is some disagreement as to whether all such fusions must extend to the pelvis. Bracing or other nonsurgical management is ineffective and is not indicated in this situation.

REFERENCES

Sussman M: Duchenne muscular dystrophy. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 2002;10:138-151.

Mubarek SJ, Morin WD, Leach J: Spinal fusion in Duchenne muscular dystrophy: Fixation and fusion to the sacropelvis? J Pediatr Orthop 1993;13:752-757.

365
Q

Which of the following patients is considered the most appropriate candidate for selective dorsal rhizotomy?

  1. Nonambulatory 2-year-old with spastic diplegia
  2. Nonambulatory 2-year-old with spastic quadriplegia
  3. Nonambulatory 12-year-old with spastic quadriplegia
  4. Ambulatory 4-year-old with spastic diplegia
  5. Ambulatory 9-year-old with hemiplegia and athetosis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Ambulatory 4-year-old with spastic diplegia

DISCUSSION: While other surgical and nonsurgical options exist for management of spasticity, the criteria originally laid out by Peacock and associates describe the most appropriate candidate for rhizotomy as a patient with spastic diplegia who is between the ages of 4 to 8 years and has a stable gait pattern that is limited by lower extremity spasticity. Rhizotomy is not recommended in patients with athetosis because of unpredictable results. In addition, rhizotomy should be avoided in nonambulatory patients with spastic quadriplegia because it is associated with significant spinal deformities.

REFERENCES

Peacock WJ, Arens LJ, Berman B: Cerebral palsy spasticity: Selective posterior rhizotomy. Pediatr Neurosci 1987;13:61-66.

Oppenheim WL: Selective posterior rhizotomy for spastic cerebral palsy: A review. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1990;253:20-29.

Mooney JF III, Millis MB: Spinal deformity after selective dorsal rhizotomy in patients with cerebral palsy. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1999;364:48-52.

366
Q

A 2-day-old infant has the hyperextended knee deformity shown in Figure 16. No other deformities are found on examination. A radiograph shows that the ossified portion of the proximal tibia is slightly anterior to that of the distal femur. Management should consist of

  1. gentle stretching and serial casting.
  2. Bryant traction for 1 to 2 weeks, followed by closed reduction.
  3. percutaneous quadriceps recession, followed by serial casting.
  4. delayed open reduction at age 6 months to avoid iatrogenic damage to either the distal femoral or proximal tibial physes.
  5. a renal ultrasound.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. gentle stretching and serial casting.

DISCUSSION: Congenital dislocation of the knee is an uncommon deformity that varies in presentation from simple hyperextension to complete anterior dislocation of the tibia on the femur. Treatment varies with the age at presentation and the severity of the deformity. Most authors recommend early nonsurgical management. A recent study of 24 congenital knee dislocations in 17 patients found that satisfactory results were obtained in most instances using closed treatment. Based on their findings, the authors concluded that immediate reduction or serial casting should be performed when the patient is seen early after birth. If the patient is seen late and correction cannot be achieved by serial casting, traction followed by closed or open reduction may be necessary. Early percutaneous quadriceps recession has been described for complex congenital knee dislocations associated with underlying disorders, such as arthrogryposis and Ehlers-Danlos syndrome. Ultrasound of the hip is required in all patients with congenital dislocation of the knee because 50% of these patients will have associated developmental dysplasia of the hip.

REFERENCES

Ko JY, Shih CH, Wenger DR: Congenital dislocation of the knee. J Pediatr Orthop 1999;19:252-259.

Johnson E, Audell R, Oppenheim WL: Congenital dislocation of the knee. J Pediatr Orthop 1987;7:194-200.

Roy DR, Crawford AH: Percutaneous quadriceps recession: A technique for management of congenital hyperextension deformities of the knee in the neonate. J Pediatr Orthop 1989;9:717-719.

367
Q

A 10-year-old boy has activity-related knee pain that is poorly localized. He denies locking, swelling, or giving way. Examination shows mild tenderness at the medial femoral condyle and painless full range of motion without ligamentous instability. Radiographs are shown in Figures 17A through 17C. What is the best course of action?

  1. Knee arthroscopy with drilling of the lesion
  2. Limited activity for 6 to 12 weeks
  3. Removal of the loose body
  4. Biopsy of the lesion
  5. Open reduction and internal fixation
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2.. Limited activity for 6 to 12 weeks

DISCUSSION: The radiographs show an osteochondritis dissecans (OCD) lesion in the medial femoral condyle of a skeletally immature patient. The lesion is not displaced from its bed. Nonsurgical management of a stable OCD lesion in a patient with open physes consists of a period of activity limitation and occasional immobilization. Unstable lesions, loose bodies, and patients with closed physes require more aggressive treatment. Most of the surgical procedures can be done arthroscopically. Because the radiographic appearance is typical, biopsy is unnecessary. The radiographs do not show an osteocartilaginous loose body, and the patient reports no catching or locking; therefore, removal of the loose body is not indicated.

REFERENCES

Linden B: Osteochondritis dissecans of the femoral condyles: A long term follow-up study. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1977;59:769-776.

Cahill BR: Osteochondritis dissecans of the knee: Treatment of juvenile and adult forms. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 1995;3:237-247.

Cahill BR, Phillips MR, Navarro R: The results of conservative management of juvenile osteochondritis dissecans using joint scintigraphy: A prospective study. Am J Sports Med 1989;17:601-606.

368
Q

An 11-year-old boy has had a fever and pain and swelling over the lateral aspect of his right ankle for the past 3 days. Examination reveals warmth, swelling, and tenderness over the lateral malleolus, and he has a temperature of 103.2° F (39.5° C). Laboratory studies show a WBC count of 13,200/mm3 with 61% neutrophils, an erythocyte sedimentation rate of 112 mm/h, and a C-reactive protein of 15.7. Aspiration yields 1 mL of purulent fluid. Management should now consist of

  1. oral antibiotics and a follow-up office appointment the next day.
  2. incision and drainage of the distal fibular metaphysis.
  3. indium-labeled WBC scan.
  4. antituberculous medication for 6 months.
  5. three-phase technetium Tc 99m bone scan.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. incision and drainage of the distal fibular metaphysis.

DISCUSSION: The initial signs and symptoms of acute hematogenous osteomyelitis vary widely but usually include fever, bone pain, and impaired use of the involved extremity. In lower extremity infections, the child may limp or refuse to walk. Examination often reveals bone tenderness. In more advanced cases, erythema, warmth, and swelling may be present. The WBC and neutrophil counts are not always elevated, but the erythocyte sedimentation rate will be abnormal in more than 90% of patients. When the infection is diagnosed early, before a subperiosteal abscess has formed, antibiotics alone may be adequate to treat the infection. This patient has a more advanced infection, however, with the MRI scan revealing a subperiosteal abscess that was confirmed by aspiration. When an abscess is present, surgical drainage is generally indicated to remove devitalized tissue and to enhance the efficacy of the antibiotics. Further studies, such as bone or indium scans, are not necessary and will delay definitive treatment.

REFERENCES

Scott RJ, Christofersen MR, Robertson WW Jr, et al: Acute osteomyelitis in children: A review of 116 cases. J Pediatr Orthop 1990;10:649-652.

Vaughan PA, Newman NM, Rosman MA: Acute hematogenous osteomyelitis. J Pediatr Orthop 1987;7:652-655.

369
Q

A 3-year-old boy has a rigid 40° lumbar scoliosis that is the result of a fully segmented L5 hemivertebra. All other examination findings are normal. Management should consist of

  1. in situ posterior fusion.
  2. hemivertebral resection and fusion.
  3. convex hemiepiphyseodesis.
  4. observation with follow-up in 6 months.
  5. thoracolumbosacral orthosis bracing.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. hemivertebral resection and fusion.

DISCUSSION: Near complete correction and rebalancing of the spine can be achieved by hemivertebral resection that may be done as either a simultaneous or a staged procedure in the young patient. This eliminates the problem of future progression and possible development of compensatory curves. Nonsurgical management is not indicated in congenital scoliosis. Convex hemiepiphyseodesis is best suited for patients younger than age 5 years who have a short curve caused by fully segmented hemivertebrae that correct to less than 40° with the patient supine. Hemiepiphyseodesis and isolated posterior fusion are not indicated.

REFERENCES

Bradford DS, Boachie-Adjei O: One-stage anterior and posterior hemivertebral resection and arthrodesis for congenital scoliosis. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1990;72:536-540.

Lazar RD, Hall JE: Simultaneous anterior and posterior hemivertebra excision. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1999;364:76-84.

370
Q

Figure 18 shows the hand deformities of a 3-year-old girl who has short stature. The most likely diagnosis is

  1. achondroplasia.
  2. pseudoachondroplasia.
  3. diastrophic dysplasia.
  4. metaphyseal chondrodysplasia.
  5. multiple epiphyseal dysplasia.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. diastrophic dysplasia.

DISCUSSION: The thumb deformity shown in Figure 18 is termed a “hitchhiker’s thumb” and is a distinctive feature of diastrophic dysplasia. Although achondroplasia, pseudoachondroplasia, multiple epiphyseal dysplasia, and metaphyseal chondrodysplasia are all associated with dwarfism, none of these disorders is associated with this distinctive abducted and hypermobile deformity of the thumb. Diastrophic dysplasia was described by Lamy and Maroteaux in 1960 and is inherited as an autosomal-recessive trait. Diastrophic dysplasia is caused by a mutation of a gene coding for a sulfate transport protein located on chromosome 5. The patient is severely dwarfed with the limbs being very short (micromelia) and will reach an eventual adult height of 80 cm to 140 cm. The shortening of the limbs is more severe in the proximal segment than the distal segment and is termed rhizomelic. Diastrophic dysplasia is associated with multiple anomalies including scoliosis, cervical kyphosis, thoracolumbar kyphosis, lumbar lordosis, and flexion contractures of the hips, knees, and elbows. The distinctive feature of diastrophic dysplasia is shortening of the first metacarpal and metatarsal, resulting in the “hitchhiker’s thumb” and bilateral clubfoot deformities. Another distinctive feature is a deformity of the external ears termed “cauliflower ears.” The ears become thickened and twisted with furrowed lobes and narrowing of the external auditory canal. The patient with diastrophic dysplasia usually has normal intelligence and no abnormalities of the heart or kidney.

REFERENCES

Bethem D, Winter RB, Lutter L: Disorders of the spine in diastrophic dwarfism. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1980;62:529-536.

Bassett GS, Scott CI Jr: The osteochondrodysplasias, in Morrissy RT (ed): Lovell and Winter’s Pediatric Orthopaedics, ed 3. Philadelphia, PA, JB Lippincott, 1990, vol 1, pp 91-142.

Hollister DW, Lachman RS: Diastrophic dwarfism. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1976;114:61-69.

371
Q

Figure 19 shows the clinical photograph of a 3-month-old infant with a foot deformity that has been nonprogressive since birth. Examination reveals that the deformity corrects actively and with passive manipulation. There is no associated equinus. Management should consist of

  1. serial casting.
  2. UCBL orthoses.
  3. abductor hallucis lengthening.
  4. observation and parental reassurance.
  5. corrective shoes.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. observation and parental reassurance.

DISCUSSION: The patient has bilateral metatarsus adductus deformities. In a long-term follow-up study by Farsetti and associates, deformities that were passively correctable spontaneously resolved and no treatment was required. More rigid deformities were successfully treated with serial manipulation, with good results in 90%. There were no poor results. Therefore, observation is the management of choice for passively correctable deformities. In feet that are more rigid, serial manipulation and casting is the management of choice.

REFERENCE

Farsetti P, Weinstein SL, Ponseti IV: The long-term functional and radiographic outcomes of untreated and non-operatively treated metatarsus adductus. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1994;76:257-265.

372
Q

Figure 20 shows the radiograph of a 7-year-old girl with a low thoracic-level myelomeningocele. She has a history of skin ulcers over the apex of the deformity, but her current skin condition is good. Management of the spinal deformity should consist of

  1. physical therapy for hip stretching exercises.
  2. kyphectomy and posterior fusion with instrumentation.
  3. anterior release and fusion using a rib strut graft.
  4. anterior release and strut grafting and posterior fusion with instrumentation.
  5. bracing.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. kyphectomy and posterior fusion with instrumentation.

DISCUSSION: This form of severe kyphosis results in intractable difficulties with sitting position, compression of internal organs, and chronic skin breakdown. Kyphectomy and posterior fusion with instrumentation, while associated with a high rate of complications, provides one of the best solutions to this clinical dilemma. The other choices are either completely ineffective or inadequate in managing this degree of deformity.

REFERENCES

Lindseth RE: Spine deformity in myelomeningocele. Instr Course Lect 1991;40:273-279.

Sharrard J, Drennan JC: Osteotomy excision of the spine for lumbar kyphosis in older children with myelomeningocele. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1972;54:50-60.

373
Q

Define what are zones of growth plate according to Mercer Rang

A

Lapisan-lapisan epifisis menurut Mercer Rang:

  • *ZONE OF GROWTH**
    1. Germinal layer
    2. Proliferating layer
    3. Palisading layer
  • *ZONE OF CARTILAGE TRANSFORMATION**
    4. Hipertrophy layer
    5. Calcification layer. The plane of separation is most frequently the junction between calcified and uncalcifeid cartilage. (ref: Mercer Rang. Children Fracture. 2nd ed.1982. Page 11-13) Penjelasan Prof BP : this is due to difference of bioplasticity property between those layer. Lapisan matrix yang belum banyak terkalsifikasi memiliki bioplasticity lebih baik dibanding yang terkalsifikasi. Peralihan antara daerah yang flexible dan daerah yang rigid selalu menjadi titik terlemah, sama seperti yang terjadi pada thoracolumbar junction.
    6. Zona degeneration
  • *ZONE OF OSSIFICATION**
    7. Vascular entry layer
    8. Osteogenesis layer

Ref: Mercer Rang. Children Fracture. 2nd ed.1982. Page 11-13

374
Q

Development of a valgus deformity in children after a fracture of the proximal tibial metaphysis most likely results from

  1. lateral physeal arrest.
  2. tethering by the fibula.
  3. periosteal interposition.
  4. asymmetric physeal growth.
  5. anterior tibial artery stenosis.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. asymmetric physeal growth

DISCUSSION: The incidence of proximal tibial metaphyseal fracture in children is estimated at 5 per 1,000 children per year. Of these, approximately 15% develop a valgus deformity. Closure of the physeal plates is rarely seen and typically there is overgrowth at both the proximal and distal ends of the tibia following the fracture. Studies of the “growth arrest lines” and bone scan analysis suggest that there is an asymmetric stimulation of the proximal tibial physeal plate with more medial than lateral growth, resulting in a valgus deformity. Lateral physeal arrest, tethering by the fibula, and periosteal interposition are suggested theories that attempt to explain the deformity, but they have not been proven.

REFERENCES

Skak SV, Jensen TT, Poulsen TD: Fracture of the proximal metaphysis of the tibia in children. Injury 1987;18:149-156.

Ogden JA, Ogden DA, Pugh L, et al: Tibia valga after proximal metaphyseal fractures in childhood: A normal biologic response. J Pediatr Orthop 1995;15:489-494.

Zionts LE, Harcke HT, Brooks KM, MacEwen GD: Posttraumatic tibia valga: A case demonstrating asymmetric activity at the proximal growth plate on technetium bone scan. J Pediatr Orthop 1987;7:458-462.

375
Q

The preferred surgical approach to the elbow of a child with an irreducible type III supracondylar distal humerus fracture and pulseless extremity is through which of the following muscle intervals?

  1. Pronator teres and the brachialis
  2. Pronator teres and the triceps
  3. Pronator teres and the biceps
  4. Brachioradialis and the biceps
  5. Brachioradialis and the brachialis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Pronator teres and the brachialis

DISCUSSION: In a type III supracondylar distal humerus fracture of the elbow, the brachial artery can become incarcerated, yielding a pulseless extremity. In this situation, closed reduction may not be effective; therefore, open management is often necessary. The preferred surgical approach to the brachial artery and to this fracture is the anterior approach to the cubital fossa. The lacertus fibrosis is incised, and the dissection is carried out between the brachialis (musculocutaneous nerve) and the pronator teres (median nerve), mobilizing the brachial artery. Once the brachial artery is mobilized, the anterior elbow joint capsule may be exposed. The interval between the brachialis and the biceps describes the anterolateral approach to the elbow more commonly used for exposure of the proximal aspect of the posterior interosseous nerve. The dissection interval between the brachioradialis and the pronator teres describes the proximal extent of the anterior approach to the radius.

REFERENCES

Tubiana R, McCullough CJ, Masquelet AC: An Atlas of Surgical Exposures of the Upper Extremity. Philadelphia, PA, JB Lippincott, 1990, p 115.

Hoppenfeld S, deBoer P: Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics: The Anatomic Approach, ed 2. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott-Raven, 1992, p 119.

376
Q

A 2-year-old girl has had lethargy, fever, and abdominal pain for the past 6 months. In addition to multiple lytic lesions in the long bones and calvaria shown on the skeletal survey, the radiograph of the spine shown in Figure 21A reveals a vertebral lesion. A biopsy specimen is shown in Figure 21B. The most likely diagnosis is

  1. leukemia.
  2. tuberculosis.
  3. Langerhans cell histiocytosis.
  4. metastatic neuroblastoma.
  5. multifocal osteomyelitis.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Langerhans cell histiocytosis.

DISCUSSION: Leukemia, Langerhans cell histiocytosis, and metastatic neuroblastoma typically present with constitutional symptoms, bone pain, and multiple lytic lesions in young children. The radiographic appearance of the spinal lesion is a typical vertebra plana caused by eosinophilic granuloma (Langerhans cell histiocytosis). The biopsy specimen shows histiocytes with leukocytic infiltration, predominantly eosinophils. The clinical and other radiographic findings are also consistent with disseminated histiocytosis. Spinal tuberculosis is not usually associated with multiple osseous lesions, especially in the skull. The histology is not consistent with osteomyelitis.

REFERENCES

Campanacci M: Bone and Soft Tissue Tumours. Vienna, Austria, Springer-Verlag, 1990.

Springfield DS: Bone and soft tissue tumors, in Morrissy RT, Weinstein SL (eds): Lovell and Winter’s Pediatric Orthopaedics, ed 4. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott-Raven, 1996, vol 1, pp 423-467.

377
Q

Progressive paralysis is most likely to be seen in association with what type of congenital vertebral abnormality?

  1. Anterior failure of formation
  2. Anterior failure of segmentation
  3. Posterior failure of formation
  4. Posterior failure of segmentation
  5. Lateral failure of segmentation
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Anterior failure of formation

DISCUSSION: Anterior failure of formation results in a progressive kyphosis that may lead to cord compression and progressive neurologic deficit. Anterior failure of segmentation can also produce progressive kyphosis but usually is not severe enough to cause cord compression. Posterior failure of formation is seen in conditions such as myelomeningocele in which the neurologic deficit is generally stable. Lateral abnormalities and posterior failure of segmentation are rarely associated with progressive neurologic deficit.

REFERENCES

McMaster MJ, Singh H: Natural history of congenital kyphosis and kyphoscoliosis: A study of one hundred and twelve patients. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1999;81:1367-1383.

Dubousset J: Congenital kyphosis and lordosis, in Weinstein SL (ed): The Pediatric Spine: Principles and Practice, ed 1. New York, NY, Raven Press, 1994, pp 245-258.

378
Q

Figure 22 shows the radiograph of a girl who has had a 3-month history of activity-related foot pain. She has had two previous ankle sprains on this side. Examination reveals that subtalar motion is limited and there is mild heel valgus. Which of the following studies will best confirm your diagnosis?

  1. Comparison radiograph of the contralateral foot
  2. Calcaneal radiograph
  3. Electromyography (EMG) and a nerve conduction velocity study
  4. CT scan
  5. Rheumatoid factor
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. CT scan

DISCUSSION: The radiograph shows sclerosis in the midportion of the subtalar joint with no signs of degenerative joint disease present in any other joint. The diagnosis, based on the history and physical examination, is a tarsal coalition. Limited subtalar motion is the characteristic finding. A calcaneal view or an angled axial view parallel to the subtalar joint may show a talocalcaneal coalition. In younger children with fibrous or cartilaginous bars, radiographs may not reveal the problem. CT (or MRI) will best confirm that a coalition is present. EMG can rule out a neurologic problem causing foot deformity, but in a unilateral problem with limited subtalar motion and history of ankle sprains, a coalition is much more likely. A rheumatoid factor may be positive in isolated subtalar arthritis, but it is often negative even if arthritis is present and the history and physical examination are much more suggestive of a coalition.

REFERENCES

Westberry DE, Davids JR, Oros W: Surgical management of symptomatic talocalcaneal coalitions by resection of the sustentaculum tali. J Pediatr Orthop 2003;23:493-497.

Mosier KM, Asher M: Tarsal coalitions and peroneal spastic flat foot. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1984;66:976-984.

379
Q

Figure 23 shows a newborn who has severe multiple symmetric joint contractures, including adduction/internal rotation of the shoulders, extended elbows, flexion-ulnar deviation of the wrists, thumbs in the palm of the hands, dislocated hips, knee flexion deformity, and clubfeet. The most likely diagnosis is

  1. amyoplasia multiplex congenital.
  2. Friedreich ataxia.
  3. distal arthrogryposis.
  4. spinal muscle atrophy.
  5. thoracic-level myelomeningocele.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. amyoplasia multiplex congenital.

DISCUSSION: There are more than 150 different types of contracture syndromes included under the category of arthrogryposis, the most common of which some authors term amyoplasia multiplex congenital. Distal arthrogryposis is a much less severe form, affecting primarily the hands and feet. Spinal muscle atrophy is generally associated with hypotonia without contracture. Friedreich ataxia has a later onset and is usually not associated with significant contractures. While myelomeningocele can exhibit similar lower extremity deformities, the upper extremities rarely have fixed contractures.

REFERENCES

Kasser JR (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 5. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1996, pp 195-202.

Sarwark JF, MacEwen GD, Scott CI Jr: Amyoplasia (A common form of arthrogryposis). J Bone Joint Surg Am 1990;72:465-469.

380
Q

Figure 24A shows the clinical photograph of a 2-year-old boy who has a deformity of the left leg. Examination reveals eight cutaneous markings similar to those shown in Figure 24B. Radiographs are shown in Figure 24C. Management should consist of

  1. fragmentation, realignment, and intramedullary nailing of the tibia.
  2. resection of the dysplastic region of the tibia and insertion of a vascularized fibula.
  3. supplemental vitamin D and phosphate.
  4. a clamshell orthosis.
  5. observation for spontaneous remodeling.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. a clamshell orthosis.

DISCUSSION: The diagnosis of neurofibromatosis may be based on the presence of at least six cafe-au-lait spots larger than 5 mm in diameter and the osseous lesion shown in Figure 24C. Neurofibromatosis occurs in 50% of patients who have an anterolateral bowing deformity of the tibia, and this bowing may be the first clinical manifestation of this disorder. The patient has anterolateral bowing of the tibia and fibula that warrants concern for a possible fracture and pseudarthrosis; therefore, the limb should be protected in a total contact orthosis to prevent fracture. In contradistinction to posteromedial bowing of the tibia and fibula, spontaneous remodeling of an anterolateral bowing deformity is not expected. Intramedullary nailing or the use of a vascularized fibula is reserved for the treatment of a congenital pseudarthrosis of the tibia.

REFERENCES

Crawford AH Jr, Bagamery N: Osseous manifestations of neurofibromatosis in childhood. J Pediatr Orthop 1986;6:72-88.

Schoenecker PL, Rich MM: The lower extremity, in Morrissy RT, Weinstein SL (eds): Lovell and Winter’s Pediatric Orthopaedics, ed 5. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, 2001, vol 2, pp 1059-1104.

381
Q

A 10-year-old girl has had a painful 40° left thoracic scoliosis for the past 16 months. A bone scan shows a localized area of uptake in the T10 vertebra, and a CT scan of this area is shown in Figure 25. Treatment for the lesion should include

  1. observation.
  2. surgical excision.
  3. a thoracolumbosacral orthosis.
  4. posterior spinal fusion and instrumentation of T5-L3.
  5. administration of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory medication for a prolonged period.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. surgical excision.

DISCUSSION: Painful left thoracic scoliosis is not considered idiopathic until proven otherwise; neurologic or other causes are the typical etiology. When pain is present, either central nervous system or bony tumors are frequently the cause. The CT scan shows an osteoid osteoma. Surgical excision of the lesion offers immediate pain relief, and, if performed early, return of full mobility of the spine is likely. Although osteoid osteomas of the long bones can be treated with prolonged use of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory medication, this treatment is not recommended for scoliosis of this magnitude, since the longer the scoliosis is present in a growing child, the more likely it will become structural and progressive. Use of orthotics alone or spinal fusion is not indicated when an underlying cause can be found.

REFERENCES

Ransford AO, Pozo JL, Hutton PA, Kirwan EO: The behaviour pattern of the scoliosis associated with osteoid osteoma or osteoblastoma of the spine. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1984;66:16-20.

Pettine KA, Klassen RA: Osteoid-osteoma and osteoblastoma of the spine. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1986;68:354-361.

Kneisl JS, Simon MA: Medical management compared with operative treatment for osteoid-osteoma. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1992;74:179-185.

382
Q

A 6-year-old boy with spastic diplegic cerebral palsy has a crouched gait. Examination reveals hip flexion contractures of 15° and popliteal angles of 70°. Equinus contractures measure 10° with the knees extended. Which of the following surgical procedures, if performed alone, will worsen the crouching?

  1. Iliopsoas release from the lesser trochanter
  2. Iliopsoas release at the pelvic brim
  3. Hamstring lengthening
  4. Heel cord lengthening
  5. Split posterior tibial tendon transfer
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Heel cord lengthening

DISCUSSION: Children with spastic diplegic cerebral palsy often have contractures of multiple joints. Because the gait abnormalities can be complex, isolated surgery is rarely indicated. To avoid compensatory deformities at other joints, it is preferable to correct all deformities in a single operation. Isolated heel cord lengthening in the presence of tight hamstrings and hip flexors will lead to progressive flexion at the hips and knees, thus worsening a crouched gait. Split posterior tibial tendon transfer is used for patients with hindfoot varus, which is not present in this patient.

REFERENCES

Gage JR: Distal hamstring lengthening/release and rectus femoris transfer, in Sussman MD (ed): The Diplegic Child. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1992, pp 324-326.

Bleck EE: Orthopaedic management of cerebral palsy, in Saunders Monographs in Clinical Orthopaedics. Philadelphia, PA, WB Saunders, vol 2, 1979.

383
Q

Figure 26 shows the pedigree of a family with an unusual type of muscular dystrophy. This pedigree is most consistent with what type of inheritance pattern?

  1. Autosomal dominant
  2. Autosomal recessive
  3. X-linked dominant
  4. X-linked recessive
  5. Mitochondrial inheritance
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. X-linked recessive

DISCUSSION: The pedigree documents involvement of male offspring only, and it also shows transmission through an uninvolved female carrier. This inheritance pattern is most consistent with an X-linked recessive inheritance. It would be inconsistent with a dominant inheritance pattern unless there was incomplete penetrance. Autosomal-recessive inheritance would be possible only if the family member labeled II.F was also a carrier of the same gene; however, this is unlikely. Mitochondrial inheritance is possible, but as with autosomal patterns, mitochondrial inheritance normally affects both male and female offspring. It is transmitted only through the maternal line.

REFERENCE

Gelehrter TD, Collins FS: Principles of Medical Genetics. Baltimore, MD, Williams & Wilkins, 1990, pp 27-45.

384
Q

A 13-year-old boy sustains a closed injury to his knee after a fall. A radiograph is shown in Figure 27. Treatment should consist of which of the following?

  1. Long leg cast in extension
  2. Long leg cast in 45° of flexion
  3. Percutaneous pinning with smooth wires and a cylinder cast
  4. Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction and early motion
  5. Open reduction and internal fixation with lag screws and a cylinder cast
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Open reduction and internal fixation with lag screws and a cylinder cast

DISCUSSION: The patient sustained a type III fracture of the tibial tubercle. This injury has been associated with Osgood-Schlatter disease. Treatment should consist of open reduction and internal fixation with lag screws, followed by casting for 6 weeks. Complications include meniscal tears, compartment syndrome, and leg length discrepancy.

REFERENCE

Wiss DA, Schilz JL, Zionts L: Type III fractures of the tibial tubercle in adolescents. J Orthop Trauma 1991;5:475-479.

385
Q

An obese 4-year-old boy has infantile Blount disease. Radiographs reveal a metaphyseal-diaphyseal angle of 18° and a depression of the medial proximal tibial physis. Management should consist of

  1. observation.
  2. varus prevention orthoses.
  3. physeal bar resection.
  4. proximal tibial osteotomy that produces a neutral mechanical axis.
  5. proximal tibial osteotomy that produces 10° of valgus.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5

DISCUSSION: The deformity is too severe for observation, and, at age 4 years, the child is too old for orthotic treatment. To prevent recurrence, surgery should be performed before irreversible changes occur in the medial physis. A proximal tibial osteotomy should overcorrect the mechanical axis to 10° of valgus. Bar resection has not been shown to be as effective in this severe deformity, especially without a concomitant osteotomy.

REFERENCES

Raney EM, Topoleski TA, Yaghoubian R, Guidera KJ, Marshall JG: Orthotic treatment of infantile tibia vara. J Pediatr Orthop 1998;18:670-674.

Loder RT, Johnston CE: Infantile tibia vara. J Pediatr Orthop 1987;7:639-646.

386
Q

In girls with idiopathic scoliosis, peak height velocity (PHV) typically occurs at what point?

  1. Before Risser 1 and menarche
  2. After Risser 1 and menarche
  3. Between Risser 1 and menarche
  4. After menarche but before Risser 1
  5. At Risser 2
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1

DISCUSSION: PHV generally occurs while girls are still Risser 0; menarche typically occurs before Risser 1, which has a wide variation in its timing. The curve magnitude at the PHV is the best prognostic indicator available. Most untreated patients with curves greater than 30° at PHV require surgery, while patients with smaller curves at that stage typically do not require surgery.

REFERENCES

Little DG, Song KM, Katz D, Herring JA: Relationship of peak height velocity to other maturity indicators in idiopathic scoliosis in girls. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2000;82:685-693.

Anderson M, Hwang SC, Green WT: Growth of the normal trunk in boys and girls during the second decade of life; related to age, maturity, and ossification of the iliac epiphyses. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1965;47:1554-1564.

387
Q

Which of the following pathogens are most commonly associated with neonatal septic arthritis and osteomyelitis?

  1. Staphylococcus aureus and Escherichia coli
  2. Staphylococcus aureus and group A streptococci
  3. Staphylococcus aureus and group B streptococci
  4. Haemophilus influenzae and Escherichia coli
  5. Haemophilus influenzae and group A streptococci
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3

DISCUSSION: Staphylococcus aureus and group B streptococci have each been reported to be the most common pathogens in neonatal septic arthritis and osteomyelitis. Haemophilus influenzae is not seen in the neonatal period because of protective antibodies from the mother. Escherichia coli is an unusual pathogen, and, although seen in the neonatal period, it is still distinctly less common than Staphylococcus aureus or group B streptococci. Group A streptococci is an extremely uncommon pathogen in this age group.

REFERENCES

Memon IA, Jacobs NM, Yeh TF, Lilien LD: Group B streptococcal osteomyelitis and septic arthritis: Its occurrence in infants less than 2 months old. Am J Dis Child 1979;133:921-923.

Knudsen CJ, Hoffman EB: Neonatal osteomyelitis. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1990;72:846-851.

388
Q

Figure 28 shows the radiograph of a 10-year-old girl who reports chronic shoulder pain after her gymnastics classes. Examination reveals pain on internal and external rotation but no instability. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Acromial fracture
  2. Humeral stress fracture
  3. Acromioclavicular joint separation
  4. Fracture of the surgical neck of the scapula
  5. Triceps avulsion fracture
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2

DISCUSSION: The patient has a very wide humeral growth plate, indicating the presence of a proximal humeral stress fracture, an uncommon diagnosis in gymnasts. Gymnasts are prone to stress fractures of the scaphoid, distal radius, elbow, and clavicle. Proximal humeral stress fractures are more commonly seen in those participating in racket or throwing sports. Stress fractures can lead to growth arrest or inhibition, particularly in the distal radius. The radiograph shows normal findings for the acromion, acromioclavicular joint, scapula, and triceps origin.

REFERENCES

Fallon KE, Fricker PA: Stress fracture of the clavicle in a young female gymnast. Br J Sports Med 2001;35:448-449.

Sinha AK, Kaeding CC, Wadley GM: Upper extremity stress fractures in athletes: Clinical features of 44 cases. Clin J Sports Med 1999;9:199-202.

Caine D, Howe W, Ross W, Bergman G: Does repetitive physical loading inhibit radial growth in female gymnasts? Clin J Sports Med 1997;7:302-308.

Chan D, Aldridge MJ, Maffulli N, Davies AM: Chronic stress injuries of the elbow in young gymnasts. Br J Radiol 1991;64:1113-1118.

Incidence

Because rotational forces applied to the shoulder are especially prevalent in the pitching activity associated with baseball, the proximal humeral stress fractures involving the physis are most commonly seen in the immature baseball player. This injury has also been seen in gymnasts,[75] badminton players,[76] and cricketers.[77]

Biomechanically there are similarities between throwing and overhead racquet strokes, and indeed it has been suggested that overuse epiphyseal injuries at the shoulder may occur as the result of any repetitive sporting explosive actions-for instance, baseball and racquet sports-dynamic movements-for instance, swimming-and
upper limb weight-bearing activities-for instance,
gymnastics.7 Common to all these activities are shearing stresses applied to the epiphyseal plate as the limb moves repetitively from cocking to follow through phases.

The principal treatment modality in confirmed cases is rest and avoidance of exacerbating activities with rehabilitation of the shoulder girdle and rotator cuff musculature before return to sport. Ultimately, fusion of the epiphysis should normally offer a favourable outcome. The potential of long term complications
such as growth arrest and angular deformity in these young athletes is unknown.
Prevention is based on sound coaching practice,
shoulder conditioning, and the limitation
of excessive shoulder activity in these sports.9

Ref:

Hill JA. Epidemiologic perspective on shoulder injuries. Clin Sports Med 1983;2:241-6.

Gross ML, Flynn M, Sonzogni JJ. Overworked shoulders: managing the proximal humeral physis. Physician and Sportsmedicine 1 994;22:

389
Q

When counseling a patient with hypophosphatemic rickets, which of the following scenarios will always result in a child with the same disorder?

  1. Female patient who has a female child
  2. Female patient who has a male child
  3. Male patient who has a female child
  4. Male patient who has a male child
  5. Disorder not inherited
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3

DISCUSSION: Hypophosphatemic rickets is an inherited disorder that is transmitted by a unique sex-linked dominant gene. Therefore, if a male patient has a female offspring, his affected X chromosome will be transmitted and all of his female children will have hypophosphatemic rickets. All male offspring of a male patient will be unaffected. All offspring of a female patient have a 50% chance of having the disorder. Understanding the inheritance of hypophosphatemic rickets facilitates early diagnosis and early treatment. Medical treatment with phosphorus and some types of vitamin D (most authors recommend calcitriol) improves, but does not fully correct, the mineralization defect in hypophosphatemic rickets. However, if medical treatment is begun before the child begins walking, the growth plate is then adequately protected and a bowleg deformity will most likely be prevented.

REFERENCES

Evans GA, Arulanantham K, Gage JR: Primary hypophosphatemic rickets: Effect of oral phosphate and vitamin D on growth and surgical treatment. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1980;62:1130-1138.

Greene WB, Kahler SG: Hypophosphatemic rickets: Still misdiagnosed and inadequately treated. South Med J 1985;78:1179-1184.

390
Q

A 3-year-old patient with L3 myelomeningocele has bilateral dislocated hips. Management should consist of

  1. observation.
  2. bilateral open reduction.
  3. bilateral open reduction and psoas transfers.
  4. bilateral open reduction and external oblique transfers.
  5. bilateral valgus osteotomies.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1

DISCUSSION: In patients with myelomeningocele, the presence of bilateral hip dislocation does not affect ambulation, bracing requirements, sitting ability, degree of scoliosis, or level of comfort. There is little evidence to support active treatment of bilateral hip dislocations in patients with myelomeningocele proximal to L4.

REFERENCES

Fraser RK, Hoffman EB, Sparks LT, et al: The unstable hip and mid-lumbar myelomeningocele. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1992;74:143-146.

Richards BS (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Pediatrics. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1996, pp 65-76.

391
Q

During soft-tissue release for an idiopathic clubfoot, it is noted that the peroneus longus tendon has been transected in the midfoot. Failure to repair this structure may lead to

  1. cavus.
  2. claw toes.
  3. a dorsal bunion.
  4. hindfoot valgus.
  5. forefoot pronation.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3

DISCUSSION: While a dorsal bunion was commonly seen as a sequelae of poliomyelitis, direct injury to the peroneus longus is also one of the causes. Normally, the peroneus longus opposes the tibialis anterior dorsal pull on the first ray. As the flexor hallucis longus attempts to oppose the tibialis anterior, the metatarsophalangeal joint is pulled into flexion and a dorsal bunion results. Other combinations of muscle imbalance can produce a dorsal bunion. In long-standing deformity, correction typically involves release of the plantar capsule and flexors with dorsal reefing and a possible metatarsal osteotomy. The tibialis anterior is often transferred as well. Loss of function of the peroneus longus tendon would not result in cavus, claw toes, forefoot pronation, or hindfoot valgus.

REFERENCES

Johnston CE II, Roach JW: Dorsal bunion following clubfoot surgery. Orthopedics 1985;8:1036-1040.

Park DB, Goldenberg EM: Dorsal bunions: A review. J Foot Surg 1989;28:217-219.

392
Q

A newborn with bilateral talipes equinovarus undergoes serial manipulation and casting. What is the primary goal of manipulation?

  1. Rotation of the foot laterally around the fixed talus
  2. Simultaneous abduction of the metatarsals and dorsiflexion of the talus
  3. Lateral translation of the calcaneus
  4. Anterolateral translation of the navicular
  5. Dorsiflexion of the calcaneus with forefoot eversion
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1

DISCUSSION: Manipulative treatment and casting of talipes equinovarus has become popular because of disappointing surgical results and enthusiasm for the Ponseti method of manipulation. In this technique, the primary goal is to rotate the foot laterally around a talus that is held fixed by the manipulating surgeon’s hands. While the navicular may be rotated anterolaterally with this technique, the primary focus is on the calcaneus. The calcaneus is rotated laterally and superiorly, not translated. Some dorsiflexion of the calcaneus can be obtained by manipulation, but the primary focus is on the rotational relationship of the talus and calcaneus, not the degree of calcaneal dorsiflexion.

REFERENCES

Ponseti IV: Common errors in the treatment of congenital clubfoot. Int Orthop 1997;21:137-141.

Ponseti IV, Smoley EU: Congenital club foot: The results of treatment. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1963;45:261-344.

393
Q

In patients with neurofibromatosis, what is the most important sign of impending rapid progression of a spinal deformity?

  1. Apical curve rotation
  2. Anterior vertebral body erosions
  3. Cervical spine involvement
  4. Penciling of three or more ribs
  5. Curve magnitude of greater than 50°
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4

DISCUSSION: Neurofibromatosis can progress very rapidly. Rib penciling is the only singular prognostic factor. Significant progression has been observed in 87% of the curves with three or more penciled ribs. The other factors are often present but do not have a high correlation with rapid, severe progression.

REFERENCES

Crawford AH, Schorry EK: Neurofibromatosis in children: The role of the orthopaedist. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 1999;7:217-230.

Durrani AA, Crawford AH, Chouhdry SN, Saifuddin A, Morley TR: Modulation of spinal deformities in patients with neurofibromatosis type 1. Spine 2000;25:69-75.

394
Q

A 16-year-old boy has had thigh pain for the past several months. He denies any history of trauma. Examination reveals a large, deeply fixed, soft-tissue mass in the thigh. Laboratory results show an elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) and leukocytosis. A plain radiograph and MRI scan are shown in Figures 1A and 1B. Biopsy specimens are shown in Figures 1C and 1D. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Ewing sarcoma
  2. Osteomyelitis
  3. Osteosarcoma
  4. Chondrosarcoma
  5. Giant cell tumor of bone
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1

DISCUSSION: Ewing sarcoma typically can occur in the diaphysis of the long bones (50% to 55%). It is often accompanied by a large soft-tissue mass. Abnormal findings are common, including a low-grade fever, an elevated ESR, and leukocytosis. The histology is consistent with a small round blue cell tumor. The unique pathology and other findings exclude osteosarcoma. Giant cell tumor and chondrosarcoma have a different histologic appearance and typically are more metaphyseal in location. Chondrosarcoma typically is found in older age groups, has a different histologic pattern, and rarely occurs in the midshaft of the femur.

REFERENCE

Simon MA, Springfield DS, et al: Ewing’s Sarcoma: Surgery for Bone and Soft Tissue Tumors. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott Raven, 1998, pp 287-297.

395
Q

The lesion seen in Figure 2 is most likely the result of metastases from what solid organ?

  1. Breast
  2. Lung
  3. Thyroid
  4. Prostate
  5. Liver
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2

DISCUSSION: The primary carcinoma most likely to metastasize distal to the elbow and knees is lung carcinoma. Renal cell carcinoma can also metastasize to distal sites. Most metastatic bone disease occurs in the vertebral bodies, pelvis, and proximal long bones.

Bone metastasis in the hand is rare. The etiology is quite different from that of metastasis to other bones; bronchogenic carcinoma is by far the most frequent case. Distal phalanges are mainly involved with irregular osteolysis and cortical destruction. Differential diagnosis of phalangeal metastasis includes osteomyelitis, rheumatoid arthritis and gout. The prognosis is always that of metastatic bronchial cancer with an average survival of three months. Treatment may involve distal digital amputation or antalgic radiotherapy

REFERENCES

Simon MA, Bartucci EJ: The search for the primary tumor in patients with skeletal metastases of unknown origin. Cancer 1986;58:1088-1095.

Leeson MC, Makley JT, Carter JR: Metastatic skeletal disease distal to the elbow and knee. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1986;206:94-99.

396
Q

A 10-year-old child has leg discomfort with activity. A radiograph, bone scan, and biopsy specimen are shown in Figures 3A through 3C. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Parosteal osteosarcoma
  2. Unicameral bone cyst
  3. Aneurysmal bone cyst
  4. Eosinophilic granuloma
  5. Fibrous dysplasia
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5

DISCUSSION: The ground glass appearance on the radiograph, the hot bone scan, and histologic findings of bony spicules without osteoblastic rimming in a background of bland fibrous tissue all suggest fibrous dysplasia. Stress-related pain is common with activity because of the dysplastic bone. Parosteal osteosarcomas are surface lesions. Simple cysts, aneurysmal bone cysts, and eosinophilic granuloma are all possible radiographically; however, the histology is most consistent with fibrous dysplasia.

REFERENCES

Harris WH, Dudley HR Jr, Barry RS: The natural history of fibrous dysplasia: An orthopaedic, pathological and roentgenographic study. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1962;44:207.

Campanacci M: Bone and Soft Tissue Tumors. Vienna, Austria, Springer-Verlag, 1990.

397
Q

The use of multiagent adjuvant chemotherapy is associated with a clear survival benefit in which of the following diseases?

  1. Renal carcinoma
  2. Osteosarcoma
  3. Dedifferentiated chondrosarcoma
  4. Adult soft-tissue sarcoma
  5. Melanoma
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2

DISCUSSION: The use of multiagent chemotherapy has been shown to be associated with a survival benefit in patients with osteosarcoma. The use of chemotherapy in adults with soft-tissue sarcoma remains somewhat controversial. It has not been associated with improved survival rates in patients with renal carcinoma, dedifferentiated chondrosarcoma, or melanoma.

REFERENCES

Menendez LR (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Musculoskeletal Tumors. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2002, p 53.

Link M, Goorin A, Miser A, et al: The effect of adjuvant chemotherapy and relapse free survival in patients with osteosarcoma of the extremity. N Engl J Med 1986;314:1600-1606.

398
Q

A 10-year-old boy with a history of retinoblastoma now reports right knee pain. AP and lateral radiographs are shown in Figures 4A and 4B. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Ewing sarcoma
  2. Primitive neuroectodermal tumor
  3. Osteosarcoma
  4. Osteonecrosis
  5. Osteomyelitis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3

DISCUSSION: The radiographs show a bone-producing lesion in the femoral diaphysis. The radiographic appearance of small round cell tumors is more permeative with an elevated periosteum and no matrix production. The appearance of this lesion is most consistent with osteosarcoma. Patients who carry the Rb gene are predisposed to osteosarcoma. However, Ewing sarcoma, primitive neuroectodermal tumor, and osteomyelitis can all occur in this location.

REFERENCES

Unni KK: Dahlin’s Bone Tumors: General Aspects and Data on 11,087 Cases, ed 5. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott-Raven, 1996, pp 143-160.

Chauveinc L, Mosseri V, Quintana E, Desjardins L, Schlienger P, Doz F, Dutrillaux B: Osteosarcoma following retinoblastoma: Age at onset and latency period. Ophthalmic Genet 2001;22:77-88.

399
Q

Which of the following factors is associated with the worst prognosis in soft-tissue sarcomas?

  1. Size greater than 15 cm
  2. Extra-compartmental involvement
  3. Number of mitotic figures per high-power field (grade)
  4. Large size in a proximal location
  5. Presence of metastases
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5

DISCUSSION: Although factors such as a high-grade tumor and large size are associated with decreased survival, the presence of metastases carries the worst prognosis. Good results are very rare when metastases are present. Soft-tissue sarcomas, as a whole, respond poorly to chemotherapy, leading to a poor prognosis when metastases are present.

REFERENCES

Collin C, Goobold J, Hadju SI, Brennan MF: Localized extremity soft tissue sarcoma: An analysis of factors affecting survival. J Clin Oncol 1987;5:601-612.

Eilber FC, Rosen G, Nelson SE, et al: High-grade extremity soft tissue sarcomas: Factors predictive of local recurrence and its effect on morbidity and mortality. Ann Surg 2003;237:218-226.

400
Q

An athletic 55-year-old man reports a painless mass in the anterior aspect of the thigh that appeared 3 weeks ago and has not changed in size. The patient denies any history of trauma. Examination reveals a firm, well-defined nontender mass in the anterior thigh and no inguinal adenopathy or cutaneous changes. Plain radiographs are unremarkable. T1- and T2-weighted MRI scans are shown in Figures 5A and 5B. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Hematoma
  2. Lipoma
  3. Soft-tissue sarcoma
  4. Pyomyositis
  5. Hemangioma
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3

DISCUSSION: The presence of a painless soft-tissue mass that is greater than 5 cm and deep to the fascia should be considered a soft-tissue sarcoma until proven otherwise. The diagnosis of a hematoma should be made with great caution because the absence of a history of trauma, pain, or presence of ecchymosis makes it unlikely. A diagnosis of pyomyositis is unlikely because of the absence of warmth, erythema, or adenopathy. The MRI scans are not consistent with lipoma or hemangioma. The MRI signal characteristics of a lipoma should be the same as subcutaneous fat on all sequences. Soft-tissue hemangiomas are not well defined and have an infiltrative appearance on MRI scans, as does pyomyositis.

REFERENCES

Sim FH, Frassica FJ, Frassica DA: Soft-tissue tumors: Diagnosis, evaluation and management. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 1994;2:202-211.

Kransdorf MJ, Jelinek JS, Moser RP Jr, et al: Soft-tissue masses: Diagnosis using MR imaging. Am J Roentgenol 1989;153:541-547.

401
Q

A 77-year-old man has had increasing right knee pain for the past 3 months. A radiograph and coronal T1-weighted MRI scan are shown in Figures 6A and 6B. A biopsy specimen is shown in Figure 6C. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Metastatic prostate cancer
  2. Enchondroma
  3. Osteomyelitis
  4. Dedifferentiated chondrosarcoma
  5. Lymphoma
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4

DISCUSSION: The radiograph shows a calcified lesion in the medullary canal of the distal femoral diaphysis. The AP radiograph reveals a lucent lesion extending down to the intercondylar notch. The lateral radiograph reveals an ominous periosteal reaction in the anterior cortex associated with a soft tissue mass. The blastic changes within the intramedullary canal on AP and lateral radiographs suggest osteoid or chondroid matrix.

The MRI scan shows extensive marrow change distal to the lesion, which is not consistent with an enchondroma. T1-weighted (left) and STIR (right) coronal images reveal the extent of the intramedullary lesion.

The histology shows a biphasic pattern with low-grade cartilage just apposed to high-grade spindle cell sarcoma.

the interface between malignant spindle cells (above) and the chondroid portion of the tumor (below) is seen, diagnostic of dedifferentiated chondrosarcoma.

The overall appearance is consistent with dedifferentiated chondrosarcoma. The radiographic appearance is not consistent with enchondroma, and the histologic appearance is not consistent with the other choices.

REFERENCES

Mitchell AD, Ayoub K, Mangham DC, et al: Experience in the treatment of dedifferentiated chondrosarcoma. J Bone Joint Surg Br 2000;82:55-61.

Frassica FJ, Unni KK, Beabout JW, Sim FH: Dedifferentiated chondrosarcoma: A report of the clinicopathological features and treatment of seventy-eight cases. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1986;68:1197-1205.

Dedifferentiated Chondrosarcoma

DEFINITION AND PATHOGENESIS

A conventional chondrosarcoma juxtaposed next to a high-grade (non-cartilaginous) sarcoma
Two groups of precursor lesions have been identified
Low-grade (to high-grade) malignant chondrosarcoma
Moderate- to high-grade malignant chondrosarcoma, osteosarcoma, MFH, fibrosarcoma, or unspecified and anaplastic spindle-cell sarcoma

IMPORTANCE

Very aggressive and high grade chondrosarcoma that must be aggressively txd
Transformation to a higher grade occurs in ~11% of chondrosarcomas

CLINICAL FEATURES

6th decade disease on the average (wide age range)
Mean age 59
M (53%) > F
Pain, swelling
10-29% present with pathologic fx (rare for conventional chondrosarcoma)
Most in femur or pelvis
Unusual location
Maxilla
Facial swelling, epistaxis and proptosis reported
Primary lung location reported in a pt with systemic sclerosis
Sxs from a large pleural effusion were present

RADIOLOGIC FEATURES

Second area with aggressive characteristics
Soft tissue mass with penetrated/destroyed cortex (72%) adjacent to a less aggressive area
Type 1: resembles conventional central chondrosarcoma with cortical penetration, soft tissue mass, pathological fx, angiographic contrast uptake, extraosseous ossification, rapid progression
Type 2: resembles conventional central chondrosarcoma with an aggressive component
Type 3: no resemblance radiographically to conventional central chondrosarcoma
Nearly 2/3 may be associated with a secondary chondrosarcoma
Enchondroma
Reported in a thumb PP fxd 15 yrs previously through an enchondroma
Ollier’s disease
Osteochondromatosis
Most often > 7cm
± pathological fx
Diaphyseal or metaphyseal
Typically in the pelvis, femur, humerus
Has been reported arising in a solitary osteochondroma
dedifferentiated component can be leiomyosarcoma, osteosarcoma, MFH, and fibrosarcoma
3 categories of plain radiographic appearance
Type I: cortex not deformed, no periosteal reaction, calcific matrix, and an indolent osteolytic reion with indistinct margins
Type II: cortical expansion and/or with osteolytic areas
Type III: cortex destroyed with osteolytic regions predominate

GROSS PATHOLOGY

Two areas may be distinctly visible on cross sectioning

HISTOLOGIC FEATURES

High-grade spindle cell sarcoma (not recognizable as cartilaginous in origin) next (an abrupt interface) to low-grade cartilage tissue
Osteosarcoma
Fibrosarcoma
Precursor lesion may be seen
Dedifferentiated tumor in LR of previously low-grade chondrosarcoma (review previous pathology)

DIFFERENTIAL CLINICOPATHOLOGIC DIAGNOSIS

Sarcomatous transformation of a bone infarct
Conventional chondrosarcoma
GCT due to lucency when in metaepiphyseal location

DISEASE COURSE AND TREATMENT

Dx with FNA reported in a pelvic location
(Presence of both low and high grade components documented)
Wide resection and chemotx
Wide range of chemotherapeutic regimens have been used without proven benefit or standardization
Doxorubicin and cisplatin
Doxorubicin and ifosfamide
XRT may be used preop in some of the larger lesions where margins may be close; the theory is that the tumor cells will not be able to seed the wound if a positive margin is obtained
Lack of response to chemotx may be related to high likelihood of P-glycoprotein expression
Pulmonary, skeletal, and visceral metastases occur with high risk
Skin metastasis has been reported dxd with FNA
21% with metastases at the time of dx
Median survival of 5 mos
10% 2-yr-survival
~7-24% 5-yr survivals have been reported (median survival < 9 months)
With no metastases at presentation, overall survival 28% at 10 yrs reported
Best prognosis in radiologic type 1 lesions
Grade of dedifferentiated sarcoma the most important predictor of biological behavior (rather than type of tumor differentiation–osteoblastic or fibroblastic)

402
Q

A 47-year-old woman has an asymptomatic pelvic mass that was discovered on routine gynecologic examination. A radiograph, CT scan, MRI scan, and biopsy specimen are shown in Figures 7A through 7D. Metastatic work-up is negative. Treatment should consist of

  1. observation.
  2. primary wide resection.
  3. intralesional curettage.
  4. radiation therapy.
  5. preoperative chemotherapy.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2

DISCUSSION: The imaging studies show a chondrosarcoma; therefore, surgical treatment is indicated. There is no role for intralesional treatment of an exophytic lesion, particularly in the pelvis. Even obtaining a biopsy specimen risks intrapelvic contamination, although many surgeons would still perform a biopsy prior to a resection to confirm the diagnosis. Chondrosarcoma is considered resistant to both radiation therapy and chemotherapy; therefore, radiation therapy generally is not used except for unresectable lesions. Chemotherapy would be used only for metastatic disease or in patients with high-grade chondrosarcoma. The grade would not be known until after resection, and in this patient, the histology slide showed a grade I neoplasm. Chemotherapy would not be used preoperatively because a cartilage tumor is unlikely to shrink, and in this patient, the lesion is resectable.

REFERENCES

Springfield DS, Gebhardt MS, Mcguire MH: Chondrosarcoma: A review. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1996;78:141-149.

Marco RA, Gitelis S, Brebach GT, Healey JH: Cartilage tumors: Evaluation and treatment. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 2000;8:292-304.

403
Q

A 20-year-old patient has foot pain. A radiograph and T1-weighted MRI scan are shown in Figures 8A and 8B. A biopsy specimen is shown in Figure 8C. Treatment should consist of

  1. extended curettage and cementation.
  2. amputation of the first ray.
  3. wide resection and chemotherapy.
  4. extended curettage, radiation therapy, and chemotherapy.
  5. Syme amputation.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. extended curettage and cementation

DISCUSSION: Giant cell tumors occur near articular surfaces in young adults. The histology shows abundant giant cells with nuclei resembling the surrounding cells. Although the MRI scan shows soft-tissue involvement, curettage is still the preferred treatment. Chemotherapy is not necessary for benign lesions, and amputation is too aggressive. Cementation, phenol, and cryosurgery (liquid nitrogen) are all acceptable local adjuvants to curettage. Packing the cavity with bone graft rather than cement is also acceptable.

REFERENCES

Dahlin DC, Unni KK: Bone Tumors: General Aspects and Data on 8,542 Cases. Springfield, IL, Charles C. Thomas, 1986.

Gitelis S, Mallin BA, Piasecki P, Turner F: Intralesional excision compared with en bloc resection for giant cell tumor of bone. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1993;75:1648-1655.

404
Q

A 69-year-old man has a painful slow-growing lesion of the distal phalanx of his thumb. History reveals that he has had chronic osteomyelitis of the thumb for the past 12 years. The radiograph and biopsy specimens are seen in Figures 9A through 9C. Treatment should consist of

  1. intralesional curettage.
  2. wrist disarticulation.
  3. amputation.
  4. chemotherapy.
  5. radiation therapy.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. amputation.

DISCUSSION: The diagnosis is squamous cell carcinoma. The radiograph shows a destructive lesion, and the histologic slides demonstrate squamous cells invading bone. The preferred treatment for squamous cell carcinoma is wide resection; however, in this location a wide margin can be achieved only with amputation. Overall survival in patients with squamous cell carcinoma secondary to chronic osteomyelitis is not significantly worse than that expected for age-matched controls.

REFERENCES

Dell PC: Hand, in Simon MA, Springfield D (eds): Surgery for Bone and Soft Tissue Tumors. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott-Raven, 1998, pp 405-420.

McGrory JE, Pritchard DJ, Unni KK, Ilstrup D, Rowland CM: Malignant lesion arising in chronic osteomyelitis. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1998;362:181-189.

405
Q

What is the most common presentation of a benign bone tumor in childhood?

  1. Pain
  2. Deformity
  3. Pathologic fracture
  4. Presence of a mass
  5. Incidental finding
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Incidental finding

DISCUSSION: The most common benign bone tumors in childhood are discovered incidentally and include single bone cysts, fibrous cortical defects, nonossifying fibroma, and osteochondroma. Benign bone tumors can be classified as latent, active, or aggressive. Aggressive bone tumors usually present with pain, whereas active lesions present with pain or pathologic fracture. Only aggressive benign bone tumors are associated with a soft-tissue mass, and they are far less common than indolent bone tumors, especially in children.

REFERENCES

Aboulafia AJ, Kennon RE, Jelinek JS: Benign bone tumors of childhood. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 1999;7:377-388.

Biermann JS: Common benign lesions of bone in children and adolescents. J Pediatr Orthop 2002;22:268-273.

406
Q

A 43-year-old woman has had pain in the left hip for the past 2 months. A radiograph, CT scan, MRI scan, and biopsy specimens are shown in Figures 10A through 10E. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Osteosarcoma
  2. Osteochondroma
  3. Chondrosarcoma
  4. Chordoma
  5. Enchondroma
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3

DISCUSSION: The imaging studies are consistent with a chondrosarcoma. The radiograph shows a radiolucent lesion in the pelvis, and there are stippled calcifications on the CT scan. The histology shows a low-grade cellular hyaline cartilage neoplasm with stellate, occasionally binucleated chondrocytes. Enchondroma has a more benign histologic appearance.

REFERENCE

Mirra JM, Gold R, Downs J, Eckardt JJ: A new histologic approach to the differentiation of enchondroma and chondrosarcoma of the bones: A clinicopathologic analysis of 51 cases. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1985;201:214-237.

407
Q

Following preoperative chemotherapy, the percent of tumor necrosis has been shown to be of prognostic value for which of the following tumors?

  1. Rhabdomyosarcoma
  2. Chondrosarcoma
  3. Metastatic adenocarcinoma
  4. Osteosarcoma
  5. Giant cell tumor of bone
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4, Osteosarcoma

DISCUSSION: The grading of response to chemotherapy for osteosarcoma was introduced by Huvos and associates. Patients with tumors that show more than 90% necrosis after neoadjuvant chemotherapy are considered to have had a good response and have better survival rates than those with less than 90% necrosis. However, it should be noted that survival rates for patients with a poor response are still better than in patients who do not receive neoadjuvant chemotherapy. More recently, similar results have been reported in patients with Ewing sarcoma. Chemotherapy is not typically used for giant cell tumor of bone.

REFERENCES

Meyers PA, Heller G, Healey J, Huvos A, Lane J, Marcove R, et al: Chemotherapy for nonmetastatic osteogenic sarcoma: The Memorial Sloan-Kettering experience. J Clin Oncol 1992;10:5-15.

Wunder JS, Paulian G, Huvos AG, Heller G, Meyers PA, Healey JH: The histological response to chemotherapy as a predictor of the oncological outcome of operative treatment of Ewing sarcoma. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1998;80:1020-1033.

408
Q

What is the most common clinical presentation of a patient with a malignant bone tumor?

  1. Incidental finding
  2. Pain
  3. Pathologic fracture
  4. Deformity
  5. Presence of a mass
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2

DISCUSSION: The most common clinical presentation of a patient with a malignant bone tumor is pain. Malignant bone tumors rarely are diagnosed as an incidental finding or pathologic fracture. In patients who have a pathologic fracture on initial presentation, a history of increasing pain prior to the fracture is typical. While 90% of malignant bone tumors are associated with a soft-tissue mass, in many patients the soft-tissue component of the tumor is not clinically apparent.

REFERENCES

Buckwalter JA: Musculoskeletal neoplasms and disorders that resemble neoplasms, in Weinstein SL, Buckwalter JA (eds): Turek’s Orthopaedics: Principles and Their Application, ed 5. Philadelphia, PA, JB Lippincott, 1994, pp 290-295.

Mehlman CT, Crawford AH, McMath JA: Pediatric vertebral and spinal cord tumors: A retrospective study of musculoskeletal aspects of presentation, treatment, and complications. Orthopedics 1999;22:49-55.

409
Q

What is the current 5-year survival rate for patients with classic nonmetastatic, high-grade osteosarcoma of the extremity?

  1. 10%
  2. 20%
  3. 40%
  4. 70%
  5. 90%
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4

DISCUSSION: Multidisciplinary treatment combining systemic chemotherapy and adequate surgical resection has resulted in a 5-year survival rate of 70% in patients with nonmetastatic osteosarcoma of the extremity. The advent of effective chemotherapy has increased the overall survival rate from 20% to 70% in current studies.

REFERENCES

Arndt CA, Crist WM: Common musculoskeletal tumors of childhood and adolescence. N Engl J Med 1999;341:342-352.

Glasser DB, Lane JM, Huvos AG, Marcove RC, Rosen G: Survival, prognosis, and therapeutic response in osteogenic sarcoma: The Memorial Hospital experience. Cancer 1992;69:698-708.

410
Q

What malignant disease most commonly develops in conjunction with chronic osteomyelitis?

  1. Fibrosarcoma
  2. Basal cell carcinoma
  3. Lymphoma
  4. Osteosarcoma
  5. Squamous cell carcinoma
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5

REFERENCES

Dell PC: Hand, in Simon MA, Springfield D (eds): Surgery for Bone and Soft Tissue Tumors. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott-Raven, 1998, pp 405-420.

McGrory JE, Pritchard DJ, Unni KK, Ilstrup D, Rowland CM: Malignant lesion arising in chronic osteomyelitis. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1998;362:181-189.

411
Q

A 10-year-old girl reports activity-related bilateral arm pain. Examination reveals no soft-tissue masses in either arm, and she has full painless range of motion in both shoulders and elbows. The radiograph and bone scan are shown in Figures 11A and 11B, and biopsy specimens are shown in Figures 11C and 11D. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Enchondroma
  2. Fibrous dysplasia
  3. Osteogenic sarcoma
  4. Aneurysmal bone cyst
  5. Periosteal chondroma
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2

DISCUSSION: Based on these findings, the most likely diagnosis is fibrous dysplasia. Twenty percent of patients with fibrous dysplasia have multifocal disease. The lesions show a typical ground glass appearance. Fibrous dysplasia frequently involves the diaphysis of the long bones. There is no associated soft-tissue mass and no periosteal reactions to these lesions, suggesting a benign lesion. The histology shows proliferating fibroblasts in a dense collagen matrix. Trabeculae are arranged in an irregular or “Chinese letter” appearance. Osteogenic sarcoma and Ewing sarcoma have a much different radiographic appearance of malignant osteoid and small round blue cells. Periosteal chondroma does occur in the proximal humerus but is not typically multifocal. It appears as a surface lesion with saucerization of the underlying bone and a bony buttress adjacent to the lesion. Some patients with multifocal lesions have associated endocrine abnormalities (McCune-Albright syndrome).

REFERENCES

Wold LA, et al: Atlas of Orthopaedic Pathology. Philadelphia, PA, WB Saunders, 1990, pp 118-119.

Simon M, et al: Surgery for Bone and Soft Tissue Tumors. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott Raven, 1998, p 197.

412
Q

Chemotherapy is routinely included in the treatment of which of the following soft-tissue sarcomas?

  1. Angiosarcoma
  2. Malignant fibrous histiocytoma
  3. Liposarcoma
  4. Rhabdomyosarcoma
  5. Clear cell sarcoma
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Rhabdomyosarcoma

DISCUSSION: Most soft-tissue sarcomas are treated with a combination of radiation therapy and wide resection. Rhabdomyosarcomas are an exception, where chemotherapy is included in all treatment plans. Chemotherapy for other soft-tissue sarcomas is controversial.

REFERENCES

Enzinger FM, Weiss SW: Rhabdomyosarcoma, in Soft Tissue Tumors, ed 3. St Louis, MO, CV Mosby, 1995, p 539.

Hays DM: Rhabdomyosarcoma. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1993;289:36-49.

413
Q

An 83-year-old man has a painful mass of the great toe. Radiographs and a biopsy specimen are seen in Figures 12A and 12B. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Gout
  2. Pseudogout
  3. Infection
  4. Epidermal inclusion cyst
  5. Charcot joint
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1.Gout

DISCUSSION: Gouty arthritis, pseudogout, and infection can all present with inflammatory arthritis and periarticular erosions. Strongly negative birefringent crystals are seen in gout. The histologic image shows elongated “needle-like” crystals of gout. Epidermal inclusion cysts are rarely painful and usually have a history of localized penetrating trauma.

REFERENCES

Hamilton W, Breedman KB, Haupt HM, Lackman R: Knee pain in a 40-year-old man. Clin Orthop Relat Res 2001;383:282-285,290-292.

Mizel M, Miller R, Scioli M (eds): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Foot and Ankle 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1998, pp 301-302.

414
Q

Eosinophilic granuloma frequently occurs as a solitary lesion in the tubular long bones. After biopsy, what is the best course of action?

  1. Neoadjuvant chemotherapy
  2. En bloc resection
  3. Observation
  4. Amputation
  5. Chemotherapy followed by radiation therapy
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Observation

DISCUSSION: Most lesions of eosinophilic granuloma are simply observed, but larger aggressive lesions may require curettage and bone grafting. Frequently, biopsy is required to rule out a malignant diagnosis. The differential diagnosis of eosinophilic granuloma is osteomyelitis, Ewing sarcoma of bone, or osteogenic sarcoma. The biopsy alone can be followed by spontaneous resolution. In some patients, low-dose radiation therapy is used. Chemotherapy or amputation is not indicated for these benign lesions.

REFERENCE

Simon M, Springfield D, et al: Common Benign Bone Tumors: Surgery for Bone and Soft Tissue Tumors. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott Raven, 1998, p 200.

415
Q

A 10-year-old child reports acute leg pain after wrestling with his brother. AP and lateral radiographs are shown in Figures 13A and 13B. What is the best course of action?

  1. Biopsy, curettage, and plating
  2. Wide segmental resection
  3. Hip disarticulation
  4. Closed reduction and a long leg cast
  5. Tibial traction and MRI
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Closed reduction and a long leg cast

DISCUSSION: The radiographs show an eccentric metaphyseal lesion with a well-defined reactive rim of bone that is consistent with a nonossifying fibroma. Pathologic fractures through benign lesions should be treated as appropriate for the fracture, allowing the fracture to heal. Biopsy is not needed when the radiographic diagnosis is benign. MRI, in the presence of a fracture, is not particularly helpful because of the hematoma. If radiographic findings reveal that the lesion appears aggressive, a biopsy should be performed, obtaining tissue away from the fracture site.

REFERENCES

Marks KE, Bauer TW: Fibrous tumors of bone. Orthop Clin North Am 1989;20:377. Ponseti IV, Friedman B: Evaluation of metaphyseal fibrous defects. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1949;31:582.

416
Q

A 15-year-old boy has had pain in the right shoulder for the past 3 months. He denies any history of trauma and has no constitutional symptoms. Examination reveals a large firm mass in the proximal arm. A radiograph and MRI scan are shown in Figures 14A and 14B. Biopsy specimens are shown in Figures 14C and 14D. Management should consist of

  1. observation.
  2. steroid injection.
  3. curettage and bone grafting.
  4. wide resection with neoadjuvant chemotherapy.
  5. debridement, irrigation, and intravenous antibiotics.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. curettage and bone grafting.

DISCUSSION: The patient has an aneurysmal bone cyst. The aneurysmal bone cyst (ABC) is an expansile cystic lesion that most often affects individuals during their second decade of life

Aneurysmal bone cyst, abbreviated ABC, is a benign osteolytic bone neoplasm characterized by blood filled spaces separated by fibrous septa

Aneurysmal bone cyst has been widely regarded a reactive process of uncertain etiology since its initial description by Jaffe and Lichtenstein in 1942. Many hypotheses have been proposed to explain the etiology and pathogenesis of aneurysmal bone cyst, and until very recently the most commonly accepted idea was that aneurysmal bone cyst was the consequence of an increased venous pressure and resultant dilation and rupture of the local vascular network. However, studies by Panoutsakopoulus et al. and Oliveira et al. uncovered the clonal neoplastic nature of aneurysmal bone cyst.

The lesion may arise de novo or may arise secondarily within a pre-existing bone tumor, this is because of the abnormal bones changes in hemodynamics. An aneurysmal bone cyst can arise from a pre-existing chondroblastoma, a chondromyxoid fibroma, an osteoblastoma, a giant cell tumor, or fibrous dysplasia. A giant cell tumor is the most common cause, occurring in 19% to 39% of cases. Less frequently, it results from some malignant tumors, such as osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, and hemangioendothelioma.

Pathology
Micrograph of an aneurysmal bone cyst. H&E stain.

Aneurysmal bone cyst showing giant cells lining a small blood-filled space. Aneurysmal bone cyst was initially thought to be a reactive process that may follow a fracture or may be seen in association with benign conditions such as giant cell tumor, chondroblastoma, chondromyxoid fibroma, and fibrous dysplasia

Microscopically, ABCs are composed of giant cells surrounded by spindle cells with osteoid. They are typically accompanied by hemosiderin-laden macrophages.

The fluid-fluid levels seen on the MRI scan are typical for aneurysmal bone cyst, and the histology is consistent with a cystic lining. Vascular lakes, multinucleated giant cells, reactive bone, fibrovascular tissue, and an absence of atypical cells or numerous mitoses are seen histologically.

Aneurysmal bone cysts will typically continue to grow and cause further bone destruction; therefore, observation is not recommended. Steroid injections are not effective. A thorough curettage of the cyst lining and bone grafting are required. Wide resection and chemotherapy are reserved for more aggressive tumors. There is no evidence of infection radiographically or histologically. Telangiectatic osteosarcoma should also be considered in the differential diagnosis; therefore, biopsy is an important part of the work-up.

REFERENCES

Wold LA, et al: Atlas of Orthopaedic Pathology. Philadelphia, PA, WB Saunders, 1990, pp 232-233.

Simon M, et al: Surgery for Bone and Soft Tissue Tumors. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott Raven, 1998, pp 194-196.

417
Q

A 16-year-old girl has had pain in the left groin for the past 4 months. She notes that the pain is worse at night; however, she denies any history of trauma and has no constitutional symptoms. There is no history of steroid or alcohol use. Examination reveals pain in the left groin with rotation of the hip. There is no associated soft-tissue mass. A radiograph and MRI scan are shown in Figures 16A and 16B, and biopsy specimens are shown in Figures 16C and 16D. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Clear cell chondrosarcoma
  2. Chondroblastoma
  3. Giant cell tumor
  4. Aneurysmal bone cyst
  5. Osteonecrosis of the femoral head
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2

DISCUSSION: Based on the epiphyseal location and sharp, well-defined borders, the radiograph suggests chondroblastoma. Histologically, multinucleated giant cells are scattered among mononuclear cells. The nuclei are homogeneous and contain a characteristic longitudinal groove.

Although not seen here, “chicken-wire calcification” with a bland giant cell-rich matrix is also typical for chondroblastoma. Clear cell chondrosarcoma occurs in epiphyseal locations but has a more aggressive histologic pattern and occurs in an older age group. Giant cell tumors occur in the epiphysis but have a more uniform giant cell population histologically. Aneurysmal bone cyst often results in bone remodeling and has a different pathologic appearance. Osteonecrosis has a typical histologic pattern of empty lacunae and necrotic bone.

REFERENCES

Springfield DS, Capanna R, Gherlinzoni F, et al: Chondroblastoma: A review of seventy cases. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1985;67:748-755.

Simon M, Springfield D, et al: Chrondroblastoma: Surgery for Bone and Soft Tissue Tumors. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott Raven, 1998, p 190.

Wold LA, et al: Atlas of Orthopaedic Pathology. Philadelphia, PA, WB Saunders, 1990, pp 62-67.

418
Q

OITE AAOS 2011

  1. Tibial tubercle osteotomy has proven to be an effective treatment in the management of articular cartilage injuries of the patella. It is contraindicated for chondral injuries in what location on the patella?

1) Lateral
2) Distal
3) Proximal
4) Central
5) Medial

A

Answer: 5. Medial

Chondral injuries in medial patella can not be managed be tibial tubercle osteotomy or anteromedialization of tibial tubercle. When defects involved the central or proximal patella, especially when more medially located, modifications to the AMZ (anteromedialization) were considered. These included specific attention to avoid over medialization, which might increase medial patellofemoral contact pressures.

Reference
• Pascual-Garrido C, Slabaugh MA, L’Heureux DR, Friel NA, Cole BJ. Recommendations and treatment outcomes for patellofemoral articular cartilage defects with autologous chondrocyte implantation: prospective evaluation at average 4-year follow-up. Am J Sports Med. 2009 Nov;37 Suppl 1:33S-41S. Epub 2009 Oct 27. PubMed PMID: 19861699.
• Paulos L, Swanson SC, Stoddard GJ, Barber-Westin S. Surgical correction of limb malalignment for instability of the patella: a comparison of 2 techniques. Am J Sports Med. 2009 Jul;37(7):1288-300. Epub 2009 Jun 2. PubMed PMID: 19491333.

419
Q

OITE AAOS 2011

  1. For potential injury to the S2 nerve root following a sacral fracture, the physician should test for
    1) perianal sensation.
    2) great toe dorsiflexion.
    3) ankle toe plantarflexion.
    4) sensation on the medial border of the foot.
    5) sensation in the first web space of the foot.
A

Answer: 1. Perianal sensation

Great toe dorsiflexion is done by L4-L5 root. Ankle toe plantarflexion by L5-S1. Sensation on the medial border of the foot is L4 dermatome. Sensation in the first web space of the foot is L4-L5 dermatome.

References
• Mehta S, Auerbach J D, Born CT, Chin KR. Sacral fractures. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2006 Nov;14(12):656-65. Review. PubMed PMID: 17077338.

• Robles LA. Transverse sacral fractures. Spine J. 2009 Jan-Feb;9(1):60-9. Epub 2007 Nov 5. Review.PubMed PMID: 17981093.

420
Q
  1. A 16-year-old girl has a significant valgus deformity of her right leg. Examination of the lower limb deformity reveals an anatomic lateral distal femoral angle of 61°, an anatomic medial proximal tibial angle of 88°, and a tibial femoral angle of 26°. All other measurements are within normal limits. What is the most appropriate treatment?

1) Distal femoral varus osteotomy
2) Distal femoral valgus osteotomy
3) Proximal tibial varus osteotomy
4) Proximal tibial valgus osteotomy
5) Combined distal femoral varus and proximal tibial valgus osteotomies

A

Answer: 1. Distal femoral varus osteotomy

Despite our best efforts to accurately correct deformities to textbook numbers, as long as we operate on children with open physes, we face uncertainty, because behavior of the growth plates is often unpredictable. Perhaps the best example of this is the Cozen phenomenon, which occurs after any osteotomy of the proximal tibia in children younger than 10 years

Reference:
• Paley D. Correction of limb deformities in the 21st century. J Pediatr Orthop. 2000 May- Jun;20(3):279-81. PubMed PMID: 10823589.
• Tetsworth KD, Paley D. Accuracy of correction of complex lower-extremity deformities by the Ilizarov method.Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1994 Apr;(301):102-10. PubMed PMID: 8156660.

421
Q

OITE AAOS 2011

  1. For the purposes of retractor and screw placement, the anterior and posterior zones of the acetabulum are divided by a line
    1) directly along the body axis.
    2) between the posterior superior iliac spine and the obturator foramen.
    3) between the anterior superior iliac spine and the ischial tuberosity.
    4) between the anterior superior iliac spine and the center of the acetabulum.
    5) from the center of the acetabulum to the transverse acetabular ligament.
A

Answer: 3. between the anterior superior iliac spine and the ischial tuberosity

Surgeon’s recognition of the acetabular quadrant system divides the acetabulum into four equal quadrants, the anterior inferior and superior quadrants and the posterior superior and inferior quadrants. The compartments are delineated by two lines, the first of which starts at the anterior superior iliac spine and bisects the acetabulum, and the second of which is perpendicular to the first and also bisects the acetabulum. The safest area for screw placement is the posterior superior compartment, followed by the posterior inferior quadrant. The anterior inferior and anterior superior quadrants are both generally unsafe for screw placement

Reference
• Callaghan J, Rosenberg A, Rubash H, eds. The Adult Hip. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott-Raven; 1998:71-72.
• Wasielewski RC, Galat DD, Sheridan KC, Rubash HE. Acetabular anatomy and transacetabular screw fixation at the high hip center. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2005 Sep;438:171-6. PubMed PMID: 16131887

422
Q

OITE AAOS 2011

  1. The anterolateral approach to the distal tibia and ankle for open reduction and internal fixation of pilon fractures places which of the following nerves at most risk?
    1) Sural
    2) Saphenous
    3) Deep peroneal
    4) Medial plantar
    5) Lateral plantar
A

Answer: 3. Deep peroneal

Unlike when anterolateral tibial plates are passed from proximal to distal, the superficial peroneal nerve (SPN) is not at risk when the plates are passed from distal to proximal. The 5-cm distal incision allows direct visualization and protection of this structure. However the neurovascular pedicle that contains the deep peroneal nerve/anterior tibial vasc (DPN/ATV) is at risk during this procedure.

References:
• Herscovici D Jr, Sanders RW, Infante A, DiPasquale T. Bohler incision: an extensile anterolateral approach to the foot and ankle. J Orthop Trauma. 2000 Aug;14(6):429-32. PubMed PMID: 11001418.
• Wolinsky P, Lee M. The distal approach for anterolateral plate fixation of the tibia: an anatomic study. J Orthop Trauma. 2008 Jul;22(6):404-7. PubMed PMID: 18594305.

423
Q

OITE AAOS 2011

  1. Figure 8 shows the clinical photograph of a 3-month-old girl who has a circumferential crease around her arm. She is neurovascularly intact. The hand appears to function normally, but she has significant swelling of the forearm when it is dependent. Treatment should consist of
    1) above-elbow amputation.
    2) through-elbow amputation.
    3) resection of the redundant skin.
    4) circumferential band excision and z-plasty.
    5) radical skin resection and reconstruction at age 18 months
A

Answer: 4. circumferential band excision and z-plasty.

References:
• Foulkes GD, Reinker K. Congenital constriction band syndrome: a seventy-year experience. J Pediatr Orthop. 1994 Mar-Apr;14(2):242-8. PubMed PMID: 8188842.
• Goldfarb CA, Sathienkijkanchai A, Robin NH. Amniotic constriction band: a multidisciplinary assessment of etiology and clinical presentation. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2009 Jul;91 Suppl 4:68-75.PubMed PMID: 19571071.
• Greene WB. One-stage release of congenital circumferential constriction bands. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1993 May;75(5):650-5. PubMed PMID: 8501079.
• Kawamura K, Chung KC. Constriction band syndrome. Hand Clin. 2009 May;25(2):257-64. Review. PubMed PMID: 19380064.

424
Q

OITE AAOS 2011
11. Secondary osteosarcomas have been observed most frequently in which of the following conditions?

1) Melorheostosis
2) Paget’s disease
3) Cortical desmoids
4) Fibrous dysplasia
5) Osteoporosis in patients treated with bisphosphonates

A

Answer: 2. Paget’s disease

Among the one hundred one skeletal osteogenic sarcomas, fifty-eight sarcomas (56%) developed in association with Paget’s disease. 36 (36%) were primary de novo intramedullary tumors, eight additional sarcomas followed either irradiation (6 cases) or, in one case each, aseptic necrosis or a solitary osteochondroma.

References:

  • Campanacci M. High grade osteosarcomas. In: Campanacci M, Enneking WF, eds. Bone and Soft Tissue Tumors: Clinical Features, Imaging, Pathology and Treatment. 2nd ed. New York, NY: Springer-Verlag; 1999:463-515.
  • Huvos AG. Osteogenic sarcoma of bones and soft tissues in older persons. Cancer. 1986 Apr 1;57(7):1442-9. PubMed PMID:2418941.
425
Q

OITE AAOS 2011

  1. Femoral nailing through the piriformis fossa starting portal is contraindicated in adolescents with open physes because of the risk of
    1) injury to the sciatic nerve.
    2) injury to the greater trochanteric apophysis.
    3) injury to the medial femoral circumflex artery.
    4) injury to the lateral femoral circumflex artery.
    5) increased intramedullary pressure.
A

Answer: 2. injury to the greater trochanteric apophysis

References:
• Flynn JM, Schwend RM. Management of pediatric femoral shaft fractures. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2004 Sep-Oct;12(5):347-59. Review. PubMed PMID: 15469229.
• Sponseller PD. Surgical management of pediatric femoral fractures. Instr Course Lect. 2002;51:361-5. Review. PubMed PMID: 12064126.

426
Q
  1. Which of the following patients would be the best candidate for surgical “guided growth technique” using a tension band plate(s) across the medial distal femoral growth plate(s)?
  • 1) Bone age 5-year-old girl with bilateral genu varum with wide irregular growth plates
  • 2) Bone age 11-year-old girl with bilateral rachitic genu varum
  • 3) Bone age 11-year-old girl with bilateral severe genu valgum
  • 4) Bone age 12-year-old boy with unilateral posttraumatic genu valgum and a lateral femoral growth arrest
  • 5) Bone age 12-year-old boy with unilateral posttraumatic genu varum and a medial femoral growth arrest
A

Answer: 1. Bone age 5-year-old girl with bilateral genu varum with wide irregular growth plates

Other implant impose a rigid fulcrum within the physis, resulting in slower correction and the possible complications of implant migration and/or fatigue failure.19,20,23 Because the fulcrum for correction is within the physis, there is a shorter moment arm for the remainder of the physis to produce angular correction. Thus, it will take longer to realize clinical improvement. In the meantime, the near side of the physis is relatively compressed by rigid staples or a transphyseal screw, potentially limiting its future growth potential. The logic, simplicity, and versatility of the plate concept lies in the placement of a nonrigid extraperiosteal
plate and 2 screws serving as a focal hinge at the perimeter of the physis. Because it serves as a tension band, only 1 plate per physis is required. The application of the plate may stabilize the physis in a manner analogous to in situ pinning of a patient with slipped capital femoral epiphysis. Several patients reported decreased activity-related pain immediately after implantation and well before deformity correction was noted. As the angular correction occurs, functional length is gained because of reconciliation of the true and apparent bone lengths. There may be concomitant spontaneous improvement in transverse plane (rotational) deformity of the long bones. This was noted in the patients with Blount, rickets, and skeletal dysplasias. Should this not occur, subsequent elective rotational osteotomies are still an option. None of these 34 patients are expected to need such correction.

References:
• Wiemann JM IV, Tryon C, Szalay EA. Physeal stapling versus 8-plate hemiepiphysiodesis for guided correction of angular deformity about the knee. J Pediatr Orthop. 2009 Jul-Aug;29(5):481-5. PubMed PMID: 19568021.
• Stevens PM. Guided growth for angular correction: a preliminary series using a tension band plate. J Pediatr Orthop. 2007 Apr-May;27(3):253-9. PubMed PMID: 17414005.
• Schroerlucke S, Bertrand S, Clapp J, Bundy J, Gregg FO. Failure of Orthofix eight-plate for the treatment of Blount disease. J Pediatr Orthop. 2009 Jan-Feb;29(1):57-60. PubMed PMID: 19098648.

427
Q

OITE AAOS 2011

  1. Figures 14a through 14d are the radiographs of a 55-year-old man who sustained a dislocation. He undergoes immediate closed reduction and is seen 3 days later. His skin is intact and he is able to contract his deltoid. Management should now consist of
    1) hemiarthroplasty.
    2) immediate passive therapy.
    3) sling immobilization for 6 weeks.
    4) open reduction and internal fixation.
    5) external rotation immobilization for 2 weeks.
A

Answer: 4. Open reduction and internal fixation

Thirty-four patients (65%) achieved good functional results (CS >80 points, VSS <8 points, UCLA >28 points) and eight patients (15%) had excellent results with a maximum of points on two of three shoulder scores. Ten patients (20%) experienced satisfactory results with two thirds points on two of three shoulder scores. All fractures healed without any signs of nonunion or relevant loss of reduction. In nine patients (17%) we had a minimal loss of reduction (<5 mm) to superior, but there was no significant influence on shoulder function.
In comparison of the operative techniques, patients with open reduction and internal fixation had slightly better functional results than did those with closed reduction and percutaneous internal fixation, but this was statistically not significant (p > 0.05). In comparison of the results of the surgical study group and the nonoperative control group, patients with reduction and fixation of greater tuberosity fractures had significantly better results on shoulder function than did those with conservative treatment (p < 0.05).

Conclusion: Surgical treatment of displaced greater tuberosity fractures revealed good functional and radiographic results. Reduction and fixation of those fractures is recommended because patients with nonoperative treatment showed significantly worse results. Similar results can be achieved for open reduction and internal fixation, or closed reduction and percutaneous fixation.

References:
• Flatow EL, Cuomo F, Maday MG, Miller SR, McIlveen SJ, Bigliani LU. Open reduction and internal fixation of two-part displaced fractures of the greater tuberosity of the proximal part of the humerus. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1991 Sep;73(8):1213-8. PubMed PMID: 1890123.
• Platzer P, Thalhammer G, Oberleitner G, Kutscha-Lissberg F, Wieland T, Vecsei V, Gaebler C. Displaced fractures of the greater tuberosity: a comparison of operative and nonoperative treatment. J Trauma. 2008 Oct;65(4):843-8. PubMed PMID: 1834971

428
Q

OITE AAOS 2011

  1. Neuroblastoma is the most common metastatic malignant solid tumor in childhood and arises from which of the following?
    1) Eosinophils
    2) Histiocytes
    3) Macrophages
    4) Nucleus pulposus cells
    5) Neural-crest derived cells
A

Answer:5. Neural-crest derived cells

• References:
Khanna G, El-Khoury GY, Menda Y. Imaging in pediatric orthopaedics. In: Morrissy RT, Weinstein SL, eds. Lovell and Winter’s Pediatric Orthopaedics. 6th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2006:67-96.
• Dormans JP, Moroz L. Infection and tumors of the spine in children. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007 Feb;89 Suppl 1:79-97. Review. PubMed PMID: 17272426.

429
Q

OITE AAOS 2011

  1. A 55-year-old man who is an avid golfer undergoes a total hip arthroplasty. What effect would this procedure have on his golf game?

1) A likely return to play with a minimal change in handicap
2) Return to play is not recommended because of the risk of premature wear
3) Return to play with a significant increase in average drive distance
4) No need to use a golf cart following hip arthroplasty
5) More pain during the golf swing associated with left-sided surgery compared with the right side

A

Answer: 1. A likely return to play with a minimal change in handicap

Mean handicap scores and number of rounds played per week are shown in. There is a significant difference between the handicap at 3 to 6 months after the operation and that at the preosteoarthritis state, that before the operation with arthritis, and that at 3 to 5 years after the operation.

The patients were asked about their level of discomfort during and after play: 17% reported some pain during play but 36% had pain after having played. Two patients also reported on a sensation of a clunk in their hip during their swing. The degree and site of pain were not affected by the level of handicap of golfers and did not appear to be associated with how they mobilized around the course.

References:
• Mallon WJ, Callaghan JJ. Total hip arthroplasty in active golfers. J Arthroplasty. 1992;7 Suppl:339-46. PubMed PMID: 1431914.
• Mallon WJ, Callaghan JJ. Total knee arthroplasty in active golfers. J Arthroplasty. 1993 Jun;8(3):299- 306. PubMed PMID: 8326312.
• Arbuthnot JE, McNicholas MJ, Dashti H, Hadden WA. Total hip arthroplasty and the golfer: a study of participation and performance before and after surgery for osteoarthritis. J Arthroplasty. 2007 Jun;22(4):549-52. Epub 2007 Mar 9. PubMed PMID: 17562412.

430
Q

OITE AAOS 2011

  1. A 56-year-old woman sustained a displaced ankle fracture and underwent surgical fixation 4 weeks ago. She is now seen for postoperative assessment, and current radiographs are seen in Figures 17a and 17b. Tibiotalar relationships are most likely the result of
    1) fibular malreduction.
    2) inadequate syndesmotic screw length.
    3) inadequate syndesmotic screw diameter.
    4) medial collateral ligament incompetence.
    5) entrapment of the flexor hallucis longus tendon.
A

Answer: 1. fibular malreduction

References:
• Chu A, Weiner L. Distal fibula malunions. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2009 Apr;17(4):220-30. Review. PubMed PMID: 19307671.
• Wikerøy AK, Hoiness PR, Andreassen GS, Hellund JC, Madsen JE. No difference in functional and radiographic results 8.4 years after quadricortical compared with tricortical syndesmosis fixation in ankle fractures. J Orthop Trauma. 2010 Jan;24(1):17-23. PubMed PMID: 20035173.
• Sinha A, Sirikonda S, Giotakis N, Walker C. Fibular lengthening for malunited ankle fractures. Foot Ankle Int. 2008 Nov;29(11):1136-40. PubMed PMID: 19026209.
• Nousiainen MT, McConnell AJ, Zdero R, McKee MD, Bhandari M, Schemitsch EH. The influence of the number of cortices of screw purchase and ankle position in Weber C ankle fracture fixation. J Orthop Trauma. 2008 Aug;22(7):473-8. PubMed PMID: 18670288.
• Karapinar H, Kalenderer O, Karapinar L, Altay T, Manisali M, Gunal I. Effects of three- or four-cortex syndesmotic fixation in ankle fractures. J Am Podiatr Med Assoc. 2007 Nov-Dec;97(6):457-9. PubMed PMID: 18024840.
• Gardner MJ, Demetrakopoulos D, Briggs SM, Helfet DL, Lorich DG. Malreduction of the tibiofibular syndesmosis in ankle fractures. Foot Ankle Int. 2006 Oct;27(10):788-92. PubMed PMID: 17054878.
• Moore JA Jr, Shank JR, Morgan SJ, Smith WR. Syndesmosis fixation: a comparison of three and four cortices of screw fixation without hardware removal. Foot Ankle Int. 2006 Aug;27(8):567-72. PubMed PMID: 16919207.
• Høiness P, Stromsoe K. Tricortical versus quadricortical syndesmosis fixation in ankle fractures: a prospective, randomized study comparing two methods of syndesmosis fixation. J Orthop Trauma. 2004 Jul;18(6):331-7. PubMed PMID: 15213497.
• Thompson MC, Gesink DS. Biomechanical comparison of syndesmosis fixation with 3.5- and 4.5- millimeter stainless steel screws. Foot Ankle Int. 2000 Sep;21(9):736-41. PubMed PMID: 11023220.

431
Q
  1. Figures 18a through 18c are the radiographs of a 29-year-old man involved in a snowmobile accident. He sustained an open book pelvic injury, midshaft femur fracture, and an undisplaced thoracic spine fracture. The pelvis and femur fractures required surgical internal fixation and the spine fracture is being treated with a brace. Management of these upper extremity injuries should consist of

1) above-elbow casting of the forearm and hand.
2) clamshell splinting of the ulnar shaft and pinning of the finger fractures.
3) clamshell splinting of the ulnar shaft fracture and thermoplast splinting of the fingers.
4) open plating of the ulnar shaft and metacarpals, and fixation of the proximal phalanx.
5) open plating of the ulnar shaft and metacarpals, and closed treatment of the proximal phalanx.

A

Answer: 4. open plating of the ulnar shaft and metacarpals, and fixation of the proximal phalanx

References:
• Souer JS, Mudgal CS. Plate fixation in closed ipsilateral multiple metacarpal fractures. J Hand Surg Eur Vol. 2008 Dec;33(6):740-4. Epub 2008 Aug 11. PubMed PMID: 18694922.
• Kawamura K, Chung KC. Fixation choices for closed simple unstable oblique phalangeal and metacarpal fractures. Hand Clin. 2006 Aug;22(3):287-95. Review. PubMed PMID: 16843795.

432
Q
  1. Figure 19 is a three-dimensional CT reconstruction of the shoulder of a 22-year-old man following a shoulder dislocation. What is the most appropriate management?

1) Open stabilization and shortening of the subscapularis
2) Open stabilization to address the articular arc deficit from the osseous Bankart lesion
3) Sling immobilization followed by progressive range of motion and strengthening
4) Arthroscopic stabilization with tenodesis of the subscapularis to the defect
5) Arthroscopic stabilization with removal of the fragment and reattachment of the capsulolabral complex

A

Answer:5. Arthroscopic stabilization with removal of the fragment and reattachment of the capsulolabral complex

Arthroscopic Bankart repairs remain controversial primarily because of reports of high recurrence rates, ranging up to 44% for transglenoid repairs. However, on critical analysis of the literature, the recurrence
rate is quite variable and can be very low even with transglenoid sutures. A report on a recent series of arthroscopic suture anchor repairs described excellent results with only a 7% recurrence rate in an
athletic population. The results in this arthroscopic suture anchor study equal those of the gold standard
open Bankart repair.
If one looks at arthroscopic reports, the best results are those that emphasize repair of the capsulolabral tissue to the corner of the glenoid, or even onto the face of the glenoid. This should not be surprising, since Neviaser13 described a fairly common pattern of medialized capsulolabral healing (the ALPSA lesion, or anterior labroligamentous periosteal sleeve avulsion) associated with recurrent dislocation. If we repair the capsule in a medialized position, the position of an ALPSA lesion, we would expect a higher recurrence rate. Indeed, this is exactly where many of the techniques of arthroscopic staple capsulorraphy or transglenoid labral repair positioned the labrum, so one should expect a relatively high failure rate with this approach.
In contrast, the open Bankart repair as described by Rowe and by Thomas and Matsen used transosseous tunnels for suture that exited onto the face of the glenoid and automatically lateralized the capsulolabral repair. Suture anchor techniques, both open and arthroscopic, that lateralize the labrum have also been shown to give excellent results

References:
• Burkhart SS, De Beer JF. Traumatic glenohumeral bone defects and their relationship to failure of arthroscopic Bankart repairs: significance of the inverted-pear glenoid and the humeral engaging Hill- Sachs lesion. Arthroscopy. 2000 Oct;16(7):677-94. PubMed PMID: 11027751.
• Itoi E, Lee SB, Berglund LJ, Berge LL, An KN. The effect of a glenoid defect on anteroinferior stability of the shoulder after Bankart repair: a cadaveric study. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2000 Jan;82(1):35-46. PubMed PMID: 10653082.

433
Q
  1. A 55-year-old woman has metastatic breast cancer. She is given a nitrogen-containing bisphosphonate to inhibit bone absorption. What is the mechanism of action for this therapy?

1) Disruption of isoprenylation
2) Reduction of carbonic anhydrase activity
3) Tumor inhibition due to tumor cell apoptosis
4) Interference with osteoclast adhesion
5) Interference of tumor cells ability to absorb bone

A

Answer: 1. Disruption of isoprenylation

Bisphosphonate drugs (e.g., Fosamax and Zometa) are thought to act primarily by inhibiting farnesyl diphosphate synthase (FPPS), resulting in decreased prenylation of small GTPases.
 Hambatan pembentukan enzim farnesyl pyrophosphate synthase menghambat HMG CoA reductase pathway, yang selanjutnya akan berdampak pada hambatan pembentukan protein yang dibutuhkan untuk membentuk ruffled border pada osteoklas. Ruffled border merupakan struktur penting pada osteoklas, yang memproduksi enzim acid hydrolase, enzim penting untuk menguraikan mineral dari tulang difagosit. Hambatan pembentukan ruffled border akan berdampak pada penurunan jumlah enzim acid hydrolase sehingga fungsi osteoklas akan menurun.

References:
• Guo RT, Cao R, Liang PH, Ko TP, Chang TH, Hudock MP, Jeng WY, Chen CK, Zhang Y, Song Y, Kuo CJ, Yin F, Oldfield E, Wang AH. Bisphosphonates target multiple sites in both cis- and transprenyltransferases. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2007 Jun 12;104(24):10022-7. Epub 2007 May 29. PubMed PMID: 17535895.
• Reszka AA, Rodan GA. Nitrogen-containing bisphosphonate mechanism of action. Mini Rev Med Chem. 2004 Sep;4(7):711-9. Review. PubMed PMID: 15379639.
• Morris CD, Einhorn TA. Bisphosphonates in orthopaedic surgery. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005 Jul;87(7):1609-18. Review. PubMed PMID: 15995133.
• Morris CD: Orthopaedic pharmacology and therapeutics. In: Einhorn TA, O’Keefe RJ, Buckwalter JA, eds. Orthopaedic Basic Science: Foundations of Clinical Practice. 3rd ed. Rosemont, IL: American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2007:315-330.

434
Q
  1. A 3-year-old boy has a septic hip. You suspect that Kingella kingae is the causative organism. What culture medium should be requested?

1) Agar plates
2) Thayer-Martin plates
3) Blood culture medium
4) Egg-based mediums
5) Luria Bertani medium

A

Answer: 3. Blood culture medium

References:
• Yagupsky P, Dagan R, Howard CW, Einhorn M, Kassis I, Simu A. High prevalence of Kingella kingae in joint fluid from children with septic arthritis revealed by the BACTEC blood culture system. J Clin Microbiol. 1992 May;30(5):1278-81. PubMed PMID: 1583131.
• Petti CA, Bhally HS, Weinstein MP, Joho K, Wakefield T, Reller LB, Carroll KC. Utility of extended blood culture incubation for isolation of Haemophilus, Actinobacillus, Cardiobacterium, Eikenella, and Kingella organisms: a retrospective multicenter evaluation. J Clin Microbiol. 2006 Jan;44(1):257-9. PubMed PMID: 16390985.

435
Q
  1. Which of the following is considered the preferred method of predicting hip stability after a posterior wall acetabular fracture?

1) Dynamic fluoroscopic examination under anesthesia
2) The Moed method (Figure 22a)
3) The Calkins method (Figure 22b)
4) The Keith method (Figure 22c)
5) A history of associated hip dislocation

A
436
Q

OITE 2011 AAOS

  1. The muscle contraction characterized by constant muscle tension through the range of motion is called
    1) isotonic.
    2) isometric.
    3) isoelastic.
    4) isokinetic.
    5) isoconcentric.
A

Answer: 1. isotonic

Isotonic Muscle tension is constant through the range of motion. Muscle length changes through the range of motion. This is a measure of dynamic strength. Biceps curls using free weights. Concentric contraction: The muscle shortens during the contraction. Tension within the muscle is proportional to the externally applied load. An example of an isotonic concentric contraction is the “curl” (elbow moving toward increasing flexion) portion of a biceps curl.
Eccentric contraction: The muscle “lengthens” during the contraction (internal force is less than external force).
Eccentric contractions have the greatest potential for high muscle tension and muscle injury. An example of an isotonic eccentric contraction is “the negative” (elbow moving toward increasing extension) portion of a biceps curl.

Isometric Muscle tension is generated, but the length of the muscle remains unchanged. This is a measure of static strength. Pushing against an immovable object (such as a wall).
Isokinetic Muscle tension is generated as the muscle maximally contracts at a constant velocity over a full range of motion.

Isokinetic exercises are best for maximizing strength (specifically eccentric phase) and are a measure of dynamic strength. Isokinetic exercises require special equipment such as a Cybex machine. Concentric; eccentric
Source: Miller MD. Review of Orthopaedics. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders, 2004; 70.

References:
• Lieber RL. Form and function of skeletal muscle. In: Einhorn TA, O’Keefe RJ, Buckwalter JA, eds.Orthopaedic Basic Science: Foundations of Clinical Practice. 3rd ed. Rosemont, IL: AmericanvAcademy of Orthopaedic Surgeons; 2007:223-243.
• Medvecky MJ. Skeletal muscle. In: Lieberman JR, ed. AAOS Comprehensive Orthopaedic Review.vRosemont, IL: American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons; 2009:83-91.

Isotonic Muscle tension is constant through the range of motion. Muscle length changes through the range of motion. This is a measure of dynamic strength. Biceps curls using free weights. Concentric contraction: The muscle shortens during the contraction. Tension within the muscle is proportional to the externally applied load. An example of an isotonic concentric contraction is the “curl” (elbow moving toward increasing flexion) portion of a biceps curl.
Eccentric contraction: The muscle “lengthens” during the contraction (internal force is less than external force).
Eccentric contractions have the greatest potential for high muscle tension and muscle injury. An example of an isotonic eccentric contraction is “the negative” (elbow moving toward increasing extension) portion of a biceps curl.
Isometric Muscle tension is generated, but the length of the muscle remains unchanged. This is a measure of static strength. Pushing against an immovable object (such as a wall).
Isokinetic Muscle tension is generated as the muscle maximally contracts at a constant velocity over a full range of motion.
Isokinetic exercises are best for maximizing strength (specifically eccentric phase) and are a measure of dynamic strength. Isokinetic exercises require special equipment such as a Cybex machine. Concentric; eccentric
Source: Miller MD. Review of Orthopaedics. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders, 2004; 70.

References:
• Lieber RL. Form and function of skeletal muscle. In: Einhorn TA, O’Keefe RJ, Buckwalter JA, eds.Orthopaedic Basic Science: Foundations of Clinical Practice. 3rd ed. Rosemont, IL: AmericanvAcademy of Orthopaedic Surgeons; 2007:223-243.
• Medvecky MJ. Skeletal muscle. In: Lieberman JR, ed. AAOS Comprehensive Orthopaedic Review.vRosemont, IL: American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons; 2009:83-91.

437
Q
  1. Which of the following has been shown to be a risk factor for pseudarthrosis following long adult spinal deformity surgery?

1- Thoracoabdominal approach
2- Kyphosis of less than 20 degrees
3- Preexisting knee osteoarthritis
4- Positive sagittal balance of less than 2 cm
5- Instrumentation of the upper thoracic spine

A

Answer: 1. Thoracoabdominal approach

The criteria used to detect pseudarthroses were: (1) loss of fixation, such as implant breakage, dislodgement of rods or hooks, or halo (2–4 mm) around a pedicle screw; (2) progression of deformity with or without pain; (3) subsequent disc space collapse (at the most distal motion segment) observed from the first postoperative visit to the ultimate visit where pseudarthrosis was determined; and (4) motion during surgical exploration.

Risk factors:
• Preexisting coronal global imbalance (C7 plumb to center sacral vertical line ≥ 40 mm)
• sagittal global imbalances (C7 plumb to sagittal sacral vertical line ≥ 50 mm) were also evaluated as risk factors.
• The approach was considered a risk factor as well. With a thoracoabdominal approach, the exposure of the L5–S1 disc is not as extensive as with a paramedian approach. Because of the position of L5–S1 relative to the vascular bifurcation, a more thorough discectomy and reconstruction can be performed through a direct anterior paramedian approach than is possible through a more anterolateral approach.
• A preexisting sagittal thoracic kyphosis angle (T5–T12) ≥ 40° and thoracolumbar kyphosis angle (T10–L2) ≥ 20° were evaluated as risk factors

References:
• Kim YJ, Bridwell KH, Lenke LG, Rhim S, Cheh G. Pseudarthrosis in long adult spinal deformity instrumentation and fusion to the sacrum: prevalence and risk factor analysis of 144 cases. Spine (Phila PA 1976). 2006 Sep 15;31(20):2329-36. PubMed PMID: 16985461.
• Raizman NM, O’Brien JR, Poehling-Monaghan KL, Yu WD. Pseudarthrosis of the spine. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2009 Aug;17(8):494-503. Review. PubMed PMID: 19652031.

438
Q

OITE 2011 AAOS

  1. What is the most common complication of the Weil distal metatarsal osteotomy when combined with a proximal interphalangeal joint resection arthroplasty?

1) Floating-toe deformity
2) Nonunion of the metatarsal osteotomy
3) Recurrent proximal interphalangeal joint deformity
4) Recurrent dislocation of the metatarsophalangeal joint
5) Intractable plantar keratosis at the metatarsophalangeal joint

A

Answer: 1. Floating toe deformity

References:
• García-Rey E, Cano J, Guerra P, Sanz-Hospital F. The Weil osteotomy for median metatarsalgia. A short-term study. In: Giannini S, Maffulli N, Richter M, Stephens MM, eds. Foot and Ankle Surgery. Vol 10. Issue 4. Philadelphia, PA: Elsevier; 2004:177-180.
• Migues A, Slullitel G, Bilbao F, Carrasco M, Solari G. Floating-toe deformity as a complication of the Weil osteotomy. Foot Ankle Int. 2004 Sep;25(9):609-13. PubMed PMID: 15563380.

439
Q
  1. When comparing outcomes between hemiarthroplasty and total shoulder arthroplasty for patients with symptomatic osteoarthritis with an intact rotator cuff and a concentric joint, hemiarthroplasty results in which of the following?
    1- Equivalent pain relief
    2- Increased blood loss
    3- Increased rate of revision
    4- Increased rate of instability
    5- Increased incidence of subscapularis insufficiency
A

Answer:1. Equivalent pain relief

Nine percent of the shoulders (16/176) had fullthickness rotator cuff tears. Eight of the 16 shoulders with full-thickness supraspinatus cuff tears had hemiarthroplasty. All of these tears were isolated to the supraspinatus tendon, and all were repairable.
There were no differences in postoperative pain, function, American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons scores, or range of motion. There were no differences between total shoulder arthroplasty and hemiarthroplasty in those patients with a reparable rotator cuff tear. Total shoulder arthroplasty and hemiarthroplasty for treatment of primary osteoarthritis result in good or excellent pain relief, improvement in function, and patient satisfaction in 95% of cases.

References :
• Edwards TB, Boulahia A, Kempf JF, Boileau P, Nemoz C, Walch G. The influence of rotator cuff on the results of shoulder arthroplasty for primary osteoarthritis: results of a multicenter study. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2002 Dec;84-A(12):2240-8. PubMed PMID: 12473715.
• Norris TR, Iannotti JP. Functional outcome after shoulder arthroplasty for primary osteoarthritis: a multicenter study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2002 Mar-Apr;11(2):130-5. PubMed PMID: 11988723.

440
Q
  1. A 60-year-old woman reports the sudden onset of severe hip pain after undergoing total hip arthroplasty 6 weeks ago. Radiographs reveal a dislocation. Immediate postoperative and postreduction radiographs are seen in Figures 26a through 26c. What is the most likely cause of the dislocation?
    1- Cup position
    2- Excess anteversion
    3- Lack of femoral offset
    4- Subsidence of the implant
    5- Failure to adhere to hip precautions
A

Answer: 1. Cup position

The following values were defined as risk factors for dislocation:

  • Cup anteversion less than 20°
  • Cup abduction angle greater than 50°
  • total postoperative anteversion less than 40° or greater than 60°
  • Total postoperative offset 10% inferior to the preoperative one (insufficient offset reconstruction)
  • A lowering of the postoperative hip rotation center greater than 2 mm compared with the preoperative position

Cup orientation is critically important. A safe zone of component orientation was described by Lewinnek et al. A statistically significant increased incidence of instability was noted if cup orientation was placed outside of the so-called safe zone. A relatively safe range for the cup, the range of abduction (ɵ) = 40 ± 10°, anterversion (α) = 15 ± 10°

References:
• Kim YH, Choi Y, Kim JS. Influence of patient-, design-, and surgery-related factors on rate of dislocation after primary cementless total hip arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2009 Dec;24(8):1258-63. PubMed PMID: 19896063.
• Nishii T, Sugano N, Miki H, Koyama T, Takao M, Yoshikawa H. Influence of component positions on dislocation: computed tomographic evaluations in a consecutive series of total hip arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2004 Feb;19(2):162-6. PubMed PMID: 14973858.
• Lewinnek GE, Lewis JL, Tarr R, et al. Dislocation after total hip-replacement arthroplasties. J Bone Joint Surg Am1978; 60:217.

441
Q
  1. Which of the following has been shown to be a risk factor for pseudarthrosis following long adult spinal deformity surgery?
    1- Thoracoabdominal approach
    2- Kyphosis of less than 20 degrees
    3- Preexisting knee osteoarthritis
    4- Positive sagittal balance of less than 2 cm
    5- Instrumentation of the upper thoracic spine
A

Answer: 1. Thoracoabdominal approach

The criteria used to detect pseudarthroses were: (1) loss of fixation, such as implant breakage, dislodgement of rods or hooks, or halo (2–4 mm) around a pedicle screw; (2) progression of deformity with or without pain; (3) subsequent disc space collapse (at the most distal motion segment) observed from the first postoperative visit to the ultimate visit where pseudarthrosis was determined; and (4) motion during surgical exploration.

Risk factors for spinal pseudoarthrosis:
• Preexisting coronal global imbalance (C7 plumb to center sacral vertical line ≥ 40 mm)
• Sagittal global imbalances (C7 plumb to sagittal sacral vertical line ≥ 50 mm)
• The approach was considered a risk factor as well. With a thoracoabdominal approach, the exposure of the L5–S1 disc is not as extensive as with a paramedian approach. Because of the position of L5–S1 relative to the vascular bifurcation, a more thorough discectomy and reconstruction can be performed through a direct anterior paramedian approach than is possible through a more anterolateral approach.
• A preexisting sagittal thoracic kyphosis angle (T5–T12) ≥ 40° and thoracolumbar kyphosis angle (T10–L2) ≥ 20°

References:
• Kim YJ, Bridwell KH, Lenke LG, Rhim S, Cheh G. Pseudarthrosis in long adult spinal deformity instrumentation and fusion to the sacrum: prevalence and risk factor analysis of 144 cases. Spine (Philadelphia PA 1976). 2006 Sep 15;31(20):2329-36. PubMed PMID: 16985461.
• Raizman NM, O’Brien JR, Poehling-Monaghan KL, Yu WD. Pseudarthrosis of the spine. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2009 Aug;17(8):494-503. Review. PubMed PMID: 19652031.

442
Q
  1. A 42-year-old man undergoes direct repair of an acute patellar tendon rupture. To permit early knee range of motion while protecting the integrity of the repair, which of the following methods is recommended?

1- Standing squats
2- Closed chain kinetic quadriceps exercises
3- Active knee flexion in a prone position
4- Active range of motion in a seated position without resistance
5- Active-assisted range of motion in a seated position without resistance

A

Answer: 5. Active-assisted range of motion in a seated position without resistance

Post operative to the next 5 to 7 days to reduce swelling and promote wound healing. From that point through postoperative week 6, the brace was removed daily for limited (0°-55°) active motion of the knee, and the patient was allowed to do straight-leg raises and be full weightbearing with the brace locked in extension

References :
• Matava MJ. Patellar tendon ruptures. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 1996 Nov;4(6):287-296. PubMed PMID: 10797196.
• West JL, Keene JS, Kaplan LD. Early motion after quadriceps and patellar tendon repairs: outcomes with single-suture augmentation. Am J Sports Med. 2008 Feb;36(2):316-23. Epub 2007 Oct 11. PubMed PMID: 17932403.

443
Q
  1. Which of the following fluoroscopic views is required for the proper introduction of iliosacral screws within the pelvis?

1- Anteroposterior
2- Iliac oblique
3- Obturator oblique
4- Obturator inlet
5- Sacral lateral

A

Answer 5. Sacral lateral

Iliac oblique and combination of pelvic outlet and obturator oblique orthogonal images guide safe screw insertion for iliac medullary screwing.
For sacroiliac screw insertion : safe screw insertion is accomplished by using biplanar pelvic inlet and outlet, along with true lateral sacral fluoroscopic imaging.

References:
• Routt ML Jr, Simonian PT, Mills WJ. Iliosacral screw fixation: early complications of the percutaneous technique. J Orthop Trauma. 1997 Nov;11(8):584-9. PubMed PMID: 9415865.
• Routt ML Jr, Nork SE, Mills WJ. Percutaneous fixation of pelvic ring disruptions. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2000 Jun;(375):15-29. Review. PubMed PMID: 10853150.
• Barei DP, Bellabarba C, Mills WJ, Routt ML Jr. Percutaneous management of unstable pelvic ring disruptions. Injury. 2001 May;32 Suppl 1:SA33-44. Review. PubMed PMID: 11521704.

444
Q
  1. In Figure 31, an iliosacral screw placed into the first sacral segment in the trajectory shown by the white line places what structure at risk?

1- L4 nerve root
2- L5 nerve root
3- S1 nerve root
4- Superior gluteal nerve
5- Inferior gluteal nerve

A

Answer: 2. L5 nerve root

Complications occurred due to inadequate imaging, surgeon error, and fixation failure. Fluoroscopic imaging was inadequate due to obesity or abdominal contrast in eighteen patients. Five screws were misplaced due to surgeon error. One misplaced screw produced a transient L5 neuropraxia. Iliosacral screw fixation of the posterior pelvis is difficult. The surgeon must understand the variability of sacral anatomy. Quality triplanar fluoroscopic imaging of the accurately reduced posterior pelvic ring should allow for safe iliosacral screw insertions.

References:
• Routt ML Jr, Simonian PT, Mills WJ. Iliosacral screw fixation: early complications of the percutaneous technique. J Orthop Trauma. 1997 Nov;11(8):584-9. PubMed PMID: 9415865.
• Routt ML Jr, Simonian PT, Agnew SG, Mann FA. Radiographic recognition of the sacral alar slope for optimal placement of iliosacral screws: a cadaveric and clinical study. J Orthop Trauma. 1996;10(3):171-7. PubMed PMID: 8667109.

445
Q
  1. In addition to an appropriate course of antibiotics, which of the following is the most appropriate definitive treatment for a child who has acute hematogenous osteomyelitis and a 2-cm by 2-cm abscess within the distal femur metaphysis?

1- Percutaneous biopsy and culture
2- Percutaneous biopsy, culture, curettage
3- Percutaneous biopsy, culture, curettage, and bone grafting
4- Open biopsy, culture, and debridement
5- Open biopsy, culture, and en bloc resection of the distal femur with application of external fixation

A

Answer: 4. Open biopsy, culture, and debridement

Four locations in older children where the metaphysis lies within the joint, therefore risking osteomyelitis develop into septic arthritis:
• proximal femur
• proximal humerus
• distal lateral tibia
• proximal radius

Surgery is indicated for culture and biopsy, for evacuation and elimination of bone or joint abscess, and for stopping tissue destruction. Antibiotic therapy is always used in addition to surgery when musculoskeletal infection is confirmed. By eliminating dead space, nonviable tissue, and bacterial and host by-products, abscess debridement and evacuation facilitates antibiotic delivery and effectiveness. By removing harmful bacterial and host by-products, debridement prevents further cartilage and tissue damage as well.

References :
• Dormans JP, Drummond DS. Pediatric Hematogenous Osteomyelitis: New Trends in Presentation, Diagnosis, and Treatment. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 1994 Nov;2(6):333-341. PubMed PMID: 10709026.
• Weinstein SL, Morrissy RT. Osteomyelitis and septic arthritis. In: Weinstein SL, Morrissy RT, eds. Lovell and Winter’s Pediatric Orthopaedics. 6th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2006:459-452.

446
Q
  1. A 56-year-old woman sustained a left distal radius fracture when she fell getting out of a chair. In addition to fracture care, the next step in assessment and management should include which of the following?
    1- A bone scan
    2- Pelvis and spine radiographs
    3- Ultrasound bone density testing
    4- Dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry
    5- Urinary pyridinolines and N-telopeptides
A

Answer : 4. Dual energy x-ray absorptiometry

One third of 218 men and half of 1,576 women with low-energy distal radius fractures met the bone mineral density (BMD) criteria for osteoporosis treatment. A large proportion of patients with increased fracture risk did not have osteoporosis. Thus, all distal radius fracture patients ≥50 years should be referred to bone densitometry. BMD was assessed by dual energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA) at femoral neck, total hip, and lumbar spine (L2–L4). The WHO fracture risk assessment tool (FRAX®) was applied to calculate the 10-year fracture risk. A large proportion of distal radius fracture patients with a high 10-year FRAX® risk did not have osteoporosis.
Every second to every third fracture patient met the present BMD criteria for osteoporosis treatment. Because a large proportion of distal radius fracture patients did not have osteoporosis, treatment decisions should not be based on fracture risk assessment without bone densitometry. Thus, all distal radius fracture patients ≥50 years should be referred to bone densitometry, and if indicated, offered medical treatment.

References :
• Oyen J, Gjesdal CG, Brudvik C, Hove LM, Apalset EM, Gulseth HC, Haugeberg G. Low-energy distal radius fractures in middle-aged and elderly men and women–the burden of osteoporosis and fracture risk: a study of 1794 consecutive patients. Osteoporos Int. 2010 Jul;21(7):1257-67. PubMed PMID: 19813045.
• Freedman KB, Kaplan FS, Bilker WB, Strom BL, Lowe RA. Treatment of osteoporosis: are physicians missing an opportunity? J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2000 Aug;82-A(8):1063-70. PubMed PMID: 10954094.

447
Q
  1. Lateral retinacular release is most indicated in the treatment of

1- patella alta.
2- patellar subluxation.
3- patellofemoral instability.
4- symptomatic medial synovial plica.
5- lateral facet compression syndrome.

A

Answer: 5. lateral facet compression syndrome

The most important causes of anterior knee pain include patellofemoral malalignment which causes patella–condyle contact anomalies at the patellofemoral joint, excessive patellar lateral pressure increase, trauma and overuse. In this article, besides presentation of late clinical results of 169 lateral retinacular release cases which were surgically treated between January 1995 and December 2002 with the help of a hook knife from the anterolateral portal due to lateral compression syndrome and patellar maltracking, we also described quadriceps tendon pressure-pull test which strongly indicates patellofemoral pain during physical examination of a patient with anterior knee pain

References :
• Steiner T, Parker RD. Patellofemoral instability. In: DeLee JC, Drez D, Miller MD, eds. Orthopaedic Sports Medicine. Vol 2. 3rd ed. Philadelphia, PA: Saunders-Elsevier; 2010:1548-1572.
• Calpur OU, Ozcan M, Gurbuz H, Turan FN. Full arthroscopic lateral retinacular release with hook knife and quadriceps pressure-pull test: long-term follow-up. Knee Surg Sports Traumatol Arthrosc. 2005 Apr;13(3):222-30. Epub 2004 Apr 6. PubMed PMID: 15067501.

448
Q
  1. The highest rate of associated nerve injury in sacral fractures occurs in

1- Denis 1, which is a fracture lateral to the foramen.
2- Denis 1, which is a fracture medial to the foramen.
3- Denis 2, which is a fracture through the foramen.
4- Denis 3, which is a fracture lateral to the foramen.
5- Denis 3, which is a fracture medial to the foramen.

A

Answer: 5. Denis 3, which is a fracture medial to the foramen.

Francis Denis retrospective study of 236 sacral fractures, had evolved into a Denis classification for sacral fractures, divided into 3 zones, that were based on direction, location, and level of fractures :
• Zone I
The region of ala, was occasionally associated with 5th lumbar root lesion. The neurologic deficit attributable to this region was rarely present : 5.9% from 236 cases

• Zone II
The region of sacral foramina, is frequently associated with sciatica, but rarely associated with bladder dysfunction. Neurologic deficit attributable to this sacral fractures were 28.4%

• Zone III
The region of central sacral canal, is frequently associated with saddle anesthesia and loss of sphincter function. Neurologic damage occurred frequently, 56.7% patients.

References :
• Denis F, Davis S, Comfort T. Sacral fractures: an important problem. Retrospective analysis of 236 cases. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1988 Feb;227:67-81. PubMed PMID: 3338224.
• Mehta S, Auerbach JD, Born CT, Chin KR. Sacral fractures. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2006 Nov;14(12):656-65. Review. PubMed PMID: 17077338.

449
Q
  1. Approximately how many milligrams of calcium are in an 8-ounce cup of milk?

1- 75
2- 150
3- 300
4- 600
5- 1,200

A

Answer : 3. 300

Dairy products are good sources of calcium. An 8-ounce glass of milk contains about 300 mg of calcium. Two slices of firm cheeses, such as American, Swiss, cheddar or mozzarella have about as much calcium as a glass of milk. Softer cheeses, like cottage cheese, most often contain 1/3 to 1/2 this amount of calcium per serving. Other calcium-rich foods are yogurt, salmon, tofu, almonds (100 mg in a 2-ounce serving), and beans. Also, many foods such as orange juice and soy milk come in calcium fortified forms. The average American daily diet contains about 200 mg of calcium in non-dairy foods. (UMHS Clinical Care Guidelines Committee).

On the basis of the most current information available, optimal calcium intake is estimated to be 400 mg/day (birth 6 months) to 600 mg/day (6 12 months) in infants; 800 mg/day in young children (1 5 years) and 800 1,200 mg/day for older children (6 10 years); 1,200 1,500 mg/day for adolescents and young adults (11 24 years); 1,000 mg/day for women between 25 and 50 years; 1,200 1,500 mg/day for pregnant or lactating women; and 1,000 mg/day for postmenopausal women on estrogen replacement therapy and 1,500 mg/day for postmenopausal women not on estrogen therapy. Recommended daily intake for men is 1,000 mg/day (25 65 years).

Recommended vitamin D intake : when sunshine exposure is limited, an intake of 5-10 mg per day is recommended.

References:
• Tortolani PJ, McCarthy EF, Sponseller PD. Bone mineral density deficiency in children. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2002 Jan-Feb;10(1):57-66. Review. PubMed PMID: 1180905
• NIH Consensus conference. Optimal calcium intake. NIH Consensus Development Panel on Optimal Calcium Intake. JAMA. 1994 Dec 28;272(24):1942-8. Review. PubMed PMID: 7990248

450
Q
  1. Figures 37a through 37e are the radiographs and MRI scans of a 67-year-old woman with pain radiating into both legs with ambulation. Her pain is improved with bending forward or lying flat. Neurologic examination reveals 4/5 strength in ankle dorsiflexion but is otherwise normal. Nonsurgical management for the past 4 months has failed to provide relief, and she reports progressively worsening pain. What is the most effective management?

1- Lumbar orthosis
2- Epidural steroid injection
3- Posterior L4-5 decompression
4- Posterior L4-5 uninstrumented arthrodesis
5- Posterior L4-5 lumbar decompression and arthrodesis

A

Answer: 5. Posterior L4-5 lumbar decompression and arthrodesis

In the randomized cohort (304 patients enrolled), 66% of those randomized to receive surgery received it by four years whereas 54% of those randomized to receive nonoperative care received surgery by four years. In the observational cohort (303 patients enrolled), 97% of those who chose surgery received it whereas 33% of those who chose nonoperative care eventually received surgery. The intent-to-treat analysis of the randomized cohort, which was limited by nonadherence to the assigned treatment, showed no significant differences in treatment outcomes between the operative and nonoperative groups at three or four years. An as-treated analysis combining the randomized and observational cohorts that adjusted for potential confounders demonstrated that the clinically relevant advantages of surgery that had been previously reported through two years were maintained at four years, with treatment effects of 15.3 (95% confidence interval, 11 to 19.7) for bodily pain, 18.9 (95% confidence interval, 14.8 to 23) for physical function, and 214.3 (95% confidence interval, 217.5 to 211.1) for the Oswestry Disability Index. Early advantages (at two years) of surgical treatment in terms of the secondary measures of bothersomeness of back and leg symptoms, overall satisfaction with current symptoms, and self-rated progress were also maintained at four years.

Compared with patients who are treated nonoperatively, patients in whom degenerative spondylolisthesis and associated spinal stenosis are treated surgically maintain substantially greater pain relief and improvement in function for four years

References:
• Weinstein JN, Lurie JD, Tosteson TD, Zhao W, Blood EA, Tosteson AN, Birkmeyer N, Herkowitz H, Longley M, Lenke L, Emery S, Hu SS. Surgical compared with nonoperative treatment for lumbar degenerative spondylolisthesis: four-year results in the Spine Patient Outcomes Research Trial (SPORT) randomized and observational cohorts. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2009 Jun;91(6):1295-304. PubMed PMID: 19487505.

  • Abdu WA, Lurie JD, Spratt KF, Tosteson AN, Zhao W, Tosteson TD, Herkowitz H, Longely M, Boden SD, Emery S, Weinstein JN. Degenerative spondylolisthesis: does fusion method influence outcome? Four-year results of the spine patient outcomes research trial. Spine (Phila PA 1976). 2009 Oct 1;34(21):2351-60. PubMed PMID: 19755935.
  • Kornblum MB, Fischgrund JS, Herkowitz HN, Abraham DA, Berkower DL, Ditkoff JS. Degenerative lumbar spondylolisthesis with spinal stenosis: a prospective long-term study comparing fusion and pseudarthrosis. Spine (Phila PA). 2004 29(7):726-34 PMID: 15087793
451
Q
  1. A nerve palsy involving what nerve is most common with halo cervical traction?

1- Cranial nerve V
2- Cranial nerve VI
3- Cranial nerve VII
4- Cranial nerve X
5- Cranial nerve XII

A

Answer: 2. Cranial nerve VI

The sixth cranial nerve (abducens) is the most commonly injured with halo traction, which is seen as a loss of lateral gaze. If neurologic injury is noted with halo traction, remove traction

References:
• Luhmann SJ, Skaggs DL. Pediatric spine conditions. In: Lieberman JR, ed. AAOS Comprehensive Orthopaedic Review. Rosemont, IL: American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons; 2009:245-265.
• Auerbach JD, Flynn JM. Pediatric cervical spine trauma. In: Spivak JM, Connolly PJ, eds. Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Spine 3. Rosemont, IL: American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons; 2006:397-405

452
Q
  1. A 75-year-old man has pain in the proximal thigh after a fall. He appears to be in good health, and reported mild thigh pain prior to his fall. The radiograph reveals a transverse fracture of the proximal shaft of the femur with some lateral cortical thickening at the fracture site. What aspect of the patient’s history most likely explains this fracture?

1- Smoking
2- IV drug use
3- Long-term steroid use
4- Chronic bisphosphonate use
5- Family history of rickets

A

Answer: 4. Chronic bisphosphonate use

References:
• Koh JS, Goh SK, Png MA, Kwek EB, Howe TS. Femoral cortical stress lesions in long-term bisphosphonate therapy: a herald of impending fracture? J Orthop Trauma. 2010 Feb;24(2):75-81. PubMed PMID: 20101130.
• Capeci CM, Tejwani NC. Bilateral low-energy simultaneous or sequential femoral fractures in patientson long-term alendronate therapy. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2009 Nov;91(11):2556-61. PubMed PMID: 19884427.

453
Q
  1. A 35-year-old man with a pilon fracture is ambulating with crutches. He moves both crutches and the injured limb forward bearing his weight on the crutches and then follows with all of his weight on the uninjured limb. He then repeats the pattern. This pattern of ambulation with an assistive device is described as a

1- 2-point gait.
2- 3-point gait.
3- 4-point gait.
4- steppage gait.
5- swing through gait.

A

Answer: 5. Swing through gait
Alternating (reciprocal) gait pattern

Most people move reciprocally, one foot at a time, alternating with the walking aid. Alternating gaits are relatively stable and less stressful on the cardiovascular system and the upper limbs, but movement may be slow.

Four-point gait
Using two canes or crutches, the patient advances the right aid, then the left foot, then the left aid, followed by the right foot.

Two-point gait
With two aids, the patient advances the right aid and the left foot, followed by the left aid and the right foot. Anticipating two-point crutch-assisted functional electrical stimulation, one study investigated stability indices for each gait position and found that slow walking does not impose static instability.7

Three-point gait
With two aids, usually crutches, the patient advances both aids together with the affected limb, then advances the unaffected foot. The three-point gait reduces load on the affected leg. If subjects have difficulty in restricting weight bearing, shifting the center of gravity toward the uninvolved side reduces load on the affected limb.

Swinging (simultaneous) gait patterns
These patterns require rhythmic use of a pair of axillary or forearm crutches to eliminate load from both feet by forceful shoulder depression and elbow extension

Drag to gait
Both crutches are advanced, either individually or together, followed by dragging both feet on the floor, landing on imaginary line just behind the crutches

Swing to gait
Both crutches are advanced individually or together, followed by swinging the feet slightly off the floor to an imaginary line just behind the crutches

Swing through gait
Both crutches are advanced together, followed by swinging the feet beyond the line of the crutches. It is the fastest mode of crutch ambulation but require the most floor space.

References:
• Faruqui SR, Jaeblon T. Ambulatory assistive devices in orthopaedics: uses and modifications. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2010 Jan;18(1):41-50. Review. PubMed PMID: 20044491.
• Eldelson JE. Canes, crutches, and walkers. In: Hsu JD, Michael JW, Fisk JR, eds. AAOS Atlas of Orthoses and Assistive Devices. 4th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Mosby/Elsevier; 2008:533-542.

454
Q
  1. Figure 40 is the radiograph of a 55-year-old man who has pain and swelling along the lateral aspect of the foot after stepping off a curb. He denies any pain in the region prior to the injury. Treatment should consist of

1- placement of an intramedullary screw.
2- application of a bone growth stimulator.
3- short-leg non-weight-bearing cast for 6 weeks.
4- walker boot for 6 weeks with weight bearing as tolerated.
5- postoperative shoe with weight bearing as tolerated until the pain subsides

A

Answer: 3. short-leg non-weight-bearing cast for 6 weeks

Fractures of the proximal part of the fifth metatarsal can be separated into two types: those involving the tuberosity, and those involving the proximal part of the diaphysis distal to the tuberosity. Recently it has been recognized that the latter group, Jones’ fractures, may be difficult to treat. Although reports in the literature have indicated the potential difficulties in the treatment of Jones’ fractures, prevailing guidelines for their management are ambiguous. Apparently the varied clinical and roentgenographic manifestations of these fractures have not been correlated with their response to treatment. In this paper we describe a classification of these fractures and a plan of treatment based on clinical and roentgenographic criteria that were developed to define acute fractures, delayed unions, and nonunions. The treatment of choice for acute fractures is immobilization of the limb in a toe to knee cast with nonweight-bearing. Fractures with delayed union may eventually heal if they are treated conservatively, but an active athlete with delayed union or an established nonunion will benefit from operative intervention. The procedures of choice are medullary curettage and bone grafting, and closed axial intramedullary screw fixation using a 4.0-mm ASIF malleolar screw.

References:
• Lehman RC, Torg JS, Pavlov H, DeLee JC. Fractures of the base of the fifth metatarsal distal to the tuberosity: a review. Foot Ankle. 1987 Feb;7(4):245-52. PubMed PMID: 3817669.
• Sanders RW, Papp S. Fractures of the midfoot and forefoot. In: Coughlin MJ, Mann RA, Saltzman CL, eds. Surgery of the Foot and Ankle. 8th ed. St Louis, MO: Mosby Elsevier; 2007:133-149.

455
Q
  1. What type of femoral fracture is best suited for locked plate fixation?

1- Lateral femoral condyle
2- Comminuted diaphyseal
3- Comminuted metaphyseal
4- Short oblique diaphyseal
5- Short oblique metaphyseal

A

Answer: 2. Comminuted diaphyseal

Biomechanics of locked plate and screws:

Stability determines the amount of strain at the fracture site, and strain determines the type of healing that can occur at the fracture site. Primary bone healing occurs when strain is kept to less than 2%; secondary bone healing occurs when strain is kept between 2% and 10%. Bone cannot be formed when strain is greater than 10%. Strain is defined as the relative change in fracture gap divided by the fracture gap (fracture gap strain = ΔL/L).
Conventional plates loaded axially in tension and/or compression convert the force applied to shear stress at the plate–bone interface. The axial forces are countered by frictional force between the plate and bone. Frictional force is a product of the frictional coefficient that exists between the plate and the bone and the force normal to the plate. The force normal to the plate is equal to the axial force generated by the torque applied to the screws fixing the plate to the bone (∼3–5 Nm for 3.5 mm cortical screws placed into human femur). The screw with the greatest torque contributes the greatest amount of force normal to the plate and therefore bears the greatest load.
Based on the axial stiffness of a 3.5-mm cortical screw, approximately 1200 N is the largest load that can be withstood by a conventional plate fixed with 3.5-mm screws once motion has occurred at the plate–bone interface.

Newer locked plates control the axial orientation of the screw to the plate, thereby enhancing screw–plate– bone construct stability by creating a single-beam construct. A single-beam construct is created when there is no motion between the components of the beam, ie, the plate, screw, and bone. Single-beam constructs are 4 times stronger than load-sharing beam constructs where motion occurs between the individual components of the beam construct.18 Locked plates are single-beam constructs by design. In contrast, conventional plates can function as single-beam constructs only in the ideal circumstance (good bone that permits screw torques >3 Nm, sufficient coefficient of friction between the plate and the bone, and physiological loads <1200 N) where there is no motion between the plate and the bone. When these ideal circumstances cannot be met, the locked plate will continue to function as a single-beam construct, whereas the conventional plate is likely to fail, particularly if it is functioning as a loadbearing device.

The 4.0 mm and 5.0 mm are suitable for both diaphyseal and metaphyseal fractures. The 5.0 mm was designed as principal screw uised for LCP. It provides greater bending and shear strength than 4.0 mm locking screw.
The 4.0 mm locking screw has 3.4 mm core diameter, while 5.0 mm locking screw has 4.4 mm core diameter.

Locked plates may prove to be ideal for:
• indirect fracture reduction, as they can tolerate imperfect reduction and need not be placed on the tension side of the bone
• diaphyseal/metaphyseal fractures in osteoporotic bone
• the bridging of severely comminuted fractures to minimize soft tissue damage
• the plating of fractures where, due to anatomic constraints, a compression plate may not be placed on the tension side of the fracture.

The 4.0 mm and 5.0 mm are suitable for both diaphyseal and metaphyseal fractures. The 5.0 mm was designed as principal screw uised for LCP. It provides greater bending and shear strength than 4.0 mm locking screw.
The 4.0 mm locking screw has 3.4 mm core diameter, while 5.0 mm locking screw has 4.4 mm core diameter.

References:
• Egol KA, Kubiak EN, Fulkerson E, Kummer FJ, Koval KJ. Biomechanics of locked plates and screws. J Orthop Trauma. 2004 Sep;18(8):488-93. Review. PubMed PMID: 15475843.
• Perren SM, Linke B, Schwieger K, Wahl D, Schneider E. Aspects of internal fixation of fractures in porotic bone. Principles, technologies and procedures using locked plate screws. Acta Chir Orthop Traumatol Cech. 2005;72(2):89-97. Czech, English. PubMed PMID: 15890140.

456
Q
  1. Which of the following findings is most associated with intimate partner violence?

1- Lower extremity fracture
2- Multiple extremity fractures
3- Isolated abdominal injury
4- Evidence of drug or alcohol use
5- Pattern of repeated visits to the physician’s office or the emergency department

A

Answer: 5. Pattern of repeated visits to the physician’s office or the emergency department

A crossectional study in Ontario Canada showed: the overall prevalence of intimate partner violence (emotional, physical, and sexual abuse) within the last twelve months was 32% (95% confidence interval, 26.4% to 37.2%). Twenty-four (8.5%) of the injured women disclosed a history of physical abuse in the past year. Seven women indicated that the cause for their current visit was directly related to physical abuse. Ethnicity, socioeconomic status, and injury patterns were not associated with abuse. Of the twenty-four women who reported physical abuse, only four had been asked about intimate partner violence by a physician.

References :
• Shields G, Baer J, Leininger K, Marlow J, DeKeyser P. Interdisciplinary health care and female victims of domestic violence. Soc Work Health Care. 1998;27(2):27-48. PubMed PMID: 9606817.
• Worcester N. The role of health care workers in responding to battered women. Wis Med J. 1992 Jun;91(6):284-6. PubMed PMID: 1471368.
• Varvaro F. Treatment of the battered woman: effective response of the emergency department. Am Coll Emerg Phyicians 1989;11:8-13.
• Bhandari M, Sprague S, Dosanjh S, Petrisor B, Resendes S, Madden K, Schemitsch EH; P.R.A.I.S.E. Investigators. The prevalence of intimate partner violence across orthopaedic fracture clinics in Ontario. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011 Jan;93(2):132-41. Epub 2010 Dec 10. PubMed PMID: 21148744.

457
Q
  1. You have evaluated a new serologic test on a group of patients with a known disorder and a control group who does not have it. Based on the results seen in Figure 42, what is the sensitivity of the assay?

1- 70%
2- 75%
3- 80%
4- 88%
5- 90%

A

Answer:

2 × 2 tables as distributions—The most important categorical distribution is the 2 × 2 table. This familiar distribution is usually used in orthopaedic surgery to compare a diagnosis with a diagnostic test, resulting in sensitivities and specificities that are discussed in detail below. In practice, a 2 × 2 table is a statistic because the boxes are filled in with real data. However, in theory, a table is also a probability distribution under certain circumstances. We devote an entire subsection to the analysis of the 2 × 2 table. However, it is useful to think of the table as a probability distribution because it makes concepts such as sensitivity/specificity, positive/negative predictive value, the p-value, and power much clearer.

The basic 2 × 2 table is shown in Figure 12–3A. It is important to construct the table the same way each time. Label the columns +/− for disease (D). Then label the rows +/− for the test (T). Label the cells of the table a, b, c, and d as you would read, left to right and top to bottom. Some authors like to label the cells as a = true positive (TP), b = false positive (FP), c = false negative (FN), and d = true negative (TN). However, this notation is cumbersome and can be distracting. Once the patterns are clear, the T/F and P/N notation is easy to re-create if desired.

D + D -
T + a b
T - c d

Sensitivity—Sensitivity is the probability of a positive test, given the presence of disease. It is a property of the test itself and is computed from columns. Sensitivity = a (a+c)

Specificity—Specificity is the probability of a negative test, given the absence of disease. It is a property of the test itself and is computed from columns. Specificity = d (d+b)

References:
• Bhandari M. Evidence-based orthopaedics: issues in research design, analysis, and critical appraisal. In: Einhorn TA, O’Keefe RJ, Buckwalter JA, eds. Orthopaedic Basic Science: Foundations of Clinical Practice. 3rd ed. Rosemont, IL: American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons; 2007:87-101.
• Rispoli D, Jepsen G, Plancher K. Principles of practice and statistics. In: Miller MD, ed. Review of Orthopaedics. 3rd ed. Philadelphia, PA: WB Saunders; 2000:586-600.

458
Q

Which of the following methods of treating a vertically oriented (eg, Pauwels III) femoral neck fracture is mechanically optimal?

A. Two parallel fully threaded screws

B. Three parallel partially threaded screws

C. Three parallel fully threaded screws

D. Four parallel partially threaded screws

E. Sliding hip screw and side plate

A

Preference response:

e. Sliding hip screw and side plate

459
Q
  1. What characteristic(s) do calcium sulfate and calcium phosphate cements share in common?

1- Both have similar porosity
2- Both have similar resorption rate
3- Both have similar compressive strength
4- Both have osteoinductive properties
5- Both resist tension and shear stresses poorly

A

Answer: 5. Both resist tension and shear stresses poorly

Calcium phosphate substitutes are osteoconductive, but they are not osteoinductive unless growth factors, BMPs, or other osteoinductive substances are added to create a composite graft. They do not provide a high level of structural support because they are brittle and have little tensile strength. They increase bone formation by providing an osteoconductive matrix for host osteogenic cells to create bone under the influence of host osteoinductive factors

References:
• Khan SN, Tomin E, Lane JM. Clinical applications of bone graft substitutes. Orthop Clin North Am. 2000 Jul;31(3):389-98. Review. PubMed PMID: 10882465.
• LeGeros RZ. Properties of osteoconductive biomaterials: calcium phosphates. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2002 Feb;(395):81-98. Review. PubMed PMID: 11937868.
• Bucholz RW. Nonallograft osteoconductive bone graft substitutes. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2002 Feb;(395):44-52. Review. PubMed PMID: 11937865.
• Giannoudis PV, Dinopoulos H, Tsiridis E. Bone substitutes: an update. Injury. 2005 Nov;36 Suppl 3:S20-7. Review. PubMed PMID: 16188545.
• De Long WG Jr, Einhorn TA, Koval K, McKee M, Smith W, Sanders R, Watson T. Bone grafts and bone graft substitutes in orthopaedic trauma surgery. A critical analysis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007 Mar;89(3):649-58. Review. PubMed PMID: 17332116.
• McKee MD. Management of segmental bony defects: the role of osteoconductive orthobiologics. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2006;14(10 Spec No.):S163-7. Review. PubMed PMID: 17003191.

460
Q
  1. Figures 52a and 52b are the radiographs of a right-hand dominant 17-year-old girl with wrist pain that began insidiously 3 months ago. It is aggravated by writing. There is an audible clunk when her wrist is passively moved from radial to ulnar deviation under axial load. She is ligamentously lax. What is the most likely diagnosis?

1- Dorsal wrist ganglion
2- Mid-carpal instability
3- Osteoid osteoma of the hamate
4- Scapholunate interosseous ligament tear
5- Lunotriquetral interosseous ligament tear

A

Answer: 2. Mid-carpal instability

In response to the growing number of described instability patterns Dobyns and coworkers divided them into 2 groups: carpal instability dissociative and carpal instability nondissociative (CIND).
Carpal instability dissociative was defined as a true disruption of intrinsic intercarpal ligaments, most commonly within the proximal row, resulting in instability between adjacent carpal bones (eg, lunotriquetral or scapholunate). In CIND there is laxity or overstretching of the extrinsic ligaments with intermittent carpal subluxation. The term CIND has been used most often in conjunction with transverse instabilities at the midcarpal joint. Radiocarpal instability also can occur and this is usually secondary to trauma.
TClassification of Carpal Instabilities
I. Perilunate instabilities (carpal instability dissociative)

A. Lesser arc pattern

  1. Scapholunate instability
  2. Triquetrolunate instability
  3. Complete perilunate dislocation

B. Greater arc pattern

  1. Scaphoid fracture
    a. Stable
    b. Unstable (DISI)
  2. Naviculocapitate syndrome
  3. Transcaphoid transtriquetral perilunate dislocations
  4. Variations and combinations of points B1 through B3

II. MCIs (midcarpal CIND)
A. Intrinsic (ligamentous laxity)
1. Palmar MCI (VISI)
2. Dorsal MCI (DISI)
3. Combined
B. Extrinsic (dorsally displaced radial fracture)

III. Proximal carpal instabilities
A. Ulnar translocation of the carpus
B. Dorsal instability (after dorsal rim fracture—dorsal Barton’s fracture)
C. Palmar instability (after volar rim distal radial fracture—volar Barton’s fracture)

IV. Miscellaneous
A. Axial
B. Periscaphoid

References:
• Lichtman DM, Wroten ES. Understanding midcarpal instability. J Hand Surg Am. 2006 Mar;31(3):491-8. Review. PubMed PMID: 16516747.
• Apergis EP. The unstable capitolunate and radiolunate joints as a source of wrist pain in young women. J Hand Surg Br. 1996 Aug;21(4):501-6. PubMed PMID: 8856543. 2011

461
Q
  1. What tract is the main descending motor pathway in the cervical spinal cord?

1- Posterior column
2- Lateral corticospinal
3- Anterior corticospinal
4- Lateral spinothalamic
5- Anterior spinothalamic

A

Answer: 2. Lateral corticospinal

References :
• Nowak DD, Lee JK, Gelb DE, Poelstra KA, Ludwig SC. Central cord syndrome. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2009 Dec;17(12):756-65. Review. PubMed PMID: 19948700.
• Goshgarian HG. Development, anatomy, and function of the spinal cord. In: Bono CM, Cardenas DD, Frost FS, et al. eds. Spinal Cord Medicine: Principles and Practice. 2nd ed. New York, NY: Demos Medical Publishing; 2010:3-32

462
Q
  1. What is the most important predictor of infection after an open type III tibial fracture?

1- Time to transfer to definitive trauma center
2- Having an antiseptic dressing placed in the field
3- Fracture stabilization within 6 hours
4- Getting to the operating room within 6 hours
5- Receiving broad-spectrum antibiotics within 12 hours

A

Answer: 1. Time to transfer to definitive trauma center

Eighty-four patients (27%) had development of an infection within the first three months after the injury. No significant differences were found between patients who had development of an infection and those who did not when the groups were compared with regard to the time from the injury to the first d´ebridement, the time from admission to the first debridement, or the time from the first d´ebridement to soft-tissue coverage. The time between the injury and admission to the definitive trauma treatment center was an independent predictor of the likelihood of infection.

Conclusions: The time from the injury to operative d´ebridement is not a significant independent predictor of the risk of infection. Timely admission to a definitive trauma treatment center has a significant beneficial influence on the incidence of infection after open high-energy lower extremity trauma.

References:
• Pollak AN, Jones AL, Castillo RC, Bosse MJ, MacKenzie EJ; LEAP Study Group. The relationship between time to surgical debridement and incidence of infection after open high-energy lower extremity trauma. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2010 Jan;92(1):7-15. PubMed PMID: 20048090.
• Werner CM, Pierpont Y, Pollak AN. The urgency of surgical debridement in the management of open fractures. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2008 Jul;16(7):369-75. PubMed PMID: 18611994

463
Q
  1. Figures 55a and 55b are the MRI scans of a healthy 65-year-old man with a 3-month history of difficulty with his gait. No injury is reported. He describes unilateral ankle weakness and difficulty with stair climbing. Management should consist of which of the following?

1- Primary surgical repair
2- MRI of the lumbar spine
3- Ankle arthroscopy and debridement
4- Cast immobilization for 4 weeks to 6 weeks
5- Surgical reconstruction with tendon transfer/interposition

A

Answer: 5. Surgical reconstruction with tendon transfer/interposition

Background:
Rupture of the tibialis anterior tendon is an uncommon disorder that can cause a substantial functional deficit as a result of loss of ankle dorsiflexion strength. We are not aware of any reports on a large clinical series of patients undergoing surgical repair of this injury.

Methods: Nineteen tibialis anterior tendon ruptures were surgically repaired in eighteen patients ranging in age from twenty-one to seventy-eight years. Early repair was performed for one traumatic and seven atraumatic ruptures three days to six weeks after the injury. Delayed reconstruction was performed for two traumatic and nine atraumatic ruptures that had been present for seven weeks to five years. Direct tendon repair was possible for four of the early repairs and three of the delayed reconstructions. An interpositional autogenous tendon graft was used for four early repairs and eight delayed reconstructions. Patients were reassessed clinically and with the American Orthopaedic Foot and Ankle Society hindfoot score at an average of 53.3 months after surgery.

Results: The average hindfoot score improved significantly from 55.5 points preoperatively to 93.6 points postoperatively. The surgical results did not appear to vary according to patient age, sex, or medical comorbidity. Complications requiring a second surgical procedure occurred in three patients. Recovery of functional dorsiflexion and improvement in gait was noted in eighteen of the nineteen cases. Ankle dorsiflexion strength was graded clinically as 5/5 in fifteen of the nineteen cases. Three patients regained 4/5 ankle dorsiflexion strength, and one patient had 3/5 strength with a poor clinical result.

Conclusions: Surgical restoration of the function of the tibialis anterior muscle can be beneficial regardless of age, sex, medical comorbidity, or delay in diagnosis. Early surgical treatment may be less complicated than delayed treatment, and an intercalated free tendon graft and/or gastrocnemius recession may be necessary to achieve an appropriately tensioned and balanced repair.

References:
• Sammarco VJ, Sammarco GJ, Henning C, Chaim S. Surgical repair of acute and chronic tibialis anterior tendon ruptures. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2009 Feb;91(2):325-32. PubMed PMID: 19181976.
• Ouzounian TJ, Anderson R. Anterior tibial tendon rupture. Foot Ankle Int. 1995 Jul;16(7):406-10. PubMed PMID: 7550953

464
Q
  1. In a 2-year-old child, what neurovascular structure is most likely to be injured while performing a trigger thumb release?

1- Princeps pollicis artery
2- Ulnar digital nerve
3- Radial digital nerve
4- Thenar motor branch of the median nerve
5- Palmar cutaneous branch of the median nerve

A

Answer: 3. Radial digital nerve

Digital nerve injury is an infrequent but serious complicationof trigger finger release. Special care in protecting the radial digital nerve to the thumb and the index finger must be exercised because of their particular anatomy. Caution in the use of electrocautery is necessary to prevent potential thermal injury to the nerve.

Other complication are :
• Bowstring deformity after A 2 pulley injury

References:
• Bae DS. Pediatric trigger thumb. J Hand Surg Am. 2008 Sep;33(7):1189-91. PubMed PMID: 18762117.
• Baek GH, Kim JH, Chung MS, Kang SB, Lee YH, Gong HS. The natural history of pediatric trigger thumb. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2008 May;90(5):980-5. PubMed PMID: 18451388.

• Ryzewicz M, Wolf JM. Trigger digits:principle, management, and complication. The Journal of Hand Surgery / Vol. 31A No. 1 January 2006

465
Q
  1. Which of the following conditions is associated with renal osteodystrophy?

1- Hypoparathyroidism
2- Hyperparathyroidism
3- Hypothyroidism
4- Hyperthyroidism
5- 25 (OH) vitamin D2 deficiency

A

Answer: 2. Hyperparathyroidism

References:
• Einhorn TA. Metabolic bone disease. In: Einhorn TA, O’Keefe RJ, Buckwalter JA, eds. Orthopaedic Basic Science: Foundations of Clinical Practice. 3rd ed. Rosemont, IL: American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons; 2007:415-426.
• Tejwani NC, Schachter AK, Immerman I, Achan P. Renal osteodystrophy. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2006 May;14(5):303-11. Review. PubMed PMID: 16675624.

466
Q
  1. A 32-year-old man sustained a closed tarsometatarsal fracture-dislocation, and a closed reduction is performed. Postreduction radiographs reveal a 3-mm offset at the first metatarsocuneiform joint. Management should now consist of

1- a light dressing and immediate range of motion.
2- a removable brace.
3- a below-knee cast.
4- in situ percutaneous pinning.
5- open reduction and internal fixation.

A

Preferred response: 5. open reduction and internal fixation.

This scenario describes a classic lisfranc injury pattern. A correlation has been established by many authors between satisfaction of outcome and quality of reduction.
“there is no place for conservative management of fracture and fracture dislocations of the tarso- metatarsal joint complex”. Myerson 1989 “the diagnosis and treatment of injuries to the lisfranc joint complex”
Fractures presenting with more than 2 mm of displacement and greater than 15º of tarsometatarsal angulation require operative treatment. Young competitive athletes may require anatomic reduction
Post op: fixation must be rigid enough to prevent transverse plane & dorsoplantar motion of tarsometatarsal joint and be maintained for at least 12-16 weeks.

467
Q
  1. The results of TKR after closed lateral wedge tibial osteotomy are most often complicated by

1- extensor lag secondary to patella alta.
2- an increased need for medial soft-tissue releases.
3- lateral femoral condyle hypoplasia.
4- decreased flexion secondary to patella baja.
5- osseous insufficiency of the medial tibial plateau.

A

Preferred response: 4. decreased flexion secondary to patella baja.

This question is purely mechanics – if you shorten the relative length of the knee joint by making a closing wedge metaphyseal osteotomy proximal to the insertion of the patellar tendon, then with time that tendon will compensate and shorten in order to allow an effective lever arm. This causes a problem when a total knee replaces the joint and restoration of joint length is required for full function. With the patella too inferiorly placed, the patellofemoral joint will become relatively overstuffed and result in decreased flexion.
From the referenced article: total knee arthroplasty after a failed proximal tibial closing-wedge osteotomy can be more difficult to perform than a primary knee replacement because of a shift of the proximal tibial articular surface in relation to the medullary canal, osseous insufficiency of the lateral aspect of the proximal part of the tibia, and altered patellofemoral mechanics caused by patella infera and contraction of the patellar tendon. The clinical results of total knee arthroplasty after high tibial osteotomy vary. Windsor et al. Reported that they were
Not as satisfactory as those after primary total knee arthro-plasty, with thirty-two of forty-five knees having a good or excellent result at a minimum of two years. Katz et al. Compared the results of twenty-one total knee arthroplasties after high tibial osteotomy with those of twenty-one primary total knee arthroplasties. Seventeen of the arthroplasties done after an osteotomy had a good or excellent result, whereas all twenty-one of the primary total knee arthroplasties had a
Good or excellent result. In contrast, staheli et al. Reported that thirty-one of thirty-five patients treated with total knee arthroplasty after an osteotomy of the proximal part of the
Tibia had a good or excellent result. Meding et al. Evaluated the results of ninety-five consecutive total knee replacements performed in eighty-two patients at an average of ten years and four months after high tibial osteotomy. While the number of previous operative procedures and the severity of pre-operative flexion contracture were related to diminished postoperative motion, the previous high tibial osteotomy had no adverse effect on the eventual results of the posterior cruci-ate ligament-retaining total knee arthroplasty performed with cement fixation.

468
Q
  1. The biphasic nature of normal articular cartilage results in

1- stress shielding of the solid matrix.
2- time-independent behavior when subjected to constant load.
3- time-independent behavior when subjected to constant deformation.
4- constant strain and stress that will rise and then plateau.
5- support of load primarily by the stress developed in the solid matrix.

A

Preferred response: 1. stress shielding of the solid matrix.

Basically, the shock absorbing action of the water component of catilage helps prevent damage to the permanent, solid portion of the cartilage matrix. Please see the comment below from the text:
The biphasic nature of articular cartilage: the articular cartilage of diarthrodial joints is subject to high loads applied statically, cyclically, and repetitively for many decades. Thus, the structural molecules, that is, collagens, proteoglycans, and other molecules, must be organized into a strong, fatigue-resistant, and tough, solid matrix capable of sustaining the high stresses and strains developed within the tissue from these loads. In terms of material behavior, this solid matrix is described as being porous and permeable, and very soft. Water, 65% to 80% of the total weight of normal articular cartilage, resides in the microscopic pores, and this water may be caused to flow through the porous-permeable solid matrix by a pressure gradient or by matrix compaction. Thus, the biomechanical properties of articular cartilage are understood best when the tissue is viewed as a biphasic material, composed of a solid phase and a fluid phase (including the dissolved ions). Because of technical difficulties, early studies on cartilage biomechanics have generally ignored the water component of the tissue. Over the past 2 decades, however, a theory has been developed, which is capable of describing the biphasic deformational behaviors of hydrated soft tissues such as cartilage. This theory has been used to describe the experimentally measured behaviors of articular cartilage, as well as to calculate interstitial fluid flow and stresses and strains in the collagen-proteoglycan solid matrix. The material coefficients can be calculated from the experimental data by using the biphasic theory, and these define the intrinsic behavior of the collagen-proteoglycan solid matrix and its frictional resistance against interstitial fluid flow. Within this theoretical framework, the structure-function relation-ships
Of the collagen-proteoglycan solid matrix of normal cartilage, and changes of these intrinsic material properties in osteoarthritic cartilage are determined.

469
Q
  1. Which of the following findings is associated with the use of a standard adult backboard in young children with suspected spinal injury?

1- decreased spinal blood flow
2- decreased thoracic kyphosis
3- increased cervical flexion
4- difficulty in performing a thorough physical examination
5- restriction of abdominal musculature needed for respiration

A

Preferred response: 3. increased cervical flexion

Again, this is mechanics – childrens heads are bigger proportionately than their chests, thus an appropriate flat backboard for an adult is not approbriate for a child.
From the jbjs article: in ten children who were less than seven years old, an unstable injury of the cervical spine was found to have anterior angulation or translation, or both, on initial lateral radiographs that were made with the child supine on a standard flat backboard. In all ten patients, extension was the proper position for reduction of the injury of the cervical spine. Young children have a large head in comparison with the rest of the body. When a young child is positioned on a standard backboard, the neck may be forced into relative kyphosis. Supine and upright lateral radiographs that were made of seventy-two children who did not have a fracture also demonstrated more relative cervical kyphosis in younger children when they were in the supine position. Calculations from anthropometric data documented disproportionate rates of growth of the head and the chest. The circumference of the head grows logarithmically, but the circumference of the chest grows linearly. This disproportionate growth causes young children to have a relatively large head. When they lie supine, the neck is flexed. To prevent undesirable cervical flexion in young children during emergency transport and radiography, a standard backboard can be modified to provide safer alignment of the cervical spine. This can be accomplished by the use of a recess for the occiput to lower the head or of a double mattress pad to raise the chest.

470
Q
  1. Which of the following factors is the strongest predictor of clinical outcomes after decompression for lumbar spinal stenosis?

1- a distinct herniated intervertebral disk
2- comorbid conditions
3- facet hypertrophy as the cause of canal compromise
4- gender
5- associated spondylolisthesis

A

Preferred response: 2. comorbid conditions

That sick people have poorer outcomes could be said for nearly any surgery which we perform.
Per the article in 1989 jbjs: the outcome of laminectomy for the relief of symptoms resulting from degenerative lumbar stenosis is not well established. Eighty-eight consecutive patients who had had a laminectomy for degenerative lumbar stenosis between 1983 and 1986 were studied. Eight of the patients had had a concomitant arthrodesis. The follow-up evaluation included a review of charts and standardized questionnaires that were completed by the patients. One year postoperatively, five patients (6 per cent) had had a second operation and five still had severe pain. By the time of the latest follow-up, in 1989, fifteen (17 per cent) of the original eighty-eight patients had had a repeat operation because of instability or stenosis; twenty-one (30 per cent) of the seventy patients who were evaluated by questionnaire in 1989 had severe pain. The factors found to be associated with a poor long-term outcome, defined as severe pain or the need for a repeat operation, or both, included co-existing illnesses (such as osteoarthrosis, cardiac disease, rheumatoid arthritis, or chronic pulmonary disease) (p = 0.004), the duration of follow-up (p = 0.01), and an initial laminectomy involving a single interspace (p = 0.04). We concluded that the long-term outcome of decompressive laminectomy is less favorable than has been previously reported, and that co-morbidity and a single-interspace laminectomy are risk factors for a poor outcome.

471
Q
  1. A 72-year-old woman who was playing golf inadvertently struck the ground during a drive and noted the sudden onset of pain and was unable to elevate her arm. Examination the following day revealed a lump in the area of her biceps muscle. Initial management consisted of a period of rest and anti-inflammatory drugs. Four weeks after the injury, she continues to have pain and weakness in elevation. What is the best course of action?

1- electromyography of the axillary nerve
2- ultrasound of the long head of the biceps
3- mri
4- physical therapy
5- arthroscopic labral repair

A

Preferred response: 3. mri

472
Q
  1. What is the standard treatment for low-grade intramedullary osteogenic sarcoma?

1- surgery only
2- surgery and chemotherapy
3- surgery and radiation therapy
4- chemotherapy only
5- radiation therapy only

A

Preferred response: 1. surgery only

The key terms here are, ―low-grade‖ and ―intramedullary‖. This is about the only exception to the need for chemo in the treatment of osteosarcoma (the other exceptions being stage 1a and 1b parosteal osteosarcoma and periosteal osteosarcoma). Per enneking’s text:
With necessary surgical management, a wide margin is required to achieve acceptably low recurrence risks. At first presentation, this can almost always be obtained with a limb-salvaging resection. After multiple recurrences with soft-tissue seeding, amputation may be the only practical method of realizing a wide margin. Chemotherapy or radiation therapies are not indicated at first presentation of a stage i-a lesion.
Dedifferentiated lesions, when recognized prospectively, should receive preoperative chemotherapy followed by restaging. With a satisfactory response, wide limb salvage may be practical. With an unsatisfactory response, amputation to achieve a radical margin is necessary to obtain local control.

473
Q
  1. Which of the following factors is most likely to correlate with the formation of severe heterotopic ossification following knee dislocation?

1- delay of more than 3 weeks in ligament reconstruction surgery
2- open medial collateral reconstruction
3- bicruciate reconstruction
4- injury severity score
5- reconstruction of more than two ligaments

A

Preferred response: 4. injury severity score

Chi has a known correlation to h.o. formation. The prevalence and severity of chi can also serve as an indicator of iss.
Clinical observations on fractures and heterotopic ossification in the spinal cord and traumatic brain injured populations. Garland-de spinal cord injury service, rancho los amigos medical center, downey, california 90242. Clin-orthop. 1988 aug(233): 86-101. Fracture ca re and osteogeneic response deviate significantly from normal in patients with traumatic brain injury (tbi) or spinal cord injury (sci). In tbi open reduction and internal fixation (orif) are recommended whenever possible to improve mobilization in the face of spasticity and the formation of heterotopic ossification (ho). In the patient with sci, immobility and paralysis negatively alter healing. A fracture above the level of sci, although not altered in healing, when treated by orif will facilitate transfer training and self-care. Lower extremity fractures in sci have a high incidence malunion, delayed union, or nonunion and are best treated by internal fixation. Ho occurs in 11% of tbi patients, with the hip, shoulder, and elbow being common sites. Trauma dramatically increases the incidence of ho. In sci, the incidence of ho is 20%, with most occurring in the hip region. A genetic predisposition to form ho is suspected but not proven.

474
Q
  1. What is the most common cause of failed reconstructions of the anterior cruciate ligament?

1- technical error
2- failure of graft incorporation
3- patient selection
4- significant reinjury
5- premature return to sport
Preferred response: 1
The three broad categories of mechanisms

A

Preferred response: 1. technical error

The three broad categories of mechanisms of acl graft failure are; biological, trauma, technical error. On occasion a host vs graft reaction will result in graft failure as will a subacute or an acute infection. Trauma happens, but if the graft is placed well, then the chances are not significantly greater for graft failure than for an original acl. Although acl reconstruction is a mainstay proceedure for orthopaedic surgeons, it is a surgery with abundant pitfalls and is relatively to perform poorly.
From article: failure of reconstruction of the anterior cruciate ligament due to impingement by the intercondylar roof. Howell sm. Taylor ma. Jbjs, 75(7):1044-55, 1993 jul. The relationship between impingement of the roof of the intercondylar notch on a reconstructed anterior cruciate ligament, and the subsequent stability and range of extension of the joint, was analyzed in forty-seven knees. The extent of the impingement was determined by analysis of the relationship of the tibial tunnel to the intersection of the line of slope of the intercondylar roof with the plane of the subchondral bone of the articular surface of the tibial plateau. These lines were drawn on a lateral roentgenogram that was made with the knee in maximum extension, two years after the operation. In all four knees in which the entire articular opening of the tibial tunnel was anterior to the slope of the intercondylar roof, there was severe impingement on the graft, and all four grafts failed. In the fourteen knees in which a portion of the articular opening of the tibial tunnel was anterior to the slope of the intercondylar roof, there was moderate impingement on the graft, and four grafts failed (an unacceptable rate of failure). There was no impingement in the knees in which the entire articular opening of the tibial tunnel was posterior to the slope of the intercondylar roof, and these knees were associated with the lowest rate of failure of the grafts (three of twenty -nine). Knees that had an impinged graft and regained a complete range of extension became unstable.

475
Q
  1. A partial laceration of the flexor tendon should be repaired when the percentage of tendon lacerated is more than

1- 10%.

2- 20%.

3- 40%.

4- 60%.

5- 80%.

A

Preferred response: 4. 60%.

Per oku hand surgery update: rupture of less than 25% of a tendon will usually do well with partial resection and protected mobilizaion. With tendon lacerations of greater than 50%, placement of a core suture and running circumferential stich is recommended in order to avoid the late complications of triggering, and late tendon rupture.

476
Q
  1. Which of the following laboratory studies is predictive of wound healing prior to performing a lower extremity amputation?

1- total protein level

2- calcium level

3- serum albumin level

4- platelet count

5- erythrocyte sedimentation rate

A

Preferred response: 3

477
Q

Which of the following tumors is most likely to present with a pathologic fracture in a child?

  1. Unicameral bone cyst
  2. Fibrous cortical defect
  3. Osteosarcoma
  4. Ewing sarcoma
  5. Giant cell tumor
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Unicameral bone cyst

DISCUSSION: In nearly 50% of patients with a unicameral bone cyst, the lesion remains asymptomatic until a fracture occurs, usually as the result of relatively minor trauma. If the lesion expands, the bone is weakened and may cause pain. Fibrous cortical defects are usually an incidental finding and typically asymptomatic. Malignant bone tumors such as osteosarcoma and Ewing sarcoma most commonly cause pain, and pathologic fracture occurs in less than 10% of patients. Giant cell tumors are uncommon in children and usually are painful.

REFERENCES

Wilkins RM: Unicameral bone cysts. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 2000;8:217-224.

Dormans JP, Pill SG: Fractures through bone cysts: Unicameral bone cysts, aneurysmal bone cysts, fibrous cortical defects, and nonossifying fibromas. Instr Course Lect 2002;51:457-467.

Hecht AC, Gebhardt MC: Diagnosis and treatment of unicameral and aneurysmal bone cysts in children. Curr Opin Pediatr 1998;10:87-94.

478
Q

A previously healthy 14-year-old boy now reports fatigue, and has a bilateral Trendelenburg gait, right hip pain, and bilateral knee and foot pain. Biopsy of a right sacral mass reveals intermediate grade osteosarcoma. There are no metastases. Laboratory studies reveal a serum calcium level of 7.7 mg/dL (normal 8.5 to 10.5), a phosphate level of 2.0 mg/dL (normal 2.7 to 4.5), a 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D level of less than 10 pg/mL (normal 18 to 62), a parathyroid hormone level of 19 pg/mL (normal 10 to 60), and an alkaline phosphatase level of 428 U/L (normal 15 to 351). What is the most likely cause of the patient’s symptoms?

  1. Oncogenic rickets
  2. Calcium sequestration by the tumor
  3. Elevated alkaline phosphatase level
  4. Tumor cachexia
  5. L5 neuropathy
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Oncogenic rickets

DISCUSSION: The laboratory findings are typical for rickets. Oncogenic rickets is a paraneoplastic syndrome that results from a substance secreted by the tumor that interferes with renal tubule reabsorption of phosphate. This substance previously had been called phosphatonin but recently has been identified as fibroblast growth factor 23. Nutritional rickets is rare in developed countries. Delayed onset familial hypophosphatemic rickets is possible, but the likelihood of having two rare diseases is unlikely. Osteosarcoma does not sequester calcium. Alkaline phosphatase levels can be elevated in osteosarcoma, but this does not cause muscle weakness. Tumor cachexia would occur only with advanced metastatic disease. A unilateral sacral mass would not cause a bilateral L5 neuropathy or the abnormal laboratory findings.

REFERENCES

Case records of the Massachusetts General Hospital. Weekly clinicopathological exercises. Case 29-2001. A 14-year-old with abnormal bones and a sacral mass. N Engl J Med 2001;345:903-908.

Jonsson KB, Zahradnik R, Larsson T, White KE, Sugimoto T, Imanishi Y, et al: Fibroblast growth factor 23 in oncogenic osteomalacia and X-linked hypophosphatemia. N Engl J Med 2003;348:1656-1663.

479
Q

A 12-year-old girl has painless bowing of the tibia. Radiographs and a biopsy specimen are shown in Figures 15A through 15C. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Osteofibrous dysplasia
  2. Adamantinoma
  3. Osteosarcoma
  4. Ewing sarcoma
  5. Fibrous dysplasia
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1

DISCUSSION: The patient has osteofibrous dysplasia. The radiographic differential diagnosis includes osteofibrous dysplasia, fibrous dysplasia, and adamantinoma. Histology shows a fibroosseous lesion with prominent osteoblastic rimming but a lack of epithelial nests. Adamantinoma is a low-grade malignancy that typically is located in the anterior tibial cortex and has a soap bubble appearance. Histologically, it is similar to osteofibrous dysplasia but includes epithelial nests of cells. Treatment requires resection. Fibrous dysplasia usually does not require biopsy; however, in this patient the radiographs do not distinguish it from adamantinoma. The radiographic findings are not typical of Ewing sarcoma or osteosarcoma. Repeat biopsy should be considered if clinical or radiographic features change.

REFERENCE

Mirra J: Bone Tumors: Clinical, Radiologic, and Pathologic Correlations. Philadelphia, PA, Lea & Febiger, 1989, vol 2, ch 18.

480
Q

A 16-year-old girl has had pain in the left groin for the past 4 months. She notes that the pain is worse at night; however, she denies any history of trauma and has no constitutional symptoms. There is no history of steroid or alcohol use. Examination reveals pain in the left groin with rotation of the hip. There is no associated soft-tissue mass. A radiograph and MRI scan are shown in Figures 16A and 16B, and biopsy specimens are shown in Figures 16C and 16D. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Clear cell chondrosarcoma
  2. Chondroblastoma
  3. Giant cell tumor
  4. Aneurysmal bone cyst
  5. Osteonecrosis of the femoral head
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Chondroblastoma

DISCUSSION: Based on the epiphyseal location and sharp, well-defined borders, the radiograph suggests chondroblastoma. Histologically, multinucleated giant cells are scattered among mononuclear cells. The nuclei are homogeneous and contain a characteristic longitudinal groove.

Although not seen here, “chicken-wire calcification” with a bland giant cell-rich matrix is also typical for chondroblastoma. Clear cell chondrosarcoma occurs in epiphyseal locations but has a more aggressive histologic pattern and occurs in an older age group. Giant cell tumors occur in the epiphysis but have a more uniform giant cell population histologically. Aneurysmal bone cyst often results in bone remodeling and has a different pathologic appearance. Osteonecrosis has a typical histologic pattern of empty lacunae and necrotic bone.

REFERENCES

Springfield DS, Capanna R, Gherlinzoni F, et al: Chondroblastoma: A review of seventy cases. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1985;67:748-755.

Simon M, Springfield D, et al: Chrondroblastoma: Surgery for Bone and Soft Tissue Tumors. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott Raven, 1998, p 190.

Wold LA, et al: Atlas of Orthopaedic Pathology. Philadelphia, PA, WB Saunders, 1990, pp 62-67

481
Q

A 21-year-old pregnant female arrives in the trauma bay with a closed head injury as well as an open ankle injury. During evaluation, what positioning is recommended to limit positional hypotension? Topic Review Topic
QID: 886

  1. Reverse trendelenburg
  2. Trendelenburg
  3. Left lateral decubitus
  4. Right lateral decubitus
  5. Supine
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE ▼ 3. . Left lateral decubitus

DISCUSSION: An important hemodynamic consideration in the pregnant trauma patient is the potential hypotensive effect of supine positioning. This effect, which is caused by aortocaval compression by the enlarged uterus, may decrease cardiac output by 25%. Use of a right hip wedge, manual displacement of the uterus, or lateral tilt positioning of the patient may help avoid this situation. Patient positioning must be determined with a focus on the well-being of the fetus. To avoid compression of the inferior vena cava in the patient who is in her second or third trimester, the left lateral decubitus position (left side down) should be used. The referenced review article by Flik et al reviews the appropriate physiological changes of pregnancy and covers the treatment of orthopedic trauma in the face of pregnancy.

References:

1) 2007 Orthopaedic In-Training Examination, Question #225. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, Rosemont IL.
2) Flik K, Kloen P, Toro JB, Urmey W, Nijhuis JG, Helfet DL. Orthopaedic trauma in the pregnant patient. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2006 Mar;14(3):175-82. PMID:16520368 (Link to Abstract)

482
Q

2) (OBQ10-140) All of the following techniques can help to prevent valgus angulation during intramedullary nailing of proximal one-third tibia fractures EXCEPT:

  1. Use of a blocking screw lateral to midline in the proximal segment
  2. Use of a blocking screw lateral to midline in the distal segment
  3. Use of a lateral tibial nail starting point
  4. Use of supplementary plate and screw fixation
  5. Suprapatellar nailing portal
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE ▼ 5. Suprapatellar nailing portal

DISCUSSION: Proximal tibial shaft fractures treated with intramedullary nails are most commonly malreduced with apex anterior and valgus deformities. Several techniques are available to overcome this malalignment: proximal and lateral nail starting point, usage of a femoral distractor or temporary plating, suprapatellar nailing, and lateral parapatellar approaches. Suprapatellar nailing portals do not affect coronal angulation - they only affect the apex anterior deformity.
A final technical trick is the usage of blocking (Poller) screws - the referenced article by Ricci et al had 100% correction and maintenance of reduction with usage of blocking screws without other adjunct techniques. These should be placed in the lateral aspect of the proximal and distal fragments when needed.
The referenced study by Krettek et al is a biomechanical evaluation of blocking screws in a tibial model that showed significantly increased strength when they were utilized.
References:
1) 2010 Orthopaedic In-Training Examination, Question #140. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, Rosemont IL.
2) Krettek C, Miclau T, Schandelmaier P, Stephan C, Möhlmann U, Tscherne H. The mechanical effect of blocking screws (‘Poller screws’) in stabilizing tibia fractures with short proximal or distal fragments after insertion of small-diameter intramedullary nails. J Orthop Trauma. 1999 Nov;13(8):550-3.
3) Ricci WM, O’Boyle M, Borrelli J, Bellabarba C, Sanders R. Fractures of the proximal third of the tibial shaft treated with intramedullary nails and blocking screws. J Orthop Trauma. 2001 May;15(4):264-70.

483
Q

3) (OBQ06-48) A healthy 42-year-old male has a 2-year history of worsening hindfoot pain that is refractory to therapy and orthotics. Physical exam reveals a flexible planovalgus foot with an equinus contracture. He is unable to perform a single limb heel rise on the affected side. In addition to a flexor digitorum longus tendon transfer to the navicular, which of the following operative procedures is indicated?

  1. Gastrocnemius lengthening only
  2. Triple artthrodesis and gastrocnemius lengthening
  3. Subtalar arthrodesis and gastrocnemius lengthening
  4. Lateralizing calcaneal osteotomy, medial column lengthening, and gastrocnemius lengthening
  5. Medializing calcaneal osteotomy, lateral column lengthening, and gastrocnemius lengthening
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE ▼ 5. Medializing calcaneal osteotomy, lateral column lengthening, and gastrocnemius lengthening

DISCUSSION: This patient has stage II posterior tibial tendon insufficiency, a flexible pes planovalgus deformity and inability to perform a single limb heel rise. Operative treatment includes gastrocnemius lengthening to improve dorsiflexion, FDL transfer to the navicular to reproduce posterior tibial tendon function, lateral column lengthening, and medializing calcaneal osteotomy to correct bony deformity. Moseir-LaClair et al report 5 year follow-up of 26 patients with Stage II treated with this constellation of procedures. They reported a mean postoperative ankle-hindfoot score of 90 and no nonunions. Four patients (14%) displayed radiographic signs of calcaneocuboid arthritis at follow-up with only one that was symptomatic and required calcaneocuboid joint fusion. Arthrodesis is not indicated for flexible deformities. Myerson et al reviewed the radiographic follow-up of 18 patients who underwent FDL transfer and medializing calcaneal osteotomy for flexible pes planovalgus. Radiographs demonstrated reduction of the magnitude of deformity, and the authors hypothesized that the bony reconstruction optimizes the dynamic forces of the FDL.
References:
1) 2006 Orthopaedic In-Training Examination, Question #48. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, Rosemont IL.
2) Myerson MS, Corrigan J, Thompson F, Schon LC. Tendon transfer combined with calcaneal osteotomy for treatment of posterior tibial tendon insufficiency: a radiological investigation. Foot Ankle Int. 1995 Nov;16(11):712-8.
3) Moseir-LaClair S, Pomeroy G, Manoli A 2nd. Intermediate follow-up on the double osteotomy and tendon transfer procedure for stage II posterior tibial tendon insufficiency. Foot Ankle Int. 2001 Apr;22(4):283-91

484
Q

4) (OBQ05-121) The mangled extremity severity score (MESS) utilizes all of the following variables EXCEPT:

  1. Limb ischemia
  2. Shock
  3. Patient age
  4. Skeletal and soft tissue injury
  5. Time from injury to surgery
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE ▼ 5. Time from injury to surgery

DISCUSSION: The MESS is a tool utilized to help predict limb salvage success versus primary amputation at the time of presentation. As a screening tool for amputation, this scoring system haa a high specificity but low sensitivity, as scores lower than 7 may also ultimately need amputation. All of the variables except choice #5 are part of the scoring system. The scoring system is as follows: 1. Skeletal / soft-tissue injury: Low energy = 1; Medium energy = 2; High energy = 3; very high energy = 4; 2. Limb ischemia: Pulse reduced or absent but perfusion normal = 1; Pulseless = 2; Cool, paralyzed, insensate = 3; 3. Shock: normotensive = 0; transient hypotension = 2; persistent hypotension = 2; 4. Age: < 30 = 0; 30-50 = 1; >50 = 2. Limb category scores are doubled for ischemia > 6 hours. The system’s original designers reported a cutoff of 7 as predicting amputation. The referenced study by Ly et al found that the scoring system did not predict functional outcomes at 6 or 24 months.

References:

1) 2005 Orthopaedic In-Training Examination, Question #121. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, Rosemont IL.
2) Ly TV, Travison TG, Castillo RC, Bosse MJ, MacKenzie EJ; LEAP Study Group. Ability of lower-extremity injury severity scores to predict functional outcome after limb salvage. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2008 Aug;90(8):1738-43

485
Q

Male, 28 y.o. He got crushed in both of lower leg and dark urine after several hours

  1. Describe pathophysiology of this condition?
  2. What are/is complications?
  3. How is your early management for this case ?
  4. What is your plan in relation to patients mobility ?
A

Answer:

  1. The pathophysiology of muscular cytolysis in the crush syndrome:
  • based on cellular Ca changes. Excess Ca enter intracellular trigger contraction result in energy depletion
  • Excess Ca activates phospholipase A2, vasoactive molecules, and protease, result in fre radical release
  • all these event finally result in progressive muscle destruction

Patophysiology of acute renal failure (ARF) ec crush injury

  • intraluminal myoglobin cast formation
  • renal vasoconstriction
  • direct heme-protein induced cytotoxicity
  1. Complication are:

early:

  • neurovascular damage
  • compartment syndrome
  • acute renal failure

intermediate

  • infection

late

  • heterotrophic ossification due to excess Ca accumulation intramuscular

Plan tx:

  • fluid rehydration
  • hemodyalisis if uremia, acidosis, or hyperkalemi present
486
Q

Boy, 11 y.o with limb length inequality

  1. What is the probable diagnosis ?
  2. What is the most accepted classification for that anomalies? Please describe!
  3. What is suitable candidate for limb lengthening ?
  4. How to predict discrepancy at maturity ?
A

Answer:

  1. Proximal Focal Femoral Deficiency
  2. Aitken’s classification: type A
  • Type (A):
    The femur is short with coxa vara and lateral bowing
    Adequate acetabulum that contains the femoral head.
    Pseudoarthrosis develops At the Subtrochanteric region.
    At the skeletal maturity, ossification of the pseudoarthrosis will take place in moat cases, but the varus angulation may be very severe.
  • Type (B):
    The ossification of the capital femoral epiphysis is delayed and the acetabulum is mildly dysplastic.
    The upper end of the femoral shaft lies above the femoral head.
    The junction between the femoral head and shaft is by defective cartilage that fail to ossify at skeletal maturity.
  • . Type (C):
    -The acetabulum is markedly dysplastic and the femoral head never ossify.
    -The femoral shaft is very short and its upper end tapers sharply to a point.
    -The hip is very unstable.
  • . Type (D ):
    Both acetabulum and femoral head are absent.
    The femur is represented by the femoral condyles.
  1. The most suitable candidate for limb lengthening is Aitken type A with > 5 cm discrepancies
  2. Predicted femoral length at maturity :

The percentage of growth inhibition in the involved femur compared to the contralateral side was found to be constant in unilateral cases.

Calculation:

  • The percentage of growth inhibition is calculated by the difference between the normal and abnormal lengths divided by the normal length and multiplied by 100.
  • The anticipated normal limb segment length is determined by using serial scanograms and plotting the limb length on the Green-Anderson graph according to skeletal age.
  • The anticipated normal limb length is multiplied by the percentage of growth inhibition, and the length of the involved limb segment at skeletal maturity can be determined.
487
Q

This figure shows the MRI scan of a 43-year old man who has had worsening low back pain for the past 4 months.

  1. What is MRI finding ?
  2. What is the most likely diagnosis ?
  3. What is differential diagnosis ?
  4. What is other investigation to rule out the diagnosis ?
A
  1. MRI sagital of T2 weight lumbosacral of a man 43 yo shows:
  • Alignment: kiphotic deformity on L 1 and 2
  • Hyperintense image on L 1 and 2 suggesting destruction of corpus, space filled with fluid which might be pus
  • destruction also on intervertebral disc of L1-L2
  • the fluid/pus extend to spinal canal, pushing the spinal cord, continue to posterior until paravertebral muscle
  1. Spondilitis Tb V L 1 - 2
  2. Pyogenic spondilitis
  3. Lab : diff count, LED, Ro : lumbosacral AP/lat, culture of destroyed tissue/pus
488
Q

This is a diagnostic investigation of a young motorcyclist who sustained a closed fracture shaft of femur and a comminuted fracture of patella on the same side. An internal fixation of the fracture with a K-nail and excision of the patella was done on the day of the injury.
Two days later he was still complaining of continuous pain in his leg. The foot was found to be cold and numb.

A. List the abnormal radiological features you see in this radiograph
B. What is your diagnosis of this patient ?
C. How would you have treated him on the day of admission?
D. How would you treat him now , ie. 48 hours after the injury?

A

ANSWER :
A. Soft tissue swelling occlusion popliteal arteri injury/spasme
B. Post ORIF Fraktur shaft of femur with communitif fraktur of patella with comp. syndrome due to popliteal arteri injury/spasme
C. Reduce and stabilization the fracture, reevaluate neurovascular status (with angiography if available), explore and resect the lesion, thrombectomy or by pass graft anastomose, fasciotomy
D. amputation

489
Q

This is a radiograph of the shoulder of a patient who was diagnosed a week ago as a sprained shoulder in the A&E after a road traffic accident.

A. List the abnormal features you see in this x-ray
B. What is your radiological diagnosis?
C. How will you treat him now?
D. List any special diagnostic investigation you may have done during the first visit to the A&E

A

ANSWER :

A. Internal rotate of humeral, Abnormal shape : electrical bulb appearance, Empty glenoid sign
B. Posterior dislocation of shoulder
C. Closed reduction under anesthesia
D. Axillary view, lateral view

490
Q

. This is a radiograph of the shoulder of a 50-year old female with severe acute pain in her shoulder of one day duration. She was absolutely pain-free before this episode.
NSAIDS and injection of morphine did not relieve her pain.

A. What is your diagnosis of her condition?
B. Why did the patient suddenly get the pain in her shoulder when her condition was silent for two years?
C. How will you treat her?
D. What is the route for injecting the shoulder for a painful arc syndrome?

A

Answer:

a. Complete rotator cuff tear / rupture and calcifying tendonitis
b. Because spontaneous rupture
c. - Pain free with NSAID
- Open acromioplasty
- Arthroscopic acromioplasty
Open repair of the rotator cuff

491
Q

This is a clinical photograph of a young accountant who had difficulty in walking. He discarded bilateral calipers that were prescribed for him and was able to move about with a walking stick and go through university education.

A. What is your clinical diagnosis?
B. Why is he using his right hand in front of right thigh for walking?. How does it help him in his walking?
C. List 4 clinical features of this disease in the acute stage.
D. Why is there an epidemic of this condition in Indonesia? What advice will you give parents and children during an epidemic?

A

A. Residual polio - Residual paralysis poliomyelitis
B. Ekstensor weakness/paralyse (quadriceps and gluteus maksimus)
C. Pushing backward the thight
D. Fever,Headache,Neck stiffnes,painfull spasm, sore throat, joint pain, back pain, acute Flaccid Paralyze

E. Because incomplete immunization or immunization program is less coverage.
- give polio immunization

492
Q
  1. Boy 7 yo
    • What the pathology he has ?
    • What kind of gait she has?
    • How do corret of deformity?
A

Answer:

  • genu recurvatum D might be cause by neuromuscular disorder
  • Dx: genu recurvatum D ec residual paralysis post poliomyelitis
  • Extensor is stronger than hamstring muscles ??? Extensor is weaker than hamstring
  • Gait : circumduction gait
  • Correction by knee brace, pasient will walk by tilting of the hip

• I have read some paper mentioned about bilateral genu recurvatum after poliomyelitis

  • • Patients with weak quadriceps will attempt to create stance stability by placing their body weight anterior to the knee joint, (i.e., hyperextension) to lock their knee. This places the soft tissues posterior to the knee in tension and may produce progressive recurvatum. (Clark DR, Perry J, Lunsford TR. Cases studies-The Orthotic Management of the Adult Post Poliomyelitis Patient. Orthotics and Prosthetics. Vol 40; No 1: pp 43-50. 1986. The American Orthotics and Prosthetics Association. )
  • • The common orthotic answer is to provide a locked knee-ankle-foot orthosis (KAFO). This requires the patient to accommodate the locked knee joint by hiking the pelvis or utilizing other substitutions for the stiff-legged gait
493
Q
  1. Boy 12 yo, never able to walk since 3 yo after suffering fever.
    a. What is the most likely diagnosis ?
    b. What is the treatment?
A

Answer:

a. This is also residual paralysis post poliomyelitis with hamstring contracture and iliotibial band contracture
b. For hip flexion contracture: Yount procedure, extend to 15 degree hip extension. Haldstead procedure, multiple incision at septum
c. For knee flexion contracture : release hamstring, bone procedure: supracondylar osteotomy if needed

The iliotibial band is a thickening of the fascia lata of the thigh. Its upper end splits to enclose tensor fascia lata and distally it is attached to a smooth triangular anterolateral facet on the lateral condyle of the tibia.
Spasm of the tensor fascia lata leading to contracture of the iliotibial band is common in patients with residual paralysis after polio. This produces a flexion, abduction and external rotation contracture at the hip. Ober’s test2 is used to demonstrate the contracture.

In the classical Ober’s test the patient is in a lateral position with the normal thigh next to the table and flexed sufficiently to obliterate any lumbar lordosis. The upper leg is then flexed to a right angle at the knee and the examiner
holds the ankle lightly with one hand and steadies the patient’s hip with the other. The upper leg is abducted widely and extended so that the thigh is in line with the body. If the limb is now released, it will stay suspended in abduction before showing a delayed drop depending on the degree of contracture. It is very difficult to determine the delayed drop of the limb because flexion at the hip relaxes the iliotibial band and renders the test ineffective

494
Q
  1. Lady 18 yo, tilting of the head, no pain, dolicocephal.
    a. What is the diagnosis ?
    b. What is treatment ?
A

Answer:

a. Torticollis, which might be caused by :
a. Infection: Tb, soft tissue contracture at the neck
b. Tumor
c. Congenital , anomaly of the cervical spine: hemivertebra, sprangel
d. Trauma
b. Baby with torticollis has always breech delivery (60%, Prof SKN experiences), it will occur couple of weeks or months later.
c. What usually happen during the torticollis : lump of m. sternocleidomastoideus, kosistensi kenyal, in the middle of m. strenocleidomastoideus
d. Send the patient for rehabilitation for passive stretching, 5-6 x / day, in the beginning of its appearance, subsequently only 5% of patients will have torticollis
e. Measure the angle-shoulder angle. Correct the deformity by bipolar release of origo and insersi of m. sternocleidomastoideus. Total release do not left any thread of muscle., check wether there is contracture in the fascia. After surgery, put in cotrell traction, 1 week post op put in soft collar brace with higher height in pathologic site, do passive stretching.
f. What is the most complication of upper pole release : palsy of n. assesorius.

495
Q

describe the histoPA below

A

Proliferasi anaplastia:
hiperseluler, nuclear pleumorfism,big nucleus,
BINUCLEATION

diagnosat: chondrosarcoma

496
Q

Describe the histoPa below

A
  • Elongated spindle
  • Bentuknya ada yang wavy (keriting)
  • Terdapat pada bahan collagen
  • Absen of mitotic figur
  • Dx: neurofibroma
497
Q

Which fibers of the anterior cruciate ligament are tight in flexion?

  1. Anteromedial
  2. Anterolateral
  3. Posteromedial
  4. Posterolateral
  5. Middle
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Anteromedial

DISCUSSION: There are two bundles of the anterior cruciate ligament, the anteromedial and posterolateral. The anteromedial bundle is tight in flexion; in extension, all fibers are tensioned.

REFERENCE

Sapega AA, Moyer RA, Schneck C, et al: Testing for isometry during reconstruction of the anterior cruciate ligament: Anatomical and biomechanical considerations. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1990;72:259-267.

498
Q

After making a tackle, a football player is found prone and unconscious without spontaneous respirations. Initial management should consist of

  1. log roll to a supine position, helmet removal, and initiation of assisted breathing.
  2. log roll to a supine position, head and neck stabilization, face mask removal, and CPR.
  3. log roll onto a spine board, head and neck stabilization, face mask removal, and CPR.
  4. head and neck stabilization, log roll to a supine position, helmet removal, and initiation of assisted breathing.
  5. head and neck stabilization, log roll to a supine position, face mask removal, and initiation of assisted breathing.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5

DISCUSSION: The on-field evaluation and management of a seriously injured athlete requires that health care teams have a game plan in place and proper equipment that is readily available. The initial step, which consists of stabilizing the head and neck by manually holding them in a neutral position, is then followed by assessment of breathing, pulses, and level of consciousness. If the athlete is breathing, management should consist of mouth guard removal and airway maintenance. If the athlete is not breathing, the face mask should be removed, with the chin strap left in place. The airway must be established, followed by initiation of assisted breathing. CPR is instituted only when breathing and circulation are compromised. In the unconscious athlete or if a cervical spine injury is suspected, the helmet must not be removed until the athlete has been transported to an appropriate facility and the cervical spine has been completely evaluated.

REFERENCES

McSwain NE, Garnelli, RL: Helmet removal from injured patients. Bull of Am Coll Surg 1997;82:42-44.

Vegso JJ: Field evaluation and management of head and neck injuries. Post Grad Adv Sport Med 1987;10:2-10.

499
Q

Following harvesting of patellar tendon autograft, paresthesia most commonly occurs in which of the following locations?

  1. Medial to the incision
  2. Lateral to the incision
  3. First web space of the foot
  4. Medial foot
  5. Dorsal foot
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2

DISCUSSION: The infrapatellar branch of the saphenous nerve often crosses over the anterior aspect of the knee and innervates the skin lateral to the anterior midline of the knee. An anterior midline incision often results in incision of the terminal branches, resulting in lateral numbness. The superficial peroneal, deep peroneal, and saphenous nerves that provide sensation to the foot are not at risk.

REFERENCE

Hoppenfeld S, deBoer P (ed): Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics: The Anatomic Approach. Philadelphia, PA, JB Lippincott, 1984, pp 407-410.

500
Q

Patients with hip disease may report knee pain, which is primarily caused by irritation of which of the following branches of the obturator nerve?

  1. Cutaneous continuation of the branch to the gracilis muscle
  2. Continuation of the branch to the adductor magnus
  3. Accessory obturator nerve branch
  4. Branch within the sartorius muscle
  5. Branch within the linea aspera
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Continuation of the branch to the adductor magnus

DISCUSSION: The branch of the obturator nerve to the knee is the continuation of the motor branch to the adductor magnus.

REFERENCE

Basmajian JV: Grant’s Method of Anatomy, ed 8. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1971, p 357.

501
Q

A posterior approach to the knee with an incision of the superficial fascia medial to the small saphenous vein avoids injury to what structure that lies just lateral and adjacent to the small saphenous vein?

  1. Popliteal vein
  2. Popliteal artery
  3. Tibial nerve
  4. Common peroneal nerve
  5. Medial sural cutaneous nerve
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Medial sural cutaneous nerve

DISCUSSION: The posterior approach to the knee has recently become popular for a variety of indications, such as repair of avulsions to the posterior cruciate ligament, repair of neurovascular structures, open reduction and internal fixation of posteromedial tibial plateau fragments, and excision of popliteal cysts. The small saphenous vein is the landmark for the incision of the superficial popliteal fascia, and the medial sural cutaneous nerve lies just lateral to the small saphenous vein. The popliteal artery and vein and the tibial nerve lie deep to the fascia. The common peroneal nerve is located much further lateral.

REFERENCE

Hoppenfeld S, deBoer P: Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics: The Anatomic Approach. Philadelphia, PA, JB Lippincott, 1984, pp 427-436.

502
Q

Which of the following tendons are typically harvested when performing anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction with double loop hamstring autograft?

  1. Semitendinosus and semimembranosus
  2. Sartorius and semitendinosus
  3. Gracilis and semimembranosus
  4. Gracilis and semitendinosus
  5. Biceps and semimembranosus
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Gracilis and semitendinosus

DISCUSSION: Because of the availability of long tendons and the minimal donor morbidity associated with the gracilis and semitendinosus tendons, they are currently considered the structures of choice for hamstring tendon autograft anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction by most authors. The gracilis and semitendinosus are beneath and behind the sartorius (not a hamstring) at the tibial insertion of the pes anserinus. They have long tendons and relatively small muscle bellies typical of vestigial muscles (in contrast to the biceps and semimembranosus). With approximately 20 cm of tendon typically available, this allows the double loop technique to provide a graft of sufficient strength.

REFERENCES

Aglietti P, Buzzi R, Zaccheratti G, et al: Patellar tendon versus doubled semitendinosus and gracilis tendon for anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Am J Sports Med 1994;22:211-218.

Last RJ: Anatomy: Regional and Applied, ed 6. New York, NY, Churchill Livingstone, 1975, p 116.

503
Q

What tendon has an intra-articular (intrasynovial) location in the knee joint?

  1. Patellar
  2. Popliteal
  3. Semitendinosus
  4. Semimembranosus
  5. Biceps femoris
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Popliteal

DISCUSSION: The popliteal tendon arises from the posterior aspect of the tibia and courses through the knee joint through the popliteus hiatus of the lateral meniscus before attaching on the lateral femur anterior to the lateral collateral ligament. It is the only tendon in the knee joint that can be viewed directly on arthroscopy.

REFERENCES

Kimura M, Shirakura K, Hasegawa A, Kobayashi Y, Udagawa E: Anatomy and pathophysiology of the popliteal tendon area in the lateral meniscus: 1. Arthroscopic and anatomical investigation. Arthroscopy 1992;8:419-423.

Arnoczky SP, Skyhar MJ, Wickiewicz TL: Basic science of the knee, in McGinty JB (ed): Operative Arthroscopy. New York, NY, Raven Press, 1991, pp 155-182.

504
Q

What is the most anatomic location for placement of the femoral tunnel in anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction?

  1. As far superior in the notch as possible
  2. As far posterior as possible on the lateral femoral condyle
  3. As far posterior as possible on the medial femoral condyle
  4. Directly across from the posterior cruciate femoral insertion
  5. At resident’s ridge
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. As far posterior as possible on the lateral femoral condyle

DISCUSSION: It is critical for graft isometry and knee stability that the femoral tunnel be placed as far posterior as possible on the lateral femoral condyle. Superiorly, the graft should be at the one o’clock position on the left knee. Resident’s ridge is a false posterior shelf that often seems like the extreme posterior cortex. Abnormal tunnel placement results in a variety of complications, including an unstable knee, early graft failure, and joint stiffness.

REFERENCES

Johnson RJ, Beynnon BD, Nichols CE, Renstrom PA: The treatment of injuries of the anterior cruciate ligament. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1992;74:140-151.

Beaty JH (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 6. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1999, pp 533-557.

505
Q

What neurovascular structure is most at risk when performing an inside-out repair of the posterior horn of the medial meniscus?

  1. Popliteal artery
  2. Peroneal nerve
  3. Saphenous nerve
  4. Tibial nerve
  5. Sciatic nerve
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Saphenous nerve

DISCUSSION: The saphenous nerve is located on the posterior medial aspect of the knee and must be protected when performing an inside-out repair of the medial meniscus. The peroneal nerve is most at risk with lateral meniscal repairs. The other structures usually are not at risk with meniscal repair.

REFERENCES

Cannon WD Jr, Morgan CD: Meniscal repair: Arthroscopic repair techniques. Instr Course Lect 1994;43:77-96.

Scott GA, Jolly BL, Henning CE: Combined posterior incision and arthroscopic intra-articular repair of the meniscus: An examination of factors affecting healing. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1986;68:847-861.

506
Q

Within the menisci, most of the large collagen fiber bundles are oriented in what configuration?

  1. Radially
  2. Circumferentially
  3. Vertically
  4. Obliquely
  5. Randomly
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2

DISCUSSION: The majority of large collagen fibers within the menisci are oriented circumferentially. It is these fibers that develop the hoop stress with compressive loading of the menisci. Most meniscal tears are longitudinal and occur between these circumferential fibers.

REFERENCES

Mow VC, et al: Structure and function relations of the menisci of the knee, in Mow VC, Arnoczky SP, Jackson DW (eds): Knee Meniscus: Basic and Clinical Foundations. New York, NY, Raven Press, 1992, pp 37-57.

De Haven KE, Arnoczky SP: Mensicus repair: Basic science, indications for repair, and open repair. Instr Course Lect 1994;43:65-76.

507
Q

A 12-year-old boy reports knee discomfort after prolonged strenuous activities. He denies knee swelling or catching and has no pain with activities of daily living. A radiograph is shown in Figure 1. Prognosis for the pathology shown is most influenced by

  1. weight.
  2. gender.
  3. the knee compartment involved.
  4. open or closed growth plates.
  5. limb alignment.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. open or closed growth plates

DISCUSSION: While many factors play a role in the outcome of osteochondritis dissecans, ample evidence has shown that the prognosis is most influenced by the growth status of the plates. If the growth plates are open, the chance of a successful outcome is significantly greater than if they are closed.

REFERENCES

Federico DJ, Lynch JK, Jokl P: Osteochondritis dissecans of the knee: A historical review of etiology and treatment. Arthroscopy 1990;6:190-197.

Linden B: Osteochondritis dissecans of the femoral condyles: A long-term follow-up study. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1977;59:769-776.

508
Q

A patient with no history of patellar instability sustains a traumatic lateral patellar dislocation. What structure most likely has been torn?

  1. Vastus medialis obliquus
  2. Medial patellofemoral ligament
  3. Medial patellotibial ligament
  4. Medial retinaculum
  5. Quadriceps tendon
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Medial patellofemoral ligament

DISCUSSION: Any of the above structures may be involved in a lateral patellar dislocation. However, biomechanic studies have found that the medial patellofemoral ligament is the major soft-tissue static restraint of lateral patellar displacement, providing at least 50% of this function.

REFERENCES

Desio SM, Burks RT, Bachus KN: Soft tissue restraints to lateral patellar translation in the human knee. Am J Sports Med 1998;26:59-65.

Conlan T, Garth WP Jr, Lemons JE: Evaluation of the medial soft-tissue restraints of the extensor mechanism of the knee. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1993;75:682-693.

Warren LF, Marshall JL: The supporting structures and layers on the medial compartment of the knee: An anatomical analysis. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1979;61:56-62.

509
Q

17-year-old high school long distance runner is seeking advice before running a marathon for the first time. What advice should be given regarding his fluid, carbohydrate, and electrolyte intake around the time of the race?

  1. Restrict fluid intake 2 hours before the start of the race to avoid abdominal cramping.
  2. Drink low osmolality (less than 10%) solutions before, during, and after the race.
  3. Drink fruit juice, such as orange juice, instead of water to replenish essential carbohydrates.
  4. Drink high osmolality (greater than 10%) solutions before and during the race and low osmolality solutions after the race.
  5. Avoid the use of glucose polymers because they slow down gastric emptying and may lead to abdominal cramping.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Drink low osmolality (less than 10%) solutions before, during, and after the race.

DISCUSSION: The goal of fluid replenishment should be to replace the sweat that has been lost. Sweat is mostly water, with a small concentration of salts and other electrolytes. Absorption is enhanced by solutions of low osmolality. Scientific research has also shown that adding carbohydrates to the drink improves athletic performance. Carbohydrates such as glucose and maltodextrins (glucose polymers) stimulate fluid absorption by the intestines. Fructose slows intestinal absorption of fluids. Drinks that are high in fructose, such as orange juice, can lead to gastrointestinal distress and osmotic diarrhea.

REFERENCES

Kirkendall D: Fluids and electrolytes, in The U.S. Soccer Sports Medicine Book. Baltimore, MD, Williams and Wilkins, 1996.

Gisolfi CV, Duchman SM: Guidelines for optimal replacement beverages for different athletic events. Med Sci Sports Exerc 1992;24:679-687.

510
Q

Figures 1A and 1B show the radiographs of a 51-year-old woman who injured her left leg after falling off a stepladder. Surgical reconstruction was performed with a compression screw and side plate; the postoperative radiograph is shown in Figure 1C. Following gradual progression of weight bearing, she reports that she slipped again and placed full weight on the extremity. She now notes a new onset of increased pain in her left thigh and hip region. Follow-up radiographs are shown in Figures 1D and 1E. Reconstruction should consist of

  1. conversion to a longer side plate with the same compression screw and tube angle.
  2. in situ bone grafting.
  3. hardware removal and reconstruction with an intramedullary device that provides fixation into the femoral head and neck.
  4. hardware removal and retrograde femoral nailing.
  5. revision reconstruction with cerclage wiring.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. hardware removal and reconstruction with an intramedullary device that provides fixation into the femoral head and neck.

DISCUSSION: The initial fracture was an unstable reverse oblique intertrochanteric fracture with subtrochanteric extension. Initial fixation with a high-angled screw and side plate construct may not provide stability as well as a 95° fixed-angle device or a intramedullary hip screw device. The follow-up radiographs show loss of fixation and further propagation of the fracture distally. Reconstruction would best be accomplished with hardware removal and conversion to a long intramedullary nail with femoral head fixation or a 95° angled plate and screw device. Conversion to a longer plate does not improve the biomechanical situation at the primary fracture site. In situ bone grafting would not provide any additional stability and would not correct the deformity. The proximal femoral fracture is not amenable to retrograde nailing. Cerclage wiring will not sufficiently enhance stability and is not indicated.

Data from research:

Thirty-two (68%) of forty-seven hips treated with internal fixation healed without an additional operation.
Fifteen (32%) of the forty-seven failed to heal or had a failure of fixation.

The failure rate was nine of sixteen for the sliding hip screws, two of fifteen for the blade-plates, three of ten for the dynamic condylar screws, one of three for the cephalomedullary nails, and zero of three for the intramedullary hip screws.

Use of the fixed-angle devices (the blade-plate and the dynamic condylar screw) resulted in fewer failures than did use of the sliding hip screw (p = 0.023)

REFERENCES

Bridle SH, Patel AD, Bircher M, Calvert PT: Fixation of intertrochanteric fractures of the femur: A randomized prospective comparison of a gamma nail and dynamic hip screw. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1991;73:330-334.

DeLee JC: Fractures and dislocations of the hip, in Rockwood CA Jr, Green DP, Bucholz RW, Heckman JD (eds): Rockwood and Green’s Fractures in Adults, ed 4. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott-Raven, 1996, pp 1659-1825.

Haidukewych GJ, Israel TA, Berry DJ: Reverse obliquity fractures of the intertrochanteric region of the femur. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2001;83:643-650.

Sanders RW, Regazzoni P: Treatment of subtrochanteric femur fractures using the dynamic condylar screw. J Orthop Trauma 1989;3:206-213.

511
Q

Seven hours ago, a 32-year-old man who was not wearing a seat belt was injured when his car struck a power pole. He needed to be extricated from the vehicle. Examination reveals absent pulses in the left foot, the thigh is swollen and tender, and a closed fracture is noted. Radiographs are shown in Figures 2A and 2B. Doppler examination reveals no significant flow distal to the fracture site. Treatment should include which of the following?

  1. Immediate angiography
  2. Insertion of a distal femoral traction pin in the emergency department and angiography
  3. Surgical exploration of the femoral and popliteal artery through a medial approach
  4. Manipulative reduction in the emergency department and angiography
  5. Urgent reduction of the fracture, followed by an on-table angiogram or arterial exploration
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Urgent reduction of the fracture, followed by an on-table angiogram or arterial exploration

DISCUSSION: This patient has a probable vascular injury based on absent pulses and a Doppler examination. Since 7 hours have elapsed since the injury, immediate restoration of blood flow is imperative. Angiography with the fracture in a displaced position will be misleading. The patient should undergo urgent reduction of the fracture and an on-table angiogram or arterial exploration, followed by fracture and vascular repair.

REFERENCES

Johnson KD: Femur: Trauma, in Frymoyer JW (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 4: Home Study Syllabus. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1993, pp 559-567.

Johnson KD: Femoral shaft fractures, in Browner BD, Jupiter JB, Levine AM, et al (eds): Skeletal Trauma. Philadelphia, PA, WB Saunders, 1992, vol 2, pp 1575-1576.

512
Q

A 36-year-old man sustains the injury seen in Figure 3A and 3B. Examination reveals a 3-cm wound overlying the site of the ulnar fracture. The neurovascular status of the limb is normal. In addition to tetanus prophylaxis, IV antibiotics, and urgent debridement, treatment should include which of the following?

  1. Splint immobilization without an attempt at fracture reduction
  2. Closed reduction and splint immobilization
  3. Open reduction and internal fixation of both bones of the forearm
  4. External fixation of the ulna with splint supplementation
  5. External fixation of the ulna, and open reduction and plate fixation of the radius
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Open reduction and internal fixation of both bones of the forearm

DISCUSSION: The patient has a type II open fracture of the forearm, and assuming treatment takes place less than 24 hours after the injury, open reduction and plate fixation is the preferred method for stabilization of types I, II, and IIIA open forearm fractures.

REFERENCES

Moed BR, Kellam JF, Foster RJ, et al: Immediate internal fixation of open fractures of the diaphysis of the forearm. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1986;68:1008-1017.

Duncan R, Geissler W, Freeland AE, et al: Immediate internal fixation of open fractures of the diaphysis of the forearm. J Orthop Trauma 1992;6:25-31.

513
Q

What artery is the primary blood supply to the humeral head?

  1. Thoracoacromial
  2. Posterior humeral circumflex
  3. Anterior humeral circumflex
  4. Suprascapular
  5. Suprahumeral
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Anterior humeral circumflex

DISCUSSION: The primary blood supply to the humeral head is the arcuate artery, which is a continuation of the ascending branch of the anterior humeral circumflex artery. All five vessels mentioned and the subscapular artery supply blood to the rotator cuff.

REFERENCES

Bigliani LU: Fractures of the proximal humerus, in Rockwood CA Jr, Matsen FA III: The Shoulder. Philadelphia, PA, WB Saunders, 1990, vol 1, pp 280-281.

Rothman RH, Parke WW: The vascular anatomy of the rotator cuff. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1965;41:176-186.

514
Q

What nerve lies in the subcutaneous tissue immediately lateral to the cephalic vein at the elbow?

  1. Radial
  2. Ulnar
  3. Median
  4. Lateral antebrachial cutaneous
  5. Medial antebrachial cutaneous
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Lateral antebrachial cutaneous

DISCUSSION: The lateral antebrachial cutaneous nerve is a continuation of the musculocutaneous nerve after it has supplied three muscles in the arm. As it emerges laterally from between the biceps and brachialis at the elbow, the nerve is now purely sensory and passes lateral to the cephalic vein.

REFERENCE

Netter FH: Atlas of Human Anatomy. Summit, NJ, Ciba-Geigy Corp, 1989, plate 423.

515
Q

A 25-year-old man has a midshaft femoral fracture with 25% comminution and is undergoing closed intramedullary nailing. Proximal locking is performed uneventfully; however, during distal locking screw insertion, only one of the screws is noted to have bone purchase. Which of the following procedures is the best solution to this problem?

  1. Leave only one distal screw; this will provide adequate fixation.
  2. Exchange the nail for one either longer or shorter, and relock at a new level.
  3. Insert methylmethacrylate cement into the hole and redrill when the cement hardens.
  4. Insert a screw through the hole either anterior or posterior to the intramedullary nail locking hole.
  5. Insert a small-diameter threaded pin at a different angle through the locking hole.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Leave only one distal screw; this will provide adequate fixation.

DISCUSSION: For the majority of femoral diaphyseal fractures above the distal third, one distal locking screw is sufficient. Fractures located in the distal third will often require the addition of a second locking screw.

REFERENCES

Hajek PD, Bicknell HR Jr, Bronson WE, et al: The use of one compared with two distal screws in the treatment of femoral shaft fractures with interlocking intramedullary nailing: A clinical and biomechanical analysis. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1993;75:519-525.

Grover J, Wiss DA: A prospective study of fractures of the femoral shaft treated with a static, intramedullary, interlocking nail comparing one versus two distal screws. Orthop Clin North Am 1995;26:139-146.

516
Q

Which of the following organisms is most commonly isolated in acute necrotizing fasciitis?

  1. Group A streptococcus
  2. Group D streptococcus
  3. Pseudomonas aeruginosa
  4. Staphylococcus aureus
  5. Clostridium difficile
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Group A streptococcus

DISCUSSION: Many cases of acute necrotizing fasciitis involve a synergy of several organisms. The most commonly isolated organism, singly or in combination, is a group A streptococcus.

REFERENCES

Wang KC, Shih CH: Necrotizing fasciitis of the extremities. J Trauma 1992;32:179-182.

Meleney FL: Hemolytic streptococcus gangrene. Arch Surg 1924;9:317-364.

517
Q

A 23-year-old man sustains the injury shown in Figures 4A and 4B. In association with this injury, which of the following nerves is most commonly injured?

  1. Axillary
  2. Median
  3. Musculocutaneous
  4. Radial
  5. Ulnar
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Axillary

DISCUSSION: An anterior dislocation of the shoulder is shown in Figures 4A and 4B. The axillary nerve is the most commonly involved nerve, having an incidence ranging from 5% to 33% for first-time anterior glenohumeral dislocations. The likelihood of injury to the axillary nerve increases with age and the duration of the dislocation. It is usually a traction neurapraxia but the prognosis for recovery is good.

REFERENCES

Blom S, Dahlback LO: Nerve injuries in dislocations of the shoulder joint and fractures of the neck of the humerus: A clinical and electromyographical study. Acta Chir Scand 1970;136:461-466.

Rockwood CA Jr, Thomas SC, Matsen FA III: Subluxation and dislocations about the glenohumeral joint, in Rockwood CA Jr, Green DP, Bucholz RW (eds): Rockwood & Green’s Fractures in Adults, ed 3. Philadelphia, PA, JB Lippincott, 1991, pp 1021-1179.

518
Q

A 23-year-old man has an isolated open tibial fracture without distal neurologic or vascular compromise following a motorcycle accident. After undergoing skeletal stabilization and several debridements, a clean 6 x 6-cm wound remains over the anteromedial surface of the distal third of the tibia. The tibia is exposed throughout the length of the wound and the periosteum has been stripped. What is the best option for wound management at this time?

  1. Split-thickness skin graft
  2. Free muscle transfer
  3. Soleus muscle flap
  4. Medial gastrocnemius muscle flap
  5. Cross-leg gastrocnemius flap
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Free muscle transfer

DISCUSSION: Exposed bone cannot be adequately covered by a skin graft alone. The medial gastrocnemius muscle is preferred for coverage of exposed bone in the proximal third of the tibia, and the soleus muscle flap is preferred for coverage of exposed bone in the middle third of the tibia. Neither of these pedicle grafts, however, can adequately reach the distal third of the tibia. Cross-leg gastrocnemius flaps have been previously used with some success in the treatment of contralateral leg soft-tissue defects; however, this technique is awkward and uncomfortable for the patient and requires prolonged hospitalization. In the United States, free muscle transfer is more frequently used.

REFERENCES

Trafton PG: Tibial shaft fractures, in Browner BD, Jupiter JB, Levine AM, et al (eds): Skeletal Trauma. Philadelphia, PA, WB Saunders, 1992, vol 2, pp 1800-1803.

Wood MB, Cooney WP, Irons GB: Lower extremity salvage and reconstruction by free-tissue transfer: Analysis of results. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1985;201:151-161.

519
Q

What is the main disadvantage of using antibiotic-impregnated polymethylmethacrylate beads to treat infected or contaminated wounds?

  1. Local toxicity
  2. Systemic toxicity
  3. Inadequate antibiotic elution
  4. Foreign body reaction
  5. Allergic reaction
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Foreign body reaction

DISCUSSION: The main disadvantage is that the polymethylmethacrylate beads act as a foreign body. Antibiotic elution, low toxicity, and minimal allergic reactions are considered advantages.

REFERENCE

Patzakis MJ, Mazur K, Wilkins J, et al: Septopal beads and autogenous bone grafting for bone defects in patients with chronic osteomyelitis. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1993;295:112-118.

520
Q

Which of the following preoperative findings correlates best with results after operative fixation of the calcaneus?

  1. Displacement of the sustentaculum tali
  2. Displacement of the lateral wall
  3. Number of major fragments of the posterior facet
  4. Diminution of Bohler’s angle
  5. Amount of heel varus
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Number of major fragments of the posterior facet

DISCUSSION: Satisfactory results correlate with fewer fragments of the posterior facet. Two-part fractures have a good outcome, whereas four-part fractures tend to do poorly. Varus and lateral wall displacement that occur postoperatively predict a poor result, but the presence of these findings preoperatively is common and indicate a need for surgery.

REFERENCE

Sanders R, Fortin P, DiPasquale T, Walling A: Operative treatment in 120 displaced intraarticular calcaneal fractures: Results using a prognostic computed tomography scan classification. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1993;290:87-95.

521
Q

A 30-year-old man underwent an intramedullary nailing for a closed midthird tibial fracture 2 months ago. He has had pain and erythema in the area of the fracture for the past 3 days, and radiographs show a midthird tibia fracture with an interlocking nail in place. Which of the following tests would be most appropriate to obtain a diagnosis?

  1. Erythrocyte sedimentation rate
  2. MRI scan
  3. CT scan
  4. Aspiration of the fracture site
  5. Indium-labeled white blood cell scan
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Aspiration of the fracture site

DISCUSSION: Aspiration of the fracture site and testing the aspiration fluid by Gram stain, culture, and sensitivities is the best way to confirm the diagnosis. The other tests are either nondiagnostic or do not make a specific diagnosis.

REFERENCES

Patzakis MJ: Management of osteomyelitis, in Operative Orthopaedics, ed 2. Philadelphia, PA, JB Lippincott, 1993, p 3335.

Zych GA, Hutson JJ Jr: Diagnosis and management of infection after tibial intramedullary nailing. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1995;315:153-162.

522
Q

A patient with a type IIIB open tibia fracture is treated with intravenous gentamicin and ceftazidime for an infection. The patient experiences frequent, loose, and watery stools, and a stool assay for Clostridium difficile toxin is positive. Which of the following antibiotics should be administered?

  1. Tobramycin
  2. Ampicillin
  3. Metronidazole
  4. Cefazolin
  5. Clindamycin
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Metronidazole

DISCUSSION: The antibiotics associated with Clostridium difficile colitis in orthopaedic patients include clindamycin, cefazolin, and aminoglycosides. The recommended treatment is either oral metronidazole or vancomycin, administered for 72 hours.

REFERENCE

Clarke HJ, Jinnah RH, Byank RP, Cox QG: Clostridium difficile infection in orthopaedic patients. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1990;72:1056-1059.

523
Q

A 21-year-old man sustained a displaced pelvic fracture after falling 40 feet from a scaffold. Examination reveals the presence of blood in the urethral meatus. Which of the following measures is most likely to complicate urologic management?

  1. Intravenous pyelography
  2. Placement of a Foley catheter
  3. Placement of suprapubic catheter
  4. Rectal examination
  5. Retrograde cystogram
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Placement of a Foley catheter

DISCUSSION: The incidence of urologic injury in association with pelvic fractures is 30%, and the finding of blood in the urethral meatus suggests the presence of a urethral tear. Placement of a urethral catheter may precipitate further dissection of a preexisting urethral tear. Appropriate evaluation would include a rectal examination and retrograde cystogram prior to catheter placement. Intravenous pyelography may also be an appropriate part of the evaluation of hematuria. A suprapubic catheter may be appropriate treatment for an isolated urethral tear; however, it may complicate any required or planned pelvic internal fixation.

REFERENCE

Colapinto V: Trauma to the pelvis: Urethral injury. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1980;151:46-55.

524
Q

Which of the following is the most appropriate treatment for an acute comminuted radial head fracture, in association with an Essex-Lopresti injury (radioulnar dissociation)?

  1. Radial head preservation
  2. Radial head excision
  3. Suave-Kapandji procedure
  4. Darrach procedure
  5. Radioulnar synostosis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Radial head preservation

DISCUSSION: An Essex-Lopresti injury consists of a fracture of the radial head, disruption of the radio-ulnar interosseous membrane, and dislocation of the distal radioulnar joint. The diagnosis is frequently made late, ie, after excision of a comminuted radial head fracture, after pain develops at the distal radio-ulnar joint, and radiographs show progressive positive ulnar variance and/or dislocation due to proximal migration of the radial shaft. Patients who have undergone reduction and internal fixation of the radial head or replacement have done better than those who have had excision. Concurrent treatment should include reduction of the distal radioulnar joint and temporary stabilization.

REFERENCES

Trousdale RT, Amadio PC, Cooney WP, et al: Radio-ulnar dissociation: A review of twenty cases. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1992;74:1486-1497.

Bruckner JD, Alexander AH, Lichtman DM: Acute dislocations of the distal radioulnar joint. Instr Course Lect 1996;45:27-36.

525
Q

Which of the following nerves is most likely to be injured during percutaneous pinning of pediatric supracondylar humeral fractures?

  1. Ulnar
  2. Median
  3. Radial
  4. Lateral antebrachial
  5. Medial antebrachial
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Ulnar

DISCUSSION: Although radial nerve injury has been reported as a result of direct pin trauma, the ulnar nerve is most susceptible to injury because of its proximity to the supracondylar humeral region in the cubital tunnel.

REFERENCE

Royce RO, Dutkowsky JP, Kasser JR, et al: Neurologic complications after K-wire fixation of supracondylar humerus fractures in children. J Pediatr Orthop 1991;11:191-194.

526
Q

A 23-year-old man is experiencing impotence and penile numbness following intramedullary nailing for a femoral shaft fracture. Which of the following conditions is a likely cause of these symptoms?

  1. Unrecognized urologic trauma
  2. Injury to S2-S3
  3. Injury to the penis from the traction post
  4. Pudendal nerve palsy
  5. Posttraumatic stress
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Pudendal nerve palsy

DISCUSSION: The pudendal nerve is vulnerable to injury during intramedullary nailing of the femur. This has been attributed to prolonged traction or improper positioning.

REFERENCE

Kao JT, Burton D, Comstock C, McClellan RT, Carragee E: Pudendal nerve palsy after femoral intramedullary nailing. J Orthop Trauma 1993;7:58-63.

527
Q

A 37-year-old man sustains an isolated injury to his right arm as the result of being struck by a car. Examination reveals that the radial and ulnar pulses are normal, and the neurologic examination reveals that he is unable to extend the wrist, fingers, or thumb. A radiograph of the right humerus is shown in Figure 5. Management should consist of

  1. plate osteosynthesis via an anterolateral approach.
  2. external fixation.
  3. closed reduction and application of a splint.
  4. exploration of the radial nerve and a locked intramedullary nail.
  5. electrodiagnostic studies of the radial nerve.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. closed reduction and application of a splint.

DISCUSSION: The patient has a high-energy closed humeral shaft fracture with an immediate complete radial nerve palsy. Closed reduction and application of a splint yield excellent results in closed humeral shaft fractures. With observation, the prognosis of the nerve injury is favorable for return of extension. Indications for surgical treatment, such as open an fracture, vascular injury, a floating elbow, or associated intra-articular fractures, are not present. Exploration of radial nerve injuries has not been shown to improve the neurologic outcome.

Distal humeral shaft fracture spiral configuration with association with radial nerve palsy = Holstein Lewis fracture

Acceptability criteria of closed reduction management:

Twenty degrees of anterior angulation, 30 degrees of varus angulation, and up to 3 cm of bayonet apposition are acceptable and will not compromise function or appearance

Imobilization :

  1. Hanging cast: This utilizes dependency traction by the weight of the cast and arm to effect fracture reduction.
  • Indications include displaced midshaft humeral fractures with shortening, particularly spiral or oblique patterns. Transverse or short oblique fractures represent relative contraindications because of the potential for distraction and healing complications.
  • The patient must remain upright or semiupright at all times with the cast in a dependent position for effectiveness.
  • It is frequently exchanged for functional bracing 1 to 2 weeks after injury.
  • More than 95% union is reported.
  1. Coaptation splint: This utilizes dependency traction to effect fracture reduction, but with greater stabilization and less distraction than a hanging arm cast. The forearm is suspended in a collar and cuff.
  • It is indicated for the acute treatment of humeral shaft fractures with minimal shortening and for short oblique or transverse fracture patterns that may displace with a hanging arm cast.
  • Disadvantages include irritation of the patient’s axilla and the potential for splint slippage.
  • It is frequently exchanged for functional bracing 1 to 2 weeks after injury.
  1. Thoracobrachial immobilization (Velpeau dressing): This is used in elderly patients or children who are unable to tolerate other methods of treatment and in whom comfort is the primary concern.
  • It is indicated for minimally displaced or nondisplaced fractures that do not require reduction.
  • Passive shoulder pendulum exercises may be performed within 1 to 2 weeks after injury.
  • It may be exchanged for functional bracing 1 to 2 weeks after injury.
  1. Shoulder spica cast: This has limited application, because operative management is typically performed for the same indications.
  • It is indicated when the fracture pattern necessitates significant abduction and external rotation of the upper extremity.
  • Disadvantages include difficulty of cast application, cast weight and bulkiness, skin irritation, patient discomfort, and inconvenient upper extremity position.
  1. Functional bracing: This utilizes hydrostatic soft tissue compression to effect and maintain fracture alignment while allowing motion of adjacent joints.
    * It is typically applied 1 to 2 weeks after injury, after the patient has been placed in a hanging arm cast or coaptation splint and swelling has subsided.

It consists of an anterior and posterior shell held together with Velcro straps.
Success depends on an upright patient and brace tightening daily.
Contraindications include massive soft tissue injury, an unreliable patient, and an inability to obtain or maintain acceptable fracture reduction.
A collar and cuff may be used to support the forearm, but sling application may result in varus angulation.
The functional brace is worn for a minimum of 8 weeks after fracture or until radiographic evidence of union.

REFERENCES

Levine AM (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Trauma. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1996, pp 25-34.

Zagorski JB, Latta LL, Zych GA, Finnieston AR: Diaphyseal fractures of the humerus: Treatment with prefabricated braces. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1988;70:607-610.

528
Q

During four-compartment fasciotomy for compartment syndrome of the leg, what nerves are decompressed in the anterior and lateral compartments, respectively?

  1. Posterior tibial and superficial peroneal
  2. Superficial peroneal and sural
  3. Deep peroneal and sural
  4. Deep peroneal and saphenous
  5. Deep peroneal and superficial peroneal
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Deep peroneal and superficial peroneal

DISCUSSION: The leg has four fascial compartments. The anterior compartment contains the anterior tibial artery and deep peroneal nerve. The lateral compartment contains the superficial peroneal nerve until it exits superficially distally. The deep posterior compartment contains the posterior tibial artery and tibial nerve, as well as the peroneal artery. The superficial posterior compartment contains the sural nerve. The saphenous nerve is subcutaneous or outside the crural fascia.

REFERENCE

Last RJ: Anatomy, Regional and Applied, ed 6. Edinburgh, Scotland, Churchill Livingstone, 1978, pp 170-175

529
Q

An iliosacral screw that exits just anterior to the S1 body is most likely to injure which of the following structures?

  1. L4 nerve root
  2. L5 nerve root
  3. S1 nerve root
  4. S2 nerve root
  5. External iliac artery
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. L5 nerve root

DISCUSSION: The fifth lumbar nerve root with its continuation as the lumbosacral trunk is relatively fixed to the sacral ala with fibrous connective tissue and is the structure at greatest risk along the path described. A screw that is too long and is aimed at and penetrates the sacral ala anterior to S1 or a screw aimed into the body of S1 that misses anteriorly may result in injury to the L5 nerve root. Vascular structures are also at risk, but the internal iliac vein is closer to the sacrum.

REFERENCES

Ebraheim NA, Lu J, Biyani A, Huntoon M, Yeasting RA: The relationship of lumbosacral plexus to the sacrum and the sacroiliac joint. Am J Orthop 1997;26:105-110.

Dietemann JL, Sick H, Wolfram-Gabel R, et al: Anatomy and computed tomography of the normal lumbosacral plexus. Neuroradiology 1987;29:58-68.

Kellam JF, Browner BD: Fractures of the pelvic ring, in Browner BD, Jupiter JB, Levine AM, et al (eds): Skeletal Trauma. Philadelphia, PA, WB Saunders, 1992, pp 849-897.

530
Q

Which of the following is considered the most common complication following intramedullary nailing of a closed tibial fracture?

  1. Infection
  2. Nonunion
  3. Malunion
  4. Knee pain
  5. Compartment syndrome
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Knee pain

DISCUSSION: Knee pain has been recognized as a significant complication after tibial nailing and was first described by Court-Brown and associates. Its incidence has been reported at a rate of 40% to 56% in some studies, and it is considered a significant complication that often leads to removal of the hardware. The other complications all occur much less frequently, with infection occurring at a rate of 1% to 3%, nonunion at 2% to 5%, malunion at 2% to 5%, and compartment syndrome at a rate of 0% to 10%.

REFERENCES

Court-Brown CM, Gustilo T, Shaw AD: Knee pain after intramedullary tibial nailing: Its incidence, etiology, and outcome. J Orthop Trauma 1997;11:103-105.

Keating JF, Orfaly R, O’Brien PJ: Knee pain after tibial nailing. J Orthop Trauma 1997;11:10-13.

531
Q

A patient has a swollen, tender hindfoot with focal tenderness beneath the heel after falling 12 feet. Radiographs and a CT scan are negative. An MRI scan would most likely reveal which of the following conditions?

  1. Occult subcortical fracture of the calcaneus
  2. Acute osteonecrosis
  3. Compression of the tibial nerve (tarsal tunnel syndrome)
  4. Rupture of the posterior tibial tendon
  5. Rupture of the plantar fascia
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Rupture of the plantar fascia

DISCUSSION: Falls from a height may damage the plantar fascia near the origin on the calcaneus or in the midfascia, and an MRI scan would most likely reveal this condition. An MRI scan is unlikely to reveal a fracture not seen on a CT scan. Acute osteonecrosis (bone bruise) has not been correlated with symptoms in patients who have sustained blunt trauma to the heel. The patient’s symptoms are not consistent with a tarsal tunnel syndrome, and the physical findings do not support a diagnosis of posterior tibial tendon injury.

REFERENCES

Weinstabl R, Stiskal M, Neuhold A, et al: Classifying calcaneal tendon injury according to MRI findings. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1991;73:683-685.

Levine AM (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Trauma. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1996, pp 191-209.

532
Q

Which of the following treatment principles for tarsometatarsal joint (Lisfranc) injuries has resulted in improved clinical outcomes?

  1. Early treatment of compartment syndrome
  2. Early treatment of dorsal nerve injury
  3. Closed reduction and percutaneous pin fixation
  4. Open joint reduction and internal fixation
  5. Rigid transarticular fixation
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Open joint reduction and internal fixation

DISCUSSION: Restoration of joint alignment via open reduction and transarticular fixation for displaced tarsometatarsal fracture-dislocations has resulted in a clinical success rate of 70%. Fixation with screws or Kirschner wires does not appreciably change the radiographic and clinical results. There are not enough reported cases of nerve injury or untreated compartment syndrome to know if they contribute significantly to poor clinical results. There is ample evidence that early restoration of joint congruity has improved outcomes over nonanatomic treatments.

REFERENCES

Brunet JA, Wiley JJ: The late results of tarsometatarsal joint injuries. J Bone Joint Surg Br, 1987;69:437-440.

Arntz CT, Veith RG, Hansen ST Jr: Fractures and fracture-dislocations of the tarsometatarsal joint. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1988;70:173-181.

533
Q

Which of the following is considered the most common cause of a poor functional prognosis after an unstable posterior pelvic ring injury?

  1. Residual displacement causing a leg-length discrepancy of less than 1.0 cm
  2. Persistent neurologic deficit
  3. Malreduced sacroiliac joint
  4. Genitourinary dysfunction
  5. Fracture nonunion
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Malreduced sacroiliac joint

DISCUSSION: It has been long recognized that the persistent malreduction of a sacroiliac (SI) dislocation leads to a high degree of debilitating pain. A study by Dujardin and associates confirms that exact reduction of pure SI lesions is critical for good functional results. Small leg-length discrepancies are generally well tolerated. Persistent neurologic deficits often are not associated with pain, and despite previous reports, have shown improvement over time. Long-term genitourinary dysfunction and fracture nonunion are uncommon.

REFERENCES

Dujardin FH, Hossenbaccus M, Duparc F, Biga N, Thomine JM: Long-term functional prognosis of posterior injuries in high-energy pelvic disruption. J Orthop Trauma 1998;12:145-151.

Tornetta P III, Matta JM: Outcome of operatively treated unstable posterior pelvic ring disruptions. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1996;329:186-193.

534
Q

The acute mortality rate after multiple trauma is most frequently related to involvement of which of the following systems?

  1. Pulmonary
  2. Cardiac
  3. Central nervous system
  4. Multiple open long-bone fractures (musculoskeletal)
  5. Genitourinary
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Central nervous system

DISCUSSION: Acute mortality secondary to multiple injuries is most frequently associated with severe head injuries.

REFERENCES

Swiontkowski MF: The multiply injured patient with musculoskeletal injuries, in Rockwood CA, Green DP, Bucholz RW (eds): Rockwood and Green’s Fractures in Adults. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott-Raven, 1996, pp 121-157.

Copes WS, Champion HR, Sacco WJ, et al: The Injury Severity Score revisited. J Trauma 1988;28:69-77.

535
Q

Which of the following is considered the most reliable early clinical finding for hemorrhagic shock?

  1. Decreased systolic blood pressure
  2. Decreased diastolic blood pressure
  3. Decreased hemoglobin level
  4. Low urine output
  5. Tachycardia
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Tachycardia

DISCUSSION: Because there are no laboratory tests to diagnose shock, the initial treatment of hemorrhagic shock is recognizing the problem. In most patients with hemorrhagic shock, tachycardia is the earliest measurable sign. Cutaneous vasoconstriction is also an early clinical finding. A drop in systolic blood pressure is often a late finding in hemorrhagic shock. As much as 30% of circulatory blood volume can be lost prior to any change in the systolic blood pressure. In an early state of shock, diastolic blood pressure is increased because of arterial vasoconstriction, which leads to a narrow pulse pressure. A decreased hemoglobin level is an uncommon finding in an early state of hemorrhagic shock. If present, it may indicate massive hemorrhage or preexisting anemia. Blood flow to the kidneys, heart, and brain is relatively preserved in the early state of shock.

REFERENCES

Collicott PE: Initial management of the trauma patient, in Moore EE, Mattox KL, Felician DV (eds): Trauma, ed 2. East Norwalk, CT, Appleton & Lange, 1991, pp 114-115.

Advanced Trauma Life Support for Doctors: Student Course Manual, ed 6. Chicago, IL, American College of Surgeons, 1997, pp 89-91.

536
Q

After undergoing a closed unreamed tibial nailing, a patient is diagnosed with an isolated anterior leg compartment syndrome. However, no treatment is initiated because the patient is thought to have a nerve palsy. Which of the following findings should be present at 2 weeks when the cast is removed?

  1. Drop foot and numbness in the first web space of the foot
  2. Calcaneal deformity of the ankle
  3. Rigid equinus deformity
  4. Plantar foot numbness
  5. Supple claw toes
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Drop foot and numbness in the first web space of the foot

DISCUSSION: In the acute phase, anterior leg compartment syndrome may look identical to a peroneal nerve palsy; however, with removal of the cast, the patient will most likely have a drop foot and numbness in the first web space of the foot. Calcaneal deformity of the ankle is unlikely to develop following anterior leg compartment syndrome. Deep posterior compartment syndrome most often results in a rigid equinus deformity or claw toes.

REFERENCES

Moed BR, Strom DE: Compartment syndrome after closed intramedullary nailing of the tibia: A canine model and report of two cases. J Orthop Trauma 1991;5:71-77.

Tischenko GJ, Goodman SB: Compartment syndrome after intramedullary nailing of the tibia. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1990;72:41-44.

Tornetta P III, French BG: Compartment pressures during nonreamed tibial nailing without traction. J Orthop Trauma 1997;11:24-27.

537
Q

Which of the following nerve roots is at risk during anterior placement of the iliosacral screw in the treatment of sacroiliac disruptions?

  1. L3
  2. L4
  3. L5
  4. S1
  5. S2
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. L5

DISCUSSION: The L5 root exits between the L5-S1 junction and travels anterior to the sacral alar surface. A screw directed into the sacral vertebral body that is out of the bone can endanger this root.

REFERENCES

Levine AM (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Trauma. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1996, pp 241-248.

Matta JM, Saucedo T: Internal fixation of pelvic ring fractures. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1989;242:83-97.

538
Q

Which of the following CT scans will best help evaluate a calcaneal fracture?

  1. 3-D reconstructions
  2. Sagittal reconstructions
  3. Axial and semicoronal planes
  4. Sections parallel to the posterior facet of the calcaneus
  5. Sections perpendicular to the anterior facet of the calcaneus
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Axial and semicoronal planes

DISCUSSION: The most information is obtained with a CT scan performed in the axial and semicoronal planes. Only the surface of the bone is illustrated with 3-D reconstructions. Sagittal reconstructions are rarely of value. The semicoronal plane should be perpendicular to the posterior facet of the calcaneus, not parallel to it.

REFERENCES

Benirschke SK, Sangeorzan BJ: Extensive intra-articular fractures of the foot: Surgical management of calcaneal fractures. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1993;292:128-134.

Crosby LA, Fitzgibbons T: Computerized tomography scanning of acute intra-articular fractures of the calcaneus: A new classification system. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1990;72:852-859.

Sanders R: Trauma to the calcaneus and its tendon: Fractures of the calcaneus, in Jahss MH (ed): Disorders of the Foot and Ankle: Medical and Surgical Management, ed 2. Philadelphia, PA, WB Saunders, 1991, pp 2326-2354.

539
Q

A patient with an acromioclavicular dislocation has a very prominent distal clavicle. Examination reveals that the deformity increases rather than reduces with an isometric shoulder shrug. Which of the following structures is most likely intact?

  1. Trapezoid ligament
  2. Conoid ligament
  3. Acromioclavicular ligament
  4. Deltoid muscle origin
  5. Trapezius muscle insertion
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Trapezius muscle insertion

DISCUSSION: Severely displaced acromioclavicular injuries disrupt the deltotrapezial fascia and muscular origin in addition to the ligaments (acromioclavicular and coracoclavicular or trapezoid and conoid). When the deltoid is still attached to the clavicle, an isometric shoulder shrug will tend to reduce the displacement. When the deltoid is detached but the trapezius is attached, this manuever will increase the deformity and surgery may be indicated.

REFERENCE

Weinstein DM, McCann PD, McIlveen SJ, Flatow EL, Bigliani LU: Surgical treatment of complete acromioclavicular dislocations. Am J Sports Med 1995;23:324-331.

540
Q

Posterior sternoclavicular dislocations are most commonly associated with which of the following complications?

  1. Chronic instability
  2. Brachial plexus palsy
  3. Pneumothorax
  4. Esophageal compression
  5. Tracheal compression
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Tracheal compression

DISCUSSION: Posterior sternoclavicular dislocations are commonly associated with tracheal compression, which can be a life-threatening condition requiring immediate reduction. The other listed complications are less common.

REFERENCES

Brooks AL, Henning GD: Injury to the proximal clavicular epiphysis, abstracted. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1972;54:1347-1348.

Mooney JF III: Shoulder and arm: Pediatric aspects, in Beaty JH (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 6. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1999, pp 255-260.

541
Q

During an anterior approach to the shoulder, excessive traction on the conjoined tendon is most likely to result in loss of

  1. elbow flexion.
  2. shoulder flexion.
  3. shoulder internal rotation.
  4. shoulder abduction.
  5. forearm pronation.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. elbow flexion.

DISCUSSION: The musculocutaneous nerve travels through the conjoined tendon approximately 8 cm distal to the tip of the acromion. The musculocutaneous nerve innervates the biceps muscle and the brachialis muscle, both of which are responsible for elbow flexion. Shoulder flexion is facilitated by the anterior fibers of the deltoid muscle (axillary nerve) and the supraspinatus muscle (suprascapular nerve). The subscapular muscle facilitates internal rotation of the shoulder (upper and lower subscapularis nerve). Shoulder abduction is performed by the deltoid muscle (axillary nerve), and forearm pronation is facilitated by the pronator teres (median nerve).

REFERENCES

Hollinshead WH: Anatomy for Surgeons: The Back and Limbs, ed 3. Philadelphia, PA, Harper and Row, 1982, pp 391-393.

Hoppenfeld S, deBoer P: Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics: The Anatomic Approach, ed 2. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott-Raven, 1992, pp 2-49.

542
Q

Which of the following nerves is most commonly injured when obtaining a bone graft from the posterior ilium?

  1. Lateral femoral cutaneous
  2. Superior gluteal
  3. Cluneal
  4. L5 nerve root
  5. S1 nerve root
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Cluneal

DISCUSSION: Cutaneous sensation to the buttock is provided by the superior, middle, and inferior cluneal nerves. The superior cluneal nerves are the lateral branches of the dorsal rami of the upper three lumbar nerves and penetrate deep fascia just proximal to the iliac crest. They pass distally to the skin of the buttock and will be injured if the exposure extends more than 8 cm anterolateral to the posterior superior iliac spine. The lateral femoral cutaneous nerve can be injured in an anterior ilium bone graft. The superior gluteal nerve or even the sciatic nerve can be injured if bone is removed from the sciatic notch or dissection is not kept subperiosteal; however, the rate of injury is far less than cluneal nerve injury. The L5 and S1 nerve roots are anterior and can be injured if the inner table bone is harvested and the dissection is not kept subperiosteal or is too medial; however, the rate of injury still is far less than cluneal nerve injury.

REFERENCES

Hoppenfeld S, deBoer P: Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics: The Anatomic Approach. Philadelphia, PA, JB Lippincott, 1984, pp 295-297.

Hollinshead WH: Textbook of Anatomy, ed 3. Hagerstown, MD, Harper and Row, 1974, p 379.

Last RJ: Anatomy: Regional and Applied, ed 6. London, England, Churchill Livingstone, 1978, p 23.

Ebraheim NA, Elgafy H, Xu R: Bone-graft harvesting from iliac and fibular donor sites: Techniques and complications. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 2001;9:210-218.

543
Q

Which of the following ligaments is most commonly involved in posterolateral rotatory instability of the elbow?

  1. Annular
  2. Lateral ulnar collateral
  3. Anterior band of the medial collateral
  4. Radial part of the lateral collateral
  5. Posterior capsular
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Lateral ulnar collateral

DISCUSSION: Recurrent posterolateral rotatory instability of the elbow is difficult to diagnose. Such instability can be demonstrated only by the lateral pivot-shift test. The cause for this condition is laxity of the ulnar part of the lateral collateral ligament, which allows a transient rotatory subluxation of the ulnohumeral joint and a secondary dislocation of the radiohumeral joint. The annular ligament remains intact, so the radioulnar joint does not dislocate. Treatment consists of surgical reconstruction of the lax ulnar part of the lateral collateral ligament. The anterior band is the most important part of the medial collateral ligament which is lax in valgus instability of the elbow.

REFERENCES

Morrey BF: Acute and chronic instability of the elbow. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 1996;4:117-128.

O’Driscoll SW, Bell DF, Morrey BF: Posterolateral rotatory instability of the elbow. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1991;73:440-446.

544
Q

A 28-year-old man sustains the closed injury shown in Figures 6A through 6C after falling 8 feet while rock climbing. Management should consist of

  1. open reduction and internal fixation via an anteromedial arthrotomy.
  2. talectomy.
  3. primary tibiotalocalcaneal arthrodesis.
  4. open reduction and internal fixation via a medial malleolar osteotomy and limited anterior lateral arthrotomy.
  5. closed reduction and a non-weight-bearing cast.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. open reduction and internal fixation via a medial malleolar osteotomy and limited anterior lateral arthrotomy

DISCUSSION: The radiographs show a comminuted talar body fracture. The goal of treatment is to minimize the risks of posttraumatic arthrosis of the ankle and subtalar joint and to maintain vascularity. Open reduction and internal fixation with an attempt at anatomic reduction will lead to improved outcomes. Attempting to repair this fracture via an arthrotomy only is extremely difficult, and the addition of a medial malleolar osteotomy is warranted. A limited anterior lateral arthrotomy with minimal soft-tissue stripping may assist with fixation of anterior-lateral and lateral fragments and allow better assessment of reduction of the major fracture line. Nonsurgical care would lead to inadequate reduction and increased risk of both ankle and hindfoot arthrosis. Talectomy and primary ankle and hindfoot arthrodesis should not be performed as primary surgical reconstructive options in this closed injury pattern.

REFERENCES

Sanders R: Fractures and fracture-dislocations of the talus, in Coughlin MJ, Mann RA (eds): Surgery of the Foot and Ankle, ed 7. St Louis, MO, Mosby, 1999, pp 1465-1518.

Grob D, Simpson LA, Weber BG, Bray T: Operative treatment of displaced talus fractures. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1985;199:88-96.

545
Q

A 20-year-old man sustains the injury shown in Figures 7A and 7B in a motorcycle accident. In addition to a prompt closed reduction, his outcome might be optimized by

  1. a subtalar arthrodesis.
  2. screw fixation of the talar neck.
  3. repair of the medial subtalar capsule.
  4. temporary transarticular pin fixation.
  5. evaluation for and excision or fixation of osteochondral fractures.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. evaluation for and excision or fixation of osteochondral fractures.

DISCUSSION: Lateral subtalar dislocations, which are less common than medial subtalar dislocations, are high-energy injuries that are frequently associated with small osteochondral fractures. It is generally recommended that large fragments be internally fixed, and small fragments entrapped within the joint be excised. Although arthrosis frequently occurs after this injury and is the most common long-term complication, primary subtalar arthrodesis is not indicated. A talar neck fracture is not evident on the radiographs, and lateral subtalar dislocation usually does not lead to instability.

REFERENCE

Saltzman C, Marsh JL: Hindfoot dislocations: When are they not benign? J Am Acad Orthop Surg 1997;5:192-198.

546
Q

Which of the following types of displaced posterior pelvic disruptions must undergo anatomic reduction and internal fixation to ensure the best clinical outcome?

  1. Sacral fracture through the foramen
  2. Sacral fracture through the ala
  3. Sacroiliac joint dislocation
  4. Reverse fracture-dislocation of the sacroiliac joint through the ilium
  5. Iliac wing fracture
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Sacroiliac joint dislocation

DISCUSSION: Although all of the above displaced injuries require reduction, the sacroiliac joint dislocation is a ligamentous injury. Without fixation, healing is unlikely and the result will be a painful dislocation. Both Holdsworth and Tile showed that the sacroiliac joint must be reduced anatomically and stabilized. The injuries through bone will unite fairly rapidly and, if reduced and stabilized with traction or external fixation, will generally result in an acceptable outcome unless modified by other associated problems such as neurologic injury.

REFERENCES

Tile M: Fractures of the Pelvis and the Acetabulum. Baltimore, MD, Williams and Wilkins, 1995.

Holdsworth F W: Dislocation and fracture dislocation of the pelvis. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1948;30:461-465.

Henderson RC: The long-term results of nonoperatively treated major pelvic disruptions. J Orthop Trauma 1989;3:41-47.

547
Q

A 28-year-old woman who is training for the New York Marathon reports pain in the posteromedial aspect of her right ankle. Examination reveals tenderness just posterior to the medial malleolus. Radiographs are normal. An MRI scan is shown in Figure 8. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Posterior tibial tendinitis
  2. Osteoid osteoma
  3. Posterior ankle impingement
  4. Tibial stress fracture
  5. Flexor hallucis longus tendinitis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4.Tibial stress fracture

DISCUSSION: Any of the above conditions is credible with a limited history. The MRI scan unequivocally shows the stress fracture in the distal tibia. Most tibial stress fractures can be managed with rest and immobilization.

REFERENCES

Boden BP, Osbahr DC: High risk stress fractures: Evaluation and treatment. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 2000;8:344-353.

Lee JK, Yao L: Stress fractures: MR imaging. Radiology 1988;169:217-220.

548
Q

A 10-year-old boy has a painful, swollen knee after falling off his bicycle. Examination reveals that the knee is held in 45° of flexion, and any attempt to actively or passively extend the knee produces pain and muscle spasms. A lateral radiograph is shown in Figure 9. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Patellar sleeve fracture
  2. Avulsion of the tibial tubercle
  3. Avulsion of the anterior tibial spine
  4. Osteochondral fracture of the femoral condyle
  5. Osteochondral fracture of the patella
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Patellar sleeve fracture

DISCUSSION: This is a typical patellar sleeve fracture. The patellar tendon avulses a portion of the distal bony patella, along with the retinaculum and articular cartilage from the inferior pole of the patella. It is common in children between ages 8 and 10 years. Anatomic reduction and repair of the extensor mechanism are mandatory to reestablish full knee extension.

REFERENCES

Houghton GR, Ackroyd CE: Sleeve fractures of the patella in children: A report of three cases. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1979;61:165-168.

Wu CD, Huang SC, Liu TK: Sleeve fracture of the patella in children: A report of five cases. Am J Sports Med 1991;19:525-528.

549
Q

Which of the following factors is considered most important when assessing an ankle fracture for surgical treatment?

  1. Level of the fibular fracture
  2. Displacement of the fibular fracture
  3. Size of the posterior malleolus
  4. Position of the talus in the mortise
  5. Rupture of the deltoid ligament
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Position of the talus in the mortise

DISCUSSION: Although all of these factors may influence the decision to perform surgery, the most important is the position of the talus in the mortise. The goal of treatment of ankle fractures is to maintain the talus centered in the mortise. If it is in this position, the other factors do not enter into the decision to intervene surgically.

REFERENCES

Stover MD, Kellam JF: Articular fractures: Principles, in Ruedi TP, Murphy WM (eds): AO Principles of Fracture Management. Stuttgart, Thieme, 2000, pp 105-119.

Hahn DM, Colton CL: Malleolar fractures, in Ruedi TP, Murphy WM (eds): AO Principles of Fracture Management. Stuttgart, Thieme, 2000, pp 559-581.

Tile M: Fractures of the ankle, in Schatzker J, Tile M (eds): Rationale of Operative Fracture Care, ed 2. Berlin, Springer-Verlag, 1998, pp 523-561.

550
Q

A 35-year-old woman who underwent open reduction and internal fixation of a calcaneal fracture 14 months ago reports pain that has failed to respond to nonsurgical management. Examination reveals limited painful subtalar motion but no hindfoot deformity. A lateral radiograph is shown in Figure 10. Surgical reconstruction is best accomplished with

  1. calcaneal osteotomy.
  2. subtalar joint arthrodesis.
  3. triple arthrodesis.
  4. pantalar arthrodesis.
  5. distraction bone block arthrodesis.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. subtalar joint arthrodesis.

DISCUSSION: The patient has posttraumatic subtalar joint arthrosis that developed following a calcaneal fracture. Because there is no hindfoot deformity, in situ subtalar joint arthrodesis is the treatment of choice. Calcaneal osteotomy or distraction bone block arthrodesis is beneficial in patients with severe talar dorsiflexion or malunion of the calcaneal body. Triple arthrodesis is not warranted without changes at the transverse tarsal joint, and typically even with injury into the calcaneocuboid joint, this joint is often asymptomatic. Pantalar arthrodesis is not indicated because the pathology is occurring at the subtalar joint and not in the ankle joint.

REFERENCES

Sanders R: Fractures and fracture-dislocations of the calcaneus, in Coughlin MJ, Mann RA (eds): Surgery of the Foot and Ankle, ed 7. St Louis, MO, Mosby, 1999, pp 1422-1464.

Juliano TJ, Myerson MS: Fractures of the hindfoot, in Myerson MS (ed): Foot and Ankle Disorders. Philadelphia, PA, WB Saunders, 2000, pp 1297-1340.

Chandler JT, Bonar SK, Anderson RB, Davis WH: Results of in situ subtalar arthrodesis for late sequelae of calcaneus fractures. Foot Ankle Int 1999;20:18-24.

551
Q

After stabilizing a bimalleolar ankle fracture with a plate and lag screws for the fibula and two interfragmental compression screws for the medial malleolus, a syndesmosis screw is indicated in which of the following situations?

  1. In all suprasyndesmotic fibular fractures
  2. In all transsyndesmotic fibular fractures
  3. When there is increased medial clear space with external rotation stress
  4. If the deltoid ligament is ruptured
  5. If the posterior malleolus is fractured
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. When there is increased medial clear space with external rotation stress

DISCUSSION: It is imperative to recognize the need for a position screw (syndesmosis screw) to hold the syndesmosis in proper alignment when surgically stabilizing an ankle fracture. Although many different fracture patterns are suspicious for a disrupted syndesmosis, the only sure way to assess the syndesmosis is to stress it with abduction and external rotation of the talus and attempt to displace the fibula from the incisura fibularis. Under fluoroscopy, the talus will move laterally and displace the fibula, show a valgus talar tilt, or show an increase in the medial clear space. If any or all of these signs occur, a syndesmosis screw is inserted after making sure that the fibula is reduced into the incisura fibularis. This screw may traverse three or four cortices but must not act as a lag screw. It usually is inserted with the ankle in maximal dorsiflexion, although this is probably not necessary because it is almost impossible to over-compress the syndesmosis. The diameter of the screw does not make any difference. It may or may not be removed, but not before 3 months.

REFERENCES

Tornetta P III, Spoo JE, Reynolds FA, Lee C: Overtightening of the ankle syndesmosis: Is it really possible? J Bone Joint Surg Am 2001;83:489-492.

Stover MD, Kellam JF: Articular fractures: Principles, in Ruedi TP, Murphy WM (eds): AO Principles of Fracture Management. Stuttgart, Thieme, 2000, pp 105-119.

Hahn DM, Colton CL: Malleolar fractures, in Ruedi TP, Murphy WM (eds): AO Principles of Fracture Management. Stuttgart, Thieme, 2000, pp 559-581.

Tile M: Fractures of the ankle, in Schatzker J, Tile M (eds): Rationale of Operative Fracture Care, ed 2. Berlin, Springer-Verlag, 1998, pp 523-561.

552
Q

The primary stabilizer to valgus stress in the elbow is the

  1. radiocapitellar joint.
  2. anterior oblique band of the medial collateral ligament.
  3. transverse band of the medial collateral ligament.
  4. posterior oblique band of the medial collateral ligament.
  5. ulnar trochlear articulation.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2, anterior oblique band of the medial collateral ligament

DISCUSSION: The anterior oblique band of the medial collateral ligament is the primary stabilizer to valgus stress, whereas the radiocapitellar joint provides secondary stability.

REFERENCE

Bennett JB: Articular injuries in the athlete, in Morrey BF (ed): The Elbow and Its Disorders, ed 2. Philadelphia, PA, WB Saunders, 1993, p 581.

553
Q

A 32-year-old man sustains an iliac wing fracture and a contralateral femur fracture. Twelve hours later he has shortness of breath with tachypnea, hypoxia, and confusion. A chest radiograph is normal. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Fat emboli syndrome
  2. Adult respiratory distress syndrome
  3. Pulmonary embolus
  4. Tension pneumothorax
  5. Sepsis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Fat emboli syndrome

DISCUSSION: A normal radiograph rules out a pneumothorax and adult respiratory distress syndrome. Sepsis usually does not occur during the first several days after nonpenetrating trauma. A pulmonary embolus is possible, but usually does not occur so early in a patient’s course. The most likely diagnosis is fat emboli syndrome. The clinical picture includes the most common findings after fat emboli, and the patient has a pelvic fracture and a femur fracture, both of which have been associated with fat emboli. Symptoms of fat emboli have been found in up to 10% of patients with multiple fractures. The incidence of clinically significant fat emboli has been significantly decreased with the use of early skeletal fixation.

REFERENCES

Bone L, Bucholz R: The management of fractures in the patient with multiple trauma. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1986;68:945-949.

Chan KM, Tham KT, Chiu HS, et al: Post-traumatic fat embolism: Its clinical and subclinical presentations. J Trauma 1984;24:45-49.

554
Q

The nerve that traverses the triangular interval (bounded by the teres major superiorly, the long head of the triceps medially, and the humeral shaft laterally) supplies which of the following muscles?

  1. Brachioradialis
  2. Flexor pollicis longus
  3. Deltoid
  4. Teres major
  5. Pronator teres
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Brachioradialis

DISCUSSION: The radial nerve and profunda brachii artery gain access to the posterior aspect of the arm through the triangular interval. The radial nerve supplies the brachioradialis.

REFERENCE

Netter FH: Atlas of Human Anatomy. Summit, NJ, Ciba-Geigy Corp, 1989, plate 401.

555
Q

A 24-year-old woman has a spleen laceration and hypotension. Radiographs reveal a pulmonary contusion and a displaced mid-diaphyseal fracture of the femur. The trauma surgeon clears the patient for stabilization of the femoral fracture. What technique will offer the least potential for initial complications?

  1. External fixation
  2. Plate fixation
  3. Unreamed unlocked intramedullary nailing
  4. Reamed statically locked intramedullary nailing
  5. Reamed unlocked nailing
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. External fixation

DISCUSSION: A concern in the multiply injured patient who has a pulmonary contusion is the potential for further pulmonary compromise because of embolization of marrow, blood clot, or fat during manipulation of the medullary canal. Recent evidence has shown that the presence of a lung injury is the most important determining factor in future deterioration. However, despite the lung injury and its potential consequences, this patient’s femur fracture needs stabilization. Because damage control in the multiply injured patient requires a technique that can be performed rapidly and consistently, the treatment of choice is application of an external fixator. By placing two pins above and below the fracture and with longitudinal traction, the fracture is quickly realigned and stabilized. This allows the patient to be resuscitated and treated at a later date when definitive management of the fracture can be carried out. There is little difference between plate fixation and intramedullary nailing.

REFERENCES

Bosse MJ, MacKenzie EJ, Riemer BL, et al: Adult respiratory distress syndrome, pneumonia, and mortality following thoracic injury and a femoral fracture treated with either intramedullary nailing with reaming or with a plate: A comparative study. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1997;79:799-809.

Scalea TM, Boswell SA, Scott JD, Mitchell KA, Kramer ME, Pollak AN: External fixation as a bridge to intramedullary nailing for patients with multiple injuries and with femur fractures: Damage control orthopedics. J Trauma 2000;48:613-623.

Pape HC, Auf’m’Kolk M, Puffrath T, et al: Primary intramedullary femur fixation in multiple trauma patients with associated lung contusion: A cause of posttraumatic ARDS? J Trauma 1993;34:540-548

556
Q

The use of nasotracheal intubation for airway management is contraindicated in the acute multiply injured patient when the patient has

  1. suspected cervical spine trauma.
  2. head injuries and spontaneous respirations.
  3. respiratory arrest.
  4. a need for prolonged ventilatory support.
  5. a hemopneumothorax.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. respiratory arrest.

DISCUSSION: The use of nasotracheal intubation is less desirable in patients with respiratory arrest because placement of the tube is most reliable when the patient is breathing. Nasotracheal intubation is advantageous in patients with suspected cervical spine trauma because it does not require hyperextension of the neck. A nasotracheal tube may be more comfortable than an orally placed tube because it is fixed at several points and moves less freely within the larynx, subglottic area, and trachea. The presence of a hemothorax or pneumothorax does not affect the choice of airway control but does require placement of a chest tube.

REFERENCES

Colice GL: Prolonged intubation versus tracheostomy in the adult. J Intern Care Med 1987;2:85.

Shackford S: Spine injury in the polytrauma patient: General surgical and orthopaedic considerations, in Levine AM, Eismont FJ, Garfin S, Zigler JE (eds): Spine Trauma. Philadelphia, PA, WB Saunders, 1998, pp 9-15.

557
Q

A 26-year-old man is brought to the emergency department unresponsive and intubated after being found lying on the side of the road. He has a Glasgow Coma Scale score of 6. A chest tube has been inserted on the right side of the chest for a pneumothorax. An abdominal CT scan reveals a small liver laceration and minimal intraperitoneal hematoma. A pneumatic antishock garment (PASG) is on but not inflated. He has bilateral tibia fractures. A pelvic CT scan shows an anterior minimally displaced left sacral ala fracture and left superior and inferior rami fractures. He has received 2 L of saline solution and 4 units of blood but remains hemodynamically unstable. What is the next most appropriate step in management?

  1. Inflation of the abdominal portion of the PASG
  2. Application of a pelvic clamp
  3. Application of a pelvic external fixator
  4. Rapid infusion of 4 more units of blood
  5. Angiography and embolization
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Angiography and embolization

DISCUSSION: There is no identifiable thoracic, abdominal, or long bone source of ongoing bleeding. The patient has a lateral compression Burgess-Young type I pelvic ring injury. This injury does not increase the pelvic volume because it is not unstable in external rotation. Application of a PASG, a pelvic clamp, or an external fixator may be helpful if the patient has a pelvic injury that is unstable in external rotation or translation but would be of little use in this injury pattern. Persistent hemodynamic instability after administration of 4 units of blood is the decision point where most authors would recommend angiography and embolization. If the pelvis is unstable in external rotation or translation, inflation of the PASG trousers or application of an external fixator is recommended before angiography. Attributing the hemodynamic instability to the head injury before ruling out the pelvis as a source is not indicated.

REFERENCES

Burgess AR, Eastridge BJ, Young JW, et al: Pelvic ring disruptions: Effective classification system and treatment protocols. J Trauma 1990;30:848-856.

Evers BM, Cryer HM, Miller FB: Pelvic fracture hemorrhage: Priorities in management. Arch Surg 1989;124:422-424.

Flint L, Babikian G, Anders M, Rodriguez J, Steinberg S: Definitive control of mortality from severe pelvic fracture. Ann Surg 1990;211:703-707.

558
Q

Figure 11 shows the radiograph of a 23-year-old man who has severe right shoulder pain after his motorcyle hit a bridge guardrail. He is neurologically intact. Nonsurgical management will most likely result in

  1. nonunion of the clavicle or glenoid.
  2. thoracic outlet syndrome.
  3. less than 50% range of motion compared with the contralateral shoulder.
  4. less than 50% strength compared with the contralateral shoulder.
  5. high patient satisfaction and good shoulder function.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. high patient satisfaction and good shoulder function.

DISCUSSION: Internal fixation of the clavicle, glenoid, or both has been recommended for fractures of the clavicle and glenoid neck (floating shoulders).

Diverging opinions are reported in the literature
regarding the choice for the treatment of ipsilateral fracture of the scapula and clavicle, which is thought to be floating shoulder injury.

The initial trend was towards surgical treatment, which included fixation of either clavicle (9, 11, 14) or scapula (16) or of both (10). However some recent studies did favour conservative treatment (4, 13, 16). Understanding of the floating shoulder has also changed and not all ipsilateral clavicle and scapular fracture are floating shoulder injuries (17).

Recently, the inherent instability of these dual fractures has been questioned in a biomechanical model without further disruption of the coracoclavicular or acromioclavicular ligamentous structures.

Nonsurgical management of the majority of combined scapular/glenoid fractures in patients with less than 10 mm of displacement has resulted in excellent shoulder function and will most likely achieve an excellent result in this patient.

Goss in 1993 introduced the concept of the superior shoulder suspensory complex (SSSC) (7). He described it as a bony / soft tissue ring at the end of a superior and inferior bony strut. The ring is composed of the glenoid fossa, the coracoid process, the coracoclavicular ligaments, the distal clavicle, the acromioclavicular joint and the acromial process (fig 1).

The superior strut is the middle clavicle while the inferior strut is the lateral scapular body / spine. This complex maintains a normal stable relationship between the scapula and the axial skeleton. According to the author, double disruption of the ring, i.e. failure of the ring at two places creates an unstable anatomic situation

REFERENCES

Egol KA, Connor PM, Karunakar MA, Sims SH, Bosse MJ, Kellam JF: The floating shoulder: Clinical and functional results. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2001;83:1188-1194.

Williams GR Jr, Naranja J, Klimkiewicz J, et al: The floating shoulder: A biomechanical basis for classification and management. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2001;83:1182-1187.

Edwards SG, Whittle AP, Wood GW: Nonoperative treatment of ipsilateral fractures of the scapular and clavicle. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2000;82:774-779.

Vasapula C, Mandalia V. The floating shoulder. Acta Orthop. Belg., 2004, 70, 393-400

Goss PT. Double disruption of the superior shoulder
suspensory complex. J Orthop Trauma 1993 ; 7 : 99-106.

559
Q

A left-handed 23-year-old man who fell 5 feet from a ladder onto his left elbow sustained the closed injury shown in Figure 12. Management should consist of

  1. percutaneous pin fixation.
  2. a percutaneous 6.5-mm screw.
  3. long arm casting in flexion.
  4. open reduction and internal fixation with a tension band plate.
  5. closed reduction and long arm casting in extension.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. open reduction and internal fixation with a tension band plate.

DISCUSSION: The radiographs reveal a displaced olecranon fracture. To maximize joint congruity of this intra-articular injury, open reduction and internal fixation is the treatment of choice. A tension band plate will assist with maintenance of the reduction and may aid in early range of motion because injuries to the elbow are prone to stiffness. The oblique fracture line is particularly well suited to plate fixation. Percutaneous pin fixation is unlikely to achieve anatomic joint reduction that can be obtained with open means. External immobilization will not accomplish joint reduction and will most likely lead to a nonunion.

REFERENCES

Hotchkiss RN: Fractures and dislocations of the elbow, in Rockwood CA Jr, Green DP, Bucholz RW, Heckman JD (eds): Rockwood and Green’s Fractures in Adults, ed 4. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott-Raven, 1996, pp 929-1024.

Murphy DF, Greene WB, Gilbert JA, Dameron TB Jr: Displaced olecranon fractures in adults: Biomechanical analysis of fixation methods. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1987;224:210-214.

Hume MC, Wiss DA: Olecranon fractures: A clinical and radiographic comparison of tension band wiring and plate fixation. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1992;285:229-235.

560
Q

Which of the following is a long-term complication of ankle arthrodesis for posttraumatic arthritis?

  1. Progressive limb-length discrepancy
  2. Contralateral ankle arthritis
  3. Ipsilateral hindfoot and midfoot arthritis
  4. Ipsilateral knee arthritis
  5. Talar osteonecrosis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Ipsilateral hindfoot and midfoot arthritis

DISCUSSION: Ankle arthrodesis for posttraumatic ankle arthrosis provides reliable pain relief. However, the long-term sequela of joint arthrodesis is the development of arthrosis in the surrounding joints. Over time, following ankle arthrodesis, the ipsilateral hindfoot and midfoot joints show signs of joint space wear, and this may be symptomatic. With a stable ankle arthrodesis, progressive limb-length discrepancy or talar osteonecrosis is not expected. Ankle arthrodesis has not been definitively linked to ipsilateral knee arthritis or contralateral ankle arthritis.

REFERENCES

Coester LM, Saltzman CL, Leupold J, Pontarelli W: Long-term results following ankle arthrodesis for post-traumatic arthritis. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2001;83:219-228.

Mazur JM, Schwartz E, Simon SR: Ankle arthrodesis: Long-term follow-up with gait analysis. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1979;61:964-975.

561
Q

In displaced calcaneal fractures, what fragment is the only one that remains in its anatomic position?

  1. Posterior tubercle
  2. Posterior articular facet
  3. Anterior process
  4. Sustentaculum tali
  5. Lateral wall
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Sustentaculum tali

DISCUSSION: The sustentaculum tali remains in its anatomic position because of its supporting ligamentous structures. This provides the key to the reconstruction of the calcaneus. The posterior facet is reduced to the sustentaculum tali and then fixed to it for stability. All of the other components of the calcaneus are then reduced to this complex.

REFERENCES

Sanders R: Displaced intra-articular fractures of the calcaneus. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2000;82:225-250.

Eastwood DM, Gregg PJ, Atkins RM: Intra-articular fractures of the calcaneum: Part I. Pathological anatomy and classification. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1993;75:183-188.

Eastwood DM, Langkamer VG, Atkins RM: Intra-articular fractures of the calcaneum: Part II. Open reduction and internal fixation by the extended lateral transcalcaneal approach. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1993;75:189-195.

562
Q

What is the most common clinically significant preventable complication secondary to the treatment of a displaced talar neck fracture?

  1. Osteonecrosis
  2. Nonunion
  3. Malunion
  4. Infection
  5. Osteoarthritis of the ankle joint
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Malunion

DISCUSSION: The most important consequence of a displaced talar neck fracture after closed or open treatment is malunion. Because displacement of the talar neck is associated with displacement of the subtalar joint, any malunion leads to intra-articular incongruity or malalignment of the subtalar joint. Varus malunion is common when there is comminution of the medial talar neck. This results in pain, osteoarthritis, and hindfoot deformity that requires further treatment. Because of these complications, it is imperative that all displaced talar neck fractures are reduced anatomically; fragmented fractures may require bone grafting to maintain the length and rotation of the neck.

REFERENCES

Tile M: Fractures of the talus, in Schatzker J, Tile M (eds): Rationale of Operative Fracture Care, ed 2. Berlin, Springer-Verlag, 1996, pp 563-588.

Daniels TR, Smith JW, Ross TI: Varus malalignment of the talar neck: Its effect on the position of the foot and on subtalar motion. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1996;78:1559-1567.

Raaymakers EL: Complications of talar fractures, in Tscherne H, Schatzker J (eds): Major Fractures of the Pilon, the Talus, and Calcaneus: Current Concepts of Treatment. Berlin, Springer-Verlag, 1993, pp 137-142.

563
Q

Figure 13 shows the radiograph of an 8-year-old boy who has a swollen forearm after falling out of a tree. Examination reveals that all three nerves are functionally intact, and there is no evidence of circulatory embarrassment. Management should consist of

  1. open reduction of both the radius and ulna with plate and screw fixation.
  2. closed reduction and a long arm cast, with the elbow in 90° of flexion and the forearm in neutral rotation.
  3. closed reduction and a long arm cast, with the elbow in 120° of flexion and the forearm in full supination.
  4. closed reduction and a long arm cast, with the elbow extended and the forearm pronated.
  5. closed reduction and intramedullary pin fixation of both the radius and ulna.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. closed reduction and intramedullary pin fixation of both the radius and ulna.

DISCUSSION: The patient has a Bado type IV Monteggia lesion. It involves dislocation of the radial head and fractures of both the radial and ulnar shafts. These fractures are very difficult to manage by closed reduction alone. The radial and ulnar shafts first have to be stabilized surgically to give a lever arm to reduce the radial head. In this age group, intramedullary pins are easy to insert percutaneously and cause less tissue trauma than plates and screws. In these types of injuries, the focus is often on the forearm fracture; the radial head dislocation may not be appreciated, as was the case with this patient.

REFERENCES

Gibson WK, Timperlake RW: Operative treatment of a type IV Monteggia fracture-dislocation in a child. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1992;74:780-781.

Stanley EA, DeLaGarza JF: Part IV: Monteggia fracture. Dislocations in children, in Rockwood CA Jr, Wilkins KE, Beaty JH (eds): Fractures in Children, ed 4. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott-Raven, 1996, vol 3, pp 576-577.

564
Q

An 18-year-old man has a simple oblique fracture of the humeral shaft that requires surgical stabilization to maintain reduction and facilitate mobilization. Which of the following methods will provide the best outcome?

  1. Unreamed intramedullary nail
  2. Reamed statically locked intramedullary nail
  3. External fixation
  4. Plate fixation and interfragmentary compression
  5. Bridge plate stabilization
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Plate fixation and interfragmentary compression

DISCUSSION: The patient has a simple fracture pattern that can be reduced anatomically and stabilized with absolute stability by interfragmental compression and protection plating. This will guarantee a 95% to 98% union rate with no radial nerve palsy. Intramedullary nailing does not equal these results in a simple fracture pattern in the humerus. Bridge plating is indicated for multifragmented fracture patterns when anatomic reduction and absolute stability cannot be achieved. External fixation is reserved for severe open fractures.

REFERENCES

Chapman JR, Henley MP, Agel J, Benca PJ: Randomized prospective study of humeral shaft fracture fixation: Intramedullary nails versus plates. J Orthop Trauma 2000;14:162-166.

Farragos AF, Schemitsch EH, McKee MD: Complications of intramedullary nailing for fractures of the humeral shaft: A review. J Orthop Trauma 1999;13:258-267.

Modabber M, Jupiter JB: Operative management of diaphyseal fractures of the humerus: Plate versus nail. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1998;347:93-104.

565
Q

Injury to which of the following structures has been reported following iliac crest bone graft harvest?

  1. Superior gluteal artery from an anterior crest harvest
  2. Superior cluneal nerve from an anterior crest harvest
  3. Inferior gluteal artery from a posterior crest harvest
  4. Ilioinguinal nerve from a posterior crest harvest
  5. Lateral femoral cutaneous nerve from an anterior crest harvest
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Lateral femoral cutaneous nerve from an anterior crest harvest

DISCUSSION: Injury to the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve and the ilioinguinal nerve have both been described with an anterior iliac crest bone graft harvest. The lateral femoral cutaneous nerve may be injured from retraction after elevating the iliacus muscle or from direct injury when the nerve actually courses over the crest. A posterior crest harvest can injure the superior gluteal artery if a surgical instrument violates the sciatic notch. Injury to the inferior gluteal artery has not been described; it leaves the pelvis below the piriformis muscle belly and should not be at risk even with a violation of the sciatic notch. Injury to the ilioinguinal nerve has been reported from vigorous retraction of the iliacus muscle after exposing the inner table of the anterior ilium. Cluneal nerve injury may occur with posterior crest harvest, particularly if the skin incision is horizontal or extends more than 8 cm superolateral from the posterior superior iliac spine.

REFERENCES

Kurz LT, Garfin SR, Booth RE Jr: Iliac bone grafting: Techniques and complications of harvesting, in Garfin SR (ed): Complications of Spine Surgery. Baltimore, MD, Williams and Wilkins, 1989, pp 323-341.

Anderson JE: Grant’s Atlas of Anatomy, ed 7. Baltimore, MD, Williams and Wilkins, 1978, pp 4-33 to 4-34.

566
Q

A 17-year-old patient sustains a supracondylar/intercondylar humerus fracture and examination reveals a complete motor and sensory ulnar nerve palsy. At surgery for internal fixation, the nerve is found to be contused but in continuity. In the early postoperative period, examination reveals a mild flexion deformity of the ulnar two digits “clawing.” At 10 weeks after surgery, the patient’s mother reports that the clawing deformity is progressively worsening. What is the next most appropriate step in management?

  1. Surgical exploration of the ulnar nerve
  2. Hardware removal
  3. Emergent office evaluation
  4. Reassurance of the mother and patient
  5. Tendon transfers to restore intrinsic function
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Reassurance of the mother and patient

DISCUSSION: In children and adults, the ulnar nerve is not infrequently injured with supracondylar fractures and subsequent treatment. A “claw” hand results from tendon imbalance, which is the result of an ulnar nerve deficit. A “high” ulnar nerve palsy shows a lesser “claw” deformity because the long flexor digitorum pollicis (FDP) to the little finger and to a lesser extent the ring finger is weak. A “low” ulnar nerve palsy shows more deformity because the FDP action is unopposed and the relative deformity is worse. The primary extensors of the interphalangeal joints and flexors of the metacarpophalangeal joints (the sites of the deformity) are the ulnar nerve-innervated intrinsic muscles. Paradoxically, as a high ulnar nerve palsy re-innervates, the “clawing” worsens as the FDP recovers before the intrinsics. Neither surgery nor emergent evaluation is indicated.

REFERENCES

Smith RJ: Balance and kinetics of the fingers under normal and pathological conditions. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1974;104:92-111.

Ring D, Jupiter JB, Gulotta L: Articular fractures of the distal part of the humerus. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2003;85:232-238.

567
Q

A 23-year-old man is seen in your office after crashing his bicycle in a regional semipro race 2 days ago. Immediately after the crash, he was taken to the emergency department where he was diagnosed with a right clavicle fracture and placed in a sling. He is right hand dominant. Examination reveals no shortness of breath and he is neurovascularly intact. He has an obvious deformity of the clavicle, but the skin is intact and there is no evidence of an open fracture. A radiograph is shown in Figure 14. What should he be told about his treatment options?

  1. Surgical and nonsurgical treatment programs have similar rates of nonunion.
  2. Surgical treatment does not reduce the time to radiographic union.
  3. Patients who are age 18 to 25 years have an increased risk of nonunion.
  4. Fracture displacement is not a risk factor in developing a nonunion.
  5. The most common complication of surgical treatment is related to the hardware.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. The most common complication of surgical treatment is related to the hardware.

DISCUSSION: The patient sustained a displaced, midshaft clavicular fracture. The radiograph reveals displacement and no opposition of the fracture fragments.

A midshaft fracture of the clavicle is a common skeletal injury that accounts for 2.6% to 10% of all adult fractures. Older studies report that the nonunion rate with conservative treatment is low (less than 1%). Recent prospective
studies focusing on the nonoperative treatment of
displaced midshaft fractures in the adult population describe nonunion rates of 15% to 20%, objective shoulder muscle strength loss of 18% to 33%, poor early functioning of the injured shoulder, and up to 42% of patients with residual sequelae at six months after injury.

Nonunion or symptomatic malunion were significantly more common in the nonoperative group (forty-six [23%] of 200 nonoperatively treated patients versus three [1%] of 212 operatively treated patients, p < 0.0001)

Surgical stabilization of this fracture pattern has been shown to reduce the occurrence of nonunion and reduce radiographic healing time. Risk factors for developing a nonunion include advancing age, displacement of the fracture, and the presence of comminution. The most common complication of surgical stabilization is hardware related.

REFERENCES

Robinson CM, Court-Brown CM, McQueen MM, Wakefield AE: Estimating the risk of nonunion following nonoperative treatment of a clavicular fracture. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2005;87:676-677.

Canadian Orthopaedic Trauma Society: Nonoperative treatment compared with plate fixation of displaced midshaft clavicular fractures. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2007;89:1-10.

568
Q

A 13-year-old hockey player reports a 1-week history of left medial clavicle pain and dysphagia. A chest radiograph obtained at the emergency department on the day of injury was negative. Examination reveals swelling and tenderness along the medial edge of the left clavicle. The upper extremity neurologic examination is normal. What is the next most appropriate test to best define the patient’s injury?

  1. CT of the sternoclavicular joint
  2. Barium swallowing study
  3. Electromyography of the upper extremity
  4. MRI of the glenohumeral joint
  5. Bone scan
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. CT of the sternoclavicular joint

DISCUSSION: The patient has a posterior sternoclavicular fracture-dislocation. These injuries can go unrecognized at the time of initial presentation because of difficulty in interpreting radiographs. Posterior sternoclavicular fracture-dislocations can be associated with potentially serious complications, such as pneumothorax respiratory distress, brachial plexus injury, and vascular compromise. Patients often report dysphagia and hoarseness. Accurate diagnosis and prompt treatment are essential for good functional outcomes and prevention of complications. Adolescent patients can have a posterior sternoclavicular dislocation, but usually they are a fracture through the medial physis. Axial CT scans are the most reliable radiographic modality for assessment of these injuries. Treatment consists of nonsurgical management, closed reduction, or open reduction. Most authors recommend open reduction if the patient is symptomatic with dysphagia or hoarseness. Furthermore, these patients will present late and open reduction may be the only successful treatment. The use of nonabsorbable sutures passed through drill holes in the sternum and/or the clavicular fracture fragments is recommended. Internal fixation is not recommended for this particular fracture because of concerns about hardware failure and/or migration.

REFERENCES

Waters PM, Bae DS, Kadiyala RK: Short-term outcomes after surgical treatment of traumatic posterior sternoclavicular fracture-dislocations in children and adolescents. J Pediatr Orthop 2003;23:464-469.

Yang J, al-Etani H, Letts M: Diagnosis and treatment of posterior sternoclavicular joint dislocations in children. Am J Orthop 1996;25:565-569.

569
Q

A 40-year-old woman has local back pain and intense burning pain in her perianal region after being shot twice in the back. Motor and sensory examination of her lower extremities reveals no apparent deficit. She has present but decreased sensation in her perianal region, an intact anal wink, good rectal tone, and an intact bulbocavernosus reflex. Radiographs and CT scans are shown in Figures 1A through 1D. What is the next most appropriate step in management?

  1. Initiation of spinal cord injury steroid protocol
  2. MRI of the lumbar spine
  3. Immobilization in a thoracolumbosacral orthosis
  4. Removal of the metallic fragments via laminectomy
  5. Removal of the metallic fragments and posterior fusion with instrumentation
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Removal of the metallic fragments via laminectomy

DISCUSSION: Because the patient has an apparent compressive neuropathy secondary to the metallic fragments, removal of the fragments in this incomplete lesion at the cauda equina level can be expected to improve her sensory dysesthesias and pain. Steroids are not indicated in a root lesion secondary to a penetrating injury. MRI will have significant artifact effect and will not provide much additional information. The posterior bony elements are not significantly injured; therefore, stabilization is not indicated.

REFERENCES

Bracken MB, Shepard MJ, Holford TR, et al: Administration of methylprednisolone for 24 or 48 hours or tirilazad mesylate for 48 hours in the treatment of acute spinal cord injury: Results of the Third National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Randomized Controlled Trial. National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Study. JAMA 1997;277:1597-1604.

Waters RL, Adkins RH: The effects of removal of bullet fragments retained in the spinal canal: A collaborative study by the National Spinal Cord Injury Model Systems. Spine 1991;16:934-939.

Stauffer ES, Wood RW, Kelly EG: Gunshot wounds of the spine: The effects of laminectomy. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1979;61:389-392.

570
Q

The longus colli muscles are directly anterior to which of the following structures?

  1. Prevertebral fascia
  2. Pretracheal fascia
  3. Esophagus
  4. Vertebral arteries
  5. Cervical nerve roots
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Vertebral arteries

DISCUSSION: The longus colli muscles are posterior to the prevertebral fascia, pretracheal fascia, and esophagus. They are anterior to both the vertebral arteries and cervical nerve roots, but the latter are posterior to the vertebral arteries.

REFERENCE

Parke WW, Sherk HH: Anatomy: Normal adult anatomy, in The Cervical Spine Research Society Editorial Committee (ed): The Cervical Spine, ed 2. Philadelphia, PA, JB Lippincott, 1989, p 30.

571
Q

According to the Third National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Study (NASCIS 3), what is the recommended protocol for a patient who sustained a spinal cord injury 7 hours ago?

  1. Methylprednisolone 30 mg/kg initial bolus, followed by 5.4 mg/kg/h for 23 hours
  2. Methylprednisolone 30 mg/kg initial bolus, followed by 5.4 mg/kg/h for 48 hours
  3. Dexamethasone 10 mg bolus, followed by 6 mg every 6 hours for 24 hours
  4. Dexamethasone 10 mg bolus, followed by 6 mg every 6 hours for 48 hours
  5. No treatment
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Methylprednisolone 30 mg/kg initial bolus, followed by 5.4 mg/kg/h for 48 hours

DISCUSSION: NASCIS 2 established the recommended doses of methylprednisolone for spinal cord injury. This included an initial bolus of 30 mg/kg over 1 hour, followed by an infusion of 5.4 mg/kg/h for an additional 23 hours. If the injury was more than 8 hours old, the methylprednisolone was not recommended. NASCIS 3 changed the dosing schedule based on the time from injury. If the time from injury to treatment was less than 3 hours, the standard protocol was followed (30 mg/kg bolus followed by 5.4 mg/kg/h for 23 hours). If the time from injury to treatment was between 3 and 8 hours, the infusion was continued at 5.4 mg/kg for an additional 23 hours (48 hours total). In this situation with a time of injury 7 hours ago, treatment should consist of a bolus and further steroid therapy for 48 hours.

REFERENCES

Bracken MB, Shepard MJ, Holford TR, et al: Administration of methylprednisolone for 24 or 48 hours or tirilazad mesylate for 48 hours in the treatment of acute spinal cord injury: Results of the Third National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Randomized Controlled Trial. National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Study. JAMA 1997;277:1597-1604.

Bracken MB, Shepard MJ, Collins WF, et al: A randomized, controlled trial of methylprednisolone or naloxone in the treatment of acute spinal-cord injury: Results of the Second National Acute Spinal Cord Injury Study. N Engl J Med 1990;322:1405-1411.

572
Q

A 22-year-old college basketball player who was hit from behind while going up for a rebound is rendered immediately quadraparetic for approximately 10 minutes, followed by complete resolution of motor loss and return of full sensation. The radiograph and MRI scan of the cervical spine shown in Figures 2A and 2B reveal a canal diameter of 13 mm, loss of cerebrospinal fluid space about the spinal cord, and no signal change within the cord. What is the best course of action?

  1. Cease participation in all sports.
  2. Allow a return to noncontact sports after surgical decompression and stabilization.
  3. Allow a return to basketball 1 week after resolution of all symptoms.
  4. Discuss the relative risks with the player, parents, and coach regarding participation in the athlete’s sport of choice.
  5. Advise participation in noncontact sports only.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Discuss the relative risks with the player, parents, and coach regarding participation in the athlete’s sport of choice.

DISCUSSION: The correct decision on return to sports participation after episodes of transient quadraparesis is controversial. Cantu and Mueller feel strongly that the loss of cerebrospinal fluid space about the spinal cord signifies an unacceptable risk for future spinal cord injury if the athlete returns to sports. However, Watkins and Torg and Lasgow have reported no evidence of increased spinal cord injury in athletes with narrow spinal canals, even in football. These authors suggest judgment be used in advising return to contact or high-energy sports and that the physician’s responsibility is to give accurate and relevant information, allowing the athlete to make his or her own choice regarding return to sports participation.

REFERENCES

Cantu R, Mueller FO: Catastrophic spine injuries in football (1977-1989). J Spinal Disord 1990;3:227-231.

Watkins RG: Neck injuries in football players. Clin Sports Med 1986;5:215-246.

Torg JS, Lasgow SG: Criteria for return to contact activities following cervical spine injury. Clin Sports Med 1991;1:12-26.

Morganti C, Sweeney CA, Albanese SA, Burak C, Hosea T, Connolly PJ: Return to play after cervical spine injury. Spine 2001;26:1131-1136.

573
Q

Describe types of joints in human body !

A

JOINT STRUCTURE
3 MAJOR TYPES OF JOINTS IN THE BODY (a structural classification):

  1. FIBROUS JOINTS (SYNARTHROSES)
  2. CARTILAGINOUS JOINTS (AMPHIARTHROSES)
  3. SYNOVIAL JOINTS (DIARTHROSES)
  4. Fibrous joints (synarthroses):
    a. suture (e.g skull’s / calvaria joints)
    b. syndesmosis (distal tibiofibular joints)
    c. gomphosis (e.g teeth in its socket)
  5. Cartilagenous (ampiarthrosis):
    a. primary cartilagenous (physeal plate)
    b. secondary cartilagenous (eg symphisis pubis)
  6. Synovial joints (diarthroses):
    * a. ball and socket (eg hip joint, shoulder joints): freedom movement in all direction
    b. Hinge joint :
    * These joints occur where the convex surface of one bone fits into the concave surface of another bone, so making movement possible in one plane only. Examples of these joints are the knee and the elbow joints. Hinge joints have ligaments mainly at the sides of the joints.
    c. Gliding joints
    (eg: joints intercarpal banes):
    * This type of joint allows for gliding movements between flat surfaces as the surfaces slide over one another. Only a limited amount of movement is allowed such as the joints between the carpal bones, the joints between the tarsal bones and those between the articular processes (zygapophyses) of successive vertebrae.
    d. Pivot joint

These joints occur where:

  • a bony ring rotates round the pivot (axis) of another bone such as the ring-like atlas rotating around the odontoid process of the axis, allowing the head to turn from side to side.
  • the end of one one bone rotates round the axis of another bone such as the end of the radius rotating around the ulna as the palm of the hand is turned inwards or outwards.

e. Compound Joints.
* These joints are made up of several joints between a number of different bones. The bones articulate with one another in different ways, allowing for a variety of movements such as the set of joints which operate the movement of the skull on the vertebral column. The condyles at the base of the skull fit into the facets of the atlas, allowing for the nodding movement of the head. While one moves one’s head, the atlas is able to rotate round the odontoid process of the axis, allowing the head to turn from side to side. There are also other articulating surfaces, where the atlas and axis meet. All these joints together make a compound joint with its many possible movements in the neck region.

574
Q

What are the most used classification for periprosthetic fractures around hip ?

A

Hip periprosthetic fractures are classified accroding VANCOUVER classification:

Type A: fracture in trochanteric region

  • A (G): fr in greater trochanter. Tx: screw or circlage
  • A (L): fr in lesser trochanter. Tx: non operative unless it involves the calcar region in which case it may be fixed with cerclage wiring

Type B: fracture around or just distal to the stem

  • B1 : implant is stable. Tx: fixation with plate in biplanar aspect (lateral and anterior) combined with cortical onlay bone graft
  • B2 : implant is lose. Tx: reision femoral component into longer stem with extensively coated system
  • B3: implant lose and bone stock around the stem is inadequate. Tx L: revision and restoration of bone stock

Type C: fracture well below the stem. Tx fixation with plate (LISS) or nail (retrograde nail)

575
Q

Which of the following findings is a prerequisite for a high tibial valgus osteotomy for medial compartment gonarthrosis?

  1. Inflammatory arthritis
  2. Ligamentous instability
  3. Lateral tibial subluxation
  4. Preoperative arc of motion of at least 90°
  5. Narrowing of the lateral compartment cartilaginous joint space
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Preoperative arc of motion of at least 90°

DISCUSSION:

The indications for high tibial valgus osteotomy :

  • a physiologically young age
  • arthritis confined to the medial compartment
  • 10 to 15° of varus alignment on weight-bearing radiographs
  • a preoperative arc of motion of at least 90°
  • flexion contracture of less than 15°,
  • a motivated, compliant patient.

Contraindications include :

  • lateral compartment narrowing of the articular cartilage
  • lateral tibial subluxation of greater than 1 cm
  • medial compartment bone loss
  • ligamentous instability, and inflammatory arthritis.

REFERENCES

Naudie D, Bourne RB, Rorabeck CH, Bourne TT: The Insall Award: Survivorship of the high tibial valgus osteotomy: A 10- to 22-year followup study. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1999;367:18-27.

Pellicci PM, Tria AJ Jr, Garvin KL (eds): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Hip and Knee Reconstruction 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2000, pp 255-264.

576
Q

What is the main benefit of using metal-backed tibial components in total knee arthroplasty?

  1. Improve the conformity of the articular surfaces
  2. Reduce the maximum compressive stresses on the underlying cancellous bone
  3. Increase the tensile forces on the other condyle when one is loaded
  4. Decrease the thickness of the polyethylene tray
  5. Decrease the compressive forces on the polyethylene tray
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Reduce the maximum compressive stresses on the underlying cancellous bone

DISCUSSION: In a normal knee, the hard subchondral bone helps to distribute loads across the joint surface. A metal-backed tibial component in total knee arthroplasty decreases the compressive stresses on the underlying, softer cancellous bone by distributing the load over a larger surface area, particularly when one condyle is loaded. Although metallic base plates also increase the tensile forces on the other condyle when one is loaded and may decrease the thickness of the polyethylene tray, these are not benefits. Compressive forces on the polyethylene tray are increased with metal backing. The conformity of the articular surfaces is not affected by metal backing of the tibial component.

REFERENCE

Pellicci PM, Tria AJ Jr, Garvin KL (eds): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Hip and Knee Reconstruction 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2000, pp 265-274.

577
Q

A 32-year-old woman with systemic lupus erythematosus treated with methotrexate and oral corticosteroids reports right groin pain with ambulation and night pain. Examination reveals pain with internal and external rotation and flexion that is limited to 105° because of discomfort. Laboratory studies show a serum WBC of 9.0/mm3 and an erythrocyte sedimentation rate of 35 mm/h. Figures 1A and 1B show AP and lateral radiographs of the right hip. Further evaluation should include

  1. examination under fluoroscopy.
  2. MRI.
  3. a bone scan.
  4. arthrography.
  5. aspiration and arthrography.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. MRI.

DISCUSSION: The radiographs show Ficat and Arlet stage 2 osteonecrosis. The femoral head remains round, and there are sclerotic changes in the superolateral quadrant. Patients with systemic lupus erythematosus are at risk for osteonecrosis because of prednisone use and the underlying metabolic changes associated with the condition (hypofibrinolysis and thrombophilia). MRI is the best diagnostic method for detecting osteonecrosis, with a greater than 98% sensitivity and specificity. For this patient, an MRI can assess the contralateral hip for any involvement and can quantify the extent of the lesion.

Ficat & Arlet (1980) introduced the concept of radiographic staging for osteonecrosis of the hip:

  • Stage 1: no x-ray change
  • intraosseous pressure measurement increase
  • bony biopsy : it showed the
    presence of necrosis of haematopoietic marrow and
    adipocytes
  • Stage II: femoral head contour was still normal, but they were early signs of reactive changes in the subchondral area
  • Stage III: clearcut x ray signs of osteonecrosis and evidence of structural damage and distortion in bony outline
  • Stage IV : collaps of articular surface and signs of secondary OA

Shimuzu classification for femoral head osteonecrosis based on MRI images. For predicting the progression and collapse of the head.

  • Grade 1: are restricted to the medial part of femoral head. progress very slowly or no at all. Tx:observe
  • Grade 2: lesion are occupying up to one half of femoral head. between one and two third of the weightbearing surface. Liable to progress. Tx: core decompression with 7 mm drilling. realignment osteotomy in youor THR in px older than 45 yo.
  • Grade 3: lesion are occupying a large part of femoral head, more than two thirds of the weightbearing surface. poor prognosis. younger px: tx by realignment: Radical trantrochanteric rotational osteotomy by Sugioka (Sugioka osteotomy)

Sugioka Osteotomy:

is a transtrochanteric rotational osteotomy which allowed the femoral head to be rotated in its long axis, thus turning the femoral head through an arc of 90 degrees. The operation is mainly used for segemental necrosis of femoral head.

REFERENCES

Mont MA, Jones LC, Sotereanos DG, Amstutz HC, Hungerford DS: Understanding and treating osteonecrosis of the femoral head. Instr Course Lect 2000;49:169-185.

Koval KJ (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 7. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2002, pp 417-451.

578
Q

Which of the following factors can contribute to patellar subluxation following routine total knee arthroplasty?

  1. External rotation of the femoral component
  2. Internal rotation of the tibial component
  3. Symmetric patellar resection
  4. Lateral placement of the tibial component
  5. Neutral alignment of the mechanical axis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Internal rotation of the tibial component

DISCUSSION: Excessive resection of the lateral facet of the patella can lead to subluxation. Rotational alignment of the components can have a significant impact on patellar tracking. Internal rotation of the femoral component leads to more lateral alignment of the patella within the trochlear groove. Internal rotation and medial placement of the tibial component results in lateralization of the tibial tubercle with an increase in the Q angle. Excessive valgus alignment of the mechanical axis, or insufficient correction of preoperative valgus, has a similar effect on the Q angle, and both can result in a higher rate of tracking problems.

REFERENCE

Ayers DC, Dennis DA, Johanson NA, Pelligrini VD: Common complications of total knee arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1997;79:278-311.

579
Q

During total knee arthroplasty using a posterior cruciate-retaining design, excessive tightness in flexion is noted, while the extension gap is felt to be balanced. Which of the following actions will effectively balance the knee?

  1. Resect more distal femur.
  2. Resect more anterior tibia.
  3. Use a larger femoral component.
  4. Use a smaller polyethylene insert.
  5. Recess the posterior cruciate ligament.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Recess the posterior cruciate ligament.

DISCUSSION: Excessive flexion gap tightness can be addressed with a variety of techniques; including: (a) recess and release the posterior cruciate ligament; (b) resect a posterior slope in the tibia; (c) avoid an oversized femoral component that moves the posterior condyles more distally; (d) resect more posterior femoral condyle and use a smaller femoral component placed more anteriorly; and (e) release the tight posterior capsule and balance the collateral ligaments.

REFERENCE

Ayers DC, Dennis DA, Johanson NA, Pelligrini VD: Common complications of total knee arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1997;79:278-311.

580
Q

Figures 2A and 2B show the current radiographs of a 58-year-old man who underwent total knee arthroplasty with a cruciate ligament-sparing prosthesis 7 years ago. Examination reveals boggy synovitis and moderate pain, particularly anteriorly. Management should consist of

  1. follow-up radiographs.
  2. alendronate, with follow-up examinations every 6 months.
  3. revision to a posterior stabilized prosthesis.
  4. exchange of the tibial insert through a limited incision.
  5. surgical exploration with revision or exchange based on the findings.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. surgical exploration with revision or exchange based on the findings.

DISCUSSION: The patient has symptoms of synovitis that are most likely the result of the release of particles from the tibial polyethylene. While observation may be warranted in a completely asymtomatic knee, some intervention is indicated for this patient as there is clear radiographic evidence of lysis in both the tibia and femur. The decision about the extent of the revision should be made at the time of surgery. A limited incision technique is not indicated. Grafting (or using graft substitute) the defect is the most appropriate approach for treating the osteolytic lesions. While a posterior stabilized prosthesis might be the solution, surgical findings might dictate otherwise.

REFERENCE

Brassard MF, Insall JN, Scuderi GR: Complications of total knee arthroplasty, in Insall JN, Scott WN (eds): Surgery of the Knee, ed 3. Philadelphia, PA, Churchill Livingstone, 2001, vol 2, pp 1801-1844.

581
Q

What is the correct order of the elastic modulus of the following materials from greatest to least?

  1. Stainless steel, cobalt-chromium, titanium, polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA), alumina ceramic
  2. Cobalt-chromium, stainless steel, titanium, alumina ceramic, PMMA
  3. Alumina ceramic, titanium, cobalt-chromium, stainless steel, PMMA
  4. Alumina ceramic, cobalt-chromium, stainless steel, titanium, PMMA
  5. Titanium, cobalt-chromium, alumina ceramic, stainless steel, PMMA
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Alumina ceramic, cobalt-chromium, stainless steel, titanium, PMMA

DISCUSSION: In Young’s modulus of elasticity, E is a measure of the stiffness of a material and its ability to resist deformation. In the elastic region of the stress-stain curve, E = stress/strain. The moduli of elasticity for these materials are alumina ceramic = 380 Gigapascals (GPa), cobalt-chromium = 210 GPa, stainless steel = 190 GPa, titanium = 116 GPa, and PMMA = 1.1 to 4.1 GPa.

REFERENCES

Buckwalter JA, Einhorn TA, Simon SR (eds): Orthopaedic Basic Science, ed 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2000, pp 182-215.

582
Q

Figure 3 shows the radiograph of a 75-year-old woman who reports the sudden onset of disabling medial knee pain. What is the most likely diagnosis?

  1. Osteoarthritis
  2. Osteonecrosis
  3. Meniscal tear
  4. Metastatic lesion
  5. Synovial osteochondromatosis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Osteonecrosis

DISCUSSION: Idiopathic osteonecrosis of the medial femoral condyle occurs predominantly in women older than age 60 years. It is characterized by pain centered in the medial anterior aspect of the knee, and onset is sudden. Flattening, sclerosis, and the radiolucent crescent sign are radiographic indicators of osteonecrosis. The radiographs show no narrowing of the joint space or osteophyte formation to indicate osteoarthritis, and there are no loose bodies to indicate synovial osteochondromatosis. A meniscal tear is not consistent with the radiographic findings shown here. Meniscal tears can coexist with osteonecrosis, but the pain is not eliminated merely by partial meniscectomy. Metastatic lesions to the distal femoral epiphysis are exceedingly rare.

REFERENCES

Urbaniak JR, Jones JP Jr (eds): Osteonecrosis: Etiology, Diagnosis, and Treatment. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1997, pp 413-418.

Insall JN, Windsor RE, Scott WN, Kelly MA, Aglietti P (eds): Surgery of the Knee, ed 2. New York, NY, Churchill Livingstone, 1993, pp 609-634.

583
Q

When using highly cross-linked ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene as an articulating surface for total knee arthroplasty, what property of the material raises concern?

  1. Decreased volumetric wear
  2. Decreased ductility
  3. Increased mobility of the ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene chains in the material
  4. Increased fatigue resistance
  5. Increased fracture toughness
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Decreased ductility

DISCUSSION: The decreased mobility of the polymer chains from cross-linking leads to decreased volumetric wear but also to decreases in ductility and fatigue resistance. Stresses at the knee are higher and varied in the point of application, leading to the concern for fatigue resistance and fracture.

REFERENCE

Koval KJ (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 7. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2002, pp 193-199.

584
Q

An otherwise healthy 57-year-old man has persistent, severe hip pain after undergoing total hip arthroplasty 3 months ago. What is the next most appropriate step in management?

  1. Serial radiographs to assess progressive radiolucency from osteolysis or mechanical loosening
  2. Assessment of C-reactive protein, erythroctye sedimentation rate, and CBC, followed by aspiration
  3. Technetium and/or indium-labeled leukocyte scintigraphy
  4. A trial of broad-spectrum cefalosporin antibiotics to assess for a change in pain intensity
  5. Injection with lidocaine and methylprednisolone acetate
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Assessment of C-reactive protein, erythroctye sedimentation rate, and CBC, followed by aspiration

DISCUSSION: Any patient who is severely symptomatic this quickly after surgery must be evaluated for infection. Loosening is also a possible cause, but infection must be ruled out. Bone scans are not helpful at this early postoperative stage. Normal laboratory values argue strongly against infection, but when abnormal, need to be supplemented with a hip aspiration. Aspiration remains the most selective and sensitive measure, especially when linked to a WBC count of the synovial tissues in the joint. There is no indication for an antibiotic trial because it may make future culture sensitivity more difficult.

REFERENCES

Drancourt M, Stein A, Argenson JN, et al: Oral rifampin plus ofloxacin for treatment of staphylococcus-infected orthopedic implants. Antimicrob Agents Chemother 1993;37:1214-1218.

Duncan CP, Beauchamp C: A temporary antibiotic-loaded joint replacement system for the management of complex infections involving the hip. Orthop Clin North Am 1993;24:751-759.

Oyen WJ, Claessens RA, van Horn JR, et al: Scintiographic detection of bone and joint infections with indium-111-labeled nonspecifonal human immunoglobulin G. J Nucl Med 1990;31:403-412.

585
Q

Which of the following treatments of polyethylene results in the highest amount of oxidative degradation?

  1. Ethylene oxide sterilization
  2. Gamma irradiation in air
  3. Gamma irradiation in an inert environment
  4. Gamma irradiation followed by cross-linking
  5. Gas plasma sterilization
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Gamma irradiation in air

DISCUSSION: Oxidative degradation of polyethylene occurs as a function of time in an air environment. In an environment such as argon, nitrogen, or a vacuum, the process is reduced. Ethylene oxide is an alternative for sterilization in which the cross-link degradation is minimized because of the absence of oxidative interactions. Gamma sterilization or use of ethylene oxide gas is the industry standard; however, oxygen concentrations are now reduced to a minimal level to retard the oxidation phenomenon.

REFERENCES

Sanford WM, Saum KA: Accelerated oxidative aging testing of UHMWPE. Trans Orthop Res Soc 1995;20:119.

Sun DC, Schmidig G, Stark C, et al: On the origins of a subsurface oxidation maximum and its relationship to the performance of UHMWPE implants. Trans Soc Biomater 1995;18:362.

Callaghan JJ, Dennis DA, Paprosky WA, Rosenberg AG (eds): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Hip and Knee Reconstruction. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1995, pp 35-41.

McKellop HA: Bearing surfaces in total hip replacement: State of the art and future developments. Instr Course Lect 2001;50:165-179.

586
Q

Consider the theoretic articulation shown in Figure 4 as femoral and tibial components of a total knee prosthesis in which the components fit like a “roller in trough.” Which of the following best describes the articulation?

  1. Constrained to anteroposterior translation, unconstrained to medial-lateral translation, high contact stress on edge (ie, varus-valgus) loading
  2. Constrained to anteroposterior translation, unconstrained to medial-lateral translation, low contact stress on edge (ie, varus-valgus) loading
  3. Unconstrained to anteroposterior translation, constrained to medial-lateral translation, high contact stress on edge (ie, varus-valgus) loading
  4. Unconstrained to anteroposterior translation, constrained to medial-lateral translation, low contact stress on edge (ie, varus-valgus) loading
  5. Constraint is dependent on the status of the posterior cruciate ligament
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Constrained to anteroposterior translation, unconstrained to medial-lateral translation, high contact stress on edge (ie, varus-valgus) loading

DISCUSSION: The theoretic total knee components will resist anteroposterior motion by making the femoral component “climb the walls” of the tibial component. As drawn, there is no constraint to medial-lateral translation. The cylinder is not rounded on the edges, so varus-valgus motion will impart load from the cylinder to the trough over a small area, thus having a high contact stress.

KA Prosthesis Design
Author: Derek Moore MD
Topic updated on 04/15/12 12:42pm
Introduction

Designs include
     unconstrained
         posterior-cruciate retaining
         posterior-cruciate substituting (posterior stabilized)
     constrained
         non hinged
         constrained-hinged
         mobile bearing

Femoral Rollback

To properly understand different knee prosthetic designs one must understand the concept of femoral rollback.
 Femoral rollback is the posterior transition of the femoral-tibial contact with progressive flexion
     it reduces bony impingement and allows increase physiologic flexion
 Rollback in the native knee it is controlled by ACL and PCL
     rollback with a PCL alone exists but it is not as smooth as a rollback with both an ACL and PCL
     rollback is in the native knee can occur due to a relatively flat tibia with minimal congruence with the femoral condyles
 Early implant design
     early posterior retaining implants allowed femoral rollback to obtain optimal flexion by  using a "flatter" tibial insert to allow rollback to obtain improved flexion
         this increased the contact stress
     ultimately these implants had a high rate of catastrophic failure and have been phased out
 Modern implant designs
     newer prosthesis designs sacrifice rollback and have a more congruent or "dished" fit between the femoral condyle and the tibial insert in both the sagital and coronal plane in order to decrease the contact stress
     to compensate for the lack of rollback, newer designs move the nadir of convexity (where femoral condyle rests) more posterior and have a steeper posterior slope to aid with flexion
  1. Unconstrained Posterior Cruciate RetainingMost common prosthesis used today
    Relies on native PCL to provide stability in flexion
    by keeping PCL some degree of femoral rollback is allowed that allows improved flexion
    however because ACL is sacrificed, rollback is not anatomic, and has a component of both roll and slide which can accelerate wear. In addition, to allow rollback, you need a flat and less congruent tibial component. This leads to increased contact stress and accelerated wear
    modern PCL retaining implants favor a more congruent prosthesis that obtains extra flexion by moving the center of rotation further posterior than it is in an anatomic knee.
    Disadvantages
    loss of native PCL will lead to flexion instability and failure
  2. Unconstrained Posterior Cruciate SubstitutingA posterior cruciate substituting implant uses a tibial post and a femoral cam to substitute for the function of the PCL and create a mechanical rollback phenomenon.
    at a designated flexion point, the tibial post engages on the femoral cam and forces mechanical rollback, thus improving flexion.
    by using mechanical rollback, you can use a more congruent articular surface, and thus decrease contact stress
    of note, the tibial post is not wide enough to provide any varus and valgus stability
    Disadvantages
    cam jump - if flexion gap is loose or knee hyperextends the knee can jump over post and dislocate
    reduction requires sedation
    avoid in knee with anticipated flexion > 130°
    Indications
    previous patellectomy
    weak extensor mechanism leads to anterior dislocation even with a cruciate retaining prosthesis with an intact PCL
    inflammatory arthritis
    inflammatory process leads to late PCL rupture. Therefore, you can not rely on the PCL and it should be sacrificed prophylacticly
    deficient PCL
    rupture or attenuation of the PCL either during surgery or from a previous injury is an indication for a posterior cruciate substituting prosthesis
  3. Constrained NonhingedDesign
    prosthesis has a large central post that substitutes for MCL and LCL
    the tibial post is wider and taller compared to a posterior cruciate substituting design
    provides varus / valgus stability and rotational stability
    Indications
    LCL attenuation or deficiency
    MCL attenuation or deficiency (deficiency of MCL is controversial because load may lead to breaking of central post)
    flexion gap laxity
  4. Constrained Hinged with rotating platformDesign
    femur and tibia connected by bar and bearing
    tibial component rotates within yoke to allow internal and external rotation during gait
    early designs did not have a rotating platform and had a very high loosening rate due to the rotational forces that were placed on the implant
    intramedullary stem needed to address high rotational loads
    Indications
    global ligament deficiency
    hyperextension instability (seen with polio or tumor resection)
    knee resection for tumor
    charcot arthropathy (relative)
    complete MCL deficiency (relative and controversial)
  5. Mobile BearingDesign
    mobile-bearing poly ie non fixed to tibia
    creates a dual surface interface of metal and poly
    increases conformity of metal and poly
    Indications
    theoretically reduces wear
    increased contact area reduces pressures placed on poly (pressure=force/area)

REFERENCE

Alicea J: Scoring systems and their validation for the arthritic knee, in Insall JN, Scott WN (eds): Surgery of the Knee, ed 3. Philadelphia, PA, Churchill Livingstone, 2001, vol 2, pp 1507-1515.

587
Q

Wear particles of ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene that are generated by total hip implants are predominantly of what diameter?

  1. Less than 1 micron
  2. 10 to 50 microns
  3. 100 to 200 microns
  4. 500 to 750 microns
  5. Greater than 1,000 microns
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Less than 1 micron

DISCUSSION: Multiple studies have shown that the size of an ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene particle generated by total hip implants is typically less than 1 micron. This finding is significant in that particles of that size are readily phagocytized by macrophages.

REFERENCES

Campbell P, Ma S, Yeom B, McKellop H, Schmalzried TP, Amstutz HC: Isolation of predominantly submicron-sized UHMWPE wear particles from periprosthetic tissues. J Biomed Mater Res 1995;29:127-131.

Shanbhag AS, Jacobs JJ, Glant TT, Gilbert JL, Black J, Galante JO: Composition and morphology of wear debris in failed uncemented total hip replacement. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1994;76:60-67.

Maloney WJ, Smith RL, Schmalzried TP, Chiba J, Huene D, Rubash H: Isolation and characterization of wear particles generated in patients who have had failure of a hip arthroplasty without cement. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1995;77:1301-1310.

588
Q

Which of the following best describes the resultant forces on an increased offset stem when compared with a standard offset stem?

  1. Increased joint reaction force, increased torsional load
  2. Increased joint reaction force, decreased torsional load
  3. Decreased joint reaction force, increased torsional load
  4. Decreased joint reaction force, decreased torsional load
  5. No change in joint reaction force or torsional load
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Decreased joint reaction force, increased torsional load

DISCUSSION: The increased emphasis on restoring offset in total hip arthroplasty has implications for the forces applied to the components and the fixation interfaces. Static analysis has shown that with an increased affect, joint reaction force on the articulation is decreased. When the resultant load on the hip is “out of plane” (ie, directed anterior to posterior), there is increased torsion where the stem is turned into more retroversion.

REFERENCES

Buckwalter JA, Einhorn TA, Simon SR (eds): Orthopaedic Basic Science, ed 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2000, pp 134-180.

Hurwitz DE, Andriaacchi TP: Biomechanics of the hip, in Callaghan J, Rosenberg AG, Rubash HE (eds): The Adult Hip. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott-Raven, 1998.

Pauwels F: Biomechanics of the Normal and Diseased Hip. New York, NY, Springer-Verlag, 1976.

589
Q

During total knee arthroplasty, what component position aids in proper tracking and stability of the patellar component?

  1. Femoral component in external rotation
  2. Tibial component in internal rotation
  3. Medialization of the tibial tray
  4. Lateralization of the patellar component
  5. Medialization of the femoral component
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Femoral component in external rotation

DISCUSSION: The femoral component should be implanted with enough external rotation to facilitate patellar tracking. Proper tracking requires a normal Q angle and is affected by axial and rotational alignment of the femur and tibia. An excessive Q angle can result from internal rotation of either component, medialization of the tibial tray, or lateralization of the patellar component.

REFERENCES

Beaty JH (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 6. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1999, pp 559-582.

Lonner JH, Lotke PA: Aseptic complications after total knee arthroplasty. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 1999;7:311-324.

590
Q

A 60-year-old woman reports anterior knee pain 2 years after undergoing primary total knee arthroplasty for rheumatoid arthritis. A Merchant view of the patella is shown in Figure 5. What is the most likely cause of her pain?

  1. Elevation of the joint line
  2. Lateral placement of the femoral component
  3. Medial placement of the patellar component
  4. Internal rotation of the femoral component
  5. External rotation of the tibial component
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Internal rotation of the femoral component

DISCUSSION: Patellar complications commonly occur after primary total knee arthroplasty; therefore, proper component positioning is critical in obtaining a successful result. This patient has lateral tilting and subluxation of the patellar component. Internal rotation of the femoral component has the most deleterious effect on patellar tracking. Lateral placement of the femoral component, medial placement of the patellar component, and external rotation of the tibial component have beneficial effects on patellar tracking. Elevation of the joint line, if not excessive, should not impact patellar tracking.

REFERENCES

Rand JA: Patellar resurfacing in total knee arthroplasty. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1990;260:110-117.

Healy WL, Wasliewski SA, Takei R, Oberlander M: Patellofemoral complications following total knee arthroplasty: Correlation with implant design and patient risk factors. J Arthroplasty 1995;10:197-201.

591
Q

The anterior portal of a hip arthroscopy places what structure at greatest risk for injury?

  1. Ascending branch of the lateral circumflex femoral artery
  2. Ascending branch of the medial circumflex femoral artery
  3. Femoral nerve
  4. Lateral femoral cutaneous nerve
  5. Superior gluteal nerve
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Lateral femoral cutaneous nerve

DISCUSSION: The average location of the anterior portal is 6.3 cm distal to the anterior superior iliac spine. The lateral femoral cutaneous nerve typically has divided into three or more branches at the level of the anterior portal. The portal usually passes within several millimeters of the most medial branch. Injury to the nerve can lead to meralgia paresthetica. The femoral nerve lies an average minimum distance of 3.2 cm from the anterior portal. The ascending branch of the lateral circumflex artery lies approximately 3.7 cm inferior to the anterior portal. Neither the ascending branch of the medial circumflex artery nor the superior gluteal nerve are at risk.

REFERENCES

Byrd JWT: Operative Hip Arthroscopy. New York, NY, Thieme Medical Publishers, 1998, pp 83-91.

Arendt EA (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Sports Medicine 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1999, pp 281-289.

592
Q

A 32-year-old man has posttraumatic arthritis after undergoing open reduction and internal fixation of a left acetabular fracture. A total hip arthroplasty is performed, and the radiograph is shown in Figure 6. What is the most common mode of failure leading to revision in this group of patients?

  1. Infection
  2. Heterotopic ossification
  3. Dislocation
  4. Periprosthetic fracture
  5. Acetabular component loosening
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Acetabular component loosening

DISCUSSION: Acetabular component loosening has been reported as the most common mode of failure following total hip arthroplasty in patients with a previous acetabular fracture. Following acetabular fracture and subsequent open reduction and internal fixation, the bone quality and vascularity are compromised, thus reducing the success rate of acetabular component cementless fixation.

REFERENCES

Jimenez ML, Tile M, Schenk RS: Total hip replacement after acetabular fracture. Orthop Clin 1997;28:435-446.

Romness DW, Lewallen DG: Total hip arthroplasty after fracture of the acetabulum: Long-term results. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1990;72:761-764.

593
Q

A 42-year-old man sustained the periprosthetic fracture shown in Figures 7A and 7B. The femoral component is well fixed. What is the next most appropriate step in management?

  1. Closed reduction and bracing
  2. Retrograde femoral intramedullary nailing
  3. Open reduction and internal fixation of the fracture, leaving the femoral stem in place
  4. Open reduction and internal fixation of the fracture and insertion of a proximally porous-coated stem
  5. Open reduction and internal fixation of fracture fragments and insertion of a fully porous-coated femoral stem with diaphyseal fixation distal to the fracture
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3.Open reduction and internal fixation of the fracture, leaving the femoral stem in place

DISCUSSION: The patient has a periprosthetic fracture below the femoral stem. The component is porous coated and well fixed. Open reduction and internal fixation, leaving the stem in place, can be performed when bone quality is good. Plating with or without allograft struts and supplemental cerclage fixation generally is acceptable. If the component is loose, revision to a longer device is recommended with appropriate stabilization of the fracture using the aforementioned methods. If bone loss has occurred, allograft supplementation or a tumor prosthesis may be indicated. Fractures located well below the stem tip can be treated without regard for the prosthesis. Closed reduction and bracing is not associated with good results for periprosthetic femoral fractures. Retrograde intramedullary nailing is not appropriate for this fracture.

REFERENCES

Duncan CP, Masri BA: Fractures of the femur after hip replacement. Instr Course Lect 1995;44:293-304.

Bono JV, McCarthy JC, Thornhill TS, Bierbaum BE, Turner RH (eds): Revision Total Hip Arthroplasty. New York, NY, Springer Verlag, 1999, pp 530-592.

594
Q

A homebound 75-year-old woman with diabetes mellitus has had progressive left knee pain and swelling for the past 6 weeks. She is febrile with a temperature of 103°F (39.5°C). History reveals that she underwent arthroplasty 5 years ago. Examination shows passive range of motion of 0° to 100° with no active extension. Knee aspiration reveals purulent fluid with a Gram stain showing gram-negative rods. A radiograph is shown in Figure 8. In addition to IV antibiotics, which of the following management options offers the best chance of a successful outcome?

  1. Incision and drainage with repair of the extensor mechanism
  2. Removal of components and delayed revision knee arthroplasty with an allograft extensor mechanism
  3. Removal of components and immediate exchange revision total knee arthroplasty
  4. Removal of components and delayed knee arthrodesis
  5. Removal of components and delayed revision knee arthroplasty with extensor mechanism repair
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Removal of components and delayed knee arthrodesis

DISCUSSION: The patient has an infected total knee arthroplasty and an interrupted extensor mechanism. A late infection of a total knee arthroplasty in a patient with diabetes mellitus and a virulent organism requires removal of the components, debridement, antibiotic spacers, and surveillance to ensure eradication of the infection. Reconstruction of an incompetent extensor mechanism in an infected knee is extremely unlikely to be successful. Arthrodesis is the procedure of choice if a revision total knee arthroplasty is not likely to succeed. Resection arthroplasty is recommended only as a long-term solution if the patient is medically unable to undergo further surgery.

REFERENCES

Koval KJ (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 7. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgery, 2002, pp 513-536.

Hanssen AD, Rand JA: Evaluation and treatment of infection at the site of a total hip or knee arthroplasty. Instr Course Lect 1999;48:111-122.

595
Q

Varus intertrochanteric osteotomy for coxa valga commonly produces which of the following results?

  1. Decreased abductor lever arm
  2. Increased hip joint reaction force
  3. Increased center edge angle
  4. Abductor lag and lurch
  5. Lengthening of the leg
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Abductor lag and lurch

DISCUSSION: The greater trochanter is raised as a by-product of varus osteotomy, and a temporary abductor lag and lurch is common for 6 months following surgery. In the absence of hip joint subluxation, varus intertrochanteric osteotomy has no effect on the center edge angle of Wiberg. Varus osteotomy typically increases femoral offset, thereby improving the abductor lever arm and reducing the hip joint reaction force. Even without taking a wedge, varus osteotomy always produces some degree of shortening.

REFERENCE

Millis MB, Murphy SB, Poss R: Osteotomies about the hip for the prevention and treatment of osteoarthrosis. Instr Course Lect 1996;45:209-226.

596
Q

During a posterior cruciate ligament-sacrificing total knee arthroplasty with anterior referencing, 8 mm of distal femur is resected. It is noted that the flexion gap is tight and the extension gap appears stable. What is the next most appropriate step in management?

  1. Cut more proximal tibia.
  2. Cut more distal femur.
  3. Cut both the proximal tibia and distal femur.
  4. Decrease the size of the femoral component.
  5. Decrease the tibial polyethylene insert thickness.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Decrease the size of the femoral component.

DISCUSSION: If the flexion gap is tight and the extension gap is correct, it is preferable to change only the flexion gap and leave the extension gap unchanged; therefore, the treatment of choice is to decrease the size of the femoral component. The smaller component will be smaller in both medial-lateral as well as anterior-posterior dimensions. A smaller anterior-posterior size will allow more space for the flexion gap without significantly affecting the extension gap. Decreasing the size of the tibial polyethylene insert thickness or cutting more proximal tibia will affect both the flexion and extension gaps. Cutting more distal femur will increase the extension gap and not change the flexion gap, making the described situation worse. Cutting both the proximal tibia and distal femur will increase both the flexion and extension gaps.

REFERENCE

Pellicci PM, Tria AJ Jr, Garvin KL (eds): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Hip and Knee Reconstruction 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2000, pp 281-286, 339-365.

597
Q

A 58-year-old man has anterior knee pain after undergoing total knee arthroplasty for osteoarthritis 2 years ago. He denies any history of trauma. A Merchant view is shown in Figure 9. What is the most likely cause of his pain?

  1. External rotation of the femoral component
  2. Overstuffing of the patellofemoral joint
  3. Less than 12 mm of bony patella remaining after resection
  4. Lateral retinacular release
  5. Use of a cemented patellar component
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. . Less than 12 mm of bony patella remaining after resection

DISCUSSION: The patient has a patellar stress fracture after resurfacing in a total knee arthroplasty. Several studies have shown that over-resection of the patella to less than 12 to 15 mm increases anterior patellar surface strains to a point where the risk of fracture is increased. Increasing the patellar thickness, positioning of the femoral component, lateral releases, and component types have not been clearly associated with increased fracture risk.

REFERENCES

Reuben JD, McDonald CL, Woodard PL, Hennington LJ: Effect of patella thickness on patella strain following total knee arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty 1991;6:251-258.

Hsu HC, Luo ZP, Rand JA, An KN: Influence of patellar thickness on patellar tracking and patellofemoral contact characteristics after total knee arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty 1996;11:69-80.

Greenfield MA, Insall JN, Case GC, Kelly MA: Instrumentation of the patellar osteotomy in total knee arthroplasty: The relationship of patellar thickness and lateral retinacular release. Am J Knee Surg 1996;9:129-131.

598
Q

Etanercept is a recombinant genetically engineered fusion protein used to treat rheumatoid arthritis. What is its mode of action?

  1. Monoclonal antibody that binds TNF-α
  2. Blocks the binding of IL-1 to receptors
  3. Soluble receptor that binds TNF-α
  4. Soluble factor that binds rheumatoid factor
  5. Directly inhibits pyrimidine synthesis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Soluble receptor that binds TNF-α

DISCUSSION: Etanercept is a molecule consisting of the Fc portion of IgG fused to the extracellular domain of the p76 human THF-α receptor. It is soluble and binds TNF-α. Infliximab is the monoclonal antibody that binds TNF-α. IL-1 receptor antagonists are still in development. Leflunomide is a drug that inhibits pyrimidine synthesis and is similar to methotrexate as an antimetabolite.

REFERENCE

Koval KJ (ed): Orthopaedic Knowlegde Update 7. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2002, pp 193-199.

599
Q

A 68-year-old woman underwent a successful total right hip arthroplasty with a metal-on-metal articulation and cementless porous-coated components. Three months later, she underwent identical surgery on the left hip. Three months after surgery on the left hip, she reports groin pain on ambulation. Examination reveals significant groin discomfort with passive hip motion, particularly at the extremes of motion. Radiographs are shown in Figures 10A and 10B. Laboratory studies show an erythrocyte sedimentation rate of 35 mm/h and a C-reactive protein of 0.9. Aspiration yields scant growth of Staphylococcus epidermidis in the broth only, with no evidence of loosening on arthrography. A second aspiration yields scant growth of S epidermidis in the broth only. What is the most likely cause of the patient’s pain?

  1. Allergic metal synovitis
  2. Aseptic loosening of the acetabular component
  3. Septic loosening of the acetabulum
  4. Deconditioning following hip arthroplasty
  5. Iliopsoas tendinitis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Septic loosening of the acetabulum

DISCUSSION: The difference in the clinical results combined with the laboratory findings points to infection. While there is a significant risk of false-positive findings with aspiration, the fact that two successive aspirations grew the same organism strongly suggests infection. The radiograph shows that there is more radiolucency around the left acetabular component than the right component.

REFERENCES

White RE: Evaluation of the painful total hip arthroplasty, in Callaghan JJ, Rosenberg AG, Rubash HE (eds): The Adult Hip. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott-Raven, 1998, vol 2, pp 1377-1385.

Barrack RL, Harris WH: The value of aspiration of the hip joint before revision total hip arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1993;75:66-76.

600
Q

Which of the following findings best describes the effects of increasing conformity of a fixed tibial bearing component and femoral component in total knee arthroplasty?

  1. Increased peak contact stress, decreased component edge loading
  2. Increased peak contact stress, increased component wear rates
  3. Decreased peak contact stress, increased component wear rates
  4. Decreased peak contact stress, decreased component wear rates
  5. Decreased peak contact stress, decreased component edge loading
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Decreased peak contact stress, decreased component wear rates

DISCUSSION: In the design of tibial and femoral components, a compromise must be made between contact stresses and constraint. Increased conformity increases constraint, limits motion, and potentially increases stress on the knee-cement interface. By increasing conformity, the surface area over which force is applied is increased, resulting in decreased peak contact stresses and decreased component wear rates.

REFERENCES

Pellicci PM, Tria AJ Jr, Garvin KL (eds): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Hip and Knee Reconstruction 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2000, pp 265-274.

Bartel DL, Rawlinson JJ, Burstein AH, Ranawat CS, Flynn WF Jr: Stresses in polyethylene components of contemporary total knee replacements. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1995;317:76-82.

601
Q

Figure 11 shows the radiographs of a 56-year-old woman who has pain and varus knee deformity after undergoing total knee arthroplasty 8 years ago. Aspiration and studies for infection are negative. During revision surgery, management of the tibial bone loss is best achieved by

  1. a custom tibial implant.
  2. a hinged prosthesis.
  3. reconstruction with structural allograft.
  4. reconstruction with iliac crest bone graft.
  5. filling the defect with cement.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. reconstruction with structural allograft.

DISCUSSION: Massive bone loss encountered in revision total knee arthroplasty remains a significant challenge. Recent reports have shown high success rates using structural allograft to reconstruct massive bone defects. Custom and hinged prostheses in this setting are no longer favored. The defect shown is segmental and is too large to be filled with cement or iliac crest bone graft.

REFERENCES

Mow CS, Wiedel JD: Structural allografting in revision total knee arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty 1996;11:235-241.

Engh GA, Herzwurm PJ, Parks NL: Treatment of major defects of bone with bulk allografts and stemmed components during total knee arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1997;79:1030-1039.

Clatworthy MG, Ballance J, Brick GW, Chandler HP, Gross AE: The use of structural allograft for un-contained defects in revision total knee arthroplasty: A minimum five-year review. J Bone Joint Surg Am 2001;83:404-411.

602
Q

A 62-year-old man who underwent total knee arthroplasty 6 months ago now reports pain after falling on the anterior portion of the knee. Examination reveals weakness of knee extension but no extensor lag. Flexion that had once measured 115° is now limited to 70° because of pain. A radiograph is shown in Figure 12. Management should now consist of

  1. immediate repair of the ruptured patellar tendon insertion.
  2. knee joint aspiration and injection of a local anesthetic to facilitate examination.
  3. joint aspiration for culture, broad-spectrum antibiotics, and immobilization.
  4. immobilization until comfortable, followed by protected range of motion and strengthening.
  5. immediate fracture repair.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. immobilization until comfortable, followed by protected range of motion and strengthening.

DISCUSSION: The patient has a type IIIB patellar fracture (inferior pole fracture with an intact patellar tendon). Non-surgical management is the treatment of choice if there is little displacement and the extensor mechanism is intact.

REFERENCES

Brown TE, Diduch DR: Fractures of the patella, in Insall JN, Scott WN (eds): Surgery of the Knee, ed 3. Philadelphia, PA, Churchill Livingstone, 2001, vol 2, pp 1290-1312.

Pellicci PM, Tria AJ Jr, Garvin KL (eds): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Hip and Knee Reconstruction 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2000, pp 323-337.

603
Q

During primary total knee arthroplasty, what is the maximum distance the joint line can be raised or lowered before poor motion, joint instability, and increased chance of revision occur?

  1. 4 mm
  2. 8 mm
  3. 12 mm
  4. 16 mm
  5. 20 mm
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. 8 mm

DISCUSSION: Positioning of the femoral and tibial components is a common cause of early failure of total knee arthroplasty. Two modes of possible position are raising or lowering the joint line from its anatomic level. Raising or lowering the joint line beyond an established threshold can cause limited range of motion, poor patellar function, and possible instability. It has been determined that a threshold of approximately 8 mm provides consistently good results after knee arthroplasty.

REFERENCE

Pellicci PM, Tria AJ Jr, Garvin KL (eds): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Hip and Knee Reconstruction 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2000, pp 339-365.

604
Q

Failure of high tibial osteotomy (HTO) is most closely associated with which of the following factors?

  1. Patient age of less than 50 years at the time of surgery
  2. Stable fixaton of the osteotomy
  3. Development of deep venous thrombosis postoperatively
  4. Type of osteotomy performed (ie, opening wedge versus dome osteotomy)
  5. Presence of a lateral tibial thrust preoperatively
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Presence of a lateral tibial thrust preoperatively

DISCUSSION: Long-term survivorship studies have attempted to clarify patient factors related to good outcomes in HTO. One particular study showed that a patient age of less than 50 years was related to good outcomes in those who had good preoperative knee flexion. The same study found no relation between HTO failure and the presence of postoperative infection or deep venous thrombosis. The presence of a lateral tibial thrust is a contraindication to performing this surgery. As expected, good patient selection is critical to obtaining good long-term results with HTO.

REFERENCES

Naudie D, Borne RB, Rorabeck CH, Bourne TJ: Survivorship of the high tibial valgus osteotomy: A 10- to 22-year followup study. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1999;367:18-27.

Rinonapoli E, Mancini GB, Corvaglia A, Musiello S: Tibial osteotomy for varus gonarthrosis: A 10- to 21-year followup study. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1998;353:185-193.

Coventry MB, Ilstrup DM, Wallrichs SL: Proximal tibial osteotomy: A critical long-term study of eighty-seven cases. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1993;75:196-201.

605
Q

Figure 13 shows the radiograph of a 47-year-old woman who has severe right hip pain and a limp. Management should consist of

  1. acetabular osteotomy.
  2. femoral and acetabular osteotomy.
  3. total hip arthroplasty using standard trochanter osteotomy and cementless components.
  4. total hip arthroplasty using femoral shortening osteotomy and cementless components.
  5. total hip arthroplasty using femoral shortening osteotomy, a cemented socket, and a cementless femoral component.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. total hip arthroplasty using femoral shortening osteotomy and cementless components.

DISCUSSION: Femoral shortening osteotomy for a Crowe type IV hip dislocation has been shown to provide superior results with minimal complications. Cementless fixation of the stem allows for modular implants that greatly simplify the reconstruction.

In 1979 Dr. John F. Crowe proposed a classification to define the degree of malformation and dislocation of DDH. Grouped from least severe Crowe I dysplasia to most severe Crowe IV

Crowe Classification:

CROWE I: Minimal abnormal development

CROWE II: Rim of the acetabulum is not horizontal. Femoral head is not dislocated.

CROWE III: The joint is fully or nearly dislocated. The socket lacks a roof. A false socket starts to form.

CROWE IV: The joint is dislocated. The femur is positioned high up on the pelvis. Significant underdevelopment of the acetabulum.

REFERENCE

Jaroszynski G, Woodgate IG, Saleh KJ, Gross AE: Total hip replacement for the dislocated hip. Instr Course Lect 2001;50:307-316.

606
Q

A 72-year-old woman with rheumatoid arthritis who underwent primary total knee arthroplasty 2 years ago has had diffuse knee pain that developed shortly after the surgery. The patient has difficulty with stair descent and arising from chairs. Evaluation for infection is negative. AP and lateral radiographs are shown in Figure 14. Management should now consist of

  1. anti-inflammatory drugs.
  2. a knee brace.
  3. physical therapy for quadriceps strengthening.
  4. revision to a thicker polyethylene insert.
  5. revision to a posterior stabilized implant.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. revision to a posterior stabilized implant.

DISCUSSION: The radiographs show posterior flexion instability that is the result of flexion-extension gap imbalance and/or posterior cruciate ligament incompetence after a posterior cruciate-retaining total knee arthroplasty. The radiographs also show anterior femoral displacement on the tibia. Pagnano and associates reported on a series of patients with painful total knee arthroplasties who had been previously diagnosed as having pain of unknown etiology, showing that the pain was secondary to flexion instability. Pain relief was achieved by revision to a posterior stabilized implant.

REFERENCES

Pagnano MW, Hanssen AD, Lewallen DG, Stuart MJ: Flexion instability after primary posterior cruciate retaining total knee arthroplasty. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1998;356:39-46.

Fehring TK, Valadie AL: Knee instability after total knee arthroplasty. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1994;299:157-162.

Fehring TK, Odum S, Griffin WL, Mason B, Nadaud M: Early failures of total knee arthroplasty. Clin Orthop Relat Res 2001;392:315-318.

607
Q

During the implantation of a cementless acetabular component in total hip arthroplasty, placement of a screw in the anterior superior quadrant puts which of the following structures at risk for damage?

  1. Sciatic nerve
  2. Internal iliac vessels
  3. External iliac vessels
  4. Femoral vessels
  5. Obturator vessels
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. External iliac vessels

DISCUSSION: A knowledge of the safe quadrants for screw placement for acetabular component implantation is essential when performing total hip arthroplasty. The external iliac vessels are on the inner wall of the pelvis, corresponding to the anterior superior quadrant of the acetabulum.

REFERENCES

Keating EM, Ritter MA, Faris PM: Structures at risk from medially placed acetabular screws. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1990;72:509-511.

Wasielewski RC, Cooperstein L, Kruger MP, Rubash HE: Acetabular anatomy and the transacetabular fixation of screws in total hip arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1990;72:501-508.

608
Q

Figure 15 shows the AP radiograph of an 18-year-old woman with progressive and severe right hip pain. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs no longer control her pain. What is the next most appropriate step in management?

  1. Total hip arthroplasty
  2. Single innominate (Salter) osteotomy
  3. Chiari osteotomy
  4. Periacetabular osteotomy
  5. Varus intertrochanteric osteotomy
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Periacetabular osteotomy

DISCUSSION: A concentric hip with acetabular dysplasia in a symptomatic patient is best treated by periacetabular osteotomy. The Salter osteotomy is less optimal because the method has limited correction, is uniaxial, cannot be tailored to the deformity, and lateralizes the entire hip joint, thereby increasing the joint reactive forces. Because the hyaline cartilage of the joint is histologically normal, rotating the hyaline cartilage into an optimal position is preferable to augmenting the acetabulum with a shelf or by Chiari osteotomy. Varus intertrochanteric osteotomy has no significant role in the treatment of acetabular dysplasia. Total hip arthroplasty may be required in the future but should not be the first choice.

Persistent acetabular dysplasia is a well-known cause of premature hip osteoarthritis. In the dysplastic hip, point loading occurs at the edge of the steep, shallow acetabulum. Pelvic osteotomies reduce this load by increasing the contact area, relaxing the capsule and muscles about the hip, improving the moment arm of the hip, and normalizing the forces of weight bearing.

The orthopaedic surgeon can choose from among a variety of pelvic osteotomies : REDIRECTIONAL, RESHAPING, and SALVAGE for the purpose of restoring normal anatomy and biomechanical forces across the hip joint.

Redirectional osteotomies change the orientation of the acetabulum. These include the Salter, Sutherland, Dega and periactebular
osteotomies (Steel, Tonnis and Ganz)

Reshaping osteotomies reduce the volume and
shape of the acetabulum. They include the Pemberton, PemberSal and San Diego
osteotomies

Salvage/augmentation osteotomies, such as the Chiari osteotomy and shelf
procedure, improve the coverage of deformed femoral heads.

Redirectional and reshaping osteotomies are physiologic procedures as they maintain normal contact between the hyaline cartilage at the femoral head and acetabulum.

The salvage/augmentation osteotomies are non-physiologic as they depend on fibrocartilagenous metaplasia of the interposed capsule to provide a stable weight bearing
surface.

Treatment of residual dysplasia is BASED ON PATIENT’S AGE and the presence or absence of congruent hip reduction.

A Salter or Pemberton procedure is generally appropriate for a child between the ages of 2 and 10.

A triple innominate osteotomy can be considered for the older child or adolescent in whom the triradiate cartilage remains open.

After triradiate closure, the Ganz periacetabular osteotomy can be considered in addition to the triple innominate osteotomy.

REFERENCE

Millis MB, Murphy SB, Poss R: Osteotomies about the hip for the prevention and treatment of osteoarthritis. Instr Course Lect 1996;45:209-226.

609
Q

A-35: A 52-year-old man has had groin and deep buttock pain for the past 2 months. Examination reveals that hip range of motion is mildly restricted, and he has pain with both weight bearing and at rest. An MRI scan is shown in Figure 16. Management should consist of

  1. protected weight bearing and anti-inflammatory drugs.
  2. core decompression of the femoral head.
  3. vascularized free fibular grafting to the femoral head.
  4. bipolar hemiarthroplasty of the hip.
  5. total hip arthroplasty.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. protected weight bearing and anti-inflammatory drugs.

DISCUSSION: The MRI findings show highly increased signal through the entire femoral head and neck that is diagnostic of transient osteoporosis of the femoral head. This recently described entity is often seen in middle-aged men and should be treated nonsurgically with protected weight bearing and anti-inflammatory drugs. The natural history is that of self-resolution.

REFERENCES

Guerra JJ, Steinberg ME: Distinguishing transient osteoporosis from avascular necrosis of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1995;77:616-624.

Urbanski SR, de Lange EE, Eschenroeder HC Jr: Magnetic resonance imaging of transient osteoporosis of the hip. A case report. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1991;73:451-455.

610
Q

A-36: Figure 17 shows the radiograph of an 80-year-old woman who has right groin pain. She underwent a total hip arthroplasty 15 years ago and has no history of hip dislocation; however, she now reports that the pain results in functional impairment. Preoperative findings reveal that the component used has been discontinued, the locking mechanism is poor, and there is no replacement polyethylene available from the company. During surgery, the acetabular component is found to be well fixed, it is in satisfactory position, and adequate access can be obtained through the screw holes in the component to debride the osteolytic cavities. What is the best course of action for revision?

  1. Remove the component and replace it with a “jumbo” cup with bone graft or substitute.
  2. Remove the component and replace it with a bipolar component with bone graft or substitute.
  3. Remove the component and replace it with a support ring with graft or graft substitute and cement a cup into the support ring.
  4. Score the component for improved cement interdigitation and cement a cup into the retained socket with bone graft or substitute.
  5. Use a structural acetabular graft to reconstruct the acetabulum and cement a cup into the structural graft.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Score the component for improved cement interdigitation and cement a cup into the retained socket with bone graft or substitute.

DISCUSSION: The clinical result in this patient has been good, with no dislocations, suggesting that the components are in reasonably good position. The radiograph and examination at the time of surgery suggest that the acetabular component is well fixed. The surrounding bone of the acetabulum is osteopenic and there would most likely be considerable bone loss if the acetabular component is removed. Access to the osteolytic lesions is possible. Cementing an acetabular component into the retained socket will cause the least amount of bone loss, shorten the procedure, and most likely result in a functional hip.

REFERENCES

Maloney WJ: Socket retention: Staying in place. Orthopedics 2000;23:965-966.

Blaha JD: Well-fixed acetabular component retention or replacement: The whys and the wherefores. J Arthroplasty 2002;17:157-161.

611
Q

A-37: Figures 18A and 18B show the AP and lateral radiographs of a 67-year-old woman who has severe left knee pain when ambulating. History reveals that she underwent primary total knee arthroplasty 7 years ago. The patient reports increasing deformity over the past several years and uses a knee brace and a cane. Examination reveals that she walks with a varus thrust and has an uncorrectable varus deformity with valgus force. What is the primary reason for implant failure?

  1. Osteolysis
  2. Polyethylene wear
  3. Tibial component fixation failure
  4. Modular tibial component failure
  5. Posterior cruciate ligament retention
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Tibial component fixation failure

DISCUSSION: Both cemented and cementless total knee arthroplasties depend on adequate fixation of the tibial component to promote long-term survivorship. An effective stem and adequate peripheral fixation of the tibial component to the cancellous-cortical portion of the proximal tibia are necessary for cementless fixation. Peripheral screws and pegs can serve as adjunctive fixation to decrease micromotion and shear forces and allow bone ingrowth to occur. Careful preparation of the proximal tibial surface can minimize fixation failure. Cemented fixation of the tibial stem should be performed in addition to the plateau. Osteolysis, polyethylene wear, and failure at the insert/tray locking mechanism have not occurred. Posterior cruciate ligament retention has not caused the tibial component fixation failure.

REFERENCE

Pellicci PM, Tria AJ Jr, Garvin KL (eds): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Hip and Knee Reconstruction 2. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2000, pp 275-279.

612
Q

A-38: Which of the following statements best characterizes polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) when it is used to secure joint components in bone and to distribute the forces evenly across the bone-implant interface?

  1. PMMA is stronger in tension than compression.
  2. Porosity reduction increases the fatigue strength of PMMA.
  3. Hypotension that occasionally results after PMMA is placed in the femoral canal is independent of a patient’s intraoperative blood volume.
  4. Inclusion of antibiotics does not alter the strength of PMMA.
  5. PMMA bonds chemically to bone and the implant surface
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Porosity reduction increases the fatigue strength of PMMA.

DISCUSSION: PMMA has no adhesive properties and can be more accurately described as grout than glue. It does not chemically bond to bone or implants; however, mechanical bonding is accomplished with porous or coated components and with cancellous bone. PMMA is approximately three times stronger in compression than in tension. Peak blood levels of monomer are usually seen approximately 3 minutes after the cement is placed. The monomer is cleared by the lungs. Associated hypotension is more closely related to diminished blood volume than to circulating monomer levels. High porosity decreases the tensile and fatigue properties of cement. Manually mixed cement may have porosity as high as 27%. Porosity may be reduced to less than 1% through vacuum mixing or centrifugation of the cement. When adding antibiotics to cement, the compressive and tensile forces are not appreciably decreased, but the overall fatigue strength may be reduced.

REFERENCES

<edb>Canale ST (ed): Campbell’s Operative Orthopaedics, ed 9. St Louis, MO, Mosby, 1998, pp 221-224.

Callaghan JJ, Dennis DA, Paprosky WG, Rosenberg AG (eds): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update: Hip and Knee Reconstruction. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1995, pp 27-33.

613
Q

A-39: A 35-year-old male laborer with isolated posttraumatic degenerative arthritis of the right hip undergoes the procedure shown in Figure 19. What is the most appropriate position of the right lower extremity?

  1. 0° of flexion, 10° of abduction, 0° of rotation
  2. 15° of flexion, 20° of abduction, 15° of external rotation
  3. 20° of flexion, 10° of abduction, and 5° of external rotation
  4. 30° of flexion, 5° of adduction, and 5° of external rotation
  5. 45° of flexion, 10° of adduction, 0° of rotation
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. 30° of flexion, 5° of adduction, and 5° of external rotation

DISCUSSION: The primary indication for hip arthrodesis is isolated unilateral hip disease in a young, active patient. Avoiding abductor damage and preserving proximal femoral anatomy are imperative to allow conversion to a future total hip arthroplasty. Optimal positioning is 30° of flexion to allow swing-through. Neutral abduction and adduction and slight external rotation allow the most efficient gait while allowing sufficient support in stance. A small degree of adduction is acceptable for a successful hip arthrodesis.

REFERENCES

Callaghan JJ, Brand RA, Pedersen DR: Hip arthrodesis: A long term follow-up. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1985;67:1328-1335.

Koval KJ (ed): Orthopaedic Knowledge Update 7. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 2002, pp 417-451.

614
Q

A-40: Which of the following bearing materials is most resistant to scratching from third-body debris?

  1. Alumina
  2. Stainless steel
  3. Forged cobalt-chromium
  4. Ion bombarded and forged cobalt-chromium
  5. Oxidized titanium
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. Alumina

DISCUSSION: Alumina is the hardest of all the materials listed. Clinical retrieval demonstrates resistance to scratching from third-body debris.

REFERENCE

Cooper JR, Dowson D, Fisher J, Jobbins B: Ceramic bearing surfaces in total articular joints: Resistance to third body damage from bone cement particles. J Med Eng Technol 1991;15:63-67.

615
Q

A-41: A 48-year-old woman has knee pain that is worse with weight bearing. She reports no night pain or pain at rest. History reveals that she underwent total knee arthroplasty with cementless components 2 years ago. Examination reveals tenderness along the medial joint line. Figures 20A through 20C show radiographs and a bone scan. What is the most likely cause of the patient’s pain?

  1. Deep infection
  2. Malalignment
  3. Fibrous ingrowth of the femoral component
  4. Fibrous ingrowth of the tibial component
  5. Patellar component loosening
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Fibrous ingrowth of the tibial component

DISCUSSION: The radiographs show a halo-like sclerotic margin around the tibial stem and lucency under the baseplate. The bone scan shows markedly increased uptake under the tibial component, particularly on the medial side (not diffusely through the knee as seen with infection). These studies indicate lack of bone ingrowth fixation of the cementless porous-coated tibial component. The recent report of Fehring and associates has identified failure of ingrowth of a porous-coated implant as a dominant mode of early failure of total knee arthroplasties.

REFERENCES

Fehring TK, Odum S, Griffin WL, Mason B, Nadaud M: Early failures of total knee arthroplasty. Clin Orthop Relat Res 2001;392:315-318.

Fehring TK: Revision TJA corrects flexion extension gap imbalance. Orthop Today 2002;22:44.

616
Q

A-42: A 65-year-old woman has nausea, vomiting, and abdominal distention after undergoing total knee arthroplasty 48 hours ago. An abdominal radiograph is shown in Figure 21. Associated risk factors for this disorder include

  1. hypokalemia.
  2. administration of warfarin.
  3. administration of antibiotics.
  4. general anesthesia.
  5. early mobilization and physical therapy.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. hypokalemia.

DISCUSSION: The prevalence of postoperative ileus associated with total joint arthroplasty has been reported to be as high as 3%. Metabolic abnormalities such as hypokalemia are believed to contribute to the onset of ileus and Ogilvie syndrome (acute pseudo-obstruction of the colon). Prolonged bed rest also has been associated with the development of ileus and Ogilvie syndrome. Untreated Ogilvie syndrome can result in cecal perforation. Ileus usually is not accompanied by mechanical obstruction. Antibiotic administration and the type of anesthesia used have not been correlated with development of ileus. Administration of warfarin has been associated with elevated prothrombin time/partial thromboplastin time and international normalized ratio levels when ileus is managed with a nasogastric tube and suction. Metabolic imbalances must be corrected to reverse the ileus process.

REFERENCES

Iorio R, Healy WL, Appleby D: The association of excessive warfarin anticoagulation and postoperative ileus after total joint replacement surgery. J Arthroplasty 2000;15:220-223.

Clarke HD, Berry DJ, Larson DR: Acute pseudo-obstruction of the colon as a postoperative complication of hip arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1997;79:1642-1647.

617
Q

A-43: Which of the following methods is considered effective in decreasing the dislocation rate following a total hip arthroplasty using a posterior approach to the hip?

  1. Use of a shorter neck length
  2. Use of a smaller diameter head with a skirted neck extension
  3. Reconstruction of the external rotators and capsular attachments during closure
  4. Placement of the acetabular component in 60° of abduction as opposed to 45° of abduction
  5. Placement of the acetabular component in neutral (0°) anteversion as opposed to 15° to 20° of anteversion
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Reconstruction of the external rotators and capsular attachments during closure

DISCUSSION: A total hip arthroplasty using the posterior approach has resulted in hip dislocation under certain circumstances. Reconstruction of the external rotator/capsular complex is recognized as a stability-enhancing mechanism for the posterior approach. Although the correct position for an acetabular component has not been definitively determined, many surgeons prefer to place the acetabular component in 15° to 20° of anteversion and approximately 45° of abduction. Relative retroversion is a risk factor for posterior dislocation. High abduction angles result in edge loading of the polyethylene and possible early failure, as well as an increased risk of dislocation. Smaller diameter heads and skirted neck extensions used together decrease the range of motion that is allowed before impingement occurs, and this can result in dislocation. Shorter neck lengths generally result in soft-tissue envelope laxity. If laxity occurs, increased offset, neck length, or both can improve stability.

REFERENCES

Pellicci PM, Bostrom M, Poss R: Posterior approach to total hip replacement using enhanced posterior soft tissue repair. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1998;355:224-228.

Morrey BF: Difficult complications after hip joint replacement: Dislocation. Clin Orthop Relat Res 1997;344:179-187.

618
Q

A-1: What component (pulley) of the flexor tendon sheath is commonly involved in trigger finger?

  1. A1
  2. A2
  3. A4
  4. C1
  5. C2
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 1. A1

DISCUSSION: Although flexor tendons are occasionally seen to trigger anywhere within the fibroosseous tunnel, the most common location of mechanical mismatch is at the proximal opening, A1 pulley, of the tunnel. The pulleys are named by their configuration, either annular (A) or cruciate (C), and numbered by their location, beginning proximally.

REFERENCE

Froimson AL: Tenosynovitis and tennis elbow, in Green DP (ed): Operative Hand Surgery, ed 3. New York, NY, Churchill Livingstone, 1993, vol 2, pp 1992-1995.

619
Q

A-2: The ulnar nerve innervates which of the following muscles in the hand and forearm?

  1. Four lumbricals and abductor digiti minimi
  2. Adductor pollicis and abductor digiti minimi
  3. Extensor carpi ulnaris and flexor carpi ulnaris
  4. Abductor digiti minimi and abductor pollicis brevis
  5. Flexor pollicis brevis and opponens pollicis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Adductor pollicis and abductor digiti minimi

DISCUSSION: The ulnar nerve innervates the abductor digiti minimi, adductor pollicis, flexor carpi ulnaris, the lumbricals to the small and ring fingers, and frequently a portion of the flexor pollicis brevis. The median nerve innervates the lumbricals to the index and long fingers, the flexor pollicis brevis, opponens pollicis, and the abductor pollicis brevis. The radial nerve innervates the extensor carpi ulnaris.

REFERENCE

Spinner M (ed): Kaplan’s Functional and Surgical Anatomy of the Hand, ed 3. Philadelphia, PA, JB Lippincott, 1984, pp 230-233.

620
Q

A-3: Which of the following structures is typically spared in ulnar impaction syndrome?

  1. Ulnar head
  2. Lunate
  3. Triquetrum
  4. Triangular fibrocartilage
  5. Pisiform
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Pisiform

DISCUSSION:

The ulnar impaction syndrome can be defined as the impaction of the ulnar head against the triangular fibrocartilage complex and ulnar carpus resulting in progressive degeneration of those structures. The differential diagnosis in patients who present with ulnar wrist pain and limitation of motion can also include ulnar impingement syndrome and arthrosis or incongruity of the distal radioulnar joint. Structural abnormalities involving the distal radioulnar joint, distal radius, and ulnar carpus must be carefully elucidated prior to developing a treatment plan. When such abnormalities are identified and appropriately addressed, surgical treatment can be expected to be effective in the majority of cases. It is important to remember that in the absence of obvious structural abnormalities, the ulnar impaction syndrome may result from daily activities that result in excessive intermittent loading of the ulnar carpus. In this group of patients, treatment is directed at decreasing ulnar load by shortening the distal ulna in any of several ways. If relative instability of the ulnar ligamentous complex is a factor, then ulnar shortening by recession is the treatment of choice. Malunion of the distal radius resulting in ulnar impaction syndrome is best treated by addressing the deformity; that is, corrective radial osteotomy. Patients who present with a combination of ulnar impaction syndrome along with distal radioulnar joint, abnormalities must have both of these abnormalities addressed at the time of surgery. The matched ulnar resection and the hemiresection interposition arthroplasty are both effective procedures; however, the Suave-Kapandji procedure also can be used to address relative ligamentous laxity at the ulnar aspect of the wrist. The Darrach procedure is presently not recommended as a first-line treatment in these cases; however, when used as a salvage procedure, satisfactory results can be obtained in properly selected patients. Careful preoperative evaluation and planning are therefore the key to successful treatment of the ulnar impaction syndrome

The bones of the ulnocarpal joint consist of the ulna, triquetrum, and lunate. The triangular fibrocartilage is interposed between the carpal bones and the ulnar head, and is typically the first structure to undergo degeneration. The interosseous ligament provides a continuation of the articular surface between the lunate and triquetrum, and also frequently shows early degeneration. Chondromalacia of the ulnar head, lunate, and occasionally the triquetrum is followed by cystic and sclerotic changes within these bones. The pisiform is not typically involved in this syndrome.

REFERENCE

Chun S, Palmer AK: The ulnar impaction syndrome: Follow-up of ulnar shortening osteotomy. J Hand Surg [Am] 1993;18:46-53.

621
Q

A-4: Which of the following structures form the boundaries of the anatomic snuff box of the wrist?

  1. Extensor pollicis longus tendon and abductor pollicis longus tendon
  2. Abductor pollicis brevis tendon and abductor pollicis longus tendon
  3. Extensor pollicis longus tendon and extensor pollicis brevis tendon
  4. Radial artery and extensor pollicis longus tendon
  5. Abductor pollicis longus tendon and extensor pollicis brevis tendon
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Extensor pollicis longus tendon and extensor pollicis brevis tendon

DISCUSSION: In the first dorsal compartment, the extensor pollicis brevis tendon is ulnar to the abductor pollicis longus tendon. The anatomic snuff box of the wrist is bounded by the abductor pollicis longus and extensor pollicis brevis on its radial border and the extensor pollicis longus on its ulnar border. The distal half of the scaphoid and the tubercle of the trapezium form the floor. The radial artery and branches of the superficial radial nerve pass through this area. Branches of the lateral antebrachial cutaneous nerve, which is a branch of the musculocutaneous nerve, may also pass through this area.

REFERENCE

Spinner M (ed): Kaplan’s Functional and Surgical Anatomy of the Hand, ed 3. Philadelphia, PA, JB Lippincott, 1984, pp 359-371.

622
Q

A-5: Management of a patient with an acute nail bed laceration should consist of

  1. soaks and oral antibiotics.
  2. volar splinting.
  3. removal of the nail plate.
  4. repair of the nail bed with 6-0 chromic suture.
  5. reconstruction of the nail with split sterile matrix grafts.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. repair of the nail bed with 6-0 chromic suture.

DISCUSSION: It is important to properly treat a nail bed injury acutely. As a rule, reconstruction does not provide the same results as proper early care. Using the proper suture (6-0 or 7-0 chromic) on a fine needle with magnification, 90% of patients should have good or better results. Reconstruction of the nail with split sterile matrix grafts or split germinal matrix grafts will improve nail appearance, but will most likely result in a permanent deformity.

REFERENCES

Manske PR (ed): Hand Surgery Update. Rosemont, IL, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1994, pp 289-293.

The perionychium, in Zook EG (ed): Hand Clinics. Chicago, IL, WB Saunders, 1990, vol 6, pp 36-43.

623
Q

A-6: The recurrent motor branch of the median nerve innervates which of the following muscles?

  1. Abductor pollicis brevis, first dorsal interosseous, opponens pollicis
  2. Abductor pollicis brevis, flexor pollicis brevis, opponens pollicis
  3. Adductor pollicis, first dorsal interosseous, opponens pollicis
  4. Adductor pollicis, flexor pollicis brevis (deep and superficial heads)
  5. Adductor pollicis, flexor pollicis brevis, opponens pollicis
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2.Abductor pollicis brevis, flexor pollicis brevis, opponens pollicis

DISCUSSION: The recurrent motor branch of the median nerve supplies the thenar muscles (abductor pollicis brevis, flexor pollicis brevis, and opponens pollicis) that are primarily responsible for thumb opposition. The nerve can be injured in carpal tunnel release. A branch of the nerve also supplies the first lumbrical. The adductor pollicis and the interossei are supplied by the ulnar nerve.

REFERENCES

Last RJ: Anatomy: Regional and Applied, ed 6. London, England, Churchill Livingstone, 1978, p 109.

Hoppenfeld S, deBoer P: Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics: The Anatomic Approach. Philadelphia, PA, JB Lippincott, 1984, p 170.

624
Q

A-7: A purulent flexor tenosynovitis of the thumb may communicate with the small finger flexor through which of the following structures?

  1. Hypothenar space
  2. Thenar space
  3. Midpalmar space
  4. Distal forearm (Parona space)
  5. Lumbrical canal
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Distal forearm (Parona space)

DISCUSSION: Only the flexor sheaths of the thumb and small finger are continuous from the digit through the carpal canal and into the distal forearm. If one of the sheaths ruptures from synovitis, it may contaminate the other sheath through the Parona space in the distal forearm. This potential space lies superficial to the pronator quadratus and deep to the flexor tendons.

REFERENCES

Green DP, Hotchkiss RN, Pederson WC (eds): Operative Hand Surgery, ed 4. New York, NY, Churchill Livingstone, 1999, pp 1044-1045.

Burkhalter WE: Deep space infections. Hand Clin 1989;5:553-559.

625
Q

A-8: Which of the following nerves travels with the deep palmar arch?

  1. Recurrent motor branch of the median nerve
  2. Medial branch of the median nerve
  3. Lateral branch of the median nerve
  4. Superficial branch of the ulnar nerve
  5. Deep motor branch of the ulnar nerve
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Deep motor branch of the ulnar nerve

DISCUSSION: The ulnar nerve divides alongside the pisiform, and the deep branch supplies the three hypothenar muscles and crosses the palm with the deep palmar arch to supply the two ulnar lumbricals, all interossei, and finally the adductor pollicis. The superficial branch supplies the ulnar digital branches to the small and ring fingers. The median nerve branches are more superficial in the palm near the superficial palmar arch.

REFERENCES

Last RJ: Anatomy: Regional and Applied, ed 6. London, England, Churchill Livingstone, 1978, p 109.

Hoppenfeld S, deBoer P: Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics: The Anatomic Approach. Philadelphia, PA, JB Lippincott, 1984, pp 166-169.

626
Q

A-9: Pacinian corpuscles are lamellated nerve endings that are responsible for providing the perception of

  1. pain.
  2. light touch.
  3. pressure.
  4. temperature.
  5. vibration.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3

DISCUSSION: Pacinian corpuscles are nerve endings that provide the perception of pressure.

REFERENCE

Sunderland SS: Nerves and Nerve Injuries, ed 2. New York, NY, Churchill Livingstone, 1978, pp 343-347.

627
Q

A-10: A positive Froment sign indicates weakness of which of the following muscles?

  1. First dorsal interosseous
  2. Adductor pollicis
  3. Opponens pollicis
  4. Flexor pollicis brevis
  5. Abductor pollicis longus
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 2. Adductor pollicis

DISCUSSION: Thumb adduction is powered by the adductor pollicis (ulnar nerve). Testing involves having the patient forcibly hold a piece of paper between the thumb and radial side of the index proximal phalanx. When this muscle is weak or nonfunctioning, the thumb interphalangeal joint flexes with this maneuver, resulting in a positive Froment sign. The paper is held by action of the thumb flexion (flexor pollicis longus and flexor pollicis brevis; median innervated).

REFERENCE

Burton RI: The Hand: Examination and Diagnosis. Chicago, IL, American Society for Surgery of the Hand, 1978, pp 26-27.

628
Q

A-11: The vascularity of the digital flexor tendons is significantly richer in what cross-sectional region?

  1. Volar ulnar quadrant
  2. Volar radial quadrant
  3. Peripheral one third
  4. Dorsal one half
  5. Center
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. Dorsal one half

DISCUSSION: The vascularity of the dorsal portion of the digital flexor tendons is considerably richer than the volar portion. The other regions are not preferentially more vascular.

REFERENCES

Hunter JM, Scheider LH, Makin EJ (eds): Tendon Surgery in the Hand. St Louis, MO, Mosby, 1987, pp 91-99.

Gelberman RH, Khabie V, Cahill CJ: The revascularization on healing flexor tendons in the digital sheath: A vascular injection study in dogs. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1991;73:868-881.

629
Q

A-12: In the first dorsal compartment of the wrist, what tendon most frequently contains multiple slips?

  1. Extensor pollicis longus
  2. Extensor pollicis brevis
  3. Extensor carpi radialis longus
  4. Extensor carpi radialis brevis
  5. Abductor pollicis longus
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 5. Abductor pollicis longus

DISCUSSION: The first extensor compartment of the wrist typically contains a single extensor pollicis brevis tendon and the abductor pollicis longus tendon that nearly always has multiple tendon slips. The extensor pollicis brevis tendon is frequently found to be separated from the slips of the abductor pollicis longus tendon by an intracompartmental septum. During surgery, this septum must be divided to complete the release of the compartment.

REFERENCES

Jackson WT, Viegas SF, Coon TM, Stimpson KD, Frogameni AD, Simpson JM: Anatomical variations in the first extensor compartment of the wrist: A clinical and anatomical study. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1986;68:923-926.

Minamikawa Y, Peimer CA, Cox WL, Sherwin FS: DeQuervain’s syndrome: Surgical and anatomical studies of the fibroosseous canal. Orthopedics 1991;14:545-549.

630
Q

A-13: An untreated mallet finger can progress into what type of deformity?

  1. Boutonniere
  2. Jersey finger
  3. Swan-neck
  4. Clinodactyly
  5. Camptodactyly
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 3. Swan-neck

DISCUSSION: The loss of the extensor insertion at the distal phalanx results in a mallet finger deformity that permits the extension mechanism to shift proximally, thereby increasing the extensor tone at the proximal interphalangeal (PIP) joint relative to the distal interphalangeal joint. If the volar plate of the PIP joint is lax, the joint will hyperextend as a secondary deformity. As the PIP joint hyperextends, the extensor mechanism will migrate dorsally to the axis of rotation of the PIP joint and a swan-neck deformity will result.

REFERENCES

Littler JW: The digital extensor-flexor system, in Converse JM (ed): Reconstructive Plastic Surgery. Philadelphia, PA, WB Saunders, 1977, vol 6, pp 3166-3214.

Burton RI: Extensor tendon—late reconstruction, in Green DP (ed): Operative Hand Surgery. New York, NY, Churchill Livingstone, 1993, pp 1955-1988.

631
Q

A-14: The strength of a repaired flexor tendon in the immediate postoperative period is most closely related to the

  1. diameter of the suture used in the repair.
  2. addition of a circumferential epitendinous stitch.
  3. number of suture knots at the repair site.
  4. number of suture strands that cross the repair site.
  5. number of grasping loops on either side of the repair site.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4

DISCUSSION: Numerous in vitro studies have demonstrated that the strength of a flexor tendon repair is directly proportional to the number of core suture strands that cross the repair site. Four-strand repairs have twice the strength of two-strand repairs, and complex six-strand repairs are up to three times stronger. Repair strength has never been shown to be significantly affected by the diameter of the suture employed or by the addition of multiple grasping loops that have been shown to contribute to gap formation in one experimental model. The addition of a circumferential epitendinous stitch has been shown to increase the strength of the repair by 10% to 50%; therefore, it is recommended but is not considered essential. While most repairs rupture at the suture knot, the number of knots employed has not been shown to be a factor in the initial repair strength.

REFERENCES

Boyer MI, Strickland JW, Engles D, Sachar K, Leversedge FJ: Flexor tendon repair and rehabilitation: State of the art in 2002. Instr Course Lect 2003;52:137-161.

Winters SC, Gelberman RH, Woo SL, Chan SS, Grewal R, Seiler JG III: The effects of multiple-strand suture methods on the strength and excursion of repaired intrasynovial flexor tendons: A biomechanical study in dogs. J Hand Surg [Am] 1998;23:97-104.

632
Q

A-15: In the early stage of carpal tunnel syndrome, Semmes-Weinstein monofilament testing is considered more sensitive than static two-point discrimination testing in assessing median nerve dysfunction because it measures the

  1. innervation density of slowly adapting fibers.
  2. innervation density of quickly adapting fibers.
  3. threshold of quickly adapting fibers.
  4. threshold of slowly adapting fibers.
  5. conduction velocity of sensory fibers.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. threshold of slowly adapting fibers.

DISCUSSION: A threshold test measures the function of a single nerve fiber innervating a group of receptors, whereas an innervation density test measures numerous overlapping receptor fields. Therefore, threshold tests such as Semmes-Weinstein monofilament testing and vibration testing are more likely to show a gradual change in nerve function. Semmes-Weinstein monofilament testing reflects the function of slowly adapting touch fibers (Group-A beta), and vibration testing measures the quickly adapting fibers. Static and moving two-point discrimination testing both measure innervation density and are more a reflection of complex cortical organization. Therefore, they are most useful in assessing functional nerve regeneration after nerve repair. Conduction velocity is a useful measure of nerve dysfunction in compressive neuropathies but can be measured only with electrodiagnostic equipment.

REFERENCES

Gelberman RH: Operative Nerve Repair and Reconstruction. Philadelphia, PA, JB Lippincott, 1991, pp 158-162.

MacKinnon SE, Dellon AL: Surgery of the Peripheral Nerve. New York, NY, Thieme, 1988, pp 217-219.

633
Q

A-16: A 45-year-old housepainter injured his index finger holding it against the nozzle of a spray gun while painting 1 hour ago. He reports moderate pain that does not change markedly with passive motion of his fingers. Examination reveals a 0.5-cm puncture wound on the volar aspect of the finger at the level of the proximal interphalangeal joint. There is minimal swelling in his palm and distal forearm and no erythema. Management at this time should consist of

  1. hospital admission for IV antibiotics.
  2. injections of 10% calcium gluconate.
  3. splinting and observation.
  4. debridement in the operating room.
  5. compartment pressure measurements
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4.debridement in the operating room.

DISCUSSION: High-pressure injection injuries are often innocuous in appearance because a small entry site is often all that is seen. However, they are considered surgical emergencies because oil-based agents like paint can cause rapid tissue necrosis and fibrosis. Thorough debridement of all involved compartments is mandatory, although poor outcomes are still not unexpected. Antibiotics are of no value initially because tissue destruction occurs from chemical irritation. Calcium gluconate is used specifically to counteract hydrofluoric acid burns. Observation will delay appropriate treatment and is associated with poor outcomes. Compartment pressure measurements are unnecessary.

REFERENCES

Failla JM, Linden MD: The acute pathologic changes of paint-injection injury and correlation to surgical treatment: A report of two cases. J Hand Surg [Am] 1997;22:156-159.

Schoo MJ, Scott FA, Boswick JA Jr: High-pressure injection injuries of the hand. J Trauma 1980;20:229-238.

634
Q

A-17: A 28-year-old woman has had progressive pain and loss of motion in her nondominant wrist for the past 6 months. Plain radiographs are shown in Figures 1A and 1B. Treatment should consist of

  1. proximal row carpectomy.
  2. total wrist arthrodesis.
  3. lunate excision and silicone prosthesis replacement.
  4. radial shortening osteotomy.
  5. capitohamate fusion.
A

PREFERRED RESPONSE: 4. radial shortening osteotomy.

DISCUSSION: Based on the radiographic findings of lunate collapse without loss of carpal height nor a fixed carpal malalignment, the patient has stage IIIA Kienbock disease according to Lichtman’s classification. Although much controversy remains regarding optimal treatment for Kienbock disease, radial shortening osteotomy decreases the radiolunate load and has shown excellent clinical results in patients with stage III or IIIA disease who have a negative ulnar variance. Proximal row carpectomy and total wrist arthrodesis are both salvage procedures that are applicable in stage IIIB or IV disease. The use of a silicone lunate prosthesis is no longer advised because of a high rate of particulate synovitis. Capitohamate fusion alone has not been shown to unload the lunate, although it is sometimes combined with capitate shortening, which decreases the load across the radiolunate articulation.

REFERENCES

Quenzer DE, Dobyns JH, Linscheid RL, Trail IA, Vidal MA: Radial recession osteotomy for Kienbock’s disease. J Hand Surg [Am] 1997;22:386-395.

Trumble T, Glisson RR, Seaber AV, Urbaniak JR: A biomechanical comparison of the methods for treating Kienbock’s disease. J Hand Surg [Am] 1986;11:88-93.

635
Q

1 First treatment priority in patient with multiple injuries is:

a. Airway maintenance
b. Bleeding control
c. Circulatory volume restoration
d. Splinting of fractures
e. Reduction of dislocation.

A

Answer: a. Airway maintenance

A.B.C. (Airway, bleeding and circulation) are the priorities in management of seriously injured patient in that order

636
Q

2 A patient who has sustained open wound on leg is bleeding profusely. Before patient arrives in hospital the safest method to stop bleeding is:

a. Elevation of leg
b. Local pressure on wound and elevation of leg
c. Ligation of bleeding vessel
d. Use of tourniquet
e. Pressure over femoral artery in groin.

A

Answer: b. Local pressure on wound and elevation of leg

Local pressure on wound and elevation of leg is the safest and most effective method to stop bleeding. Tourniquet can be dangerous if not properly used. Elevation alone and local pressure on femoral artery is ineffective.

637
Q

3 Commonest cause of deformity in a long bone is:

a. Osteoporosis
b. Rickets
c. Paget’s disease
d. Malunited fracture
e. Fibrous dysplasia.

A

Answer: d. Malunited fracture

Malunited fractures are the commonest cause of deformity in long bones since the incidence of fracture is much higher than congenital, developmental, metabolic, infective and neoplastic conditions.

638
Q

4 What is the second most important aspect in the treatment of fractures of long bones:

a. Adequate nutrition of patient
b. Accurate anatomical reduction
c. Immobilization
d. Restoration of bone alignment
e. Antibiotics.

A

Answer: c. Immobilization

First and foremost requisite to ensure healing of long bone fractures to restore function is the reduction of bone fragments into good alignment so that malunion does not occur. Accurate anatomical reduction is not necessary. Second important aspect is immobilization of the fracture.

639
Q

5 Which of the following is an absolute contraindication of open reduction:

a. Active infection
b. Small sized fragment
c. Very soft bone
d. General medical complications
e. Severe scarring of adjacent soft tissues.

A

Answer: a. Active infection

Active infection is a contraindication for open reduction as this may lead to further complications and even more difficulty in salvage. In other conditions mentioned open reduction can produce problem and should not be lightly undertaken.

640
Q

6 Commonest cause of failure of internal fixation is:

a. Infection
b. Corrosion
c. Metal reaction
d. Immune deficient patient
e. Stress fracture of implant.

A

Answer: a. Infection

Most common and serious disadvantage of open reduction and internal fixation is infection which will ultimately lead to implant becoming loose and non union. Immune deficient patient does not behave differently as regards fracture healing. Corrosion, metal reaction and stress fracture of implant are rare.

641
Q

7 Which of the following fracture does not usually need open reduction and internal fixation:

a. Mid shaft fracture of femur
b. Pathological fractures
c. Trochanteric fracture in elderly
d. Displaced intra articular fractures
e. Displaced fracture of both bones of forearm in adults.

A

Answer: a. Mid shaft fracture of femur

Out of the fractures mentioned, femoral shaft fracture is least likely to need operative treatment. In this fracture operation is done to get patient out of traction early. All other fractures mentioned will almost always need open reduction and internal fixation

642
Q

8 Which of the following is the best way to preserve amputated part for replantation:

a. Immersion in cold saline
b. Immersion in cold ringer lactate
c. Immersion in cold antibiotic solution
d. Dry cooling with ice
e. Deep freezing.

A

Answer: d. Dry cooling with ice

Dry cooling with ice is the best way to preserve amputated part as this causes least alteration of tissue structures

643
Q

9 Death 3 days after pelvic fracture is most likely to he due to:

a. Haemorrhage
b. Pulmonary embolism
c. Fat embolism
d. Respiratory distress
e. Infection.

A

Answer: c. Fat embolism

Within first few hours after severe injuries death may occur due to hypovolaemia from haemorrhage and within 3 days from fat embolism. Pulmonary embolism usually occurs at about 3 weeks from injury. Respiratory distress is a part of fat embolism syndrome.

644
Q

10 Myositis ossificans is most commonly seen at:

a. Hip
b. Knee
c. Shoulder
d. Elbow
e. Ankle

A

Answer: d. elbow

Myositis ossificans can occur at any place following injury, vigorous massage or operative intervention, but is most common around the elbow joint

645
Q

11 Hyperbaric Oxygen is not used for which of following conditions in usual clinical practice:

a. Gas gangrene
b. Carbon monoxide poisoning
c. Arterial gas embolism
d. Decompression sickness
e. Chronic osteomyelitis.

A

Answer: e. Chronic osteomyelitis
Hyperbaric Oxygen is not generally used in chronic osteomyelitis, although in experimental situations it has been shown to be effective by enhancing action of phagocytes, potentiating immune response and promoting both bone and soft tissue healing. HBO therapy allows patients to breathe 100% oxygen in a chamber under conditions of increased barometric pressure. It was first used in the late 1800s to treat caisson workers injured with decompression sickness (the “bends”) during construction of the Hudson River tunnel in NewYork. Subsequently the military used it to treat the bends and air gas emboli. Beginning in the 1960s, animal experimentation and clinical case reports indicated applications for HBO therapy in the management of both severe anemia and gas gangrene. Most clinical hyperbaric medicine is practiced at 2 to 3 ATA—that is, 1 or 2 atmospheres greater than ambient pressure. Each atmosphere is considered to be 760mmHg; thus, a patient receiving 100% oxygen at 3 ATA is exposed to a pO2 of 2,280mmHg (ie, 3 × 760mmHg).
Indication :
 Air or gas embolism
 Carbon monoxide poisoning
 Clostridial myositis and myonecrosis (gas gangrene)
 Crush injury, compartment syndrome, or acute traumatic peripheral ischemia
 Decompression sickness
 Enhancement of healing in select problem wounds
 Exceptional blood loss anemia
 Intracranial abscess
 Necrotizing soft-tissue infections
 Osteomyelitis (refractory)
 Delayed radiation injury (soft-tissue and bony necrosis)
 Skin flaps and grafts (compromised)
 Thermal burns
Reference : Greensmith JE. Perspectives in Modern Orthopedic: Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy in Extremity Trauma. J Am Acad Orthop Surg 2004;12:376-384

646
Q

12 Which of the following fracture is slowest to heal and often develops non union:

a. Intracapsular femoral neck fracture
b. Scaphoid
c. Lower third of tibia
d. Proximal humerus
e. Distal femur.

A

Answer: a. Intracapsular femoral neck fracture

Intracapsular femoral neck fractures are slowest to heal and develop non union in higher percentage of cases compared to scaphoid and distal tibial fractures, both of which also tend to heal slowly due to deficient blood supply of one fragment. Proximal humerus and distal femoral fractures do not usually go to delayed union.

647
Q
  1. Internal fixation of fracture is contraindicated in which situation:

a. Active infection
b. When bone gap is present
c. In epiphyseal injuries
d. In compound fracture
e. In pathological fracture.

A

Answer: a. Active infection

Active infection is the only definite contraindica on of internal fixation; and in this situation an external fixator or external immobilization is the treatment of choice. In pathological fractures and in presence of bone gap internal fixation is quite often mandatory. Compound fracture is a relative contraindication.

648
Q

14 Which of the following is commonest cause of deformity in long bones:

a. Bone dysplasias
b. Metabolic disorders
c. Bone tumours
d. Infections
e. Malunited fracture.

A

Answer: e. malunited fracture

While all the conditions produce deformity of bone malunited fracture is statistically most important cause of bony deformity.

649
Q

15 Which of the following is most common cause of Volkmann’s ischaemic contracture:

a. Fracture of humeral shaft
b. Dislocation of elbow
c. Supracondylar fracture of humerus
d. Brachial artery injury
e. Tight bandage and plaster.

A

Answer: e. Tight bandage and plaster

Commonest cause of Volkmann’s contracture is injudiciously applied tight plaster and bandages following injury, which result in compromise of circulation. This is followed in frequency by supracondylar fracture of humerus, dislocation of elbow and brachial artery injury. Fracture of humeral shaft does not usually produce this complication

650
Q

16 Development of gas gangrene can be prevented by:

a. Prophylactic immunization
b. Administration of intravenous antibiotics
c. Proper debridement of wound
d. Administration of hyperbaric oxygen
e. Amputation.

A

Answer: c. Proper debridement of wound

The only prophylaxis against development of gas gangrene is early and thorough debridment of open wounds, and wound should be left open. A wound left open after adequate debridment rarely develops gas gangrene. Immunization is of no value and all other methods of treatment are used when gas gangrene is developing or has developed.

651
Q

17 Commonest cause of failure of internal fixation of fracture is:

a. Infection
b. Fatigue fracture of implant
c. Corrosion in implant
d. Loosening of implant
e. Metal reaction.

A

Answer: a. infection

Infection following an open operation is the commonest cause of failure following internal fixation. All other factors can also lead to complications but. statistically they are not as important

652
Q

18 Most serious disadvantage of open reduction of fracture is:

a. Delayed union
b. Non union
c. Infection
d. Joint stiffness
e. Cosmetic deformity.

A

Answer: c. Infection

Introduction of infection in a closed fracture is most serious disadvantage of open reduction. Badly placed incisions produce cosmetic deformity. Excessive and injudicious stripping of soft tissues during operation can impair vascularity of bone and lead to delayed or non union. Scarring of muscles can lead to joint stiffness

653
Q

19 Which is commonest occasion in orthopaedic practice for use of bone grafts:

a. Fresh fractures
b. Non union
c. For arthrodesis
d. To bridge bone gap
e. To fill cavities after curettage of tumours.

A

Answer: b. Non union

Statistically non union is the commonest indication for use of bone grafts.

654
Q

20 Chemically Plaster of Paris is:

a. Calcium carbonate
b. Calcium phosphate
c. Calcium sulphate
d. Anhydrous calcium sulphate
e. Hemihydrated calcium sulphate.

A

Answer: e. Hemihydrated calcium sulphate

.
Powder of plaster of Paris chemically is hemihydrated calcium sulphate : CaSO4. ½ H2O

655
Q

21 Most often open reduction of fracture is required in:

a. Closed fracture with nerve injury
b. Compound fracture
c. Fracture in children
d. Unsatisfactory closed reduction
e. Non union.

A

Answer: d. Unsatisfactory closed reduction

Unsatisfactory closed reduction is the commonest reason for performing open reduction. Next commonest reason for this is non union. Fractures in children rarely require open reduction. Compound fractures and fractures associated with nerve injury are also uncommon reasons

656
Q

22 In internal fixation of fracture, compression plating gives following advantages:

a. Easier reduction as the exposure is longer
b. It is simpler to use
c. Provides more rigid fixation
d. Induces osteogensis
e. Increases vascular proliferation.

A

Answer: c. Provides more rigid fixation

Only advantage of a compression plate fixation is more rigid fixation of fracture. Compression plating is neither simpler nor easier. Plate fixation has no influence on vascular proliferation or rate of osteogensis

657
Q

23 What is fracture disease:

a. Non union
b. Infection
c. Joint stiffness
d. Vascular damage
e. Neurological damage.

A

Answer: c. Joint stiffness

Joint stiffness and contractures along with poor muscle tone leading to functional impairment even after the fracture has united is termed fracture disease. This can be avoided by continuing physiotherapy while fracture is uniting.

658
Q

24 Concerning intra articular fractures at knee which of the following statement is true:

a. Early knee mobilization is inadvisable
b. Intercondylar fracture of femur quite often leads to avascular necrosis
c. Non union of tibial condyle fracture is common
d. Extraarticular adhesions play no role in producing joint stiffness
e. Displaced intra articular fractures usually need open reduction.

A

Answer: e. Displaced intra articular fractures usually need open reduction

Joint congruity should be restored by accurate reduction of displaced intraarticular fractures, and early movements, thereafter is the best course to regain joint mobility. Tibial and femoral condyle fractures occur in area of abundant cancellous bone where non union is extremely rare, and so is the incidence of avascular necrosis.

659
Q

25 Which of the following is not an absolute indication of open reduction:

a. Non union
b. Displaced intra articular fractures
c. Fractures irreducible by manipulation
d. Fractures associated with vascular injury
e. Early mobilization.

A

Answer: e. Early mobilization

Desire to mobilize patient early, improve nursing care in multiple injury patient, to reduce morbidity from prolonged immobilization, and delayed union are relatively less important indication of open reduction of fractures. While first four situations mentioned in. the question are such that open reduction has to be performed

660
Q

26 A bone graft from same species and of identical histocompatibility of antigens is called

a. Homograft
b. Heterograft
c. Allograft
d. Isograft
e. Autograft

A

Answer: d. Isograft

When donor and receipient are same individual, graft is called autograft. When donor and receipient are of same species but not having compatible antigens, graft is called homograft. In same species between donor and receipient but not have identical histocompatibility of antigens, graft is called allograft. In same species when donor and receipient have histocompatibility of antigens graft is called isograft.

661
Q

27 What is the commonest cause of non union:

a. Pathological fracture
b. Inadequate immobilization
c. Soft tissue interposition
d. Infection
e. Distraction at fracture site.

A

Answer: b. Inadequate immobilization

Commonest cause of non union is inadequate, immobilization as repeated movements retard or even stop the process of fracture healing. All other factors mentioned also lead to non union but statistically their incidence is not so much.

662
Q

28 A prototype of external fixator was first devised by:

a. Charnley
b. Anderson
c. Hoffman
d. Muller
e. Malgaigne

A

Answer: e. Malgaigne

In 1853 Malgaigne devised a claw like device to compress fragments of fractured patella. Charnley and Anderson used the fixator for limited indications and laid down scientific principles Hoffman and Muller are credited with making it versatile and popularizing this method.

663
Q

29 In few days old fracture which of the following does not occur:

a. Capillary proliferation
b. Proliferation of osteogenic cells over endosteum and bone ends
c. Local pH is acid
d. Local pH is alkaline
e. There is very little rise in level of alkaline phosphatase at fracture site.

A

Answer: d. Local pH is alkaline

Upto a week after fracture local pH remains acidic and only after this period pH becomes alkaline and level of alkaline phosphatase markedly rises. All other statements are true.

664
Q

30 Modified Phemister bone grafting technique is:

a. Extraperiosteal placement of bone grafts
b. Subperiosteal placement of bone grafts
c. Intramedullary placement of bone grafts
d. Placing the grafts under osteo periosteal flap
e. Patelling and placement of cancellous bone grafts under osteo¬periosteal flap.

A

Answer: e. Patelling and placement of cancellous bone grafts under osteo¬periosteal flap.

Modified Phemister bone grafting includes both patelling of bone ends and placement of cancellous grafts under osteoperiosteal flap. Periosteum is not elevated separtely and neither is the central area of non union disturbed. Original Phemister technique was to place the grafts under periosteal flap only

665
Q

31 Last stage in fracture healing is

a. Organisation of blood clot
b. Vascular proliferation
c. Osteoblastic proliferation
d. Provisional calcification
e. Remodelling of Haversian system.

A

Answer: e. Remodelling of Haversian system

Remodelling of Haversian system is the last stage in fracture healing and it orientates bone formation along lines of normal stress. The process takes many months for completion.

666
Q

32 Fracture disease can he prevented by:

a. Plaster immobilization of fracture
b. Cast brace treatment of fracture
c. Internal fixation of fracture
d. External fixation of fracture
e. Physiotherapy

A

Answer: e. Physiotherapy

Fracture disease in some measure always occurs and none of the methods of treatment of fracture can prevent it. It can only be minimised by regular physiotherapy to reduce oedema, improve muscle tone and maintain functional movements in joints which have not been immobilized.

667
Q

33 In a healing fracture amount of cartilage formation is increased by:

a. Rigid immobilization
b. Movement at fracture site
c. Necrosis of bone ends
d. Compression plating
e. Infection.

A

Answer: b. Movement at fracture site

More the movement at fracture site, more will be cartilage formation and non union can occur. Compression plating helps in conversion of cartilage into bone and thereby fracture healing can occur in a delayed or non union. Infection retards all the stages of fracture repair.

668
Q

34 Cast syndrome is commonest after:

a. Scoliosis surgery
b. Hip surgery
c. Spinal jacket application
d. Hip spica application
e. Halo traction.

A

Answer: a. scoliosis surgery

More than 50% cases of cast syndrome occur in scoliosis and spinal deformity correction, and majority of others occur in patients being treated for trauma to spine and hip. It is also seen after application of body jacket, shoulder and hip spica, the common denominator being extensive coverage of abdomen and chest.

669
Q

35 In cases of leg fractures, above knee plaster is applied, with knee slightly flexed for which of the following reason:

a. To avoid stretching posterior capsule of knee joint
b. To keep the cruciate ligaments relaxed
c. To allow easier ambulation
d. To prevent rotational movements being transmitted to the fracture site
e. Plaster application is easier with knee slightly flexed.

A

Answer: d. To prevent rotational movements being transmitted to the fracture site

In Complete extension knee locks and femur and tibia rotate as one, transmitting rotational stress to fracture site which will delay union. Therefore, knee is kept slightly flexed so that femoral rotation at hip can occur without movement being transmitted to proximal fragment of leg fracture.

670
Q

36 Which deformity in malunited fracture is most likely to correct with remodelling:

a. Angular deformity in the middle of diaphysis in the plane of motion of nearby joint
b. Angular deformity in plane of motion of nearby joint when deformity is in metaphyseal area
c. Rotational malalignment
d. Angular deformity near end of bone when angulation is in a plane 900 to the plane of motion of nearby joint.
e. Shortening of bone length.

A

Answer: b. Angular deformity in plane of motion of nearby joint when deformity is in metaphyseal area

Angular deformity in the plane of motion of nearby joint has maximum potential for remodelling. Remodelling is still better if deformity is near the end of bone. The process is rapid in growing children and slows down as the adulthood is reached. Rotational malalignment never corrects. Shortening of bone length, will to some extent correct in a growing child since the fracture induces little overgrowth in a long bone.

671
Q

37 In interfragmentary fixation screw works by producing:

a. Compression
b. Distraction
c. Antiglide mechanism
d. Increased shear
e. None of above.

A

Answer: a. Compression

Screw works by converting torsional stress (used during its insertion) into compressive force and this keeps fracture surfaces in close apposition. This is the basic mechanism on which screw works

672
Q

38 Even in children least remodelling occurs in the fracture of which of following bone:

a. Forearm bones
b. Tibia
c. Femoral neck
d. Femoral shaft
e. Supracondylar area of humerus.

A

Answer: c. Femoral neck

Femoral neck has least remodelling potential and that is why in both children and adults malunion in position of coxa vara always remains so. In all other bones remodelling is maximum near the end of bone and minimum in the middle of diaphysis.

673
Q

39 What is most important aspect of the treatment of crush syndrome involving an extremity:

a. Amputation
b. Fluid and electrolyte balance
c. Dialysis
d. Antibiotics
e. Hyberbaric oxygen.

A

Answer: b. amputation

Amputation proximal to the level of injury is the most important aspect of treatment. At the same time maintenance of fluid balance is also important. Dialysis may be required. Antibiotics really are of prophylactic value. Hyperbaric oxygen has no role.

674
Q

40 Claw hand deformity of hand in Volkmann’s ischaemic contracture is due to involvement of.

a. Skin
b. Fascia
c. Nerves
d. Muscles
e. Tendons

A

Answer: d. Muscles

Volkmann’s ischaemia affects muscles and it is their fibrosis area contracture which produces the deformity of fingers.

675
Q

41 Which of the following is the earliest laboratory finding in a case of fat embolism:

a. Increased serum cholestrol
b. Increased serum lipase
c. Increased serum fatty acids
d. Lipouria
e. Increased alkaline phosphatase.

A

Answer: d. Lipouria

Presence of fat droplet in urine is the earliest laboratory finding in fat embolism. But it must be remembered that the diagnosis is mainly clinical and one should not wait for any investigations before instituting treatment

676
Q

42 Basic treatment of most non unions is:

a. Compression plating
b. Continuation of external splintage
c. Electrical stimulation
d. Bone grafting
e. Phemister grafting.

A

Answer: d. Bone grafting

In an established non union freshening of bone ends and bone grafting is the usual treatment. Electrical stimulation and compression plating is indicated in certain limited cases only. Phernister grafting is one method of bone grafting in cases where bone fragments are in good alignment

677
Q

43 External fixator is not indicated in:

a. Comminuted fracture
b. Fracture associated with severe soft tissue damage
c. Infected fractures
d. Simple closed fracture of humeral shaft
e. Fracture associated with bums.

A

Answer: d. Simple closed fracture of humeral shaft

Use of external fixator is contraindicated in an uncomplicated fracture. It is an indispensable method of treatment of fracture in association with infection, burn and severe soft tissue damage requiring repeated dressing and skin grafting. External fixator is also used extensively for purpose of limb lengthening.

678
Q

44 What is pathogenesis of cast syndrome:

a. Recumbancy
b. Psychological
c. Constriction of stomach
d. Intestinal obstruction
e. Obstruction of duodenum

A

Answer: e. Obstruction of duodenum

Cast syndrome, clinically known as superior mesenteric artery syndrome (SMAS), is gastric dilatation with partial or complete obstruction of the duodenum. Although rare, it is most frequently seen in orthopaedic patients who have had spinal surgery or who are in hip spica or body casts. Obstruction occurs when there is compression of the duodenum between the superior mesenteric artery anteriorly and the aorta and spinal column posteriorly. Obstruction can occur within days of surgery or casting or may not develop for several weeks. Treatment for SMAS varies from conservative nonoperative to operative procedures. Complications can be severe if symptoms are not quickly recognized and treatment instituted in a timely manner
Reference : Sprague J. Cast Syndrome: Superior Mesenteric Artery Syndrome. Orthop Nurs. 1998 Jul-Aug;17(4):12-5; quiz 16-7.

679
Q

45 Which of the following is not seen in a case of fat embolism:

a. Fat globules in urine
b. Left heart strain on ECG
c. Snow storm appearance on chest X Ray
d. Normal carbon dioxide tension in arterial blood
e. Low oxygen tension in arterial blood.

A

Answer: b. Left heart strain on ECG
ECG will show right heart strain and not the left heart strain.

680
Q

46 What can happen if drill hole has been made too small while inserting Sherman bone screw:

a. Non rigid fixation
b. Very rigid fixation
c. Fragmentation of bone while inserting the screw
d. Screw will pull out easily later on
e. Screw can never be removed.

A

Answer: c. Fragmentation of bone while inserting the screw

If drill hole is too small either it will be impossible to insert the screw or bone can fragment while it is being inserted. If the drill hole is too large screw threads will have insecure purchase in bone

681
Q

47 Closed reduction with percutaneous K wire fixation is best suitable for:

a. Bennett fracture
b. Lateral malleolus fracture
c. Media] malleolus fracture
d. Lateral tibial condyle fracture
e. Clavicle fracture.

A

Answer: a. Bennet fracture

Closed reduction followed by percutaneous K wire fixation is useful in unstable fractures like Bennett’s, comminuted Colles and unstable supracondylar humeral fracture in child. All these are situations where internal fixation is required for a relatively short time

682
Q

48 Who first defined and applied tension band principle in fixation of fractures and non unions:

a. Pauwels
b. Muller
c. Allgower
d. Watson Jones
e. Girdlestone

A

Answer: a. Pauwels

This engineering principle of converting tensile force into compressive force in an eccentrically loaded bone was first defined and used by Pauwels. It has been popularized by the work of A.0. group notably Muller and Allgower

683
Q

49 Dual plate applied for fixation of diaphyseal fracture will have strongest fixation when:

a. Both plates are superimposed on each other and applied on one side only.
b. Each plate is applied on opposite side on bone
c. Plates are applied at 900 to each other
d. Plates are applied at 300 to each other
e. Combination of two plates is always weaker than a single plate.

A

Answer: c. Plates are applied at 900 to each other

When plates are applied at 901 to each other fixation is strongest. It is less rigid when plates are on opposite sides of bone. Double plating is more rigid than single plate but to apply two plates soft tissue and periosteal stripping has to be much more extensive.

684
Q

50 Most successful method of treatment of non union is:

a. Compression plating
b. Compression by external fixator
c. Addition of B.M.P.
d. Bone grafting
e. Electrical stimulation

A

Answer: d. Bone grafting

Bone grafting is most successful and useful method of treating non union. B.M.P. (Bone morphogenetic protein) has not been isolated as yet. Other three methods are suitable in certain specific situations only.

685
Q

51 Which of the following is not the treatment of cast syndrome:

a. Nasogastric suction
b. Intravenous fluid
c. Removal of plaster
d. Laparotomy
e. Antiemetic drugs.

A

Answer: e. Antiemetic drugs

Antiemetic drugs have no role. Most of the time conservative treatment by nasogastric suction and IN. drip succeeds after plaster has been removed. In rare cases not responding to conservative measures surgery is required to relieve or by pass the obstraction in duodenum.

686
Q

52 Which of the following is not seen in fat embolism:

a. Altered mental state
b. Petechial haemorrhages
c. Bradycardia
d. Hypotension
e. Tachypnea.

A

Answer: c. Bradycardia

Tachycardia occurs in fat embolism along with other clinical features mentioned.

687
Q

53 Which of the following is commonest material used to make orthopaedic implant:

a. Titanium
b. Stainless steel
c. Polyethylene (UHMWPE)
d. Methyl methacrylate
e. Carbon.

A

Answer: b. stainless steel

Most implants are made of stainless steel as it is comparatively cheap and can be easily cast into desired shape. Titanium is expensive and difficult to fashion into desired shape. Carbon and polyethylene implants are used only for some specific uses and methylmethacrylate is not made up into an implant as such.
Orthopaedic implants are typically made of 316L (L = low carbon) stainless steel (iron, chromium, and nickel), “supermetal” alloys (e.g., Co-Cr-molybdenum (Mo) [65% Co, 35% Cr, 5% Mo] made with a special forging process), and titanium alloy (Ti-6Al-4V)

688
Q

54 Bone graft works by providing following mechanism: Which of these is most important.

a. Bone induction factor
b. Osteogenic cells
c. Living osteoblasts
d. Mineral scaffold for vascular proliferation
e. Bridging the bone gap.

A

Answer: d. Mineral scaffold for vascular proliferation

Provision of mineral scaffold into which newly forming vascular channels can grow is the most useful function of bone graft and that is why bank bone, heterogenous bone and homografts succeed. Bone inducing factor, osteogenic cells and living osteoblasts are supplied only by fresh autogenous grafts.

689
Q

55 Commonest complication while using external fixator is:

a. Pin tract infection
b. Compartment syndrome
c. Loosening of pins
d. Fixation of muscles
e. Joint stiffness.

A

Answer: a. Pin tract infection

Pin tract infection is by far the commonest problem. In addition to complications mentioned, neurovascular damage can occur while inserting the pins and refracture can occur after removal o fixator.

690
Q

56 What is chief disadvantage of pulsed electromagnetic induction of bone union:

a. Difficult coil placement
b. Danger of infection
c. Can not be used in the presence of infection
d. Equipment is not portable
e. High cost.

A

Answer: d. Equipment is not portable

Main disadvantage is that equipment is not portable. This method can be used even in the presence of active infection since it is totally non invasive.

691
Q

57 What has been the maximum reported overall success rate when non union is treated by electrical stimulation:

a. 5%
b. 25%
c. 50%
d. 80%
e. 100%.

A

Answer: d. 80%

Maximum overall success rate in treatment of non union with electrical stimulation has been 80 85%

692
Q

58 The use of axial compression in promoting union of cancellous bone fractures was originally described by:

a. Key
b. Charnley
c. Eggers
d. Danis
e. Muller.

A

Answer: a. Key

This was originally described by Key and later popularized and put to practical use by Charnley. Eggers, Danis and Muller have late also worked on this principle to devise internal fixation appliances

693
Q

59 Commonest cause of refracture after removal of external fixator is:

a. Pin tract infection
b. Fracture through pin tract
c. Absence of periosteal callus
d. Destressing producing cancellization of cortex
e. Avascular necrosis of bone fragments.

A

Answer: d. Destressing producing cancellization of cortex

Removal of stress from bone by a rigid fixator produce osteoporosis and this is commonest cause of refracture. This car be prevented by staged removal of pin and fixator or giving additional external support after removal of fixator. Pin tract infection and fracture through pin tract will create a new additiona fracture and not refracture.

694
Q

60 Idea of dynamic compression plate was first used by:

a. Muller
b. Danis
c. Hicks
d. Egger
e. Sherman

A

Answer: b. Danis

Danis of Belgium was first to make use of a plate that actively compressed the fracture. In this a bolt was used to apply pressure against the end screw in plate. Modern dynamic compression plate utilizing the principle of gliding of screw head was made by Muller and co workers in A.0. group.

695
Q

61 Which is commonest complication when femoral shaft fracture is treated in cast brace:

a. Varus angulation of fracture
b. Valgus angulation of fracture
c. Shortening
d. Delayed union
e. Neuro vascular impairment.

A

Answer: a. Varus angulation of fracture

Varus angulation is the commonest complication, even when a preliminary period of traction has been used. When brace has been put on without a sufficiently long period in traction rotational deformity and shortening can also occur.

696
Q

62 Universal A.0. air drill used in orthopaedics normally consumes air at the rate of.

a. 50 litres per minute
b. 100 litres per minute
c. 200 litres per minute
d. 300 litres per minute
e. 400 litres per minute.

A

Answer: d. 300 litres per minute

For every minute of running time the universal A.O. air drill requires about 300 litres of air at pressure of 6 bar (90 psi). Oscilating bone saw uses same amount of air and pressure.

697
Q

63 Cobalt Chromium alloy used to make orthopaedic implants has iron content of.

a. Less than 5%
b. 5 10%
c. 11 20%
d. 21 30%
e. 31 40%.

A

Answer: a. Less than 5%

Maximum permissible iron content of cobalt chromium alloys is 3%. In most commercial preparations it is kept as low as 0.75%.

698
Q

64 In an oblique fracture, screw fixation is most effective when screw is placed with:

a. Axis of screw at 900 to long axis of bone
b. Axis of screw at 900 to fracture surface
c. Axis of screw at equal angle to long axis of bone and fracture plane
d. Screw placed in any axis
e. Axis of screw at 450 to the fracture plane.

A

Answer: b. Axis of screw at 900 to fracture surface

As far as possible screw should be inserted at right angles to fracture line, but sometimes the direction may be dictated by local circumstances at fracture site. It is also preferable to use at least two screws with their long axes at an angle to one another.

699
Q

65 Following femoral shaft fracture, knee stiffness occurs due to:

a. Fibrosis of vastus intermedius
b. Shortening of rectus femoris
c. Fibrosis of patellar retinacula
d. Adhesion of patella to femoral condyles
e. All of above

A

Answer: e. All of above

All the factors mentioned prevent distal excursion of patella and thereby limit knee flexion. This is why early quadriceps exercises and patellar mobilization after femoral fracture are important.

700
Q

66 What is the most serious disadvantage of external fixator:

a. Pin tract infection
b. Loosening of pins
c. Stress protection osteoporosis
d. Fracture can not be compressed
e. Another fracture can occur through pin tract.

A

Answer: a. Pin tract infection

Pin tract infection is the most frequent and serious complication of use of external fixator. If a very rigid fixator assembly has been used, its removal should be in stages to overcome stress protection osteoporosis. In most good fixators it is possible to either compress or distract the fracture. Loosening of pins can be minimized by keeping the pins under compression. Later fracture through pin tract is another potentially serious problem with use of external fixator.

701
Q

67 Electrical stimulation fails in the treatment of non union due to:

a. Mobility of fragments
b. Presence of gap in the bone
c. Presence of synovial pseudoarthrosis
d. Presence of active infection.
e. All of above.

A

Answer: e. All of above

All the factors mentioned are responsible for failure of this method of treatment and therefore it is imperative that these factors be eliminated before starting treatment

702
Q

68 While using external fixator its rigidity can he enhanced by:

a. Using more than one fixation bar
b. Keeping fixator bar close to bone
c. Compressing the clamps together to slightly bend the pins
d. None of above
e. All of above

A

Answer: e. All of above

All three methods described are used to enhance rigidity of external fixator device.

703
Q

69 Which of the following muscle does not form rotator cuff of shoulder:

a. Subscapularis
b. Supraspinatus
c. Infraspinatus
d. Teres minor
e. Teres major.

A

Answer: e. teres major

Except teres major all other muscles mentioned are closely applied to the capsule of shoulder joint and form rotator cuff

704
Q

70 What is the commonest complication of fracture of mid shaft of humerus:

a. Malunion
b. Non union
c. Radial nerve paralysis
d. Brachial artery injury
e. Ulnar nerve injury.

A

Answer: a. Malunion

Most of humeral shaft fractures are treated conservatively and malunion (usually neither cosmetically disfiguring nor functionally impairing) is the commonest complication. If fracture has been treated by internal fixation this will become rare complication. Next commonest complication is radial nerve injury in spiral groove where nerve is in direct contact with bone. Non union is uncommon and brachial artery injury is rare

705
Q

71 Commonest cause of cubitus varus deformity following malunited supracondylar fracture of humerus is:

a. Rotational malalignment
b. Medial displacement
c. Proximal displacement
d. Posterior displacement
e. Epiphyseal damage.

A

Answer: a. Rotational malalignment

Internal rotation deformity of distal fragment mainly contributes to cubitus varus. Second factor is medial displacement of distal fragment. Proximal and posterior displacement do not cause cubitus varus. The fracture occurs well above the epiphyses of distal humerus and epiphyseal injury does not occur

706
Q

72 What will be acceptable reduction in case of a greenstick. fracture of forearm with 30 degree angulation:

a. Accept the 30 degree angulation
b. Accept the angulation of 10 degree only
c. Correct the angulation to 0 degree
d. Slightly over reduce the fracture
e. Overreduce by 10 degree

A

Answer: d. Slightly over reduce the fracture

In a greenstick fracture slight over reduction is advisable to break the periosteal hinge otherwise deformity can recur in plaster. If it is not a greenstick fracture up to 10 degree deformity in antero posterior plane is acceptable but there should be no angulation in the medial or lateral direction as this produces very ugly deformity and also limitation of rotation of forearm.

707
Q

73 Most commonly fractured bone is:

a. Hamate
b. Triquetrum
c. Lunate
d. Capitate
e. Scaphoid.

A

Answer: e. Schapoid

Scaphoid is most commonly injured carpal bone. Lunate is second most commonly injured carpal bone although it does not fracture but is involved in dislocation of lunate and perilunar dislocation of carpus.

708
Q

74 Which is site of terminal attachment of long flexor tendon in fingers.

a. Epiphysis of terminal phalanx
b. Metaphysis of terminal phalanx
c. Both epiphysis and metaphysis of terminal phalanx
d. Distal tip of terminal phalanx
e. None of above.

A

Answer: b. Metaphysis of terminal phalanx

Long flexor tendon inserts into metaphysis of terminal phalanx of the finger; whereas extensor tendon inserts into epiphysis of terminal phalanx.

709
Q

75 What is the most serious complication of internal fixation of fracture of both bones of forearm:

a. Infection
b. Cross union
c. Limitation of forearm rotation
d. Refracture
e. Non union.

A

Answer: a. Infection

Development of infection following open reduction of fracture is the most serious complication. All other complications mentioned can also occur following open reduction and internal fixation.

710
Q

76 Which of the following bursa produces symptoms in shoulder impingement syndrome:

a. Subacromial bursa
b. Subdeltoid bursa
c. Bursa in relation of subscapularis tendon
d. Bursa in relation to latissimus dorsi
e. Bursa between coracoid process and capsule.

A

Answer : a. Subacromial bursa

Symptoms of impingement syndrome are produced. when subacromial bursa is pressed between humeral head and undersurface of coracoacromial arch.

711
Q

77 What is the commonest complication of supracondylar fracture of humerus:

a. Malunion
b. Myositis ossificans
c. Stiffness of elbow
d. Volkmann’s contracture
e. Non union.

A

Answer: a. Malunion

Mal union, especially rotational malalignment; is the commonest complication and results in the deformity of cubitus varus. Non union is very rare and all other complications are not common. Most serious complication is Volkmann’s ischaemia.

712
Q

78 What is mallet ringer:

a. Avulsion of extensor tendon insertion from distal phalanx
b. Comminuted fracture of middle phalanx
c. Comminuted fracture of terminal phalanx
d. Dislocation of distal interphalangeal joint
e. Intra articular condylar fracture of distal end of middle phalanx.

A

Answer: a. Avulsion of extensor tendon insertion from distal phalanx

Mallet finger injury is not caused by mallet injury to the finger but actually describes the bent appearance of finger at terminal interphalangeal joint which in some way resembles mallet. Injury occurs due to sudden forcible flexion of interphalangeal joint and results in avulsion of terminal attachment of extensor tendon often with a flake of bone from base of distal phalanx

713
Q

79 Which of the following is commonest complication of Colles’ fracture:

a. Stiffness of fingers
b. Stiffness of wrist
c. Stiffness of shoulder
d. Subluxation of inferior radio ulnar joint with pain
e. Sudeck’s osteodystrophy.

A

Answer : a. Stiffness of fingers

All the complications mentioned can occur after Colles’ fracture but out of these stiffness of fingers is the commonest complication. Next commonest complication is malunion followed next in frequency by stiffness of shoulder. Other are less common but by no means rare. Least common complication is spontaneous rupture of extensor pollicis longus tendon. Non union is very rare

714
Q

80 Malunited Colles’ fracture produces which of the following deformity:

a. Garden spade deformity
b. Dinner fork deformity
c. Madelung deformity
d. Swan neck deformity
e. Boutonniere deformity.

A

Answer: b. Malunited Colles’ fracture produces dinner fork deformity

715
Q

81 What is the earliest indication of Volkmann’s ischaemia:

a. Pain
b. Pallor and poor capillary filling
c. Paraesthesia in median nerve area
d. Contracture of fingers
e. Ganggrene of tips of fingers.

A

Answer : a. Pain

Earliest sign of vascular compromise is persistent pain which is exacerbated on passive extension of fingers. Action must be taken at this stage. Pallor, poor capillary filling, absent radial pulse and paraesthesia in median nerve area are also early signs but may not be present in every case and one should not wait for these signs. Contracture and gangrene is a very late phenomenon.

716
Q

82 Most common cause of tendon injury in hand is:

a. Overuse
b. Penetrating wounds
c. Congenital anomaly
d. Fracture in vicinity
e. Local injection of hydrocortisone.

A

Answer: b.penetrating wound

Most tendon injuries occur due to penetrating and lacerated wounds. Uncommon causes of tendon rupture are fracture in vicinity and repeated local infiltration of hydrocortisone. Congenital anomaly and overuse do not cause tendon rupture.

717
Q

83 Which combination of movements causes dislocation in recurrent dislocation of shoulder:

a. Abduction and internal rotation
b. Abduction, flexion and internal rotation
c. Abduction
d. Abduction and external rotation
e. Adduction and internal rotation.

A

Answer : d. Abduction and external rotation

It is during abduction and external rotation that Hill Sach’s lesion aids in slipping of humeral head over glenoid and anteriorly moving head can dislocate anteriorly further due to Bankart lesion.

718
Q

84 Bone fragment in lateral condyle of humerus fracture includes:

a. Lateral epicondyle only
b. Lateral epicondyle and capitulum
c. Lateral epicondyle, capitulum and lateral part of trochlea
d. Lateral epicondyle, capitulum, and whole of trochlea
e. Lateral epicondyle, capitulum, lateral part of trochlea and metaphysis of humerus.

A

Answer: e. Lateral epicondyle, capitulum, lateral part of trochlea and metaphysis of humerus.

Bone fragment in lateral condyle fracture includes three important parts of distal humerus as well as a small fragment of lateral aspect of distal humeral metaphysis. This fracture is a type 4 epiphyseal injury of Salter grading

719
Q

MCQ board May 2012

  1. A 12-year-old girl has progressive development of cavus feet. Examination reveals slightly diminished vibratory sensation on the bottom of the foot. Reflexes are 1+ at the knees and ankles. Motor examination shows that all muscles are 5/5 in the foot, except the peroneal and anterior tibial muscles are rated as 4+/5. Which of the following studies is considered most diagnostic?
    A. Nerve conduction velocity studies
    B. Biopsy of the quadriceps femoris muscle
    C. Biopsy of the sural nerve
    D. DNA testing
    E. Chromosomal analysis
A

Answer : d. DNA testing

The patient most likely has a form of Charcot-Marie-tooth disease, or hereditary motor sensory neuropathy (HMSN). The most common varieties can now be diagnosed by DNA testing. Mutations have been detected in the peripheral myelin protein-22 (PMP-22) gene in HMSN type IA and in the connexin gene in the X-linked HMSN. Specific DNA diagnosis is useful in genetic counseling. Routine chromosomal testing most likely would not detect these mutations. Nerve conduction velocity study results are normal in some types of HMSN, and delayed nerve conduction, when found, indicates a peripheral neuropathy but does not specify the type or inheritance pattern. Biopsy of the sural nerve or of the quadriceps can be informative in some patients, but is not as specific as DNA testing. These procedures are most often reserved for patients with negative DNA test results.
REFERENCES
Chance PF: Molecular genetics of hereditary neuropathies. J Child Neurol 1999;14:43-52.
Bell C, Haites N: Genetic aspects of Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease. Arch Dis Child 1998;78:296-300.

720
Q
  1. A newborn has a flail upper extremity after a difficult right occiput anterior vaginal delivery. Examination shows an obvious fracture of the right clavicle. Following stimulation, there is no movement of the arm or hand and there appears to be no sensation in the hand. Management should include

A. A CT scan arteriogram
B. An MRI scan of the brachial plexus
C. Nerve conduction velocity studies and an electromyogram
D. Surgical exploration and repair of the brachial plexus
E. Observation for 60 days before obtaining further test

A

Answer : e. Observation for 60 days before obtaining further test

The patient’s signs and symptoms suggest the clinical appearance of a brachial plexus palsy. Fractures of the clavicle can mimic this disorder, and sensory testing in infants can be difficult. Recovery of function in patients with obstetric palsy is common, even if the initial loss of function appears to be severe. Observation for 60 to 90 days frequently reveals substantial functional improvement, obviating the need for surgery or further diagnostic testing. Surgical repair of the lesion is advocated by some authors for severe loss of function that is still present after age 3 months. Early diagnostic studies have not been helpful in planning treatment, although an MRI scan obtained at a later time can assist with surgical planning. There is no indication for an arteriogram.
REFERENCES
Sedel L: The results of surgical repair of brachial plexus injuries. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1982;64:54-66.
Jahnke AH Jr, Bovill DF, McCarroll HR Jr, et al: Persistent brachial plexus birth palsies. J Pediatr Orthop 1991;11:533-537.

721
Q
  1. A 24-year-old woman has a spleen laceration and hypotension. Radiographs reveal a pulmonary contusion and a displaced mid-diaphyseal fracture of the femur. The trauma surgeon clears the patient for stabilization of the femoral fracture. What technique will offer the least potential for initial complications?

A. External fixation
B. Plate fixation
C. Undreamed unlocked intramedullary nailing
D. Reamed statically locked intramedullary nailing
E. Reamed unlocked nailing

A

Answer : a. external fixation

A concern in the multiply injured patient who has a pulmonary contusion is the potential for further pulmonary compromise because of embolization of marrow, blood clot, or fat during manipulation of the medullary canal. Recent evidence has shown that the presence of a lung injury is the most important determining factor in future deterioration. However, despite the lung injury and its potential consequences, this patient’s femur fracture needs stabilization. Because damage control in the multiply injured patient requires a technique that can be performed rapidly and consistently, the treatment of choice is application of an external fixator. By placing two pins above and below the fracture and with longitudinal traction, the fracture is quickly realigned and stabilized. This allows the patient to be resuscitated and treated at a later date when definitive management of the fracture can be carried out. There is little difference between plate fixation and intramedullary nailing.
REFERENCES
Bosse MJ, MacKenzie EJ, Riemer BL, et al: Adult respiratory distress syndrome, pneumonia, and mortality following thoracic injury and a femoral fracture treated with either intramedullary nailing with reaming or with a plate: A comparative study. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1997;79:799-809.

722
Q
  1. A 13-year-old hockey player reports a 1-week history of left medial clavicle pain and dysphagia. A chest radiograph obtained at the emergency department on the day of injury was negative. Examination reveals swelling and tenderness along the medial edge of the left clavicle. The upper extremity neurologic examination is normal. What is the next most appropriate test to best define the patient’s injury?

A. CT of the sternoclavicular joint
B. Barium swallowing study
C. Electromyography of the upper extremity
D. MRI of the glenohumeral joint
E. Bone scan

A

Answer: a. CT of the sternoclavicular joint

The patient has a posterior sternoclavicular fracture-dislocation. These injuries can go unrecognized at the time of initial presentation because of difficulty in interpreting radiographs. Posterior sternoclavicular fracture-dislocations can be associated with potentially serious complications, such as pneumothorax respiratory distress, brachial plexus injury, and vascular compromise. Patients often report dysphagia and hoarseness. Accurate diagnosis and prompt treatment are essential for good functional outcomes and prevention of complications. Adolescent patients can have a posterior sternoclavicular dislocation, but usually they are a fracture through the medial physis. Axial CT scans are the most reliable radiographic modality for assessment of these injuries. Treatment consists of nonsurgical management, closed reduction, or open reduction. Most authors recommend open reduction if the patient is symptomatic with dysphagia or hoarseness. Furthermore, these patients will present late and open reduction may be the only successful treatment. The use of nonabsorbable sutures passed through drill holes in the sternum and/or the clavicular fracture fragments is recommended. Internal fixation is not recommended for this particular fracture because of concerns about hardware failure and/or migration.
REFERENCES
Waters PM, Bae DS, Kadiyala RK: Short-term outcomes after surgical treatment of traumatic posterior sternoclavicular fracture-dislocations in children and adolescents. J Pediatr Orthop 2003;23:464-469.
Yang J, al-Etani H, Letts M: Diagnosis and treatment of posterior sternoclavicular joint dislocations in children. Am J Orthop 1996;25:565-569.

723
Q
  1. A patient who sustained injuries in a motorcycle accident 30 minutes ago has significant motor and sensory deficits corresponding to a C6 level of injury. A lateral radiograph obtained during the initial on-scene evaluation reveals bilateral jumped facets at C5-C6, this appears to be an isolated injury. The patient is awake and alert. The next step in management of the dislocation should consist of

A. Immediate posterior surgical reduction and stabilization
B. Immediate anterior diskectomy and fusion
C. MRI
D. Reduction in Gardner-Wells tongs with serial traction
E. Rigid collar immobilization until spinal shock resolves

A

Answer: d. Reduction in Gardner-Wells tongs with serial traction

Surgical open reduction may increase the neurologic deficit if a disk herniation exists. Evidence from animal studies suggests that rapid decompression of the spinal cord may improve recovery. Serially increasing traction weight to reduce the dislocation has been shown to be safe when used in patients who are awake. Indications for MRI include patients who are unable to cooperate with serial examinations, the need for open reduction, and progression of deficit during awake reduction.
REFERENCES
Delamarter RB, Sherman J, Carr JB: Pathophysiology of spinal cord injury: Recovery after immediate and delayed decompression. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1995;77:1042-1049.
Star AM, Jones AA, Cotler JM, Balderston RA, Sinha R: Immediate closed reduction of cervical spine dislocations using traction. Spine 1990;15:1068-1072.
Eismont FJ, Arena MJ, Green BA: Extrusion of an intervertebral disc associated with traumatic subluxation or dislocation of cervical facets: Case report. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1991;73:1555-1560.

724
Q
  1. In the upright standing position, approximately what percent of the vertical load is borne by the lumbar spine facet joints?

A. 0%
B. 20%
C. 40%
D. 50%
E. 80%

A

Answer: b. 20%

Direct measurement and finite element modeling results show that approximately 20% of the vertical load is borne by the posterior structures of the lumbar spine in the upright position.

REFERENCES
Adams MA, Hutton WC: The effect of posture on the role of the apophyseal joints in resisting intervertebral compressive forces. J Bone Joint Surg Br 1980;62:358-362.
Goel VK, Kong W, Han JS, Weinstein JN, Gilbertson LG: A combined finite element and optimization investigation of lumbar spine mechanics with and without muscles. Spine 1993;18:1531-1541.

725
Q
  1. What is the prognosis for ambulation, from best to worst, for patient with an incomplete spinal cord injury?

A. Central cord syndrome, anterior cord syndrome, Brownn-Sequard syndrome
B. Central cord syndrome, Brownn-Sequard syndrome, anterior cord syndrome
C. Brownn-Sequard syndrome, anterior cord syndrome, Central cord syndrome
D. Brownn-Sequard syndrome Central cord syndrome, anterior cord syndrome,
E. anterior cord syndrome Central cord syndrome, , Brownn-Sequard syndrome

A

Answer: d. Brownn-Sequard syndrome Central cord syndrome, anterior cord syndrome

Of the incomplete spinal cord injuries, Brown-Sequard syndrome has the best prognosis for ambulation. Central cord syndrome has a variable recovery. Anterior cord syndrome has the worst prognosis, with motor recovery rare below the level of the injury.

REFERENCES
Apple DF: Spinal cord injury rehabilitation, in Herkowitz HN, Garfin SR, Balderston RA, Eismont FJ, Bell GR, Wiesel SW (eds): Rothman-Simeone The Spine, ed 4. Philadelphia, PA, WB Saunders, 1999, pp 1130-1131.
Northrup BE: Evaluation and early treatment of acute injuries to the spine and spinal cord, in Clark CR (ed): The Cervical Spine, ed 3. Philadelphia, PA, Lippincott Raven, 1998, pp 544-545.

726
Q
  1. A 19-yearold man who sustained a spinal cord injury in a motor vehicle accident 3 days ago has 5/5/ full strength in the deltoids and biceps bilaterally, 4/5 strength in wrist extension bilaterally, 1/5 triceps function on the right side, and 2/5 triceps function on the left side. The patient has no detectable lower extremity motor function. Based on the American Spinal Injury Association’s classification, what is the patient’s functional level?

A. C4
B. C5
C. C6
D. C7
E. C8

A

Answer: c. C6

By convention, when determining the motor level, the key muscle must be at least 3/5. The next most rostral level must be 4/5. Therefore, this patient’s functional level is C6.

REFERENCE
International Standards for Neurological and Functional Classification of Spinal Cord Injury. Chicago, IL, American Spinal Injury Association, 1996.

727
Q
  1. 44 year old farmer involved in a rollover accident on his tractor sustained an L1 burst fracture with a 20% loss of anterior vertebral body height, 30% canal compromise, and 150 kyphosis. He remains neurologically intact. The preferred initial course of action should consist of

A. Posterior spinal fusion with instrumentation
B. A thoracolumbosacral orthosis (TLSO) extension brace and early mobilization
C. Bed rest for 6 weeks followed by mobilization in a cast
D. Anterior L1 corpectomy and fusion with instrumentation
E. Anterior corpectomy followed by posterior fusion with instrumentation

A

Answer: b. A thoracolumbosacral orthosis (TLSO) extension brace and early mobilization

Surgical decompression is unnecessary in a patient with no neurologic deficit and canal compromise of less than 50%. A compression deformity of less than 50% and kyphosis of less than 30° may be successfully treated with a TLSO extension brace. Deformity in this range will reliably heal with minimal risk for late deformity or residual pain. Although some studies suggest 6 weeks of bed rest as treatment, early mobilization and bracing is preferred.

REFERENCES
Hartman MB, Chrin AM, Rechtine GR: Nonoperative treatment of thoracolumbar fractures. Paraplegia 1995;33:73-76.
Chow GH, Nelson BJ, Gebhard JS, Brugman JL, Brown CW, Donaldson DH: Functional outcome of thoracolumbar burst fractures managed with hyperextension casting or bracing and early mobilization. Spine 1996;21:2170-2175.
Kraemer WJ, Schemitsch EH, Lever J, McBroom RJ, McKee MD, Waddel JP: Functional outcome of thoracolumbar burst fractures without neurological deficit. J Orthop Trauma 1996;10:541-544.

728
Q
  1. Which of the following are considered characteristic features of degeneration of a disk?

A. Reduced water and glycosaminoglycan content and increased noncollagen glycoprotein
B. Reduced water and glycosaminoglycan content and reduced noncollagen glycoprotein
C. Reduced water content, increased and glycosaminoglycan content, and increased noncollagen glycoprotein
D. increased water and glycosaminoglycan content and increased noncollagen glycoprotein
E. increased water and glycosaminoglycan content and reduced noncollagen glycoprotein

A

Answer: a. Reduced water and glycosaminoglycan content and increased noncollagen glycoprotein

Gradual dessication of the disk begins in the third decade as glycosaminoglycan levels within the nucleus begin to decline. The original water content of 88% decreases to 70% in the sixth decade and beyond. As glycosaminoglycan content decreases, there is a corresponding increase in noncollagen glycoprotein.
REFERENCES
Happey F, Weissman A, Naylor A: Polysaccharide content of the prolapsed nucleus pulposus of the human intervertebral disc. Nature 1961;192:868.
Naylor A, Shentall R: Biomechanical aspects of intervertebral discs in aging and disease, in Jayson M (ed): The Lumbar Spine and Back Pain. New York, NY, Grune and Stratton Inc, 1976, pp 317-326.
Watkins RG, Collis JS: Lumbar Discectomy and Laminectomy. Rockville, MD, Aspen, 1987, pp 2-3.

729
Q
  1. A 23-year old man sustains a unilateral jumped facet with an isolated cervical root injury in a motor vehicle accident. Acute reduction results in some initial improvement of his motor weakness. Over the next 49 hours, examination reveals ipsilateral loss of pain and temperature sensation in his face, limbs and trunk, as well as nystagmus, tinnitus, and diplopia. What is the most likely etiology for these changes?

A. Intracranial hemorrhage
B. Epidural hematoma
C. Unrecognized disk extrusion
D. Delayed spinal cord hemorrhage
E. Vertebral artery injury

A

Answer: e. Vertebral artery injury

The patient is showing signs of vertebral artery stroke. The signs of Wallenberg syndrome include those listed above, as well as contralateral loss of pain and temperature sensation throughout the body, an ipsilateral Horner syndrome, dysphagia, and ataxia. Vertebral artery injuries are not unusual in significant cervical facet injuries. A lesion in the cervical spinal cord is not associated with these symptoms, and an intracranial hemorrhage from trauma is unlikely to present in this manner.

REFERENCES
Young PA, Young PH: Basic Clinical Neuroanatomy. Baltimore, MD, Williams and Wilkins, 1997, pp 242-243.
Harrop JS, Sharan AD, Vaccaro AR, Przybylski GJ: The cause of neurologic deterioration after acute cervical spinal cord injury. Spine 2001;26:340-346.
Veras LM, Pedraza Gutierrez S, Castellanos J, Capellades J, Casamitjana J, Rovira-Canellas A: Vertebral artery occlusion after acute cervical spine trauma. Spine 2000;25:1171-1177.

730
Q
  1. A 51-year-old patient fell while jogging and sustained a Lisfranc dislocation. The most appropriate form of treatment is

A. immobilization in a below-knee-cast
B. closed reduction and immobilization in a below-knee-cast
C. arthrodesis of the first and second tarsometatarsal joints
D. closed reduction and percutaneous pin fixation
E. open reduction and internal fixation

A

Answer: e. open reduction and internal fixation

Restoration of joint alignment via open reduction and transarticular fixation for displaced tarsometatarsal fracture-dislocations has resulted in a clinical success rate of 70%. Fixation with screws or Kirschner wires does not appreciably change the radiographic and clinical results. There are not enough reported cases of nerve injury or untreated compartment syndrome to know if they contribute significantly to poor clinical results. There is ample evidence that early restoration of joint congruity has improved outcomes over nonanatomic treatments.

REFERENCES
Brunet JA, Wiley JJ: The late results of tarsometatarsal joint injuries. J Bone Joint Surg Br, 1987;69:437-440.
Arntz CT, Veith RG, Hansen ST Jr: Fractures and fracture-dislocations of the tarsometatarsal joint. J Bone Joint Surg Am 1988;70:173-181.

731
Q
  1. In patients with localized high-grade intramedullary osteosarcoma (Stage II), what is the most important factor in regard to long-term disease-free survival:

A. Sex of the patient
B. Age of the patient
C. Size of the initial tumor
D. Response to preoperative chemotherapy
E. Presence or absence of soft tissue extension

A

Answer: d. Response to preoperative chemotherapy

Adverse prognostic factors include proximal extremity or axial tumor site, large tumor volume, elevated serum AP or LDH, and foremost detectable primary metastases and poor histological response to preoperative chemotherapy [III, B].

Reference

S. Bielack, D. Carrle, P. G. Casali. Osteosarcoma: ESMO Clinical Recommendations for diagnosis, treatment and follow-up. Annals of Oncology 20 (Supplement 4): iv137–iv139, 2009.

732
Q
  1. You are asked to see a child in the newborn nursery who has an upper brachial plexus palsy that occurred during the course of a difficult delivery. The child’s upper extremity is adducted and internally rotated at the shoulder, extend at the elbow, and flexed at the wrist. Finger flexion is present. You would recommend:

A. observation
B. passive range of motion exercise
C. continuous splintage – arm abducted and externally rotated at the shoulder, flexed at the elbow, and extended at the wrist
D. surgical exploration of the brachial plexus
E. muscle transfers to provide external rotation of the shoulder and flexion of the elbow

A

Answer: a. observation

733
Q
  1. An 8-month-old infant has a hypoplastic thumb. Examination reveals hypoplastic thenar muscles and an absent thumb metacarpal. The physician should recommend:

A. index pollicization
B. opponensplasty
C. deepening of the first web space
D. bone grafting to reconstruct a metacarpal
E. osteoplastic thumb reconstruction

A

Answer: a. index pollicization

Thumb hypoplasia classification:

• Blauth Type I
o Smaller thumb
o Normal thenar muscles
o Slender bones
o NOT a clinical problem

• Blauth type II
o Adducted posture – poor web
o Unstable MP – UCL
o Slender bones
o Small or absent thenar muscles

• Blauth type III
o Very small thumb
o Metacarpal hypoplasia
o Blauth type IIIA – stable MP base – CMC
o Blauth type IIIB – unstable MP base + CMC

• Blauth type IV
o Floating thumb – “Pouce flottant”
o Vascular and skeletal anomalies
o Neural ring

• Blauth type V
o Absent thumb
o Absent radial carpus
o Variable intrinsic quality
o Hypoplastic distal radius

Management of thumb hypoplasia:
• Type I – augmentation , opponnensplasty
• Type II - augmentation , opponnensplasty + web release + MP UCL reconstruction
• Type III A- augmentation , opponnensplasty + extrinsic tendon reconstruction
• Type III B - Pollicization

734
Q
  1. Which nerve is most commonly injured as a result of an acute anterior dislocation of the shoulder ?

A. Median
B. Ulnar
C. Radial
D. Musculocutaneous
E. Axillary

A

Answer: e. axillary

735
Q
  1. A 34-year-old man presents to the emergency room 2 hours after falling down a flight of stairs. On examination, his only injury is to the left ankle, which is mildly swollen and deformed. Neurologic and vascular examination are normal. There is a 1-cm clean laceration over the anteromedial ankle with bone seen in the wound. Radiographs show a displaced noncomminuted bimalleolar fracture dislocation. You should recommend culture, intravenous antibiotics, debridement, and:

A. calcaneal pin traction
B. closed reduction, long leg cast
C. external fixation
D. immediate open reduction and internal fixation
E. delayed open reduction and internal fixation

A

Answer: d. immediate open reduction and internal fixation

736
Q
  1. A 8 yo spastic diplegic has had a worsening of his gait after bilateral tendo lengthening 5 years ago. He now walks with increasing crouching. The most likely cause problem is:

a. overlengthened heel cord
b. Spastic contracture hamstring
c. Accidental section of the posterior tibial nerves
d. Poorly apllied braces
e. Recurrent tendo Achilles tighten

A

Answer: a. overlengthened heel cord

737
Q
  1. An 8 yo is dwarfed and has bow legs. The calcium level is low. And the BUN, phosphate, and alkaline phosphatase levels are elevated. The most likely diagnosis is:

a. Nutritional rickett
b. Vitamin D resistant ricket
c. Renal osteodystrophy
d. Hypophospathesia
e. Non of the above

A

Answer: e. non of the above

DD achondroplasia, SED, MED

738
Q
  1. Which of the following factors is the strongest predictor of vertebral fracture in postmenopausal women ?

A. Positive family history of vertebral fracture
B. Menopause before age 40 years
C. History of two vertebral fractures without significant trauma
D. Bone mineral density two standard deviation below normal
E. Positive history for smoking

A

Answer: c. History of two vertebral fractures without significant trauma

The World Health Organization defines osteoporosis as a lumbar (L2-4) density level at least 25 standard deviations (SDs) below the peak bone mass of a 25-year-old individual

A history of two osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures is the strongest predictor of subsequent vertebral fracture in postmenopausal women; positive family history and premature menopause also increase the risk. Cancellous bone is the most markedly affected.

739
Q
A